Suey” 
ne Ot THES Pe ihe 
“UNIVERSITY. lye ILLINOIS 


PROPOSAL, ‘CONTRACT, 


" SPECIF ICATIONS AND BOND 
FOR 


Se “NORTH SIDE , 
"SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS 


- DIVISION a 


Me CENTER, ILLINOIS | 


ae iy Issued ce fae 
: my a : a THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF : ae 

_ THE SANITARY DISTRICT OF CHICAGO 

: _ Room 700, 0 § South Michigan Ave, e 


Ae 


O20d0ne00000%2200R000050000000 peenese 


ae Sc Means: : 29 SRE ees SAD ae 
Nets ake dndbyeaekaneee 2200004%%%%9099909%99908 Sh" 
a 2) STP RPO oS Ae Reals Na eet a SONNE 
FANGS kc Seay Os PEMALMS | Us IEE oy SG, Sg AMARC DES oa 


ee ate re) Cie Stik Meh ds Nay cA 
any PaO, aes” pega aly ark SARIS UM RS 
hough > y One fey aes Ma gee 
i a PUR ai Se Anke RES art ae Ee : 
YA 2 rie Wat: hp AER SL , 
: * 1 ate Mo ee ke 
SOA Borda i: . ; Moet 


‘ 
f 


[eree 


i 


FELIPE TE SEL SESSILIS SE 


[we Ste ae waren ee ee Fe 


omen 


RE: 


psursiss 


x 


sees & 


LIBRARY 
OF THE 


- PROPOSAL, CONTRACT, 
SPECIFICATIONS AND BOND 


FOR 
NORTH SIDE 
SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS 


DIVISION P 


PUMP 


AND 


BLOWER HOUSE 


NILES CENTER, ILLINOIS 


Issued by 
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF 
THE SANITARY DISTRICT OF CHICAGO 
Room 700, 910 South Michigan Ave. 


Chicago, II]linois 


LAWRENCE F. KING 
EDWARD J. KELLY 
HECTOR A. BROUILLET 
HARRY E. WALLACE 


otifipB> 341 WEEB-LINN PRINTING COMPANY 


nee eee 


Se a 


ee 


oa aendin <6 ve Apne Sh 


eaes wesc 


pa ha wae ye he gemma teen 4° 2 


y 


ie ae 


i 


NM 


, owe 
VES 
, 


THE SANITARY DISTRICT OF CHICAGO 
North Side Sewage Treatment Works, 
Division P. 

ERRATA SHEET. 


Page 33, make 5th line from bottom read 
“20 K. W. and 3% K. W. battery charging 
sets to”’ 


Page 136, last paragraph 5th line, make 
first word read “parts” in place of the word 
“pieces.” 


Page 142, make 12th line read “two sections 
shall be complete. Exposed’’ 


Page 205, make line 8 read “‘that is not men- 
tioned herein, but that is neces-”’ 


Page 260, make 38rd paragraph read ‘‘(A-76) 
Under Item 20 the Contractor shall furnish all 
materials for and shall do all glazing and all 
work collateral thereto, except glazing of sky- 
lights which shall be furnished and placed as 
specified under Section (A-63).” 


9? 


Page 267, 2nd line from bottom insert “, 
(comma) after the 3rd word of line. 


Page 541, make lines 1, 18, 19 and 25 end 
with the words “‘motor panels’ in place of the 
words “‘motors.”’ 


Page 542, line 3, make the line end with the 
words “motor panels’ in place of the word 
‘“‘motors.”’ 


Page 611, 2nd paragraph, make the 4th line 
end with the word “surety” in place of the 
word “safety.” 


"OR OKCD 
C4320 


, 3 

THE SANITARY DISTRICT OF CHICAGO. 
NORTH SIDE SEWAGE TREATMENT 
WORKS, DIVISION P. 


To Contractors:— 


Sealed proposals, endorsed “PROPOSAL 
FOR NORTH SIDE SEWAGE TREATMENT 
WORKS—DIVISION P” will be received by 
the Clerk of The Sanitary District of Chicago 
at the office of said Sanitary District, Room 
700, 910 South Michigan Avenue, Chicago, 
Illinois, until 11 A. M. standard time, on 
Thursday, November 12, 1925, and will be 
opened publicly by the Board of Trustees of 
said Sanitary District at“a meeting to be held 
on that day or at the first meeting thereafter. 


The work for which tenders are invited 
consists of building the substructure and super- 
structure of the Pump and Blower House, which 
jis approximately 180 feet wide and 300 feet 
long, installing the major equipment, furnish- 
ing and installing auxiliary equipment for 
ysame and other specified miscellaneous work 
“collateral thereto. 


N The work is located near Howard, Avenue 
“band McCormick Road in Niles Center, Illinois, 
~adjacent to the C. & N. W. Ry. | 


mi ~All bids must be made on blank forms of 
. proposal furnished by the Sanitary District, 
\ and shall be made in accordance with and con- 
form to all the terms and conditions set forth 
~ in “Requirements for Bidding and Instructions 


to Bidders” attached thereto. 


4 


Specifications; form of proposal and a com- 
plete set of plans (approximately 3380 draw- 
ings) may be obtained at said office of said 
Sanitary District by paying the sum of One 
Hundred Dollars ($100:00) for each complete 
set, said sum to become the pope ae of Be: 
Sanitary District. 


Sets of plans and specifications will also be on 

file at the said office, open for the inspection 
of prospective bidders who desire an oppor- 
tunity to see the nature and size of the work 
before paying for the plans. Persons request- 
ing portions of the complete set of plans for 
estimating purposes will be charged on a pro- 
rata basis. 


ie The Board of Trustees of said Sanitary Dis- 

trict reserves the right to reject any or all 

a ela 

THE Spe tale DISTRICT OF CHICAGO, 
biti ~ By Morris Eller, 


Chairmen of Its Committee on Finance. 


Attest: 
Harry E. Wallace, 
Clerk. 
Chicago, October 20, 1925. 


5) 


REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDING AND IN- 
STRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 


Bidders are required to submit their bids 
upon the following express conditions: 


All bids must be made upon blank forms of 
proposal furnished by the Sanitary District, 
and shall be made in accordance with and to 
conform to the terms and conditions set forth 
in “Requirements for Bidding and Instructions 
to Bidders” attached thereto; said proposal 
shall be enclosed in an envelope furnished by 
said District bearing only the printed endorse- 
ment, ‘‘Proposal for North Side Sewage Treat- 
ment Works, Division P.” . 


Bidders must carefully examine the entire 
site of the work and the adjacent premises, 
and the various means of approach to the site, 
and shall make all necessary investigations to 
inform themselves thoroughly as to the facili- 
ties for delivering, placing, and operating the 
necessary plant, and the facilities for deliver- 
ing and handling material at the site and to 
inform themselves thoroughly as to all the 
difficulties that may be involved in the comple- 
tion of all work under the attached contract 
in accordance with the specifications and the 
plans thereto attached. Bidders are also re- 
quired to examine all maps, plans, and data 
mentioned in the specifications, contract or pro- 
posal as being on file in the office of the Chief 
Engineer, for examination by bidders. No plea 
of ignorance of conditions that exist or that 
may hereafter exist, or of conditions or difficul- 
ties that may be encountered in the execution 


6 


of the work under this contract, as result of 
failure to make the necessary examinations and 
investigations, will be accepted as an excuse 
for any failure or omission on the part of the 
Contractor to fulfill in every detail all of the 
requirements of said contract, specifications 
and plans, or will be accepted as a basis for 
any claims whatsoever for extra compensation, 
or for an extension of time. 


- The following schedule of quantities, al- 
though stated with as much accuracy as is 
possible in advance, is approximate only and 
is assumed SOLELY for the purpose of com- 
paring bids. The quantities on which payments 
will be made to the Contractor are to be deter- 
mined by measurements of the work actually 
performed by the Contractor. as specified: in 
said contract. : 


The following quantities will be used in com- 
paring the proposals: 


Substructure. | 

Item No. Description Quantity 
ca Earthwork suieettsee pe tie bpsnnaenroye lump sum 
2. Additional Excavation....1,000 cubic yards 
So, Ginder, Fill «oun 100 cubic yards 
By COODCT OLE a ays 20,000 cubic yards 
5.  Granolithic Surface...... 20,000 square feet 
6. Reinforcing: Steel............ 2,000,000 pounds 
7 SiphoniLiningsre ike eee lump sum 
8. Sidewalk Lights..........0..000.. 330 square feet 
9. Channel Gates ie eee ae 


Superstructure. 

Item No. Description Quantity 
10. Structural Steel for Superstructure ............ 
sma ave Cay eee a hes tiie’ a ui | 2,600,000 pounds 
11. Cast Steel for Superstructure .................... 
a eR en re ree Sen ree eee ee 50,000 pounds 
Architectural Work. 

Item No. Description Quantity 
Be OAV IS OMUYY EUs) Conse ah 1) bests ngesias Godesss lump sum 


13. Cut Stone and Terra Cotta 


VE ad HORN RDP eral Ae a PRES a OEE lump sum 


14. Marble Work, Tile Floors and 


WYER REIL LOUIE cc vce vate sctcunlals Socego mesn's lump sum 


15. Metal Windows, Louvres and 


PROG U rer ihr is coeeacdgivesteds is cbkacuavons lump sum 
Be LT ORM M AVY OL Kosei. pF ceasvscrtacehessddele os lump sum 
Tie sheet Wletal WOrkK ics ccisescecess coves lump sum 


18. Gypsum Roof Tile and Roof 


WACO PDYOOUNO Oi cactus adccrdtecces lump sum 


19. Carpenter Work, Mill Work, 


Hardware and Lockerg............... lump sum 


eR LAL ZITA Mp orcev vei soe teleguead cerca ecu ia lump sum 


21. 


25. 


24. 


o 6) 


PAINS ec nee on chaeee lump sum 


Metal Lath, Plastering and Sus- 


pended :Cellinggivacoe ean lump. sum 


Passenger Elevator Cab and 


Elevator Doors. eae lump sum 


Mechanical Plant Installation. 


Item No. Description Quantity 


25. 


26. 


reef 


Erection of all Blower Units 
furnished and delivered by the 
Sanitary District under another 
contract together with all mis- 
cellaneous accompanying ap- 


purtenances) sing ace eens lump sum 


Erection of the Main Pumping 
Units and Circulating Water 
Pumping Units to be furnished 
and delivered by the Sanitary 
District under other contracts, 
complete in place with all mis- 
cellaneous accompanying ap- 


purtenances 22s ie ea ae ee lump sum 


Erection of all Air Condition- 
ing Equipment furnished and 
delivered by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract, 


28. 


29. 


30. 


ol. 


32. 


9 


complete in place with all mis- 
cellaneous accompanying ap- 


BICC Si sei sas ca cs sek an ierskrdeses lump 


‘Furnishing and installing all 


Low Pressure Air Mains and 
branches and all Blower Intake 


Furnishing and installing one 
(1) Fifteen and one (1) Thirty- 
five Ton Traveling Crane, and 
one (1) Fifteen Ton Electric 
Monorail Hoist and one (1) 
One Thousand Pound Air Mo- 


LOVE ORR eerie ec, tere delerterl oes lump 


Furnishing and installing Sew- 
age Screens with all apparatus 


AUTO VULTCN ANCES... 2)... ..7..sarecehs lump 


Furnishing and installing all 
necessary floor grating and 


non-slip floor plates.................0.. lump 


Furnishing and _ installing, 
Vacuum Priming Pumps, Sew- 
age Ejectors, Air Coolers for 
Blower Motors, Transformer 
Oil Pumps, Tanks and Purifier, 
Return Line Vacuum Heating 
Pumps, Storage Water Heater 
and miscellaneous auxiliary 


BVLUEHIN ON Given ee ry aipehtetiuee ety 


sum 


sum 


sum 


sum 


sum 


ay) 
OO 


D4. 


DoD. 


56. 


oT. 


10 


Furnishing and installing all 
Air Intake Doors and Frames, 
Water Tight Doors and Frames 
for Air Conditioning Compart- 
ments, Air Relief Doors and 


Air Tunnel Doors and Frames...lump sum 


Furnishing and installing all 
General Piping, exclusive of 
Low Pressure Air Mains and 
Blower Intake Piping, complete 
with all appurtenances, Pipe 
Covering and Painting, includ- 
ing the furnishing and install- 
ing of all Motor Operated Gate 
Valves, Stop Gates, Sluice 
Gates and all apparatus per- 


taining thereto. nie lump sum 


Furnishing and installing the 
Heating and Ventilating Sys- 
tems complete with all equip- 
ment and appurtenances, pipe 
covering, insulation and paint- 


1 Ay MOURA Det LIN bia LAME MEL ie. lump sum 


Furnishing and installing of all 
instruments and Meters, com- 
plete with all apparatus and 


AD PULTENANCES (ito ceca tte lump sum 
Furnishing and installing mis- 
cellaneous piping apparatus 


and appurtenances, including 
pipe covering and painting; and 


miscellaneous iron castings........ lump sum 


11 


38. Furnishing of all labor and 
_ materials for the painting of 
all equipment apparatus and 


BME ELETATICGS chisel cscs hacesspeeds lump sum 


Electrical Work 
Item No. Description Quantity 
BU eOLrical e W OLkuiesk les Gassuute sede lump sum 


Bidders must determine for themselves the 
quantities of work that will be required, by 
such means as they may prefer, and shall 
assume all risks as to variations in the quan- 
tities of the different classes of work actually 
performed under the contract. Bidders shall 
not at any time after the submission of this 
proposal, dispute or complain of the aforesaid 
schedule of quantities or assert that there was 
any misunderstanding in regard to the amount 
or the character of the work to be done, and 
shall not make any claims for damages, or 
for loss of profits or for an extension of time 
because of a difference between the approxi- 
mate quantities of the various classes of work 
assumed for comparison of bids, and the quan- 
tities of work actually performed. 


The attention of bidders is called to the re- 
quirements of the specifications necessitating 
the performance of work under. this contract 
without interference with the work to be per- 
formed at or about the same time by any other 
contractor. | | | 


The proposal of each bidder shall contain 
the guarantees required in the proposal forms 
and shall be accompanied by specifications 


12 


and drawings, or prints, of the equipment upon 
which the proposal of the bidder is based, in 
sufficient detail to allow the Engineer to form 
a comprehensive idea of the design, dimen- 
sions, and character of materials of the equip- 
ment offered. Such specifications and draw- 
ings shall be neatly bound in pamphlet form, 
the size of which shall preferably be approxi- 
mately eight and one-half (814) by eleven 
(11) inches. 


The proposal for Item 39, Electrical Work 
shall be accompanied by catalogues, blue prints 
and full detailed description, with the name 
of the manufacturer of the battery charging 
sets, storage battery, transformers, oil circuit 
breakers, switchboards, unit interlock control 
and other electrical equipment to be fur- 
nished. The efficiency of the battery charging 
sets and transformers and the rupturing ca- 
pacities of the oil circuit breakers shall be 
stated. The data sheets included in the pro- 
posal for Item 39 shall be carefully filled in 
with the information asked. 


PROPOSALS THAT CONTAIN ANY OMIS- 
SIONS, ERASURES, OR ALTERATIONS, OR 
THAT CONTAIN ADDITIONS OR ITEMS 
NOT CALLED FOR IN THE CONTRACT, 
SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS, OR THAT 
CONTAIN IRREGULARITIES OF ANY KIND, 
WILL BE REJECTED AS INFORMAL. 


Proposals submitted without filling out, sub- 
scribing and swearing to attached affidavit 
may be rejected. 


Proposals which are deemed by the Board 
of Trustees of the Sanitary District to be mani- 


13 


festly unbalanced will not be considered in 
awarding the contract. 3 


No proposal will be accepted unless the bid- 
der submitting it shall furnish evidence satis- 
tactory to the Board of Trustees of the Sani- 
tary District of his experience and familiarity 
with work of the character specified and of his 
financial ability to successfully and properly 
prosecute the proposed work to completion 
within the specified time. 


When a firm submits a proposal, the indi- 
vidual names of all its members shall be writ- 
ten out and shall be signed in full, but the 
signers may, if they choose, describe them- 
selves in addition, as doing business under a 
firm name and style. 


When a corporation submits a proposal, the 
proposal must be signed in the name and under 
the seal of the corporation by a duly author- 
ized officer or agent of the corporation and 
his address given. Such agent must present 
legal evidence that he has lawful authority 
to sign said proposal and that the corporation 
has a legal existence. In the event that any 
corporation, organized and doing business un- 
der the laws of any foreign state, is the suc- 
cessful bidder, such corporation must present 
evidence before any contract is executed that 
it is authorized to do business in the State of 
Illinois. 


Each proposal shall be accompanied by a 
certified check, in the sum of TWO HUN- 
DRED THOUSAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00). 
All certified checks must be drawn on some re- 
sponsible bank doing business in the City of 


14 


Chicago, and shall be made payable to the order 
of the Clerk of the Sanitary District. 


Upon bidders submitting proposals they 
shall not withdraw or cancel such proposals, 
and all sums deposited with such proposals 
shall be held by said Sanitary District until 
all of the proposals submitted shall have been 
canvassed and a contract awarded, signed and 
bond furnished and approved. 


The bidder to whom the contract for said 
work is awarded shall, within ten (10) days 
after receiving notice of such award, execute a 
contract with said Sanitary District for the 
full and complete performance of all work 
specified therein, and shall also execute a bond 
for the faithful performance of such contract 
in the sum of fifty (50) per cent of the amount 
of the contract, with bondsmen whose financial 
standing is satisfactory to the Board of Trus- 
tees of said Sanitary District. 


In the event that said bidder fails or refuses 
to execute said contract and furnish said bond 
within said period of ten (10) days after 
receiving notice of such award, then the sum 
deposited by said bidder shall be retained by 
the Sanitary District as liquidated damages 
and not as a forfeiture, IT BEING NOW 
AGREED, that said sum is a fair estimate of 
the amount of damages that the Sanitary 
District will sustain in case said bidder fails 
to enter into a contract and furnish a bond as 
hereinafter provided. 

‘Upon the ‘complete ‘execution ‘of said con- 
tract by the bidder after said ‘contract has 
been awarded,’ in accordance with‘all the terms 


bi 


and conditions hereinabove mentioned, and 
upon the approval of the bond on said con- 
tract by the Board of Trustees of said Sanitary 
District, all of said sums deposited with pro- 
posals will be returned to the respective bid- 
ders. 


Accompanying the contract form are plans, 
which together with the specifications, show 
the work on which said proposals are to be 
made. 


Construction conditions may require that 
minor changes be made in the location and 
installation of the equipment to be furnished 
and other work to be performed hereunder, 
and the Contractor, when ordered by the En- 
gineer, shall make such adjustments and 
changes in said locations and work*as may be 
necessary without additional charge, provided 
such adjustments and changes do not unrea- 
sonably alter the character, quantity or cost 
of the work as a whole, and provided further 
that plans and specifications showing such ad- 
justments and changes are furnished the Con- 
tractor by the Sanitary District within a reason- 
able time before any work involving such ad- 
justments and changes is begun. 


THE PROPOSAL MUST NOT BE DE- 
TACHED HEREFROM OR FROM THE CON- 
TRACT by any bidder when submitting a pro- 
posal. 


The said Board of Trustees reserves the 
right to reject any or all proposals. 


16 
AUTHORITY FOR ATTACHED PROPOSAL. 


The following proposal is to be submitted 
in accordance with the advertisement for bids 
for the work which was authorized by order 
of the Board of Trustees of The Sanitary Dis- 
trict of Chicago, passed October 1, 1925. 
Included in and made a part of said proposal 
are the attached contract form and specifica- 
tions and the contract plans accompanying 
same. This contract form, and the said plans 
and specifications contain corrections in lieu 
of or in addition to the printed matter orig- 
inally contained therein. All such corrections 
and additions are listed below and also shown 
on the face of the contract forms and specifi- 
cations and on the plans, and must be con- 
sidered by the bidder in making his proposal. 


COOH eee Eee EEE HEHEHE ETOH EEE HES EEE E SEES ESE OE HHH ESEESOEESES ESO EHH EEEOSEEES 
Poem emo eee eee eee ee EH EH EEE SEES ECHO EE EEE OE EEE EE TEESE ES ES EEE EEESEE EES EEOEHEEES 
SOPH eee eee HEHEHE EHH HEHE HEHE SEE HEHEHE SEES EEE TEESE EEE EE SHE ESSE SEES SEES HE OEESEES 
Poem eee meee eee eee EHH HEHEHE TELE LEST EERE HE SESE EOE EE SOTHO SES EEE EEE SEESECEEH DESEO HOES 
POO e meee meee He eH OEE eee HH EEE SHEE EEE ED EO EHEC E EEE HES HEE SELES EEO OEE EEE EEE DEH EES 
Pee e meee meee eee e ee ee eee EHE OCHS E ESSE SE ESS EEE EEHE SESE SEES ES OES SE EEEE SECO OSES EES 
Poem meee mere ee ee ere ese eH EHH EDEH EHO HEE SHEE EEO EES EOO TES EE ESE DED EH EH HO EE OHEEHOE 
POP m eee eee eH HEH ee EEE EET EEE SHEE ED EO HE EH OEE EE EEH ES EEHECEHEOEHEOS ERO HOHE SES EEEES 


SOSH OHH SETHE HETEH HEHEHE TEEHSEEEHEHHSHEHEEHHEHEHEHEEHHEHEHEHSHEHEHEEHHEECHSEESHEHHEEEHHHEEEEE 


POSSESSES OSES AE SEES HHS HHEHSHH HES SHEHSHSHHSESHHSHHHHHSHHSHSHEHHHHHSSHSOSHSHHS THRO HEHEOHOED 


POSH HR SEESESSHESHESHSSSHHSHSHSSHSTESSHEHSHSHSHSHHSHSSHSHHHOHHHSHSHHHSHSSHSSHSHSHTFHFHSHSHHOHHES 


Seeeoereeeeseeeeeern 


SCPC SSH ESESHESHSSESHHS SHES SHHHSTSSESHSHHSSHSHHHSSSSSHSHSSSHHOSHSHHSSHHHETSHHHHFHHTOHROSS 


PSOE THSHSSSHSHHSSETHSHSHSHHEHTHSSTHHSHHSHSHHHSSSHSHSHSHSHSSSHSHSHSSHSSSOSSHSHSSHOSHSSHSHSSTEHED 


PSH SHHHSHSHSHSHSHESHSHSSHTHEHSSSHEHSEFHSSSHHSSEHSHHSHSHSHHHSHOFHSHSHFSHSHFSTSEHSHHSHSHSSSHHHHSFTHHHHSBOCRHOED 


SESS SHH HHH HHSHSHHSTSEHHESSHTHSHEHHHHSHESHHHSHHSHSHHSHHTHSHTHHSEHSHHSHHSHEHHTSSTHTHHSTERORS 


"” 


SHER SSHESSHSEHHEHHSHSHHEHEHHHEHSSHHSHSHHSFFHHSHEHHHHHHHHHFHFHFHTHHHTHTEHEHTHHSTHHFHHHSEHBETTED 


SHHSHEHEHESHHSHSHHHEHHEHHSHHSSHSEHESHHSHHSHHHHHSHSSTHSHSHSEHSSSSSSSSHHSSHTHESHOHHSHBFHSHHHTES9E9S 


SRSSHSTHOSHSHEESHAEHSHHEHSSHSHSHHHT ST SSSHTHHSHSHHHSSHHSTSHHSSHTSHSHOSSHSSSHSHTSHHSHHHSHHHSTS2O99 


SPSS THHHSHHEHESHHSETHEHHEHSSSHEHHHHTHHTSHSSHHSHSHHSHHHHHSHHHHSSHHHHSSHSSHFFHSHHSHH SFT HHOHSBH BORED 


eoeleee POCO PHSAOHHEOHAHATHATAHHHOHS HF HSS HSS OSS HS OTTTFOTTSHHFOHHHTI9HHB9O9SRE8 


PSSSSHSSSHSHHSHSHSSHHSHSHHHHHSHSHESHSHHSSTSHFHSHHSHSSHOHSHHSHSHOHTHHSFHHFHSFHFFHHHFSSF HHS OHS HOESHOSD 


‘ * . 


©2020000000908089200006000299099808008320880889 


SOF SASS SSHHHHESEHOESHSHESHHHHSSEHHSSHHSHHSHHHHSHSSSHHSSHSSSSEHSTOHHS SHH HSHHSHBHSOHOSHSSHSEEES 


SCPC STOPES SS ETEHEHHEEHEHEHH SHEE HEHEESSE 


e@evesesesreeseeoseeee @eeeeeoeeeeeeseeeee 
STH HE SET HESHHH SESH HEH HOHEEETEHHHEHESETHEHSHSESHEEEHHEHSHHEHETEEEHHEHOSHEHSEEHEEEEE ceereone 
SOTHO SHET HHH SEHHEEEHEHHE ESTE HESHEE OE HEHEHE SHHEHEHEHOHEHHH TEE EH HHH HEHEHE HHHHE HEH HEHEHE EE 
CHS HP ORES EEHOT HOSE HEHEHE OE SHEET HH OTHHEHHEHHTHS HEHE HSHSE HH HEHEHE HEHEHE FEE ETEHEHH EEE 
SSSSCHHHHEHSSESHHHHEHSHHHEHOSE SETHE HSHSHEHHHESTEHEEHHHHHHSHHHTSHEEHSHHHHETEHHOHHTHTEHEHEHOEHEE 
SOSH HSH SHEE HEHHEOHE EH HESEHEHHEHEHEHEHHTHEEEEETHEEEHHOHESESE HOSE THEHEHEOTHEH ETH SHE HSH EES 
SOSHSHHEH SESS HEHEEHSEHEHSHOEHEESHEHOSESHESHEEEHHSHOHEEESHOEH EHH HEHEHE EES EEHE HE OEHHHHEREEE 
eee ee Sees eee eSeSEFHHSeSEEOSHEOSEFEEHESEELESE eeeeerseeeseseseseeeseeeseesese 
TOSSES HESS ETH HO THEHESESHEEEHEEOHEHEHEEETEET OTHE HEEEHS OHH EHH HEHEHE HESESEEE TEETH EEEE 
SSS SOTSSHEHHET SHE HEHEHE SHEESHHEOTESHHEHHETSHEHSEEEEEHESEHSHSEEEHEEHESEESHEEEHEEEEEHHEEEES 
POSS H SHEESH HHEHESSEHEHHH HSE EHHHSOESHEHEHHHHSEEHESHEHTEHEESEHESEHHESESHEHEHEOHHT ETHER OE TES 
CHOHOSSHESEHEEESHESESEEHSHEHHEHEHSHEHHEHSHEHTHEHSHHEHEHESHEHOHEHEHEHSESHEHSHHEHTHEEHEHHOEHHTSEHEESHEEEHEE eeee 
oeeservreeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeee SCHOHSHHSSHSSHSHESEHESSSHSSCHSHESSESHSSHSSSSHSSSEHSSESeee 
e 
Signed e@eeoesneeeeseees9880888080 eseeeeeeeoeseneese e@eaeeeeeeeod e 


Chief Engineer. 


(This proposal is not valid unless counter- 
signed above and no changes, corrections or 
additions other than those listed above will be 
considered as a part of this agreement.) 


19 
~ PROPOSAL. 


For the Construction of the North Side Sewage 
_ Treatment Works—Division P, 
Pump and Blower House, 
in the Village of Niles Center, County of 
Cook, State of Illinois. | 


To the Honorable, the President and the Board 
- of Trustees of The Sanitary District of ‘Chi- 
cago: 


Gentlemen: 


The undersigned hereby certi........ tate... 


Bare. examined the specifications and form of 
contract and the accompanying plans for the 
CONSTRUCTION OF THE NORTH SIDE 
SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS—DIVISION 
P, PUMP AND BLOWER HOUSE—IN THE 
VILLAGE OF NILES CENTER, COUNTY OF 


COOK, STATE OF ILLINOIS; and ha........ also 
examined the premises at and adjacent to the 
site of the proposed work, as therein described,. 
and the means of approach to the said site. 


The undersigned ha........ also examined the 
foregoing ‘‘Requirements for Bidding and In- 


structions to Bidders,” and propose........ to do 
all the work called for in said specifications 
and contract, and shown on said plans, and 
to furnish all materials, tools, labor, and all 
appliances and appurtenances necessary to the 
full completion of said work at the rate and 
prices for said work, as follows, to-wit: 


20 
SUBSTRUCTURE. 
-; -(1)° For the earthwork, complete, as spé- 


cified, the fe sum Of. seeeseeeeen secabedateasseeeaee 


SOSH SS HEHEHE EHEEEETHSSESHESHESHSHSEHSHEHESHSESSHOHSHHEHSSSHEHOHSHSESHEHSESESHSESHSOSHESEHEEOSSEESESE 


Cents ($..24> pith a Ste ny oe 


ye), “Fo or. ost ceadiiennl cearth.. excacuti 


complete, as specified, the sum Of...........ccccccce0ee 
tote teen cone wened Ce cccccce eet ».Dollars and evoee deveee Be veesecoveveececes 
Cents es phe aS ee: per cubic yard. 


; “ 3) For. oe cinder fill, complete in place, 


as ‘specified, the sum of. 28 sooraeinclas dies lhaied 
PEAT ORE ANS tee by. Dollars ONG: i. niz).acteees see 
Cents ce Fidecds LéviAss Servoess dethe baat ) per sabic yard. 


nia itot"the” cbaesata’ capes in place, 


as specified, the SUM Of.....:........cssessesccese ‘astee 
BMT Mi Ben Se RED) wy! Dollars AM ic.n..ecssssncsessesersononans 
Cents (S20 ae ae eee .) per cubic yard. 


(5) ‘For the -granolithic surface, eanlee 


as specified. thersunrofih ek ae eee 


21 


per square foot. 


(6) For the reinforcing steel, complete, in 


place, as specified, the sum Of................ccccseceeees 


{ 


wyoyrs ‘ 


per pound. | 


(7) Ror the siphon linings, complete, in 


place, as specified, the lump sum of.................... 
LS ee eee Dollars Ait 5 aes tak eeee 
PPOTIUS hs eet Pree Aer ye 


(8). For the sidewalk lghts, complete, in 


place, as specified, the sum Of............ccssscooseeddcdace 
Bene Ss rec Dollars: ANG. .ceiisiiescsdsceeccteas eve 
Wola ey ie Aap see ) per square foot. 


(9) For the channel gates, complete, in 


place, as specified, thera Of ee, 

Biiek chert PY eee Oe es ULI OILATS TAT asics ctoceveccaeGekbda tenses 

ETAL Ce eee eats Seen ) each. 
SUPERSTRUCTURE. 


(10) For the structural steel for superstruc- 
ture, complete, in place, as specified, the sum 


SHRSSHH SEH HOSEHEEHHETEHSSEHEHEEHTEEEESHEHEAHE SHEE HOSEHOHHHHESSHHSHSHSHSHSHHHCHEHEHOHTHOHOTTSEE 


(11) For the cast steel for superstruc- 
ture, complete, in place, as specified, the sum 


ARCHITECTURAL WORK. 


(12) For the masonry, complete, in place, 


as specified, the lump sum Of..............sc.cccscesescese 
2. Le Ose eae Dollars) and. 32....1..5....a0 eee 
Cents -($.4.056a).cn ee ee ). 


(13) For the cut stone and terra cotta 
work, complete, in place, as specified, the lump 


SESS EHESTHHHHHHESEHEHHSEHSEEEHSHEEHESEHHEHOHHATEHEHSEHHOSESHESHOHHESEHESESEEHOHOHEEEE 


Cents (3h eee } 

(14) For the marble work, tile floors and 
mastic floors, complete, in place, as specified, 
the lump BUM. Of; iiss eccbesecshasveowsecoe pe eee 
Sari hersecsonts (dts aie tpl Dollars: ands....idcccsuslcnese 
Cents (SoS ee ys 


23 


(15) For the metal windows, louvres and 
doors, complete, in place, as specified, the lump 


SOHO HHO HREHHSSHHOTHOSHHEHSHHOHHHEHEHHOHHEOSHHOHGHHOTHHHHHHOHHFFTHHHHHHHOHHHHHHHTHHHFGHHHHHDD 


Cents 1 (Si e028 een et he 


(16) For the iron work, complete, in place, 


as specified, CHE TTT SUMCOL vii ses cvscsscepersinanseane 
he See ae eae POOLEY AMG re sche sescetatern ces st, 
Lad ep aiciaee poate Rena }. 


(17 ) For the sheet metal work, complete, 


in place, as specified, the lump sum of............... 
Pa A Wel Sab RA REO PLAYA ADCs. iscussn coe cer eine takin 
BONG UD Si iirece cette ait accccesssoece he 


(18) For the gypsum roof tile and roof 
waterproofing, complete, in place, as specified, 


BPM NTO ei ody cao besa enaacsagtexsniveen das 


PRS SSCHTOTHHSSHHHOSESHSHSHHSHHOSHHSHTHHHASHSHHTHHSHHFHHSHFFSHSHHSHHSHHHFSHHTHFHHORHHHHSSHHHBHCOD 


CTS ila TOR iat, Auten mee van ). 


(19) For the carpenter work, millwork, 
hardware and lockers, complete, in place, as 


specified, the LUMP SUM Of..............c0ccecrecsscneeseees 


WAT HS Reins boo oo ae a ee Soscccecces 
es took Piel Arty: iieissegsioas jasecenne 
Cents (Brrr Sales toe Ge ean) 8 

(20). For the glazing, complete, in place as 
specified, the lump: SUM Of............sccsceeesseseeeeeete 
ac Sees eee ces eee Dollars Bd etree 
Cents (B.. Ae Paar ae Oi ‘ 

(21) For the Sait complete, in place, 
as specified, the lump sum Of.............sseseseseeees 
HA Saeed eal Reema tse 

Cents (Beeseeesrecees ee Aes ). 


(22) Tee Ane earee Leth! plastering and 
suspended ceilings, complete, in place, as spe- 


cified, the lump sum Of....,...2.,.:..-1.s:-000) see 


Cee meme em eee H eH See HHH SESE CTE ROSE EE TOTES ES ESHOTOTESEESOHSOHHEHHE HEEL EHETEOOSESE 


(23) For the passenger elevator cab and 
elevator doors, complete, in place, as specified, 


the lump sum of..3.3: UAC RS TOME A GEE es 


COP dere ae eee Ree he eee He TES ED OHOETHSOOHETEE SESE HEOEOTETOESEOESSESEH EE SOERELEEES EES 


Cents: $3. esiciccccccscecce: eS ). 


20 


-°(24) For the sanitary plumbing and pipe 
work, complete, in place, as specified, the lump 


OTE ve ates AN hed ne oon yet Oe eG ay GN 
Pe cera a tse TE GEES Se ae PPC TC ATIO Soleo deste dele ckocketivadess 
COCOEO GET 0 oi a ARR eo et ae ) 

.- Total of. Items’12:to .24 inclusive .................... 
we ceaeseezeae caaseesie latte Dollars: amd: i.c....cc0isecksoeseelecveeles 


ae rE Oe CONTS * CD. o cnn cccesecchnecnieicuse Je 


The work herein above specified under 
Items 12 to 24 inclusive includes substantially 
all the work to be performed under Architect- 
ural Work, however, if it is found necessary to 
perform: other work: of:.a minor. character to 
make said Architectural Work complete, then 
said Contractor shall perform such other- work 
as is incident to any of the appropriate items 
above stated without any extra charge therefor. 


MECHANICAL PLANT INSTALLATION. 


(25) For the erection of all blower units 
furnished and delivered by. the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract together with all 
miscellaneous accompanying appurtenances, 


26 


complete, as specified, ready to run, for the 


TOIT ‘SUM OF eine cic cac denne s Shells eee 


PPO SST OOH EHHHHHSE SH HHOHH SEH HEHEHE HEHEHE HOTHHTEEHHEHOHHEHHSOHESHSESHOHHHHHHTEHEHHESSHOED 


SEP OSH SHH SESHHHHSTESHEHSESHSHSHSHESSHHSHSESHSSCEHSHHHSHESSHHHHHSHSHHOHSSHSHSHHESSEHSEHSHHSESE EDS 


Gents (S$. weer ees a 


(26) For the erection of the main pumping 
units and circulating water pumping units to 
be furnished and delivered by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under other contracts, complete, in place, 
as specified, with all miscellaneous accompany- 
ing appurtenances, ready to run, for the lump 


Pe Pewee ese HOOT SELAH SET HOES SE EHHESEE HOO SHOT EHHSESOHESSEHE OH OLEH ESHEETS OEHO TEESE 


SOOTHES HEHEHE SHRHEHRESESSHEHSHESHHSHSSHESHESSHHESSESHHHHHSEHHEHESHSSHHSHHHSETHOHSHEHTHTHSEHHESESHEHEBED 


Cents (9 ee ee ee ee ie 


(27) For erection of all air conditioning 
equipment furnished and delivered by the Sani- 
tary District under another contract, complete, 
in place, as specified, with all miscellaneous 
accompanying appurtenances, for the lump 


SEHOHSSHSHEHESSHSHEHEHHEHSHEHHOHTESHHSHHSHEHHEHSHSSEHHESHESSEHEHSHESHHSSEHSHOHSHESSESHHEHSEOHHEOEHESSESES 


PHOS HSTHEHHESEHEHESHHEHSHHEHEHHOHTEHEHHSHHHEHEHEHEHHHHHHEHHHHOHHESHHOHHHOHEHHHETEHSOEHOOSOEHD 


Carita See ee A ee ). 


27 


(28) For furnishing and installing all low 
pressure air mains and branches and all blow- 
er intake piping, complete, as specified or 


shown on the plans, for the lump sum of .......... 
puekigesceietdadhdeesdeonenus PCAN eck ese scx trcatcdeoeeccsees 
Cents Per crit arta. ee ). 


(29) For furnishing and installing one (1) 
fifteen and one (1) thirty-five ton traveling 
crane, and one (1) fifteen ton electric mono- 
rail hoist and one (1) one thousand pound air 
motor hoist, complete, as specified, ready for 


operation, for the lum sum Of ................seeecceeeees 
AE ieee te PIO AES AD Gs cris eoreaen eat taeceeatt 
ORGS Cy yr cee doc esas ); 


(30) For furnishing and installing sewage 
screens with all apparatus and appurtenances 
as specified or shown on the plans, complete, 
as specified, ready for operation, for the lump 


SOAS HAETHSHSESHEHESEHESET HES EHTHOHHHSEETHHSHHHOHHSTESHHHOSSHEHHOHHSS SSE HSHSHHHOTROHROSOHEES 


SCTE HHO SSH SHHHEEEHHEHHOSHHEHRHHSETEHEEHHOHHSTHHSHHSHOSTHHHEHTHHETHTHHHHOTHHTH SSSR HG HH HOST OOS 


28 


-(81) | For furnishing and installing all nec- 
essary floor grating and -non-slip. floor. plates, 
complete, as specified, except: floor grating and 
floor plates in the screen chamber, which will 
be paid for under the lump sum specified for 


sewage screens, for the lump sum Of ................ 
Be ry ot UMS he Pe pes Dollars and savit i exvecee ee 
Cents (Dirseeseesensereteereseneesener ) e 4 


(32) For furnishing and installing, vacuum 
priming pumps, ‘sewage. -ejectors, air coolers 
for blower motors, transformer oil pumps, 
tanks and purifier, return line vacuum heat- 
ing .pumps, storage water heater and miscel- 
laneous auxiliary equipment, complete, as 
specified or shown on the plans, ready for op- 


eration, for the lump sum of 4 ieaae a Uh Peueses dace 
fit BEAR Rs Dollars: andinal. ccc... eee 
Cente ($5.0. n ee ) 


(33) For furnishing and installing all air 
intake doors and frames, water-tight doors 
and frames for air conditioning compartments, 
air. relief doors and.air tunnel doors and 
frames, complete with all appurtenances, as 
specified or shown on the plans, for the lump 


CORO eee mma e eRe eee eH ED HSE ES ESE SHHE EOE SHH HSEH HEHE EES H ESTES HS OE ETO SOE SEE ESESEES 


Ee Oe ere eee tecbetecedescceseccoceccocccvessveeseseecens “ee er eeeersesweooneseseoe ‘@eseees » 


ONtB i (Oni cots ee steeen se oye 


(34) For furnishing and installing all gen- 
eral piping, exclusive of low pressure air mains 
and blower intake piping, complete with all 
appurtenances, pipe covering and painting, in- 
cluding the furnishing. and installing of all 
motor operated gate valves, stop gates, sluice 
gates and all apparatus pertaining thereto, 
complete, as: specified or shown on the plans, 


for the lump sum: ofan 2204.5 oul ani ee Ree 


SHS SHCHHH ESET HEHEHE SHE SHHHHHESHHSSHHHSHSTHHSHSHSTHOHSSSHSHEHSHHSSHHHSHHSHSH HHS HHTHSHOEHOTSSSOS 


| OP AERD Pa RTs eS PROUT ROA: Fo ao shoe iec sk cc tecs 


Cents (S.. edn git ying 1 EN Te ). 


(85) For furnishing and installing the 
heating and ventilating systems, complete, with 
all equipment, and appurtenances, pipe cover- 
ing, insulation and painting; as specified or 


shown on the plans, for the lump sum 7G Se oath be 


SOHC SHEESH STSHEEE SESE EEHSHEHHSHEHHHESESESHHEHEHSSSESHEHHOSSEHSHHOHSHHTHSSSHSSSHTHOHSHSTHEHSHED 


SHS eS SSH SSH SHH HSE ST HEH OHS HHS SHHHHEHSHH SESS HHS HHHEESHEHHHHHHHHHSHSHH HSH HOH SHETHESSHH OHH BES 


BO pole intl sara POT APS ON epee asks arises 
SEES ESEL dB ORCESS Bgl IIE AY pc Ro ). 
(36) For the furnishing and installing of 


all instruments and meters, complete with all 
apparatus and appurtenances, as specified or 


30 


SOSH SHHEHEHTHEEEEHHEEHEHSHESEHSHETHHSHSHEHEHHHTHEHHOETESHHSOHEEEHTEHSTHSEHEHHHSHSHHHHHHTHOHEEFS 


SHSSHSHHTHHHHSHHHESEHHHHSESHEHHOHSHHHOHHSHHCHSEEHSEHHHEEEHEHHOHETEHHOHOHHTHEHSOHSEHHEHOHOHHSOSES 


CONTA en sade ete He 


37) For furnishing and installing miscel- 
laneous piping apparatus and appurtenances, 
including pipe covering and painting; and 
miscellaneous iron castings, complete, as speci- 
fied or shown on the plans, not heretofor classi- 


fied, for the lump sum of....J2...c2.... ee 


SOSH SHSSTHSHSHOSHETEHHHEEEEHESHHESETESOHESHEHHHETTESSEHREHSHHHETESHOSSHOHHESHESSHOHSESHHSOES 


SCTSOSHSHHOSSEHHEESHSESHTSHSHHEHTHSESHEHSHHHHESHEHSHHHEHHETHHSHHAESESHHOSHSSCSECHSHEHEHSHHHSEHEHTSEGS 


Cente Biv steerer ). 


(38) For furnishing of all labor and ma- 
terials for the painting of all equipment ap- 
paratus and appurtenances, complete, as speci- 


fied, for the lump SUM. OF ...2.....4...,00c0svecsevsavonsnsa 


COPS SEHESHOTHEHSHEHESH HEHEHE HHEHOHSSEHEHSHEEHESEHHHHEHSHHHHATHOEHEHSHESEHHHOEHSHOHHSHSESEHEEHSHHEE 


SOSCH HSE SHSHHSHSHTSSHEHHSHHEHHETEHHHSEHHHOHHESHEHOHHEHSHSTHSTETEHTESEEHSHSOHLEHYEHSHETEHEHHOEHFES 


COCO EHHES HHH EHE SEES HHEHHEHEEHEHEHOHGHHEHESHHHSHHEHHEHHHHEEHEETEEEHEEHEEHHTOHHEHOHHHHSEHOHHFEOSS 


SP STHHHH SHS HSER SSH HEHSHEHHEHHSHHEHSHHOHSHHHHSHSEHHOHHHHSHSHERHHTOHOROHHSSSHSHHHOSHESOSOS®D 


SHHSSSSHHHOH SHEESH HEFSHESSEHHSHSHHSHSHSHHOSHHHEHTHHHSHSHHSHHSHHHHHSHTSHST HR HHHH OSES HHOOTORE HHO OD 


Cents ($............0::ee ). 


The work herein above specified under Items 
25 to 38 inclusive includes substantially all the 
work to be performed under Mechanical Plant 
installation, however, if it is found necessary to 
perform other work of a minor character to 
make said Mechanical Plant installation com- 
plete, then said Contractor shall perform such 
other work as is incident to any of the appro- 
priate items above stated without any extra 
charge therefor. 


ELECTRICAL WORK. 


(39) For the electrical work, complete, as 


specified, the lump sum Of ...............sc0ee0es Ae Ca 


SHSSHSSHESHSHHSESHETESTHESHHHSHESHSSESSHHHSHSHHHETSHHSHESHHHTSHHSSHSHSSHSSSSHOHPHHHHSHSHHRHHRHEDOS 


SRS SHSHESHHHSEHSHEHSHSHSSSHHHSHHHHSHHSHSHEHRHHSHFHOHHSHSHFTHHSHSHFEHSHHSHHTHSHSHSOHAGHSHGHOHHSHES 


PREM PON eo eric sh cua acces Rakes ). 


The undersigned further states that the 
grand total amount of this bid computed on the 
lump sums stated and unit prices extended for 
said approximate quantities stated in “‘Require- 
ments for Bidding and Instructions to Bidders” 


BRTACHEC HETEUG, 1S. cicscs esse gcce sec tenceckcscoecretsencevaceasers 


SOSH SOSHSHEHESHEHSEHSEHSHSHSSHSHSHSOHSSHSFHFFASTHSHFSHHSHHSHHHSSSSSHSHSHHHHHIHOROTHS HS OO® 


COTO CERSEH HEHEHE SHEHHEHSESESHHEESSEHHHESHSESHESHESHEHEHETEHHEHEHESSHEEHEOEHESHEHHOHEHEHEESES 
COHORTS HERETHSSHEHSETHSHESHEHSHSHSHESESESEHOESHSHHESEESHESSEESHEHEEHTEOHESEHROEOHESESHESESE 
POSSESS HHEHHESSSHEHSHESEHEESHESHHSESOEHHSHEHHSHETHEHHHSOHEHOHESHEHSHOSEHEHOHEHEEFOSHESHSCOHEHEEOE 
SOSH SH SSSHEEHSSHSHHHLHOSHS HEHEHE HHHESSHOHSOLEHSHEHESEHHSHHEHHOTESEHESOHOOHSSSOHEEEHHEEE 
CeCe eee eH e ESS eee HESS HEEL EH ESO SEOESOESEESOH SEES HE OSHS HEH OOAOTEE HOS SESSSESESES 


athe Se eoeeee vt Dollars and ast ett tatactasnesthss0eraae ama 


Cents. ($.......... chewed Gur Cie ee 


_ Said total sum is. subject to verification. by 
the Chief Engineer of the Sanitary District and 
the correct sum will be used in the comparison 


of bids. 


The bidder shall fill out all spaces in 
the following: pages of this proposal relating 
to kind of equipment to be furnished, maker 
and place of manufacture of said equipment. 


It-is- understood and agreed that the quan- 
tities mentioned in the “Requirements for Bid- 
ding and Instructions to Bidders” are only ap- 
proximate and are assumed SOLELY for the 
comparison of proposals and are not guaran- 
teed to be accurate statements or estimates of 
the quantities of the different classes of work 
that are to be performed under the contract, 
and if~ awarded the contract for the work 
therein mentioned, the undersigned will not 
make any claim for damages or for loss of 
profits or for an extension of time because of 
a difference between the quantities of the vari- 
ous classes of work assumed for comparison of 
bids and the quantities of work actually per- 
formed. 


33 


The undersigned hereby agrees that the 
equipment to be furnished hereunder will 
comply with the data and efficiencies herein- 
after specified to-wit: 


ELECTRICAL WORK. 


Battery Charging Sets. 


The total efficiencies of the Battery Charg- 
ing Sets at rated voltage and frequency will 
not be less than the following: 


20 K. W. Battery 1% Load 34, Load Full Load 


ROR O TT Oe OM aa ey crc eee ed ak ee tes Shek 


The weight of the complete Battery Charg- 
ing Sets will be as follows: 


Complete 34K.W. Battery Charging Sets .......... 


pounds. 
; W , 

The 20K.W. and 34, Battery Charging Sets to 
be furnished herewith will be manufactured by 


See ee eee eseeeeTFoOFeEesseeETESSESE OSES EEE 


SSSSHSSSHSSHHHSAHHEHSHHHSHHSHHHHSSHSHSHSHTHFHSSSH HHS HOHSHSSFHHHSSSHHSSHTHSHHFSFFHF HSH HPHHS DOO 


SSSSHESHSSHESHHSSEHSSSHSHSHHSHHHEHSSHHSHSHHHHHTHFHHTF HHS SHESHHRHFHHTHHHOHHFHSFTHTHH HT HHHHTTSESOS 


34 


100 K. V. A. Transformers. 


The efficiencies of the 100 K. V. A. Trans- 
formers will be not less than that specified in 
the following table: 


Per Cent Per Cent Efficiency at 
of load 100% P.F. 90%P.F 80% P.F. 
100 yd cane teal Fe hoe tg ee Sn 
Fe eT Secasaesapansice iauadsn Err teee eee ae ten 
Ue nner earners. 


@eocesecesevecseen 


The regulation will be as specified in the 
following table: 


Per. Cent Per Cent Regulation at 

of load 100% P.F.. 90%P.F. 80%P.F. 
LO Qa oor eset 
(Mem Rrr Tr ahr ce hg 
OQ. ORAS ae ede Neen tua. one cen 


Following are the dimensions in inches and 
approximate net weight in pounds of each 
transformer: 


Heioht over. alliics. nweiteses ese eee inches 
Projected oorsarceacc eee inches 
Total weight... Ce eee ees pounds 


The current transformers to be furnished 
herewith will be: 


Voltage Make - ‘Type Style Cat. No. 
Peeiee e  ee 
MeOus ge (Ce 
SATAY ick VAR oa Ra ec 

Bem econ Se 
TPQ Sah leat ee 
dil. xe aeeaaenene ta 
rer eP trh WEA jo titoeHtien Watt tS 
PM es Sramsiahe 
STEpe Ty Pt 2 RS ee adi ata 
EIDE. IOS i ce Ne a a 
Altes eae IMM eT iy eum here, ae 


eeereereeosesveese8 
eereeseseeeeves e098 
oeeseseesesseas® 
Seeteseressveeee 
eevee eeeesereeaese 


@eseeeeseses $$e88828 88 BeBe eO8 


..The potential transformers to be furnished 
herewith will be: 


Voltage Make Type Style Cat. No. 
POUOUP Ate eck ce he 


36 


The overload relays for the automatic opera- 
tion of the oil circuit breakers will be (insert 
make, type, style, catalogue number). 


SESH TESS SHEHE HEHEHE ESHESHEHHESHHHHEHHEOHEESSEEEEHEHEEEEEHOHEEETHESETOSHSEHESEOHEHEESHESES 
PSSST HH SHS EES SHETHTOHTSHHHESHHHEHSHEESESEHEHETOESEEHEEHOHSSEHHSEHESHHSHHTSSHEHSESHEECESEEESES 
SSH SHHSHEHHSHHHETEHSHHSHEHSE FES SHEHHHEEHESEHEHHEHHHHSSHEEESESEHTOHSOESEHEHEHEHETESESESEEOEEDE 


SCSSSESOSHEHEEHEHSHEHSHOEHHHHSHEHHSSHEEHOHEHESHEHESHEE HEHEHE HEHHTEHESHEHCTSEEHOTHESOH HE SEHEEEEDS 


The under voltage relays for the automatic 
operation of the oil circuit breakers will be (in- 
sert make, type, style, catalogue number). 


SRST AHTHSHESEHETESEHEHHEHSHHESHETHHESSHSHESTHEHSHHTHEHEHEHEHOSHSHESSHSHHOSHHOETEOHSEHHEHHSEEEHSEHEEESHEOS 
COSHH SHEHESEHESSHSHHSHHSHESEHOSEHESHEHESHSSHEHEHSSHOLEEHOHEHEHHOHHHEOHHSHEESSHHEHESTEHEETESEHEOHESHS 
PSSST SHSHOSSEESHHSEEHHESEHHHSHEHSHHSEHHSHHSHOHEHHOHHCHSHSHSESHEHSHESEHHHSHHSHEHESEESHTHHEHESEHEHHHHES 


PSST SEEETHSHSEHSSEHSHHEHHESHHHHHSHESHHHEHHTHEHEHSHEHHHEHHHESHHSHEHESEHHEHHRSHEHEHHHRHHHEHEHHEEE 


The 12,000, 6600, 440 and 110 volt bus bar 
supports and bushings, will be (insert make, 
type, style, catalogue number). 


COC P CHEE HHH HE OEE HEE OES ES EEE OO OE EO EHOEEOH OHO OES ES ESSE EES EU ESESEEE ESE SEE OOS ES®S 
COCR COCO HEHEHE EEE HE OEH EE EEE HOES OO EEE EES ES OEEESESESSEEESHS OH ESES ES EOEEHOOES®S 
Pee eee eee SERS EEO EHE HOHE SES OEO ESOS ES ESE DOSS HEESEO TET ESE SEES ESESES EES H ES EES ESOSE 
Cee dee eee e eee see ESE DEE HOE HOSES SHE O SESH ESESOE EES EO ETOCS OS OHEESHOES ESTOS OROO ORS 


SSSHSSSHEHSHSSHHLEHSSESHESHEHSHTESSHEHSHEHHSHHSSHEHSHSHSSSHESHESTHSEHHSHHSSSHEHEHESSSESESSEHOEEHOHES 


The motor distribution cabinets to be fur- 


nished herewith will be manufactured by ........ 


SSSOSSHHHOHEHEHHSHSEHHSHHEHHHEHETHHEHEHETEHEHETEHEETEHSHHEHHTHHHHHEHHHEHHESHTSHCOEEHESHHEHESOHE 


OF 


The lighting cabinets to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, catalogue 
number). 


SHSSOSHHHHSSHEEHSHHSHHHSHHSHHHSHHHOHHHGOHHHHHHHHHTEHSHHSHHHSSHESOEHHHSHSHOHOH EEO HOR OS ORES 
SHSSSHHHEHSHHSEHEHESEHSHHSHEEHHESHEHSEHEHOHSSHSHHEEEHESHEHTESHSESOHOHEHESHEHERH SHOE EOEETOHEOHSEES 


SHSHSHSSASHHHEHSHHSHHSHHHHHHEHHHSOHHHHHHHEHHETHTEHSHHHHOHSSHHHHHSHHHSHSHEHHOSSHESHHSESSASEE 


The lighting fixtures to be furnished here- 


with will be manufactured Dy ................cccseceeeees 


SOCSHSHHSHSHSHSHSHHHHSHHSSOHTHSSHSHHHSSESHESOHSSHSSHT HOSTESS OHHH OSH OHS OHZSSHE TTF CHET HES HHTOSEDD 


The main Switchboard, Relay Switchboard, 
Field Switch Switchboard, Battery Charging 
Switchboard, Motor Generator Switchboard 
and Lighting Switchboard, will be manufac- 


MRRP Lms SR ere eee ene tes AE ie cians pas ccciracouhoai on does ou cae 


SOP SSHHSSHHSHSHSSHEHSEHHSHHTHHSHSSHHHHHSHETOHEHHSHSHSSHHTHHTSHHHHHSH OHHH OHRHS SESH OHH OSESES 


The unit Interlocking Control will be manu- 
ESLER EB coo a RAT AN a at GR ey one nO eh ot ee 


SPRSSHSSHSHSHSSHTSHSHSSHSHSHHSFHTSHSHESFOHSSHHSSHSHHEHF PH HSSHSHSHSSHHHSESHHSHHHETSHHHEHHHHSHHEH TEED 


38 


-The Switchboard instruments and meters 
will be (insert make, type, style, catalogue, 
number). 


SHES HHH SHEE HEHEHE HEHEHE SESH HHETSHTEEHHEHSEEHE HEHEHE HEEEEETESEEHESHESHTHEEEEEHEEEE 


The Storage Battery to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


FOSS EHHEHEH HEHEHE HEHEHE EHHEHHSHEHEHEHELESEHEEHOHESHEEHEEHEHEHEHHETHHEHEHESEHEEHTESESEHESES 


SHO SHHHHHESHHH HH HETEHEHSHHESEHESEHEHSHESEHEHHEEHEHHHESHEHSESSHEETESTEHSHESHEHEHOHESEHEHEHEE DEES 


The Safety Switches to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


PEC OTHE ee oe eee meee EHH HH ERET TOO SHEHREROOEE HEHEHE SOHO ET EESEEERES ESE DESASEEES 
PORES OHHH HEHEHE SE HSE HEHE HEHE HLH HEEEE EE TEHEHEEHSHEESEHE EEE HEEEHEHESEEH OSES 
Pee OEMS H ESHEETS EEE EET EEE EHEHEEHH SESE HELTER HOEHEE HEE OE HEHEHE EERE DES EEOE 


SCCM H HEHEHE HH EEEHEEHEHEHEHEHESOHHEHEHETESEEE TH HOHE HEHEHE HEHE TEHHREHE RHE HHEOH SEED 


39 


The End Cell Switch to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


SECS SHEHTEE HEHEHE SHHEHHHEH SESE SHEESH SHEH ES HSESHHEEHHEHSHERO SHES EHH SEH EHH SESE H HEHEHE 


SSSR SOHHSSH SEE HHH HHHHHEHHEHRH HHO HHSHHES HH SHH SSH THEHRHHHSHSOHSHT HHH OH OSEHHEHSHHEHEHOHOHRHODD 


The Transformers to be furnished herewith 


shall be manufactured by ...................... ene a 


SCHHSTHHHESHHSH SHEESH HHHEEHHEHHOHHSHHHSHHHHHEHEHSHEHSHHHOHHHSHRHHSH OS HOH FORSHEE HHHHHBOO EHD 


Oil Circuit Breakers. 


The voltage rating and current carrying 
characteristics of the oil circuit breakers will 
be as follows: 


Rupturing 
capacity in 
R.M.S. amps. 
Continuous One-second at 6600, 440 


current capacity in and 110 volts 
Type or carrying R.M.S. two (2) OCO 
Voltage Style capacity amperes Duty Cycle 


The electrically operated oil circuit breakers 
to be furnished herewith will be manufactured 


by Peeeeeerseosese esses oereees eoeereeeeee COTHHSHOHSHHHSHRHH SEHR OHEHHH HHH HEHE RTH OSD E 


SOHSSHSOHHHEEHEHEHTHHHSEHEHHHHEHEETHEEHEHSTEHTHESESHESSEHSESEHESESHEEHSEHESSEHESHESEHEHESEHEOEEHOEHEEEE 


SCSHSSHESHHSHHEHSEHEHEEHEHHSEHEHHHOSHHHEEEHSSOEHOEHHSHEHEHHESHEHEHEHEHOTEHHESHHSEHHHSOHEHEHESEHESE 


SSSSHSEHEHEHESEHSESSHHHHEHEHESHEHEHEHOHHHEHHEHSEEEHHEHEHOHHSHETSHSHSEHHHHEHHESHEOHEOHEEHEHDOEE 


The following plans, showing the work to be 
performed in accordance with the attached 
specifications, have been examined by the un- 
dersigned in preparing the foregoing proposal, 
to-wit: 


SUBSTRUCTURE, 


Sheet No. TITLE. 
C- 1. Location and Grading Plan. 


C- 2. Index Plan. 

C- 3. Plan at El. — 25.00. 

C- 4. Plan at El. — 22.00 and — 25.00. 
C- 5. Plan at El. — 4.15. 

C- 6. Plan at El. — 4.15 and — 5.50. 
C- 7. Pump Pit Details. 

C- 8. Footing Plan. 

C- 9. Footing Plan. 


C-10. Plan at El. — 4.15. 
C-11. Plan at El. + 4.00. 
C-12. Plan at El. + 4.00 and + 8.00. 
C-13. Plan at El. + 8.00. 
C-14. Plan at El. + 11.00 and + 8.00. 


C-15. 
C-16. 
C-17. 
C-18. 
C-19. 
C-20. 
C-21. 
C-22. 
C-23. 
C-24. 
C-25. 
C-26. 
C-27. 
C-28. 
C-29. 
C-30. 
C-31. 
C-32. 
C-33. 
C-34. 
C-35. 
C-36. 
C-37. 


4] 
Planvat Ble 16.42. 
Plan at El. + 25.00. 
Plan at El. + 21.00 and + 25.00. 
Plan at El. + 25.00. 
Plan at El. + 25.00 and + 21.00. 
Column Bolts and Channel Gates. 
Details at Blower Unit. 
Longitudinal Section A-A. 
Longitudinal Section B-B. 
Longitudinal Section C-C. 
Longitudinal Section D-D. 
Longitudinal Section E-E. 
Longitudinal Section F-F. 
Longitudinal Section G-G. 
Longitudinal Section H-H. 
Longitudinal Section J-J. 
Longitudinal Section K-K. 
Longitudinal Section L-L.. 
Longitudinal Section M-M. 
Longitudinal Section N-N. 
Longitudinal Section P-P. 
Transverse Sections 1-1, 2-2 and 3-3. 


Transverse Sections 4-4 and 5-5. 


C-38. 
C-39. 
C-40. 
C-41. 


C-42. 


C-43. 


C-44. 


C-45. 


C-46. 
C-47. 
C-48. 
C-49. 
C-50. 
C-51. 
C-52. 
C-55. 
C-54. 
C-55. 
C-56. 
C-57. 
C-58. 


42 


Transverse Sections 6-6 and 7-7. 
Transverse Sections 8-8 and 9-9. 
Transverse Sections 10-10 and 11-11. 


Transverse Sections 12-12, 13-13 and 
14-14. 


Transverse Sections 51-51, 52-52 and 
57-57. 


Transverse Sections 53-53, 54-54, 55-55 
and 56-56. 


Transverse Sections 58-58, 59-59 and 
60-60. 


Transverse Sections 61-61, 62-62, 63-63 
and 64-64. 


Siphon Details. 
Siphon Details. 
Siphon Details. 


Siphon Details. 

Column Schedule. 

Column Schedule. 

Stair Details. 

Stair Details. 

Miscellaneous Steel. 

Details at Steel Column Bases. 
Beam Schedule. 

Beam Schedule. 

Beam Schedule. 


SUPERSTRUCTURE. 

Sheet No. TITLE 

S- 1. Stress Diagrams—Roof Trusses and 
Miscellaneous. 

s- 2. Plate Girder Sections at Elevations 
+ 40.0, + 57.0 and Roof. 

S- Column Schedule and Column Splices.. 

S- 4. Cross Section Through Pump and Blow- 
er Room. 

S- 5. Miscellaneous Cross Sections. 

S- 6. Cross Section Through Electric Switch- 
board Room and Lintel Details. 

S- 7. Framing.Plan at Elevation + 40.0. 

S- 8. Framing Plan at Elevation +4- 57.0. 

S- 9. Framing Plan at Roof.. 

S-10. Column Base Details. 

S-11. Column and Wind Bracing Details... 

5-12. Reinforced Concrete Floor Slab De- 
tails at Elevation ALD), 

5-13. Hemtorced Canerete Floor Slab Details 
at. Elevation + 57.0. 

S-14. Miscellaneous Floor Slab Details at 
Elevation. + 40.0. 
“ARCHITECTURAL WORK. 

Sheet No. PeerlEcie 

A- 1. East and West Elevations. 

A- 2. North and-South Elevations. 


43 


44 


Floor Plan Below Elevation + 8’-0”. 
Floor Plan Below Elevation + 21’-0”.. 


Floor Plan at Elevation + 25’-0”. 
Floor Plan at Elevation + 40’-0”. 
Floor Plan at Elevation + 57’-0”. 
Roof Plan... 

Cross Section A-A. 

Cross Section B-B. 

Cross Section C-C. 

Cross Section D-D. 

Longitudinal Section E-E. 
Longitudinal Section F-F. 

Typical Wall Sections. 

Typical Wall Sections. 

Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Cut Stone and Masonry Details. 
Stair and Railing Layouts. 


Stair and Railing Layouts. 


A-28. 
A-29. 
A-30. 


A-31. 


A-32. 
A-33. 
A-34. 
A-35. 
A-36. 
A-37. 
A-38. 
A-39. 
A-40. 


45 


Stair and Railing Layouts. 
Stair Railing and Fascia Details. 


Detail of Skylight over Pump and 
Blower Room. 


Detail of Skylight over Switchboard 
Room. 


Sheet Metal Details. 

Metal Window and Louvre Details. 
Door Details. 

Door Details. 

Door Details. 

Elevator Details. 

Toilet Room Layouts. 

Miscellaneous Details. 


Miscellaneous Details. 


MECHANICAL PLANT INSTALLATION. 


Sheet No. TITLE. 

M- 1. Plan at Elevation plus 25.00. 

M- 2. Sectional Plan at Elevation plus 20.00. 
M- 38. Cross Section. 

M- 4. Longitudinal Section. 

M- 5. Longitudinal Section. 

M- 6. Typical Blower Unit. 

M- 7. Typical Blower Motor Cooler. 


M-20. 


M-21. 


M-22. 


M-238. 
M-24. 
M-25. 


46 

General Arrangement of Blower Lubri- 
cating System. , 

Blower Lubricating System Details. 
Bigiar Lubricating System Details. 
Blower Lubricating System Details. 
Air Intake and Discharge Piping. 


Air Intake and Discharge Piping De- 
tails. 


Air Intake and Discharge Piping Sup- 
ports. 


Air Intake Nozzle. 


Floor Stand Supports for Blower Dis- 
charge Valves. | 


Typical 150 C. F. S. Pumping Unit 
Plan. : : 


Typical 150 C. F. S. Pumping Unit 
End Elevation. 


Typical 150 C. F. S. Pumping Unit 
Side Elevation. x 

Typical 100 C. F. S&S. Pumping Unit 
Plan. 


Typical 100 C. F. S. Pumping Unit 
End Elevation. | : . 


Typical 100 C. F. S. Pumping Unit 
Side Elevation. 


Intake Piping for Pumping Units. - 
Discharge Piping for Pumping Units. 
42.-and 48-inch Valve Platforms. | 


M-26. 


M-27. 
M-28. 
M-29. 


M-30. 
M-381. 


M-82. 


M-33. 
M-34. 
M-35. 
M-36. 
M-37. 
M-38. 
M-39. 
M-40. 
M-41. 
M-42. 
M-43. 
M-44. 


M-45. 


47 
Typical 6-foot by 6-foot Stop Gate In- 
stallation. 
Vacuum Piping General Arrangement. 
Vacuum Piping Sectional Elevation. 


Water Seal Piping General Arrange- 
ment. 


Water Seal Piping Sectional Elevation. 


Floor Plates around 100 C. F. 8S. Pump- 
ing Unit. 


Floor Plates around 150 C. F. 8. Pump- 
ing Unit. 


Intake Channel Dewatering Piping. 
Miscellaneous Floor Plates. 


Service Water Lines Diagram. 


Service Water Lines to Toilet Fixtures. 


Transformer Oil Piping Plan. 
Transformer Oil Piping Elevation. 
Transformer Oil Piping Details. 
Transformer Oil Piping Details. 
Transformer Oil Piping Details. 
Instrument and Meter Installation. 
Instrument and Meter Installation. 


Instrument and Meter Installation; 
Flow Meters and Gauges. 


Instrument and Meter Installation; 
Thermometers. 


M-46. 


M-47. 
M-48. 
M-49. 
M-50. 
M-51. 
M-52. 
M-53. 


M-54. 
M-55. 


M-56. 
M-57. 
M-58. 
M-59. 
M-60. 


M-61. 


M-62. 


M-63. 


M-64. 


48 
Instrument and Meter Installation; 
Cross Sectional Elevation. 
Recording Instrument Boards. 
Indicating Instruments and Panels. 
Sewage Level Gauges, Details. 
Bench for Permanent Records. 
Sample of Permanent Record Chart. 
Sewage Screens ; General Arrangement. 


Sewage Screens; Typical Cross Sec- 
tional Elevation. 


Sewage Screens; Longitudinal Section. 


Sewage Screens; Plan of Hoisting 
Mechanism. 


Sewage Screens; Power Lifting Unit. 
Sewage Screens; Details. 

Sewage Screens; Details. 

Sewage Screens; Air Motor Hoist. 


General Arrangement of Air Condi- 
tioning Units. 


Typical Air Conditioning Unit, Sec- 
tions. 


Typical Air Conditioning Unit, Plan 
and Elevation. 


General Arrangement of Water Supply , 
Lines to Air Conditioning Units and 
Motor Coolers. 


General Arrangement of Circulating 
Pumps and Sewage Ejectors. 


M-66. 
M-67. 


M-68. 

M-69..: 
‘M-70. 
M-71 ° es 


M72. 
M-73 ‘ = 


Mev. 


M,75 


M-79. 


M-80. 


M-81. 


49 


Air Washer --Drains and. Circulating 


, Water Tank Piping. 
| Circulating Water Piping Details. 


High and Low Pressure Steam Lines 
to Air Conditioning Units. 

Vacuum Return Lines from Air Condi- 
tioning Units.. 


. Vacuum Pump Piping and High Pres- 


sure Steam Supply for Air Condition- 
ing Units. 


. Air Discharee. Door Dates 


Air Discharge Door Details... 


- Air Relief Door Details. 


Air Intake ones and ees and 


“Doors: for ‘Air Conditioning SHES 


ments. 


Air Tunnel Doors and Frames. 


.. Floor Grating. — 
‘M-76. 
M-77. 
M78. 


Floor Grating. 
‘Floor Grating for Air Intake. 
Direct Steam Fleatinoe Plan at eleva. 


tion plus 8.0 feet. 


- Direct Steam Heating; Plan at Eleva- 


tion plus 25.0 feet. 


Direct Steam Heeue Plan at Eleva- 
tion plus 40.0 feet. | 


Direct Steam Heating; Plan at Eleva- 
tion plus 57.0 feet. 


M-82. 
M-83. 
M-84. 
M-85. 
M-86. 
M-87. 
M-88. 


M-89. 
M-90. 


M-91. 
M-92. 


M-93. 
M-94. 


M-95. 
M-96. 
M-97. 
M-98. 
M-99. 


20 


Direct Steam Heating; Section A-A. 
Direct Steam Heating; Sections. 
Direct Steam Heating; Sections. 
Direct Steam Heating; Sections. 
Direct Steam Heating; Details. 
Direct Steam Heating; Details. 


General Arrangement of Indirect Heat- 
ing and Ventilating System. 


Indirect Heating and Ventilating Unit 
at Elevation plus 40.0 feet. 


General Arrangement of Indirect Heat- 
ing and Ventilating Systems at Eleva- 
tion plus 8.0 feet. 


Screen Chamber Ventilating System. 


Indirect Heating and Ventilating Sys- 
tem. Details of Unit at Elevation 
plus 40.0 feet. 


Indirect Heating and Ventilating Sys- 
tem. North Unit Elevation plus 8.0 
feet. 


Indirect Heating and Ventilating Sys- 
tem. South Unit Elevation plus 8.0 
feet. 


Floor Drainage System; General Plan. 
Floor Drainage System. 
Floor Drainage System. 
Floor Drainage System. 


Floor Drainage System. 


D1 


M-100. Floor Drainage System. 


-M-101. Miscellaneous Drain Piping. 


M-102. Miscellaneous Drain Piping. 


Sheet No. 

E- 1. Main Wiring Diagram. 

E- 2. Main Wiring Diagram. 

E- 8. Main Wiring Diagram. f 

E- 4. Main Wiring Diagram. Ce 

E- 5. Main Wiring Diagram. 

E- 2, Main Wiring Diagram—Flow-meter. 

| One ay Main ‘Wiring Diagram. 

E- 8. 12000 V. Bus Structure—Electrical he 
sembly. 

E- 9. 12000 V. Bus Structur eramnarah Ely. 
and. Sec. 

E-10. 5000 K. V. A. Tranetornar Bank. 

E-11. 6600 V. Distribution Bus — Electrical 
Assembly. 

E-12. 6600 V. Distribution Bus Structure— 
Masonry. 

E-13. 6600 V. Distribution Sectional Plans. 

E-14. 6600 V. Start and Run—Bus Structure 
—Plan Electrical Assembly. 

E-15. 


ELECTRICAL WORK. 
PLANS 


Identified by sheet numbers, as titles 
do not correspnod with those on plans 


6600 V. Start—Bus Structure—Elv. 


Electrical Assembly. 


52 


6600 V.. Run — Bus Structure — Elv: 
Electrical. Assembly. 


6600. V. Start and Run— Bus Stee 
ture—Plan—Masonry. 


6600 »V.::Start—Bus  Structure—Elv. 
Masonry. 


6600 V. Run—Bus Structure—Elv. 
Masonry. i 


6600 V. Start in RinPlan Loca- 
tion of Slabs. tT 


6600 V. Start and un Seen Tee 
tion of Slabs. 


6600 V. Run—Bus ‘Structure No. oo 
Plan. Fh 


6600 V. Start che. Run—Plan Loca- 


tion of Slabs. 


12000 and 6600 ' V. Steel, Door and Slab 


Details. 


1500 K. V. A. Transformer aig 


Auto Transformer Bus BUC ae ee 


sembly... 


.- Auto Transformer Details and Struc- 


ture. 
Auto Transformer Connections. 


440 V. Bus Structure—Elec. Assembly. 


. *440 ae Bus Structure—Steel Assembly. 
40 ne “Bus ‘Structure—Steel Details. | 


300 K. V. A. Transformer Hae ree 


H-33. 


E-34. 
B-35. 
E-36. 
E87... 
E-38. 


H-39. 
E-40. 


E-41. 
B-42, 
B-43. 


B-44. 


E-45. 
E46. 
E-47. 
E-48. 


E-49. 
B-50. 
B-51. 


K-52. 


D3 


300K. V.'A. Transformer Bank—Sec- 
tion. 


Switchboard Panels. 3 


aetihaard Framework ena raed 


Relay Panels and Framework. §. 


-Field Switch Panels. and Framework. 


Conduit Plan N. and S. End i Elv. 
+ 8, and + 57.. 


Conduit. Plan Elv. + 8. | 
Conduit Plan Elv.. + 21.-and + 40: N, 


and S. End. : 
Condit. Blan Ely. + aie 


Conduit Plan Ely. ce 40. Cond. in Floor. 
Conduit Plan EW. at AO. Cond. under 


‘Floor. 


Conduit Plan—6600 Vv. Start ‘and Run 
Bus Structure. — 


Conduit Plan NW. Elv.—4.15 


‘Conduit Plan N. Center Elv.—4.15 


Conduit Plan SW. Ely. oun 15 and 3 4, 


Conduit Plan S. Center Ely. er 15 and 
+ 4. 


Conduit Plan NW. Elv. + 8. 
Conduit. Plan N. Center Elv. +. 8. 


Conduit Plan SW. and 8. oenter Ely. 
+ 15. 


Conduit Details. 


E-53. 
E-54. 
E-55. 


H-56. 
E-57. 


E-58. 
E-59. 
E-60. 
B-61. 
E-62. 
E-63. 
E-64. 
E-65. 


E-66. 
E-67. 


E-68. 
E-69. 
E-70. 
E-71. 
E-72. 
E-73. 
E-74, 


a4 


Conduit Plan NW. Elv. + 25. 
Conduit Plan N. Center Elv. + 25. 


Conduit Plan SW. and S. Center Elv. 
+. 25. 


Conduit Details. 

Conduit Plan NW. and N. Center Elv. 
ra: 

Conduit Details. 

Conduit Plan SW. Elv. + 40. 

Conduit, Cross Sections. 

Conduit, Details in Instrument Room. 
Conduit Box No. 1. 

Conduit Box No. 2. 

Conduit on South wall, El.—4.15 


440 V. Power Cabinet Main Distribu- 
tion Cabinet and Cabinet No. 3. 


440 V. Power Cabinets, Nos. 1, 2 and 4. 


Motor Connections P. and B. House and 


Tunnel. 


Motor Pit Details. 
Lighting Plans—SE. Elv.—4.15 


Lighting Plans—SW. Elv.—4.15 

Bus and Cable run under Elv. + 21. 
Bus and Cable run under Elv. + 21. 
Lighting Plans—S. End Elv.—5.5. 
Lighting Plans—Elv. -++ 8. 


K-75. 


K-76. 
K-77. 


E-78. 
E-79. 
B-80. 
B-81. 
E-82. 
E-83. 
B-84, 
E-85. 
E-86. 
E-87. 


E-88. 
H-89. 


£-90. 
E-91. 


K-92. 
E-93. 
E-94. 
H-95. 


ya) 
Lighting Plans—NE. and SE. Elv. + 8. 
and + 57. 
Lighting Plans—Elv. + 21. 


Lighting Plans—NE. and SE. Elv. + 
21. and + 40. 


Lighting Plans—Elv. + 40. 

Lighting Plans—Elv. + 57. 

Lighting Plans—Sections. 

Lighting Plans—Sections. 

Lighting Plans—Wiring Diagram. 
Lighting Plans—Wiring Diagram. 
Lighting Plans—NW. Elv.—4.15. 
Lighting Plans—N. Center Elv.—4.15. 
Lighting Plans—W. Elv. + 8. and + 11. 


Lighting Plans—N. and S. Center Elv. 
+ 8. and + 11. 


Lighting Plans—W. Elv. + 285. 


Lighting Plans—N. and S. Center Elv. 
+ 25. 


Lighting Plans—W. Elv. + 40. 


Lighting Plans—N. and S. Center Elv. 
+ 40. 


Lighting Plans—NW. Elv. -++ 57. 
Lighting Plans—N. Center Elv. -+ 57. 
Lighting Plans—SW. Elv. + 57. 
Lighting Plans—S .Center Elv. + 57. 


E-96. - 
h-97. 


B-98. 


K-99. 


E-100. 
E-101. 


E-102. 


“E-103. 
E-104. 
E-105. 
E-106. 
E-107. 
E-108. 
E-109. 
E-110. 
B-111. 


K-112. 
E-113. 


E-114., 


06 


Lighting Plans—W. Elv. + AT: 


Lighting Plans—N. and S. Center Ely. 
fonts vaste : 


Lighting Plans — Longitudinal Section, 
W. half. 


Lighting Plans — Longitudinal Section, 
N. and S. Center and Cross-sections. 


Lighting Plans—Wiring Diagram. 
Lighting Plans—Wiring Diagram. 


Ground Bus. 


Conduit Schedule. 


Conduit Schedule. 
Conduit Schedule. | 


Conduit Schedule. 


General Arrangement Plan Elv. + 8. 


General Arrangement Plan Elv. + 21. 


General Arrangement Plan Elv. + 40. 


Flow Meter and Lighting Panels. 


General Arrangement Plan, Cross Sec- 
tion. 


General Arrangement Plan, Longitudi- 
inal Section. 


Cable and Bus connections under Elv. 


HeoT 
Battery Room and Charging Set Room. 


TOT 


© In accordance with the requirements set forth 
in the attached ‘“‘Requirements for Bidding and 
Instructions to Bidders,” there is deposited here- 
with the sum of TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND 
DOLLARS ($200,000.00) which under the terms 


therein mentioned entitles.........c.cccssceeseeeeeeees 
WRC EN ean, routs vit os ve ee to Submit 
a proposal on said work, the said sum to be re- 
BRET LITO aye ee an PEI ceca sibs avin ckvedegie recuse 


upon the faithful performance of all the condi- 
tions set forth in the “ERIE ERSIEUS for ROIS 
and Instructions to Bidders.”’ 


The undersigned hereby accepts the invita- 
tion of said Sanitary District to submit a pro- 
posal on said work, on the express understand- 
ing that he will not cancel or withdraw this ‘pro- 
posal and that the Sanitary District will hold 
this proposal and the sum deposited herewith 
until all of the proposals submitted have been 
canvassed and a contract for said work has 
been awarded and signed and a bond fur- 
nished and approved. 


It is hereby agreed, in the event et the un- 
dersigned is awarded a contract for the work 
herein mentioned, and shall fail or refuse to ex- 
ecute a contract for said work and to furnish the 
specified bond within ten (10) days after the 
award of said contract to the undersigned, then 
in that case the sum of TWO HUNDRED 
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00), de- 
posited herewith, shall be retained by the Sani- 
tary District as liquidated damages and not as 


08 


a forfeiture, it being agreed that said sum of 
TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS 
($200,000.00) is the fair measure of the 
amount of damages that The Sanitary Dis- 
trict of Chicago will sustain in case the under- 
signed shall fail or refuse to enter into the con- 
tract for said work and to furnish a bond as 
specified in said contract, if said contract is 
awarded to the undersigned. 


59 
N. B. This Affidavit must be executed. 
, AFFIDAVIT 


County of Cook, ne 
STATE OF ILLINOIS, ; 


SOSHSHTHESTEHESHHHSHHHSHSHSHHHSHSTHHHEHHHOHSHEHSHHHHOHHOHSTHHH TRF HSHSPHHHTHHHHHSSTEBRESEO 


SCOSHSHSSEHSHSSEHHEHHSHOHHSHSHESETHHHEHSHHEHSEHHSSHSHEHLOHSHEHHHOHHOSHOHFSHSHSHTHHHSHOHTHOHROSHOESS 


has done work for the following parties of the 
kind and approximate magnitude required un- 
der this contract: 


Party Kind of Work Total Amount 


Seeeevseesseeseoeseeeeee jg-§ SF © SFFSEFESSHHESFHHSHSEHHSS FFF FFF HTHTHHTHHHOTSEHSSEHEBSD 
SOeeeeF ee eeeseesesss2F2G jjj§§ e898 SOSH HFHSEHHSOHFTEH £99988 98 85 FH HSHT2S8HTE8 
SOOO EEE RHROHOHT EHO EEEEEH =F OHHH HEHHBHEH ES HEHEHE H = =—=—. OHHH HTHHTHEHHHHHHHEEEOEE 


SeeeeereseeseseeesesesesS j§§é§=iCF FFF HHSTHEHHTFETSSFHSSS £9999 99989899898088880805 


and thate® oe ee own or ha............. available 
for immediate use on the proposed work the 


SPOSOHTSSSTHHSHEEHHHSHHEHSHHSHHSSSEHHHSSHHHSTHHHHSHHHHHSHSHHSHHSHHSHSHHSHEHSHSSHHFETEHHEHSTHHHHETHTES 
SOHSHSOSTOH OS HHTHHHTSHEHT EHH HT SEH HSHEHHTHHHHHHHHEHTHHHHTHHHHTHFHTFHHH F888 THHTHHESTEOED 
SOSSHSHSOHSHHSHHHHSHHSHHHSHSHSHSHTHHHHHHSHHSTHTHSHEHHHHTHHHSHHFHFSHOSHFF HSH SH HSHSHHHFHHHOOHHSREHESES 
COSMOS COE OOHEEO FOTO OHSS OOOSOMOROCOOOECOEEOOCOEHCLOOLOOCO ODS OLOSOSOSEESEOEDOSEOOS 


PES HSSSOTSHSHHSHEH SHH HSSSSTHSHESHSHHOHSSEHHHHSSHHSHSSHHTHHHTSSTTHPHSTESSSHHTFHOHSEHOSED 


60 
He further says that**...i722.8..ccsdeceeees SIDR SSP 


hate not directly or indirectly entered into 
any combination, collusion, undertaking or 
agreement with any other bidder or bidders to 
maintain the price of any work covered by said 
proposal, or to prevent any bidder or bidders 
from bidding, or to induce any bidder or 
bidders to refrain from bidding on said work, 
and that said proposal so made is without ref- 
erence or regard to any other proposal or pro- 
posals, and without agreement, understanding 
or combination, either directly or indirectly, 
with any person or persons with reference to 
such, bidding in any way or manner ES 
ever. 


Subseribed and sworn to before me this......:....... 
ay Of. Aiitvesicesccserncse ee 1A. D, 1925. 


SHSSHHSSSHSHTHHESHEHSESHHSEOHHSHSHESHEHHEHHEOHESHEHSHEHOHHOHSELOHTHEHOHOHHOSEHOHESED 


Notary Pabie 


INSTRUCTIONS 


-*If.the bidder is a firm, the maker of the affi- 
davit shall insert “is a member of the. firm of 


eins sessed that said firm.” If the bidder 
is a corporation, insert “‘is an officer of............ 


POSH HEH SOE SEEH ETH SSEEHEHHEHHESHEHHHOHSHOHEHTHTEHEHEHSHSTSHOHSHHHEHHHEHHETHEHDHEHOHHOHESES HERES 


a corporation, and that said corporation.” 


**Insert “he,” ‘“‘said firm,” or “it,” as the 
case may be. 


61 


- RECEIPT TO BE EXECUTED UPON RE- 
TURN TO BIDDER OF THE AMOUNT DE- 
POSITED WITH PROPOSAL. ~~ 3 


RECEIVED from The Sanitary District of 
Chicago the sum of TWO HUNDRED THOU- 
SAND DOLLARS ($200,000.00), deposited 
with the above proposal. ._. 


POSS HOSS SH EH HHSH HHS SETH OTSSSSSOSOF FES HHH OHS FOS ESHH SE SEHH OSTEO OR OSD 


Pewee wpe sea re wee TOC O OE ee ed OHSS SOO OSE TTDOLOL EROS Cre ee DED LDR008 


62 


THE SANITARY DISTRICT OF CHICAGO. 


CONTRACT AND SPECIFICATIONS 
FOR NORTH SIDE SEWAGE 
TREATMENT WORKS, 


DIVISION P, 


PUMP AND BLOWER HOUSE. 


THIS AGREEMENT, Made and entered into 


thigh ine eee day. ofs...G3. nice , A. D. 
1925, by and between The Sanitary Disties of - 
Chicago, a municipal corporation organized and 
existing under and by virtue of the laws of the 
State of Illinois, party of the first part, herein- 
after designated the Sanitary District, and 


COCO O Pee eH ELLE ETH LE SEE SOOTHE EEE EEEE OOH SES ETO OHEEHE OES EH EET OES EDO HE ET EESOOOEEES 
OOS OC CE EEE EEE ESET EEO OE EO EO OEE E OO SEOE SOOO EEO OSHOEEL OSES OESHEEOOTOHO OOH OEES 
POC e See O Cee ETO LO EEE ESTEE ES ESCH EOE E EES HE OEE STO EEE ESOS ES HS ES OSH SEES SEDO OE SEEES 
PROP OC Oem SoH HOLES SHE EE OOS SEOEE SOOO OHS O OSES ESES ESE ESSE EH EEEEH SOE EL OLEH OE SEES 
COO ee eee OEE SOLE HO EEE EOE OE SES EOE OEE OEE E EOE E OE OS OHO ESOOESHEEEEE OOH EEE SEO GL EEEOS 


SRST SSHEHHHHSHSHHSHEFHESSESTAEHSSHHSHSHEHHHSSSEHTEHESHEHHEHEHSHSESHEEHEHEHHSHESHESHHSETHESSCEEHEEE 


SS Scu cid ea aclene ea aes ae ees cee elas party of the second 
part, hereinafter designated the Contractor. 


WITNESSETH: That the said Contractor 
has covenanted, contracted and agreed, and by 
these presents does covenant, contract and 


63 


agree with the said Sanitary District, for and in 
consideration of the payments to be made as 
provided for herein, to the Contractor by the 
said Sanitary District, and under the penalty 
expressed in the bond hereto attached, at his 
proper cost and expense to do all the work and 
furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor 
‘and all appliances and appurtenances called 
for by this agreement (free from all claims, 
liens and charges whatsoever either against 
the structures to be built hereunder or against 
moneys due the Contractor), in the manner and 
under the conditions hereinafter specified, that 
are necessary for the CONSTRUCTION OF 
THE NORTH SIDE SEWAGE TREATMENT 
WORKS—DIVISION P—PUMP AND 
BLOWER HOUSE, IN THE VILLAGE OF 
NILES CENTER, COUNTY OF COOK, STATE 
OF ILLINOIS. 


The work done and materials and equipment 
furnished shall be strictly pursuant to and in 
conformity with the specifications and plans, 
said plans being the contract drawings which 
are signed, attached hereto, and made a part 
of this agreement. The said specifications and 
plans are intended to co-operate, and any work 
appearing upon the plans and not mentioned 
in the specifications, or mentioned in the speci- 
fications and not appearing upon the plans, 
shall be executed according to the true intent 
and meaning of the said specifications and 
plans, the same as though the said work was 
contained and described in both. 


The specifications and drawings furnished by 
the Contractor with his proposal and the addi- 


64 


tional drawings or prints and other: information 
to be furnished by the Contractor in accordance 
with Seetion 4. of the Specificatians are. ‘made. a 
part of this contract. | ‘2 


5 DeRose of he number, and generally of the 
dJarge size, of the plans hereinbefore mentioned 
or specified, each of which itis recited is at- 
tached to and made.a part of this agreement, it 
is agreed. that, notwithstanding the recital of 
such attachment, all of said plans shall be 
bound together in a separate book, but each of 
them shall. be and remain a part of this agree- 
‘ment as fully as if attached hereto in accord- 
‘ance with: such recital. 


It is further covenanted and agreed that the 
work shall be executed under the direction and 
supervision of the Chief Engineer of the Sani- 
tary District, and his properly authorized 
agents, by whose’ measurements and. calcula- 
tions. the quantities and amounts (including 
extras) of. the several kinds of work performed 
under this contract shall be determined and on 
whose inspection all work shall be accepted or 
condemned. The said Chief Engineer or other 
Engineer designated by the Chief Engineer of 
said Sanitary District, shall have full power to 
reject or condemn all materials furnished or 
‘work performed under this contract, which in 
his opinion do not conform to its spirit and to 
the terms and ‘conditions herein expressed. 


To prevent all disputes and litigation, it is 
further. agreed by and between the said Sani- 
tary. District and said. Contractor, that said En- 


65 


gineer shall determine all questions in relation 
to said work and the construction thereof, and 
he shall in all cases decide every question 
which may arise relative to the execution of the 
work under this contract on the part of the said 
Contractor, and his estimate and decision shall 
be final and conclusive on both parties hereto; 
and such estimate and decision in case any 
question may arise, shall be a condition pre- 
cedent to the right of said Contractor to receive 
any money or compensation for anything done 
or furnished under this contract. 


Wherever the words “Chief Engineer’ or 
“Engineer” are used herein they shall be under- 
stood to mean the Chief Engineer of the Sani- 
tary District, or other Engineer in charge of the 
work as designated by the Chief Engineer. 


Wherever the word “Contractor” is used, 
spelled with a capital ‘‘C,” it shall be under- 
stood to refer to the Contractor under this con- 
tract. 


Wherever the words “the work’’ are used 
herein, they shall be interpreted to mean the 
work to be performed hereunder, including all 
material, equipment, labor, tools, and all appli- 
ances and appurtenances, necessary to perform 
and complete everything specified or implied in 
the contract or shown on the plans, in full com- 
pliance with all the terms and conditions 
hereof. 


Wherever the word “section”’ is used herein, 
it shall be understood to refer to the entire sec- 


66 


tion of the specifications following the number. 
referred to in the parenthesis. 


- Wherever under the provisions hereof an 
order from the Engineer to the Contractor is 
required, such order shall be understood to 
mean a written order addressed to the Con- 
tractor and signed by the Chief Engineer of 
the Sanitary District. 


67 


NORTH SIDE SEWAGE TREAT- 
MENT WORKS, DIVISION P, 
PUMP AND BLOWER 
HOUSE. 


SPECIFICATIONS. 


GENERAL. 

Location of Work. 

(1) The Sanitary District of Chicago has 
now under construction what is known as The 
North Side Sewage Treatment Works, with 
adjuncts thereto, upon property owned by the 
Sanitary District situated immediately north of 
Howard Avenue and west of the North Shore 
Channel of the Sanitary District, in the Vil- 
lage of Niles Center, County of Cook, State 
of Illinois. The Pump and Blower House, with 
appurtenances, to be constructed under this 
contract is a building containing the pumps, 
blowers and other machinery and the electrical 
and other equipment required for pumping 
sewage to the treatment works from certain 
intercepting and collecting sewers that enter 
the easterly end of the Pump and Blower 
House, and for providing compressed air and 
electrical power of suitable voltage to the other 
parts of the treatment works. 


The Barb and Blower Houkou is to be ante 
east of the treatment works adjoining the north 
side of Howard Avenue between the tracks of 
the Chicago and North Western Railway May- 
fair Cut-off on the west and the new McCormick 


68 


Road, also being constructed by the Sanitary 
District, on the east. A subway under the rail- 
way tracks is to be built by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict for McCormick Road under another con- 
tract and will be located at a point approxi- 
mately 1,300 feet north of the Pump and 
Blower House as shown on Sheet C1 of the 
accompanying plans. 


Work Included. 


(2) The work included under this con- 
tract consists of furnishing all material, labor, 
tools and equipment necessary and constructing 
and completing the entire Pump and Blower 
House, furnishing and installing all machinery 
and mechanical, electrical and other equip- 
ment therein that is specified to be furnished 
and placed by the Contractor, installing all ma- 
chinery, devices, equipment and parts that 
are specified to be furnished by the Sanitary 
District or by other contractors and installed 
by the Contractor hereunder, and performing 
all other work shown on the accompanying 
plans or specified under the several items of 
work hereunder, all in accordance with such 
plans and these specifications and the terms 
and conditions of this contract and the orders 
of the Engineer hereunder. 


Contract Drawings. 


(3) The work under this contract includes 
all the work embraced by these specifications 
and the accompanying plans which are made a 
part hereof. In the event of any discrepancy 
between the plans and these specifications, the 
decision of the Engineer shall be final thereon. 


69 


The figured dimensions on the plans are to be 
taken as correct, but the Contractor is required 
in addition to carefully check all dimensions 
given on the accompanying plans and on all 
additional plans that are furnished by the 
Sanitary District, before ordering any material 
or beginning any work shown thereon. Should 
any errors be discovered, the Engineer’s atten- 
tion shall be called to the same and the proper 
corrections made. All notes on the plans shall 
be carefully observed by the Contractor, and 
are made a part of the contract. All elevations 
shown on the plans or herein specified are re- 
ferred to Chicago City Datum (C. C. D.) 


Additional plans furnished by the Sanitary 
District for the work hereunder shall be sub- 
ject to the same conditions as herein before 
specified for the plans accompanying this con- 
tract. 


Construction conditions may require that 
minor changes be made in the location and 
installation of the equipment to be furnished 
and other work to be performed hereunder, 
and the Contractor, when ordered by the En- 
gineer, shall make such adjustments and 
changes in said locations and work as may be 
necessary without additional charge, provided 
such adjustments and changes do not unrea- 
sonably alter the character, quantity or cost 
of the work as a whole, and provided further 
that plans and specifications showing such ad- 
justments and changes are furnished the Con- 
tractor by the Sanitary District within a reason- 
able time before any work involving such ad- 
justments and changes is begun. 


70 


Drawings and Information to be Furnished 
by the Contractor. 


(4) Within sixty (60) days after the ap- 
proval by the Board of Trustees of the Sanitary 
‘District of the bond of the Contractor, the Con- 
‘tractor shall submit to the Engineer, for ap- 
proval, general drawings or prints in duplicate 
of the equipment furnished under this contract 
and the foundations for same, together~ with 
all other information necessary to permit the 
‘Engineer to inform himself of the design of the 
same and the character of the various mate- 
rials which the Contractor proposes to use. 
Under this head, detail shop and working 
plans, characteristics curves, technical data 
and information shall. be furnished by the 
Contractor. Such plans, details, data and in- 
formation shall include in part, as follows: 


FOR WORK UNDER ITEMS 7 AND 9. 
~ Detail plans of Siphon Linings and Channel 
Gates. 
“FOR: WORK UNDER ITEMS ‘10 AND 11. 


~ Detail aye plans of ik SREB steel and 
‘steel iigetertace: : 


‘ ‘FOR WORK UNDER ITEMS 12 TO 24, 
: INCLUSIVE. 


Cut Stone Work ee 
Metal Windows, Louvres and Doors 
All Iron work specified under Item 16 


Inscription Tablets 


71 


Sheet Metal Work 

Sky Lights 

Roof Tiles 

Suspended Ceilings 
Elevator Cab and Doors 


Plumbing Diagram. 


FOR WORK UNDER ITEMS 25 to 38, 


INCLUSIVE. 
- Traveling Cranes 
Valves 
Stop Gates 


Floor Plates and Gratings 
Meters and Meter Instruments 
Motor Air Coolers 

Vacuum Priming Pumps 
Return Line Vacuum Pumps 
Transformer Oil Purifier 
Transformer Oil Pumps 
Transformer Oil Tanks 
Ventilation Fans 

Heating Equipment 

Large Steel Pipe 

Large Cast Iron Pipe 
Pressure Regulators 


Water Strainers 


72 


Machinery for Sewage Screens 
Electric Monorail Hoist 

Sewer Gates and Floor Stands 
Sewage Ejectors 

Storage Water Heater 

Air Hoist 


FOR WORK UNDER ITEM 39. 


All Switchboards—Shop Drawings 

All Switchboards—Wiring Diagram 

Unit Interlock Control—Shop Drawings 

Unit Interlock Control—Wiring Diagram 
Battery Charging Set—Detail blue prints 
Storage Battery—Detail blue prints 

End Cell Switch—Detail blue prints 

End Cell Switch—Wiring Diagram 

6600-Volt Oil Circuit Breakers—Detail blue 


prints 

440-Volt Oil Circuit Breakers—Detail blue 
prints 

110-Volt Oil Circuit Breakers—Detail blue 
prints 


100 K. V. A. Transformer—Detail blue prints 


For work under Items 1 and 2 the Contractor 
shall submit to the Engineer for his approval 
at least fifteen (15) days before commencing 
work thereon, a statement of the procedure, 


methods and equipment the Contractor pro- 
poses to employ on the work under these itemy 


The Contractor shall make such changes in 
the above drawings as may be found necessary 
upon inspection by the Engineer to make the 
same conform to the specifications and plans 
at his own expense, and revised drawings shall 
then be submitted in quadruplicate for ap- 
proval. Prior to the approval of any such draw- 
ings any work which the Contractor may do on 
the equipment covered by the same shall be 
at his own risk, as the Sanitary District will 
not be responsible for any expense incurred by 
the Contractor in changing equipment to make 
the same conform to the drawings as finally 
approved. 


The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer 
a tabulated list of the minor equipment for 
which drawings may not be required, showing 
the name of the manufacturer and the catalog 
number and type of equipment proposed, to- 
gether with such prints, dimensions, specifica- 
tions, samples, or other data, as may be required 
to permit intelligent judgment of the accept- 
ability of the same. 


Upon approval of the above drawings, prints, 
lists, samples and other data, the same shall 
become a part of this contract, and the equip- 
ment furnished shall be in conformity with 
the same; provided, that the approval of the 
above drawings, prints, lists, specifications, 
samples or other data shall in no way release 
the Contractor from his responsibility for the 
proper fulfillment by any equipment, of the re- 
quirements of this contract and of the purpose 


74 


for which said equipment is installed, nor from 
his liability to replace the same should it prove 
defective. 


Force and Plant. 


(5) Attention is called to the fact that Divi- 
sion P, Pump and Blower House, to be con- 
structed hereunder is a necessary and important 
part of the North Side Sewage Treatment Works 
other parts of which are now under construc- 
tion by the Sanitary District under other con- 
tracts. The Sanitary District will therefore 
require that the work to be performed here- 
under shall be prosecuted with all speed, and 
with the least possible inconvenience to the 
public and to other contractors engaged on 
work for the Sanitary District. 


It is therefore understood and agreed that the 
largest possible force of men and maximum 
possible plant that can reasonably be employed 
shall be used on the work under this contract. 
The decision of the Engineer as to what is a 
reasonable force of men and a reasonable plant 
shall be final and binding upon both parties to 
this contract, and the Contractor shall increase 
his force or plant whenever the Engineer shall 
determine it is necessary for the progress re- 
quired for completion within the time herein 
specified and shall direct him in writing to do so. 


Co-operation with Other Contractors. 


(6) The attention of the Contractor is 
specifically called to the fact that there is now 
under contract the work of constructing Mc- 
Cormick Road and a subway in connection 


75 


therewith under the C. & N. W. Ry.; and also 
a contract for the construction of a 36-inch 
main drain from the main portion of the treat- 
ment plant across the site of the work here- 
under and the plans and specifications therefor 
will be shown said Contractor on request. The 
Contractor’s attention is also called to the fact 
that additional contracts will be awarded by 
the Sanitary District for the construction of 
various sewers, tunnels, conduits and other 
overhead and underground structures at and in 
the vicinity of the site of the work hereunder, 
details of which work will be given the Con- 
tractor on request. The Contractor hereunder 
shall arrange and conduct his work so as not 
to interfere with or damage said work and 
structures. 


As the work progresses, from time to time, 
other contracts will be let, for the work above 
described in this section which work will partly 
overlap on the site of, and will be carried on 
simultaneously with the work to be performed 
under this contract and will cause some in- 
terference therewith. The Contractor shall co- 
operate with other contractors by promptly f fur- 
nishing and placing such labor, material and 
equipment called for under this contract, or by 
removing materials or equipment from the loca- 
tions where stored, wherever necessary to in- 
sure against delay in the prosecution of other 
contracts, and shall so arrange his work as to 
cause a minimum of interference with the work 
of other contractors. 7 


Wherever the terms “C. & N. W. Ry.” “*C. 
& N. W. Ry. Co.” or “The Railway Sig hae 
are mentioned herein they shall be understood 


76 


to mean the Chicago and North Western Rail- 
way or the Chicago and North Western Rail- 
way Company. 


Ground Elevations and Test Pits. 


(7) Elevations of the ground are shown on 
the plans hereto attached. These elevations 
are believed to be reasonably correct, but are 
not guaranteed to be absolutely so, and to- 
gether with any schedule of quantities, are pre- 
sented only as an approximation. Samples from 
test pits are on file in the Engineer’s office for 
the information of the Contractor, but are not 
guaranteed. The Contractor must satisfy him- 
self regarding the character and amounts of 
peat, clay, sand, quick-sand, gravel, glacial 
drift, rock and other material to be encoun- 
tered and work to be performed. 


Space for Material and Plant. 


(8) The Contractor shall have the use of 
space on unoccupied and unused property of 
the Sanitary District adjacent to or near the 
site of the work, for the storage of material 
and for plant and equipment, subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. All other necessary 
storage facilities shall be provided by the Con- 
tractor. The Contractor shall not use or oc- 
cupy any property not owned or controlled 
by the Sanitary District without the consent 
of the owners or lessees of such property and 
shall assume all liability for and pay all costs, 
damages and expenses that may be due to or 
grow out of the use or occupation of such 
property by the Contractor. 


17 


The Contractor shall not occupy or use any 
space in McCormick Road or in the ditches or 
on the side slopes of the approaches to the 
subway under the C. & N. W. Ry., nor where 
any work on McCormick Road or the subway or 
approaches thereto or any other work of the 
Sanitary District is being performed, without 
the permission of the Engineer so to do and 
subject to all conditions and restrictions as he 
shall impose for such occupation or use. 


It is understood and agreed that whenever 
necessary to permit the performance of any 
work by the Sanitary District or other contrac- 
tors, or by the C. & N. W. Ry. Co., the Con- 
tractor hereunder shall move or remove, upon 
the order of the Engineer so to do, any mater- 
ial, equipment or plant that is located upon 
space required for the performance of such 
work. The Contractor shall receive no com- 
pensation for moving same if the Engineer shall 
decide that such material, equipment or plant 
is no longer required for the work hereunder, 
or if such material, equipment or plant has 
been placed in such locations without the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. 


Provisions for Delivery of Material and 
Equipment. 


(9) The Contractor shall provide and 
maintain all temporary roads, walks, switch 
tracks and other means of access to the site 
which may be necessary for performing the 
work herein specified. The Contractor shall 
not use McCormick Road at any time before it is 
opened for public traffic. Use of McCormick Road 
where opened for public traffic shall be subject 


78 


to all established regulations of the Sanitary 
District for such use and the requirements of 
the Engineer for the proper protection of the 
shoulders and of the edges of the pavement. 
All damages to McCormick Road that may 
occur due to or resulting in any way from the 
work under this contract shall be repaired by 
the Contractor in a manner scare: by ohe 
Engineer. . 


Except as hereinafter otherwise specified the 
Contractor shall provide -and. maintain or pay 
for the use of all switch tracks, sidings and 
other tracks and facilities required or used for 
delivery of material or equipment -to and ship; 
ment of same from the work hereunder. 


Switch Tracks and Sidings. 


(10) <Any railway switch track or side 
which the Contractor may construct or have 
constructed’ either on the site of the -work 
hereunder or on adjoining or adjacent prop- 
erty of the. Chicago & Northwestern Railway 
Company. shall be located so as to meet the 
approval of the Engineer, and shall be main- 
tained by the Contractor. until the work. here- 
under is accepted. Upon the construction of 
any such railway switch track or siding all 
title of the Contractor thereto shall at once 
vest in the Sanitary District, and the Contractor 
shall notify the Chicago & Northwestern Rail- 
way Company of such change in title Ste) that 
same can be properly listed. 


Any such railway track or siding may: a 
used by the Sanitary District or any of its con- 
tractors at such time or times as may be di- 
rected by the Engineer. 


79 


_Upon the completion of the work hereunder 
the Contractor shall remove such railway track 
or siding as the Engineer may direct, and shall 
be allowed to retain as his property any sal- 
vage from such railway track or siding in full 
payment for such removal. 


Procedure, Methods and Equipment. 


(11) The Contractor shall determine the 
methods and procedure and design the tempo- 
rary structures, cofferdams, sheeting, bracing 
and other equipment to be employed in per- 
forming the work hereunder, subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer, but the use of manifest- 
ly inadequate or unsafe procedure, methods, 
structures or equipment will not be permitted. 
No work shall be done unless the proposed or- 
der of procedure in performing the same and 
the methods, structures and equipment to be 
employed thereon shall have been submitted 
to and approved by the Engineer in writing, 
and the Engineer may disapprove and re- 
ject any of same which seem to him to be 
unsafe for the work hereunder, or for the pub- 
lic, or for any workmen, engineers and inspec- 
tors employed thereon, or that will not provide 
for the completion of all work hereunder with- 
in the time herein specified for such completion, 
or that is not in compliance with all the re- 
quirements herein specified. It is expressly 
agreed, however, that the acceptance or ap- 
proval of any order of procedure, methods, 
structures or equipment submitted by the Con- 
tractor shall not in any manner relieve the Con- 
tractor of any responsibility for the construc- 
tion, maintenance and safety of the work here- 


80 


under, or from any liability whatsoever on 
account of any procedure or methods employed 
by the Contractor, or due to any failure or 
movement of any structures or equipment fur- 
nished by him. When constructed, even though 
in accordance with the approval of the Engi- 
neer, should any structure or equipment after- 
wards prove insufficient in strength or fail in 
any manner whatsoever, such failure shall in 
no wise form the basis of any claim for extra 
compensation for delay, or for damages or ex- 
penses caused by such failure, or for extension 
of time for completion of this work, or for ma- 
terial, labor or equipment required for repair- 
ing or rebuilding such structure or equipment, 
or for repairing or replacing any work under 
this contract that may be damaged in any way 
by the failure or movement of any such struc- 
tures or equipment. 


Lines and Grades. 


(12) All lines and grades will be estab- 
lished by the Engineer, but the Contractor shall 
provide such materials and give such assistance 
as may be required, and the marks established 
shall be carefully preserved. The Contractor 
shall keep the Engineer informed, a reasonable 
time in advance, of the times and places at 
which he intends to do work, in order that lines 
and grades may be established and necessary 
measurements for record and payment may be 
made with the minimum of inconvenience to 
the Engineer or delay to the Contractor. No 
special compensation shall be made for the cost 
to the Contractor of any of the work or delay 
occasioned by establishing lines and grades, 


om 


making other necessary measurements, or for 
inspection; but such cost shall be considered 
as having been included in the prices specified 
for the appropriate items. 


Falsework, Barricades and Protections. 


(13) The Contractor shall furnish all equip- 
ment, staging and falsework necessary for the 
complete performance of all the work shown on 
the plans or herein specified. He shall fur- 
nish and maintain all barricades, fences, pro- 
tections, signs, red lights and other safeguards 
necessary for the full protection of workmen 
and of the public and for the protection of the 
work hereunder and of traffic in public high- 
ways, subject to the approval of the Engineer. 
He shall provide all protections that are re- 
quired to prevent damage to material, appartus 
or equipment to be furnished by him under this 
contract, or that are furnished by the Sanitary 
District for installation by the Contractor, after 
the time received by the Contractor and shall 
be fully responsible for such materials appa- 
ratus and equipment until final acceptance of 
the work hereunder. After completion of the 
work the Contractor must remove all equip- 
ment, staging, falsework, buildings, temporary 
protections, barricades, rubbish and unsightly 
material, and all obstructions to the work that 
were produced by his operations, and shall 
leave the site of work and the adjacent prem- 
ises in a clean and orderly condition. 


Cleaning. 


(14) Before final acceptance of the work 
the Contractor shall clean the entire building 


82 


and site and shall remove all materials, rubbish 
and debris therefrom and leave same in a clean 
and orderly condition ready for operation and 
use. 


Misplaced Material. 


(15) Should the Contractor, during the 
progress of the work, place any material, ma- 
chinery or plant on Sanitary District Property 
or on any public highway which the Engineer 
shall decide will obstruct traffic or will en- 
danger the work or the employees of the Con- 
tractor or the Sanitary District or will endanger 
the public, then the Contractor, upon the order 
of the Engineer so to do, shall immediately pro- 
ceed to remove same with the utmost dispatch 
and shall place proper barricades and lights 
around such obstructions until they are so re- 
moved. Should the Contractor refuse, neglect 
or delay compliance with the requirements 
herein specified then such obstructions may be 
removed by the Sanitary District and the cost 
of such removal shall be paid by the Contractor 
or deducted from any moneys due or that may 
become due to the Contractor. 


Preservation of Monument and Survey Points. 


(16) The Contractor shall preserve and 
carefully protect in a substantial manner ap- 
proved by the Engineer, all monuments, stakes 
and points marking land and section lines and 
the lines of Sanitary District property, and 
monuments, stakes and points established by 
the Engineer for marking or referencing the lo- 
cation and lines of the work hereunder or of 
the work of other contractors, and shall not 


83 


disturb or damage such monuments, stakes or 
points in any way, or cover same, unless neces- 
sary for the work hereunder and permitted by 
the Engineer. In case any disturbance of or 
damage thereto is done by the Contractor with- 
out the permission or approval of the Engineer, 
such monuments, stakes and points so damaged 
or disturbed shall be restored or replaced by 
the Contractor or at his expense, as directed by 
the Engineer. Any material placed upon same 
by the Contractor without permission of the En- 
gineer so to do shall be removed by the Con- 
tractor if so directed by the Engineer, without 
additional charge to the Sanitary District. 


Interference with Railway Traffic. 


(17) The Contractor shall perform all 
work hereunder in such manner and at such 
times as to not endanger, interrupt or delay the 
trains, traffic or business of the C. & N. W. Ry. 
Co., or interfere in any way with such trains, 
traffic or business except with the consent of 
and in the manner and at such times as per- 
mitted by the railway company, and shall pay 
all claims of the railway company for damages 
to property or for delays or interruptions of 
such trains, traffic or business that are caused 
by or result from the work under this contract, 
without additional charge therefor to the Sani- 
tary District. 


Structures Encountered. 


(18) Various surface and underground 
structures are shown on the plans hereto at- 
tached. The location and dimensions of such 
structures where given, are believed to be rea- 


84 


sonably correct, but do not purport to be ab- 
solutely so. These structures are shown on the 
plans and profiles for the information of the 
Contractor, but information so given is not to. 
be construed as a representation that such 
structures will be found or encountered exactly 
as. shown or that no other structures will be. 
found or encountered. 


‘All structures or obstructions encountered 
during the performance of the work under this 
contract, whether shown on the plans or not, 
shall be taken care of by the Contractor with-. 
out extra charge therefor, except such struc- 
tures as are herein specified to be removed or 
maintained without expense to the Contractor. 


Care of Existing Structures and Property. 


(19) All existing sewer, water, gas or other 
pipes or conduits, and connections thereto, elec- 
tric, telegraph, telephone and other conduits 
and manholes, railway structures and tracks, 
poles and wires, buildings and all structures 
and property adjacent to the work hereunder, 
shall be protected from injury, by the Con- 
tractor, during the construction and until the 
completion of the work under this Contract. 
The Contractor shall be liable for all damage 
to such structures and property and shall save 
and keep the Sanitary District harmless from 
any liability or expense for injuries, damages 
or repairs to the same. 


The Contractor shall arrange with all per- 
sons, partnerships or corporations, who shall at. 
the time of the performance of the work speci- 
fied under this contract, own, operate or main- 


85 


tain any conduits, wires, poles, pipes, gas 
mains, cables, railway tracks and equipment 
or other structures within any portion of the 
property to be occupied or used by the Con- 
tractor during the performance of the work 
specified under this contract, without extra 
charge to the Sanitary District, for the support, 
maintenance and changes in the location of 
such conduits, wires, poles, pipes, gas mains 
and cables, railway tracks and equipment or 
other structures as may be rendered necessary 
by the construction of the work hereunder. 


McCormick Road. 


(20) The new paved highway known as 
McCormick Road, constructed or under con- 
struction by the Sanitary District, passes the 
Pump and Blower House about 50 feet easterly 
from the easterly line of the building, as shown 
on Sheet Cl of the plans. 


The Contractor shall not damage the road by 
his operations and shall protect the edges and 
shoulders thereof and after it has been placed 
in service, or if it isin use’ for trafiic, 
Shall not place any material or equipment 
on the road. He shall not endanger, ob- 
struct, interrupt or materially delay traffic 
except by the express permission of the 
Engineer and only in such manner and at 
such time or times as the Engineer shall per- 
mit: In case the roadway is in use for traffic 
or is to be used and it shall be damaged or 
traffic obstructed due to or resulting from any 
work performed under this contract, or if the 
roadway, by the express permission of the En- 
gineer, is to be obstructed or will be endan- 


86 


gered by the Contractor, then the Contractor, if 
required by the Engineer, shall at once con- 
struct and thereafter maintain a properly sur- 
faced, detoured roadway for traffic around the 
damaged, obstructed or endangered part of the 
roadway or the part to be so endangered or ob- 
structed. The width and length of the curva- 
tures in such detoured roadway, the material 
used in surfacing same and all details of the 
construction and maintenance of such detoured 
roadway and the manner and period or periods 
of time during which McCormick Road may be 
obstructed in any way, shall be subject to the 
approval of the Engineer. 


Any damage occurring to McCormick Road 
as a result of the doing of any work hereunder 
by the Contractor shall be repaired at once by 
the Contractor in a manner approved by the 
Engineer and traffic immediately restored 
thereon, unless otherwise expressly permitted 
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall receive 
no extra compensation whatsoever for the con- 
struction or maintenance of such detoured 
roadway or for the repairs of McCormick Road 
caused by or that may be due to or result di- 
rectly or indirectly from any work of the Con- 
tractor under this contract. 


Transmission Lines. 


(21) The Sanitary District has installed a 
four-duct conduit containing a 3-wire 12,000 
volt transmission line located substantially as 
shown on Sheet Cl of the plans. When request- 
ed by the Contractor, the Sanitary District will 
remove the conduit and the wires therein wher- 
ever necessary for the performance of the 


87 


work hereunder and will relocate same in such 
position that, with reasonable care on the part 
of the Contractor, they will not interfere with 
or endanger or be interfered with or endan- 
gered by the work of the Contractor. 


The Contractor shall take every precaution 
necessary to avoid exposing, disturbing or dam- 
aging such conduit and wires therein or com- 
ing in contact with same and shall pay for all 
repairs of damage to same caused by his work. 
The Contractor further agrees to indemnify 
and save the Sanitary District harmless from all 
judgments, damages, costs and expenses which 
may be sustained by the Sanitary District by 
reason of suits or claims for damages for per- 
sonal injuries, death, loss of services and for 
medical services, and for compensation for 
damages to property caused by any act, omis- 
sion or negligence of the Contractor that may 
result in the escape of electrical energy from 
the wires in such conduit. The decision of the 
Engineer as to the responsibility of the Con- 
tractor, for damages to the conduit or wires 
therein or for damages from electrical energy 
escaping from the transmission lines, during 
the performance of the work hereunder, shall 
be final and conclusive to both parties to this 
contract. 


Permits. 


(22) The Contractor shall obtain all re- 
quired licenses and permits and certificates of 
inspection for the work under this contract, and 
shall pay all charges and expenses connected 
therewith. No water shall be drawn from the 


88 


8-inch water main until a meter has been in- 
stalled as provided in Section (C44). 


Openings and Cutting and Fitting. 


(23) The Contractor shall provide all 
openings and recesses in the concrete, brick- 
work and other parts of the work, that may 
be required for any class or part of the work to 
be furnished or performed hereunder, or that 
are ordered by the Engineer. He shall do all 
drilling, cutting, fitting, patching and finishing 
that may be required to make the various 
classes and kinds of work hereunder go to- 
gether in a proper, workmanlike and finished 
manner. All such work shall be performed 
with proper and suitable tools in a workman- 
like manner. Excessive cutting will not be al- 
lowed except by the permission and subject to 
the direction or approval of the Engineer. 


Changes in Location of Equipment in Pump and 
Blower House. 


(24) The hydraulic, mechanical and elec- 
trical and all other equipment including, in 
part, the plumbing, heating, ventilating, air and 
water pipes, conduits and wiring, herein speci- 
fied or shown on the plans to be installed in the 
Pump and Blower House, are shown on the 
plans substantially in the places they are to oc- 
cupy. Construction conditions may require that 
minor changes be made in the location of parts 
of such equipment, and the Contractor, when 
and as directed by the Engineer, shail make 
such changes and adjustments in such locations 
as may be necessary and are ordered by the 
Engineer. 


89 


The Contractor shall receive no additional 
compensation for making such changes or ad- 
justments if the Engineer shall determine and 
decide that they do not unreasonably alter the 
character, quantity or final cost of the work as 
a whole and that proper and sufficient plans, 
specifications and information regarding such 
changes and adjustments have been furnished 
to the Contractor within a reasonable time be- 
fore any work involving such changes and ad- © 
justments was begun. 


Measurements. 


(25) Measurements of material and work 
shall be made by the Engineer in accordance 
with the units of measurement herein specified, 
based upon the actual net volumes, lengths, 
areas or weights of work performed or material 
furnished by the Contractor in accordance with 
the specifications and plans and the orders of 
the Engineer thereunder. No so called ‘‘cus- 
tomary”’ or “‘trade measurements”’ shall be con- 
sidered by the Engineer in measuring the work 
performed by the Contractor. 


A. S. T. M. Specifications. 


(26) Wherever standard specifications of 
the American Society for Testing Materials are 
mentioned or referred to herein, they shall be 
understood to mean the Standard Specifications 
published by that Society in “A. S. T. M. Stan- 
dards,” Edition of 1924. 


Wherever tentative standard specifications 
of the American Society for Testing Materials 
are mentioned or referred to herein they shall 


90 


be understood to mean the Tentative Standard 
Specifications published by that Society in “A. 
S. T. M. Tentative Standards,” Edition of 1924. 


Such specifications wherever referred to 
herein, shall govern the quality, manufacture 
and method of sampling and of testing ma- 
terials to be used in the work hereunder ex- 
cept as otherwise specified herein. In case 
such A. S. T. M. specifications conflict with any 
of the requirements herein specified, the re- 
quirements hereof shall govern. In interpret- 
ing such A. S. T. M. specifications the ‘‘Pur- 
chaser” shall be understood to be The Sanitary 
District of Chicago, and the ‘‘Manufacturer”’ 
shall be understood to be the Contractor here- 
under or any person or persons or corporation 
furnishing materials for or performing work 
under this contract. 


Patented or Proprietary Processes, Materials or 
Parts. 


(27) Wherever a particular process, ma- 
terial, device or part is specified herein fol- 
lowed by the words “or equal’’ or “or equal 
thereto” or by similar or equivalent expressions, 
such words or expressions shall be understood 
to mean and permit the use of another pro- 
cess, material, device or part that the Engineer 
shall determine is fully equal in suitability, 
quality, durability and in all other respects, to 
the process, materials, device or part herein 
specified, and shall approve for use in the work 
hereunder. 


The Sanitary District hereby releases the 
Contractor from any liability in connection 


91 


with patent rights on the siphon spillway, part 
of which is to be built under Item 7. 


Inspection of Materials, and Equipment. 


(28) Approval of preliminary plans of 
parts to be installed in the Pump and Blower 
House or of preliminary samples of materials, 
submitted to the Engineer, shall not be con- 
strued as final acceptance of such parts or of 
such materials, as delivered at the work. All 
materials and parts shall be subject to inspec- 
tion at all times before and after delivery at 
the work and any of same may be rejected at 
any time if found that they do not comply with 
the requirements of the plans or of these speci- 
fications or with the requirements of the Engi- 
neer in his approval of such plans or such sam- 
ples of materials. 


Inspection and Testing. 


(29) All material and equipment furnished 
under this contract shall be subject at all times 
during manufacture, fabrication or erection to 
such inspection and tests by the Engineer or his 
authorized representative, as will give due as- 
surance that the terms of the specifications are 
being complied with in all respects. Such in- 
spection and tests shall be performed at the 
points of manufacture or fabrication, or in the 
field, as designated by the Engineer. Where 
made at the point of manufacture or fabrica- 
tion, the Contractor shall in all cases give am- 
ple notice to the Engineer to permit such in- 
spection and tests to be performed before ship- 
ment is made. 


92 


Such inspection and tests shall be performed 
by or in the presence of the Engineer or his 
authorized representative, but the Contractor 
shall furnish all necessary facilities, including 
test specimens, labor and testing machinery, 
for conducting the work. The records of all 
analyses of materials to be used in the work 
shall be made available to the Engineer or his 
authorized representative and additional an- 
alyses shall be made if considered necessary 
and required by the Engineer. 


In general, tests of fabricated parts and man- 
ufactured articles shall be made by such meth- 
ods and at such times as to ensure compliance 
with the specifications in all respects. In gen- 
eral, inspection of all metal work shall be made 
before painting. 


The Engineer or his authorized representa- 
tive shall have full power to reject any and all 
material or equipment which fails to meet the 
terms of the specifications and such material or 
equipment shall be promptly removed from the 
work. All material or equipment which de- 
velops defects during the life of the contract 
shall be removed and replaced notwithstanding 
that it may have once passed the prescribed in- 
spection and tests. 


Pumping. 


(30) The Contractor shall install a tem- 
porary pumping plant and shall maintain all 
chambers and conduits above elevation —5.00 
in a dry condition and in all other chambers 
and conduits shall prevent the water surface 
from rising above elevation —24.00. 


93 


The Contractor shall maintain and operate 
said temporary pumping plant until the com- 
pletion and acceptance of all the work under 
this contract. Upon said completion and ac- 
ceptance the Contractor shall continue the 
operation of said temporary pumping plant, if 
ordered by the Engineer so to do, and will be 
paid for such additional pumping as specified 
for extra work under Articles 8 and 9. 


Tests. 


(831) After the completion of the work, the 
Contractor shall make all tests necessary to 
demonstrate the strength and successful op- 
eration of the work, and any other additional 
tests ordered by the Chief Engineer to demon- 
strate compliance with the Contract require- 
ments. Any part or parts showing undue 
weakness, from any cause whatsoever, shall be 
corrected or replaced by the Contractor. 


Keeping Plans and Specifications on the Work. 


(32) The Contractor shall keep on hand at 
the work for reference a complete copy of these 
specifications and a complete set of all plans 
of the work, and also copies of all plans fur- 
nished by the Contractor, all additional and re- 
vised plans furnished by the Sanitary District 
and all instructions and orders issued to the 
Contractor by the Engineer that relate to the 
work under this contract. 


Payment. 


(33) - The cost of performing all of the work 
specified in Sections (3) to (82), inclusive, 


Las ‘tig pa . 
i ee oer ea 
. 2%, ker oF 
x 5 R = ae 4 4 te 
oe ve a KP 

x ry reget oD " a an Y \ F ‘es 

~~ c td, ie 

we , I Se 

} ge 


Qa ten | nat oa 


shall be included in the unit or lump sum 
prices hereinafter specified, and no additional 
payment will be made by the Sanitary District 
to the Contractor for performing said specified 
work. | 


~ 
fy 
= oe 


95 
SUBSTRUCTURE. 


Sections C1 to C 152 inclusive, Items 1 
to 9 inclusive, and sheets C1 to C58 inclu- 
sive, of the plans, apply in general to the 
Substructure work, however the work, spe- 
cified under said sections and on said sheets 
shall in no way be used as a basis for limit- 
ing the work to be done under any item of 
this contract. 


ITEM 1. EARTHWORK. 


Work Included. 


(C1) Item 1, Earthwork, shall include all 
excavations made under this contract above 
certain hereinafter specified horizontal planes, 
with all cofferdams, piling, sheet piling, sheet- 
ing, bracing, timbering and other work and 
construction required or used in making such 
excavations and in supporting the sides or 
slopes of same and in preserving the load car- 
rying capacity of earth banks or ledges in or 
adjacent thereto. It also includes all specified 
backfilling, filling and grading and the dis- 
posal of all excavated material, the furnishing 
and placing of black soil on the specified 
premises adjacent to the Pump and Blower 
House and all other work not mentioned above 
but hereinafter specified to be included under 
Karthwork and covered by the lump sum 
price specified therefor in Item 1, Earthwork. 


Additional excavation below the specified 
horizontal planes and not specified to be cov- 
ered by Item 1, Earthwork, will be paid for at 
the unit price herein specified in Item 2, Addi- 
tional Excavation. 


96 


Approval of Procedure. 


(C2) Before commencing work under 
Item 1, Earthwork, the Contractor shall sub- 
mit to the Engineer for his consideration a de- 
tailed schedule of the material, labor, tools and 
equipment that the Contractor expects to em- 
ploy or use in completing all work under Item 
1, together with his estimated detailed costs 
of same to assist the Engineer in making his 
schedule of the work and the cost of same. 
The Engineer shall not be bound in any way 
by the schedule furnished him by the Con- 
tractor and may schedule such quantities of 
material, labor and equipment and such rates 
and costs of the various items of work, as he 
shall consider to be reasonable and proper 
and his estimates of the amount or cost of work 
performed shall be accepted by the Contractor 
as conclusive, subject to later modification by 
succeeding estimates made by the Engineer. 


Excavation. 


(C3) Under Item 1, Earthwork, the Con- 
tractor shall loosen, load, remove, rehandle, 
backfill, grade and dispose of all material, in- 
cluding all obstructions to the work and all 
earth, solid rock, small and large stones or 
boulders, quick sand and soft material that 
must be excavated above a horizontal plane at 
Elevation—29.00 C. C. D. in the area south of a 
vertical plane through the longitudinal or 
easterly and westerly center line of the Pump 
and Blower House, and also all similar mate- 
rials that must be excavated above a horizontal 
plane at Elevation—8.00 C. C. D. (plus the 
necessary excavation down to Elevation—29.00 


ws 


C. C. D. for the sump) in the area north of 
the above described vertical plane through the 
longitudinal center line of the Pump and 
Blower House. 


The Contractor shall assume all risk as to 
the nature of the material encountered and 
the difficulties involved in loosening, removing 
and disposing of the same and in sustaining in 
an undisturbed condition and preserving the 
load bearing capacity of the earth banks in 
their original position, and shall furnish, install, 
operate and maintain and shall remove as re- 
quired, all timbering, sheeting, bracing, piling, 
cofferdams, dykes, sumps, drains, ditches, pip- 
ing, tools, excavating machinery, transporting 
equipment, supports and scaffolding necessary 
to perform the work under Item 1, Earthwork, 
and to meet the conditions that may be caused 
by the performance of any necessary additional 
excavation hereinafter specified to be per- 
formed under Item 2. 


Cofferdams, Sheeting and Bracing. 


(C4) Wherever the construction shown on 
the plans will necessitate the prevention of 
slides, settlement or disturbance of any ma- 
terial in, adjoining or near any excavations 
made by the Contractor, or the preservation 
of the load bearing capacity of such material 
so as to safely carry any part of the building 
or the substructure thereof, or to provide 
safe construction or working conditions, or 
to avoid an excessive amount of excavation 
and backfilling, the Contractor shall furnish, 
install, and maintain all cofferdams, piles, 
sheet piling, sheeting, timbering, bracing, 


98 


framework and temporary supports, with the 
required steel and iron in same, that may be 
necessary for the purposes hereinabove men- 
tioned. All of such cofferdams, piles, sheet 
piling, sheeting, timbering, bracing, frame- 
work and supports shall be removed by the 
Contractor unless ordered or permitted to be 
left in place, in part or in whole, by the 
Engineer, as hereinafter specified. In case the 
Engineer shall decide that it is necessary that 
any of such specified cofferdams, piles, sheet 
piling, sheeting, timbering, bracing, frame- 
work or temporary supports constructed by the 
Contractor, shall be left in place in the work 
in order to prevent slides and settlement or 
to preserve the load bearing capacity of any 
ledges or banks or to preserve proper and 
safe working conditions, during the progress of 
the work, and the Engineer shall so order, the 
Contractor shall leave in place undisturbed or 
shall cut off as directed, any of such above 
mentioned work placed by him as hereinbefore 
specified in this section, or any parts of same 
that the Engineer shall direct, and shall place 
the concrete or backfilling directly against 
such parts not removed. 


The Contractor shall receive no extra pay- 
ment for furnishing, placing or maintaining 
any cofferdams, piles, sheet piling, sheeting, 
timbering, bracing framework and temporary 
supports, with iron and steel therefor, nor for 
cutting off or removing in part or in whole any 
of same, or for leaving any of such parts or 
any portions of same in place in accordance 
with, or without the order of the Engineer, so 
to do, and all of such work specified in this 


99 


section shall be covered by the lump sum 
price herein specified in Item 1, Earthwork. 


Backfilling. 


(C5) Excavations outside of the walls of 
the substructure of the building shall be back- 
filled up to the established grades shown on 
sheet 1 of the plans, with a covering of black 
soil as hereinbefore specified. 


Spaces around suction chambers, discharge 
conduits, under floor slabs and elsewhere with- 
in the building where concrete is not placed 
directly against sheeting used to sustain the 
sides of the excavations, shall also be back- 
filled up to the concrete above them. No back- 
filling shall be placed against walls or other 
parts until the concrete has obtained sufficient 
strength to safely sustain the pressure against 
same with the filling in a saturated condition 
as determined by the Engineer and none shall 
be placed until permitted by the Engineer. 


Backfilling may be of material excavated for 
the substructure of the building if it is in such 
condition that it can be properly compacted. 
No timber, rubbish, debris or organic or perish- 
able material of any kind shall be used in 
backfilling and all of such materials shall be 
removed from areas or spaces to be backfilled 
before the backfilling is commenced. 


Backfilling outside of the walls shall, if 
dry, be so graded in sizes that all voids will 
be filled. Very large pieces of dried and hard- 
ened clay shall not be placed in the back- 
filling. All such filling shall be flooded as it 
is placed, and at frequent intervals thereafter 


100 


until completion of all work under this con- 
tract, shall be saturated throughout as effec- 
tively as possible with hoze nozzles inserted 
therein or by other means approved by the 
Engineer. 


All settlement that may occur prior to such 
completion shall be brought up to grade with 
compacted material by the Contractor. The 
black soil covering shall not be placed upon 
such backfilling until immediately before the 
final acceptance of the work hereunder but 
stone, gravel, sand or cinders shall be placed 
thereon where directed by the Engineer to 
provide proper working conditions. Backfilling 
within the building shall be placed in layers 
not more than 6 inches thick and each layer 
compacted thoroughly by tamping in a damp 
condition before the succeeding layer is placed, 
to the end that no appreciable settlement will 
occur after concrete is placed upon it. The sur- 
face shall be finally compacted and made 
smooth immediately before placing the con- 
crete thereon. 


It is a requirement of this contract that 
the material within and outside of the walls 
of the substructure of the building shall be 
excavated or disturbed to the least extent 
practicable and the load bearing capacity of 
all material that will support any parts of the 
structure shall be preserved, and that the 
excavations shall be made so as to require the 
minimum of backfilling. All backfilling for the 
work shall therefore be regarded as having 
been made necessary by the equipment, 
methods and procedure used by the Contractor 
in performing excavation and other work here- 


101 


under and no additional payment shall be 
made to the Contractor for any backfilling 
made under this contract. The cost of all 
backfilling shall be covered by the lump sum 
price specified to be paid under Item (1), 
Karthwork. 


Filling, Grading and Black Soil. 


(C6) Excavated material not required for 
backfilling shall be utilized as filling and grad- 
ing in the area bounded on the south by the 
north line of Howard Ave., on the west by 
east Right of Way Line of the Chicago & 
Northwestern Railway, on the north by the 
McCormick Road Subway and on the east by a 
one in four slope from the grade of McCormick 
Road rising from a line parallel to and distant 
26 feet 8 inches westerly from the center line 
of the road. 


The entire area between Howard Avenue 
and McCormick Road Subway and between 
McCormick Road and the C. & N. W. Ry. 
shall be graded by the Contractor here- 
under by the removal of high material and the 
filling of low areas so that after settlement 
and covering with the black soil specified it 
will surface to the established grades shown 
by the contours on the grading plan (Sheet 
C1). Before completion of this contract the 
entire area above described in this paragraph 
shall be covered with black soil so that 
it will have a depth of same of at least eight (8) 
inches below the established grades shown on 


102 


Sheet No. Cl of the plans. The required black 
soil may be obtained within the above bounded 
area or elsewhere as the Contractor may elect 
provided that none shall be taken from other 
Sanitary District Property east of McCormick 
Road or east of the C. & N. W. Ry. Right 
of Way. Payment by the Sanitary District to 
the Contractor for the procuring, delivering, 
handling, rehandling, placing and grading of 
such black soil shall be covered by the lump 
sum price hereinafter specified for Item 1, 
Earthwork. 


If any of the excavated material remains 
undisposed of after the specified backfilling, 
grading and bank construction have been per- 
formed, it shall be disposed of as filling up 
to an elevation not higher than one foot above 
the natural ground surface and leveled off at 
that elevation, in and to the full width of the 
existing borrow pit located south of Howard 
Ave. and east of McCormick Road. No ex- 
cavated material shall be permanently taken 
away from Sanitary District property. 


1-3-6 Concrete Backfilling. 


(C7) Wherever the Contractor may exca- 
vate below the elevation of the bottom of the 
concrete as shown on the plans or otherwise 
established by the Engineer, the Contractor 
without additional payment therefor by the 
Sanitary District shall backfill the volume thus 
excavated with concrete composed of one (1) 


1038 


volume of cement, three (3) volumes of sand 
and six (6) volumes of gravel or broken stone. 
The quality of the cement, sand and gravel 
or broken stone and the manner of mixing the 
concrete shall conform in every respect with 
the requirements specified for these materials 
under Item 4, Concrete, of this contract. 


Working Conditions. 


(C8) The Contractor shall at all times 
during the life of this contract remove imme- 
diately all water in the excavated areas and 
areas adjoining the building so that the soil in 
such areas will not become softened or satur- 
ated. The Contractor may discharge the water 
from such areas into the north drainage ditch 
of Howard Ave., provided this is performed 
in a manner approved by the Engineer. The 
use of the 24” vitrified pipe drain or of the 
36” main drain from the treatment paint, 
shown on Sheet Cl or of drains leading to 
McCormick Road Subway, as discharge outlets, 
will not be permitted except only by the 
express permission of the Engineer and subject 
to conditions to be determined and fixed by the 
Engineer. The flow capacity of both the north 
and the south drainage ditches of Howard Ave. 
eastward from the east Right of Way Line 
of the C. & N. W. Ry. to the outfalls at 
the west bank of the North Shore Channel 
shall be maintained by the Contractor under 
Item 1, Earthwork, during the period of this 
contract. 


104 


Methods. 


(C9) The methods used by the Con- 
tractor in performing the work under Item 
1, Earthwork, shall be such as are ap- 
proved by the Engineer as_ specified but 
such approval of any such methods by the 
Engineer shall in no way lessen or mitigate in 
any way the obligations of the Contractor un- 
der this contract nor become a basis for any 
claim for additional payment for any of such 
work or for additional work caused thereby. 


High Voltage Lines. 


(C10) The high voltage transmission lines 
in the four duct conduit, about thirty (30) 
inches underground and approximately in the 
location shown on Sheet Cl, will be removed 
from the site of the Pump and Blower House 
by the Sanitary District at such time and 
placed in such location as the engineer shall 
determine will not unreasonably interfere with 
the operations of the Contractor. This work 
will be performed as specified in Section (21) 
hereof and the work of the Contractor shall 
be performed subject to all the conditions 
therein specified. 


C. & N. W. Ry. 


(C11) The Sanitary District has received a 
permit from the C. & N. W. Ry. allowing earth 
fill to be deposited as shown on the plans on 
the property of the C. & N. W. Ry., near and 
northerly and southerly from the west end of 
the Pump and Blower House. The Contractor 


105 


shall not be relieved by this permit from any 
responsibility for damages to any property or 
equipment of or for accidents or delays to 
trains of the C. & N. W. Ry. caused by the 
Contractor’s excavation work or other opera- 
tions under this contract. 


Payment. 


(C12) Payment for Earthwork, Item 1, 
will be made by the Sanitary District to the 
Contractor in the amount of the lump sum 
hereinafter specified for Item 1, Earthwork. 
This amount, so paid, shall cover the cost of 
furnishing all labor, materials, tools, plant and 
appurtenances herein specified or necessary to 
perform the work complete as specified under 
Item 1, Earthwork. 


No claim for an amount of money in excess 
of such specified lump sum will be entertained 
or allowed on account of the character or be- 
havior of the material encountered; or of con- 
ditions aggravated by added depth of excava- 
tion below the horizontal planes specified in 
section (C3) that may be ordered by the Engi- 
neer or necessitated by the nature, condition or 
behavior of the materials encountered; nor on 
account of any excessive cost of performing ex- 
cavation, backfilling, grading or disposal of any 
excavated material, or excessive cost of fur- 
nishing, placing or removing cofferdams, pil- 
ing, sheeting, sheet piling, bracing, timbering, 
iron or steel fastenings, or of draining, pump- 
ing or bailing or of protecting the work and 
adjacent structures during construction, nor for 
any sheeting, sheet piling, piling, timbering, 
iron or steel fastenings, bracing or similar ma- 


106 


terial or work that either the Engineer or Con- 
tractor with the consent of the Engineer, may 
decide shall be left permanently in place. 


No additional payment shall be made for 
rehandling any material that has been exca- 
vated and estimated by the Engineer for pay- 
ment therefor under Item 1 hereof. 


No payment will be made for concrete 
placed directly against an earth face so as to 
avoid the difficulties and expense of forms or 
of backfilling or of sustaining the earth in 
place, if such concrete is outside of the lines 
and faces of the concrete as shown on the plans 
or established by the Engineer. 


Progress payments to be made to the Con- 
tractor out of the lump sum specified under 
Item 1 of this contract shall be based upon the 
Engineer’s estimate of the total cost of ex- 
cavating and properly disposing of the ma- 
terial as backfilling, filling or spoil, as speci- 
fied, previous to the time when the estimate 
is made, as compared with the Engineer’s esti- 
mate of the cost of performing all work cov- 
ered by such lump sum price, or, if the Engi- 
neer shall so elect, shall be based upon the 
Engineer’s estimate of the cost of completing 
all of the work under Item 1 that remains 
to be performed at the time such estimate’ is 
made as compared with the Engineer’s esti- 
mate of the cost of performing all work cov- 
ered by such lump sum price. From the total 
amount of each progress estimate of work per- 
formed under Item 1 shall be deducted the 
specified percentage of same to be reserved 
and also the total sum of all previous payments 


107 


made to the Contractor for work performed 
under Item 1, Earthwork. 


ITEM 2. ADDITIONAL EXCAVATION. 


Work Included. 


(C13) It is an express condition of this 
contract that all concrete footings anywhere 
in the substructure of the building shall be 
carried down by the Contractor, where or- 
dered by the Engineer, so as to rest directly 
upon foundation material that the Engineer 
shall determine is suitable for safely support- 
ing the building thereon, whether such ma- 
terial is found at the elevations of the foot- 
ings as shown on the plans or is found below 
such elevations. Under Item 2, Additional Ex- 
cavation, the Contractor shall perform all ad- 
ditional excavation authorized or ordered by 
the Engineer regardless of the nature of the 
material encountered or of the cost of remov- 
ing and .disposing of same that is below a 
horizontal plane at El. —29.00 C. C. D. in the 
area southerly of a vertical plane through the 
easterly and westerly longitudinal center line 
of the Pump and Blower House and below 
a horizontal plane at El.—8.00 C. C. D. in the 
area northerly of such vertical plane through 
the easterly and westerly longitudinal center 
line of the Pump and Blower House (except the 
necessary excavation down to El.—29.00 C. C. 
D. for the sump which is included in Item 1 
hereof). 


Included in Item 2, Additional Excavation, is 
loosening, loading, removing, backfilling and 
disposing of materials, wet or dry, in the 


108 


manner specified under Item 1, Earthwork, and 
all cofferdams, pumping, sheet piling, sheeting, 
bracing, and timbering, bailing and cleaning, 
and all other incidental work necessary to com- 
plete the additional excavation as directed by 
the Engineer, and the performance thereof 
shall be governed by the specifications under 
Item 1, Earthwork. Sections (Cl) to (C12) 
inclusive. No Earthwork done or specified to 
be done under Item 1 will be paid for under 
Item 2 and no additional payment will be made 
for rehandling any material that has been 
excavated and estimated for payment there- 
for under Item 2 hereof. 


Measurement. 


(C14) The authorized additional excava- 
tion shall be measured in place within the 
lines established by the Engineer for such 
additional excavation below the described ex- 
cavation under Item 1. Cross sections shall be 
obtained after removal of the material and 
the volume of excavation calculated from these 
measurements. 


Payment. 


(C15) Payment for additional excavation 
authorized or ordered by the Engineer, will 
be made by the Sanitary District to the Con- 
tractor at the unit price specified in Item 2, 
Additional Excavation. The amount, so paid, 
shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor, 
materials, tools and equipment, all cofferdams, 
sheet piling, sheeting, bracing, timbering and 


109 


other work necessary for the work of excavat- 
ing and disposing of such additional excava- 
tion, ordered by the Engineer, as_ herein 
specified under Item 1, Earthwork. 


ITEM 3. CINDER FILL. 


Description. 


(C16) Under Item 3, Cinder Fill, the Con- 
tractor shall furnish and place all cinders used 
as fill, to the lines, elevations and grades given 
by the Engineer. 


Quality. 


(C17) The cinders shall be clean and com- 
pletely burned, boiler cinders free from large 
clinkers and well graded so that they will 
compact thoroughly without excessive voids, 
and shall be subject to the approval of the 
Engineer. 


Placing. 


(C18) The cinders shall be placed where 
shown on the plans or directed by the Engi- 
neer and where ordered by the Engineer shall 
be wet and tamped by hand in layers not over 
6 inches thick and flooded with water in a 
manner and to a degree acceptable to the 
Engineer. 


Payment. 


(C19) The Contractor shall receive for Cin- 
der Fill the unit price per cubic yard herein 
specified under Item 3, Cinder Fill, which 
price shall include and cover the cost of the 


110 


furnishing, placing, wetting and tamping of 
the cinders and the furnishing of all labor, 
tools, material and equipment necessary to 
complete the work as specified. Payment will 
be made for the actual number of cubic yards 
of cinders as measured in place after being 
wet and tamped, as specified. 


ITEM 4. CONCRETE. 


Work Included. 


(C20) The work included under Item 4, 
Concrete consists of furnishing all material, 
labor, tools and equipment required and placing 
all concrete in the superstructure and substruc- 
ture of the Pump and Blower House and appur- 
tenances thereto that is shown on the plans and 
ordered by the Engineer, except such concrete 
work as is specified under any other items of this 
contract to be included in the work under such 
items and covered by the lump sum prices 
specified to be paid therefor. It includes the 
concrete work shown on sheets C2 to C58, 
inclusive, and sheets 812 to 814, inclusive, but 
concrete work, specified in Items 12 to 39, in- 
clusive, is to be covered by the lump sum prices 
specified in such items. 


CEMENT AND LIME. 


Portland Cement. 


(C21) All cement shall be Portland ce- 
ment and shall conform to the ‘Standard 
Specifications and Tests for Portland Cement, 
Serial Designation C9-21,’’ of the American 
Society for Testing Materials. 


111 


The brand of cement used shall have a well 
established record of uniform excellence and 
shall be submitted to and subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall 
notify the Engineer in writing as to what 
brand of cement he proposes to use and shall 
receive the written approval of the Engineer of 
the brand submitted before ordering the ce- 
ment. Such approval shall cover only the 
selection of the brand and the cement shall 
otherwise meet all requirements specified in 
the A. S. T. M. specifications as hereinabove 
provided. No cement that is not of a brand 
that has been submitted to and approved by 
the Engineer shall be brought on the work. 


Cement shall be delivered in bags with the 
brand and manufacturer’s name marked there- 
on. A bag of cement shall contain at least 
ninety-four (94) pounds of cement, net. All 
caked, lumpy, dirty or damaged cement, and 
all damaged or short weight packages, shall 
be rejected whenever found and shall not be 
used in the work. All rejected cement shall 
immediately be removed from the site of the 
work. 


Sampling Cement. 


(C22) Whenever possible, cement shall be 
sampled from loaded cars. Samples weighing 
at least six (6) ounces shall be taken from 
every fortieth: bag or tenth barrel and kept in 
separate containers. All individual samples 
from each car or from each lot of approxi- 
mately 200 barrels or 800 bags, shall be 
shipped together in a tight box, properly 
packed and containing a card with full in- 


112 


formation relative to the sample, including car 
number and initials, number on car seals, num- 
ber of bags or barrels in the car and any other 
data required by the Engineer. 


Storage of Cement. 


(C23) The Contractor, ‘shall at all ties 
keep in store at the site of the work or at an- 
other point approved by the Engineer, a suffi- 
client quantity of cement to allow at least thirty 
(30) days time for the sampling and testing 
of same, without delay to the work of construc- 
tion, and the Engineer shall be notified at once 
of each delivery of cement at the place of 
storage. No cement shall be used until the 
Contractor has been notified by the Engineer 
that such cement has been inspected and ac- 
cepted. 


All cement shall be stored in a tight build- 
ing having a dry floor raised above the ground 
and shall be protected against dampness. 
Ample room shall be provided in which each 
separate lot shall be stored in such a way 
that it can be conveniently identified with cer- 
tainty at any time in case of its rejection or of 
the necessity for further tests. The Contractor 
shall furnish, without charge therefor, all 
facilities required by the Engineer for inspect- 
ing and sampling each individual lot of 
cement. 


Hydrated Lime. 


(C24) Hydrated lime shall comply with all 
the requirements of the “Specifications for 
Hydrated Lime for Structural Purposes, Serial 
Designation: C6-24,” of the American Society 


113 


for Testing Materials. The lime shall be of 
a brand that has been submitted to and ap- 
proved by the Engineer. 


AGGREGATES. 


Storage Capacity. 


(C25) Adequate storage capacity shall be 
provided either at the source of supply or at 
the site of the work so that sufficient aggregate 
of each kind and of the specified quality may 
be maintained at all times when construction 
work can be performed. 


FINE AGGREGATE © 


‘General Requirements. 


(C26) Fine aggregate shall consist of sand 
of a silicious character, having clean, hard, 
strong, durable, uncoated grains and _ free 
from lumps, soft or flaky particles, shale, clay, 
alkali, organic matter, loam or other deleter- 
ious substances. Limestone screenings or fine 
slag shall not be used as fine aggregate for 
concrete. 


Samples. 


(C27) Preliminary samples of fine aggre- 
gate shall be taken either from cars or from 
‘pits or storage piles, at the source of supply. 
During construction the samples shall be 
taken from cars shipped’ to ‘the work and 
‘all samples shall be selected so as to represent 
as nearly as possible the average of the mate- 
rial available or sampled. 


114 


Each sample shall weigh at least 10 pounds 
and shall be shipped in a tight box or tight 
sack. No sand shall be shipped in loosely 
woven sacks that will allow the loss of any 
fine material. All samples shall be properly 
labled and each one shall contain a card giv- 
ing full information relative to the sample in- 
cluding source of the material, proposed use 
of same and any treatment to be given it be- 
fore delivery, and any other information re- 
quired by the Engineer. 


Approval. 


(C28) All fine aggregate shall be subject to 
the approval of the Engineer at all times and no 
fine aggregate shall be shipped to the work un- 
til representative samples of same have been 
submitted to and have been approved by the 
Engineer. 


Grading of Fine Aggregate. 


(C29) Fine aggregate shall range in size 
from fine to coarse within the limits indicated 
in Table 1. | 


TABLE 1.—Grading of Fine Aggregate. 


Item Percentage 
by Weight 
Passing through No. 4 sieve; not less than 95 
Passing through No. 50 sieve; not more than 30 
and not less than 10 
Passing through No. 100 sieve; 
not more than 5 
Weight removed by decantation; 
not more than 3 


115 


The sieves and method of making sieve 
analysis shall conform to the “Standard Method 
of Test for Sieve Analysis of Aggregates for 
Concrete, Serial Designation: C41-24” of the 
American Society for Testing Materials. 


Decantation Test. 


(C30) The decantation test shall be made 
in accordance with the ‘‘Tentative Method of 
Decantation Test for Sand and Other Fine Ag- 
gregates, Serial Designation: D136-22T” of the 
American Society for Testing Materials. 


Mortar Strength Test. 


(C81) Fine aggregate shall be of such qual- 
ity that mortar briquettes, cylinders, or prisms, 
consisting of one part by weight of Portland 
cement and three parts by weight of fine aggre- 
gate, mixed and tested in accordance with the 
methods described in the “Standard Specifica- 
tions and Tests for Portland Cement, Serial 
Designation: C9-21,”’ of the American Society 
for Testing Materials, will show a tensile or 
compressive strength at ages of 7 and 28 
days not less than that of 1 to 3 standard Ot- 
tawa sand mortar of the same plasticity made 
with the same cement. Concrete tests shall be 
made in accordance with the “Tentative Meth- 
ods of Making Compression Tests of Concrete, 
Serial Designation: C39-21T” of the American 
Society for Testing Materials. 


Organic Impurities in Sand. 


(C82) Sand when tested in accordance 
with the “Standard Method of Test for Or- 
ganic Impurities in Sands for Concrete, Serial 


116 


Designation: C40-22”’ of the American Society 
for Testing Materials, shall show a color not 
darker than the standard color, unless it com- 
plies with Section (C31). 


Permissible Variations. 


(C33) Fine aggregate which does not con- 
form to the above requirements for grading, 
mortar strength and color, may be used only 
when approved by the Engineer and then in 
such proportions:of fine aggregate and cement: 
as he may require. 


COARSE AGGREGATE 


General Requirements. 


(C384) Coarse aggregate shall consist of 
crushed stone or screened and washed gravel, 
having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated 
particles free from injurious amounts of soft, 
friable, thin, elongated or laminated pieces, 
alkali, organic, or other deleterious matter. 
Crushed slag shall not be used for coarse ag- 
gregate. 


Samples of Crushed Stone. 


(C35) Crushed stone shall be sampled for 
quality and for size. A sample to be used to 
determine the quality of the rock shall be 
taken either from the quarry or from loaded 
cars, and shall be representative of the material 
which it is proposed to use. It shall weigh at 
least 25 pounds and shall consist of pieces of 
rock at least 2 inches in size and of one piece 
at’ least 3x4x6 inches free from seams and. 
cracks. | 


117 


Samples used to determine the size of the 
stone shall be taken, either at the crushing 
plant or from cars, and shall be selected to 
represent as nearly as’ possible the average 
material available. Each sample shall tite 
not less than 25 pounds. 


The samples shall be shipped in tight boxes 
or bags properly labeled and each one shall 
contain a card giving full information relative 
to the sample, including source of the material 
proposed use of same and other information re- 
quired by the Pe eae | 


Samples of Gravel. 


(C86) Samples of the gravel shall be taken 
either at the screening plant or from loaded 
cars, and shall be selected so as to represent 
as nearly as. possible the average material 
available. — : 


Each sample shall weigh not less than 25 
pounds. It shall be shipped in a tight box or 
bag properly labeled and containing a card 
giving full information relative to the sample 
including source of the material, proposed use 
of same and any other information required by 
the Engineer. 


Approval. 


(C387) All coarse aggregate shall be sub- 
ject to the approval of the Engineer at all 
times and no coarse aggregate shall be shipped 
to the work unless representative samples of 
same have been approved by the Engineer. 


118 


Grading. 


(C88) Coarse aggregate shall range in size 
from fine to coarse within the limits in Table 2. 


Table 2.—Size of Grading of Coarse Aggre- 
gate. 


No. 1 Coarse Aggregate. 


Percentage 

Passing by Weight 
Puinéh: sieves. Usb ia eee ae ee 100 
46 IMNCH SIEVE Le vecesatases teers not more than 50 
Noy 4 Sieve ieee cae es not more than 5 

No. 2 Coarse Aggregate 

14 inch ‘Sl@Ve .5.206: Gee sis nocache eee Pe 100 
1 inch sieve....not less than 50 or more than 75 
16sineh : Sieve ukewee son: not more than 30 
YY inch Sieve ieee not more than 5 


No. 1 coarse aggregate shall be used for con- 
crete in floors, columns, thin sections and sec- 
tions having closely spaced reinforcement, as 
required by the Engineer. 


Sieve Sizes. 


(C39) The test for size and grading of 
coarse aggregate shall be made in accordance 
with the “Standard Method of Test for Sieve 
Analysis of Aggregates for Concrete.’ Serial 
Designation: C41-24” of the American Society 
for Testing Materials. 


Permissible Variations. 


(C40) Coarse aggregate which does not 
conform to the above requirements, may be used 
only when approved by the Engineer and then 
in such proportions as he may require. 


119 
GENERAL FOR AGGREGATE 


Mixed Aggregate. 


(C41) Pit run gravel or mixtures of the fine 
and coarse aggregates made prior to delivery 
of the material at the site of the work shall 
not be used under this contract. The aggre- 
gate shall be mixed at the site as used. 


Grading of Aggregates. 


(C42) Itis the intent of these specifications 
that all aggregate shall be graded so that when 
mixed in concrete the cement shall more than 
fill all voids in the fine aggregate and the mix- 
ture of cement and fine aggregate shall more 
than fill all voids in the coarse aggregate. In 
case the use of aggregate complying with Sec- 
tions (C29) and (C88) hereof will not satisfy 
the requirements of this section (C42) the 
grading of such aggregates shall be modified, 
as directed by the Engineer, so that the re- 
quired results are obtained with same. No extra 
payment shall be made to the Contractor on 
account of any such modifications of the grad- 
ing of aggregate. 


Storage of Aggregates. 


(C43) Aggregates shall be stored in bins, 
pockets or the equivalent of same, approved by 
the Engineer, so as to insure against the inclu- 
sion of foreign materials. Stone forks shall be 
used for removing any coarse aggregates from 
the ground. Aggregates mixed with earth or 
foreign matter shall not be used. The different 
classes of aggregates shall be stored separately. 


120 
WATER. 
Water for Concrete and Mortar. 


.. (C44). Water for concrete and mortar shall 
be clean and free from injurious amounts of 
oil, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious 
substance. Water from the North Shore Chan- 
nel shall not be used for any concrete or mortar 
used in the work hereunder. Water obtained 
from an eight (8) inch cast iron water 
main about 60 feet south of the southeast cor- 
ner of the Pump and Blower House will be ac- 
ceptable to the Engineer. 


~All water used by the Contractor shall be 
metered and the Contractor shall furnish, in- 
stall and maintain the necessary meters which 
shall be of a type approved by the Engineer 
and shall be installed subject to his ap- 
proval. The Contractor shall pay for all water 
that he may use at the rates charged therefor 
by the City of Chicago. The meter or meters 
shall be the property of the Contractor and 
shall be removed by him when no longer re- 
quired for the work hereunder. 


PROPORTIONING AND MIXING CONCRETE ~ 
Unit of Measure. 


(C45) The unit of measure shall be the 
cubic foot. Ninety-four (94) pounds of Port- 
land cement (one bag or one-quarter (14) bar- 
rel) shall be considered as one (1) cubic foot. 


Measurement of Aggregates. 


(C46) The method of measurement shall 
be such as to secure the specified proportions 


121 


in each batch. Shallow, round bottom wheel- 
barrows shall not be used in measuring any ma- 
terials. The aggregates shall be measured sep- 
arately by volume. 


In volume measurement the fine aggregate 
and the coarse aggregate shall be measured 
loose, as placed in the measuring device and 
struck off. The water shall be so measured as 
to uniformly insure the desired quantity in suc- 
cessive batches of concrete. 


Concrete. 


(C47) The concrete to be used throughout 
the work (except concrete used as backfilling, 
or except as otherwise specified) shall be 
mixed in the proportions, by volume, of one 
(1) part of cement, two (2) parts fine ag- 
gregate, in a saturated or inundated condition, 
and four (4) parts coarse aggregate. No. 2 
coarse aggregate shall be used in concrete ex- 
cept in columns, beams, floor slabs, thin walls 
and other thin sections and in sections with 
closely spaced reinforcement where No. 1 
coarse aggregate shall be used. 


Concrete for Backfilling. 


(C48) Filling concrete to be used for back- 
filling spaces improperly excavated below or 
‘outside of the lines of concrete work shown on 
the plans or established by the Engineer, as 
specified under Earthwork, may be mixed in the 
proportions by volume of one (1) part cement, 
three (3) parts fine aggregate and six (6) parts 
coarse aggregate. See Sections (C7) and 
CO te rt. 


Mortar. 


(C49) Mortar for bedding column bases 
and for joints in concrete shall consist of the 
specified cement and fine aggregate mixed in 
the proportions by volume of one (1) part ce- 
ment and two (2) parts fine aggregate. Mor- 
tar for pointing and repairing surfaces of con- 
crete shall be as specified in Section (C100) 
hereof. 


Variations in Proportions. 


(C50) If the specified proportions of the 
fine and coarse aggregate specified for use 
in concrete do not produce a properly graded 
mixture the proportions of such aggregates 
shall be changed as the Engineer shall direct, 
without extra cost to the Sanitary District. 


Volume of Batches. 


(C51) The volume of batches of concrete 
shall be such that fractional bags of cement are 
not used therein unless expressly permitted by 
the Engineer. The manner of measuring the 
ingredients of the batches shall be subject to 
his approval. 


Use of Aggregate Not Conforming to 
Specifications. 


(C52) If any fine or coarse aggregates fur- 
nished by the Contractor do not conform to the 
herein specifications they shall be used only by 
the express permission and approval of the En- 
gineer and then only in such proportions of 
cement and aggregates in the concrete or mor- 
tar and with such manner and time of mixing 
as he may require. The Contractor shall re- 


123 


ceive no extra compensation on account of such 
change in proportions or manner or time of 
mixing such concrete or for additional cement 
in same, required by the Engineer as herein- 
above specified. 


Consistency of Concrete. 


(C53) The quantity of water used shall 
be the minimum necessary to produce con- 
crete of a proper workability and such that 
excess water will not accumulate on the sur- 
face of the concrete as it is deposited and 
compacted in the work. The water shall be 
added when the materials are placed in the 
mixer. The consistency of the concrete shall 
be measured by the slump test as described 
in “Tentative Method of Test for Consistency 
of Portland Cement Concrete for Pavements 
or for Pavement Base, Serial Designation 
D138-22T,” of the American Society for Test- 
ing Materials. The slump in inches of the 
concrete, used in the various parts in the work, 
shall not be greater than that indicated in 
Table 4, unless authorized by the Engineer. 


TABLE 4—Workability of Concrete and 
Mortar. 


Max. Slump 
Location of Concrete and Mortar in inches. 


Mass concrete and foundation foot- 


NEAT UCO "SAE anh op pt ae ae eae I USHA Cine a 3 
Thin vertical sections and columna...... 6 
FPGA GABE CLIOTE et ikak vc valle dcodsccbockdcnvearsents 3 
Thin confined horizontal sections........ 6 to & 
TORO a ai Weert gi kT Visde eos cbuvengasadesenn 4 to 6 


Mortar for bedding, filling and top 
ET CG TENS eee | 2 


124 


The consistency shall be checked from time 
to time, and wherever required by the Engi- 
neer during the progress of the work, and 
changes made in the quantity of water used: 
in the batches so as to obtain the consistency 
and workability required by the Engineer. 


Machine Mixing. 


(C54) The mixing of concrete, unless 
otherwise authorized by the Engineer when 
hand mixing is permitted, shall be done in a 
batch mixer of a type approved by the Engi- 
neer, Which will insure a uniform distribution 
of the materials throughout the mass, so that 
the mixture is uniform in color and homogene- 
ous and all coarse aggregate is completely 
covered with mortar. No mixer shall be used 
that requires less than one bag of cement per 
batch of concrete mixed therein. The mixer 
shall be equipped with suitable charging 
hopper, water storage, and a water-measur- 
ing device controlled from a case that is kept 
locked and that will permit the discharge of 
water only while the mixer is being charged. 
It shall also be equipped to automatically lock 
the discharging lever until the batch has been 
mixed the required number of turns after all 
materials are in the mixer. The entire con- 
tents of the drum shall be discharged before 
recharging. The mixer shall be cleaned when- 
ever mixing is suspended, and at frequent in- 
tervals while in use. The volume of the mixed 
material per batch shall not exceed the manu- 
facturer’s rated capacity of the mixer. 


Time of Mixing. 
(C55) The mixing of each batch shall con- 


125 


tinue not less than one (1) minute after all 
the materials are in the mixer, during which 
time the mixer shall rotate at a peripheral 
speed of about 200 feet per minute. If this 
amount of mixing does not produce uniform 
concrete as specified in the preceding section, 
the mixing shall be continued until the speci- 
fied results are obtained. Concrete not prop- 
erly mixed shall not be placed in the work but > 
shall be removed by the Contractor. 


Hand-Mixing. 


(C56) Hand-mixing of small amounts only 
of concrete may be authorized by the Engi- 
neer in emergencies where a mixer is not rea- 
sonably or immediately available. When so 
authorized by the Engineer it shall be done on 
a water-tight platform. The cement and fine 
aggregate shall first be mixed dry until the 
whole is a uniform color. The water and 
coarse aggregate shall then be added and the 
entire mass turned at least four (4) times, or 
until the specified homogeneous mixture of the 
required consistency is obtained. Not more 
than one-half yard of concrete shall be mixed 
in any batch unless expressly permitted by 
the Engineer. 


Retempering. 


(C57) Concrete shall be mixed in such 
quantities that any batch can be placed in the 
work within 30 minutes after the time of mix- 
ing. The retempering of concrete or mortar 
which has partly hardened, that is, remixing 
with or without additional cement, aggregate 
or water, will not be permitted. 


126 
DEPOSITING CONCRETE 


General. 


(C58) Before beginning a run of concrete, 
all hardened concrete and foreign materials 
shall be removed from the inner surfaces of 
the mixing and conveying equipment. 


Before depositing concrete, all debris and 
loose material shall be removed from the space 
to be occupied by the concrete; forms shall be 
thoroughly wetted (except in freezing 
weather) or oiled as specified. Reinforcement 
shall be rigidly secured in position and ap- 
proved by the Engineer. The bottoms of forms 
of beams, girders and slabs shall be coated 
with mortar as hereinafter specified before 
concrete is placed therein. Under encased 
steel beams, concrete containing no large 
pieces of coarse aggregate shall be used. 


Handling. 


(C59) Concrete shall be handled from the 
mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly 
as practicable by methods which prevent the 
separation or loss of any of the ingredients. 
It shall be deposited in the forms as nearly as 
practicable in its final position to avoid rehan- 
dling. It shall be so deposited as to maintain 
until the completion of the unit, a plastic sur- 
face approximately horizontal. Forms for 
walls, columns and other thin sections of con- 
siderable height shall be provided with open- 
ings, or other devices, that will permit the con- 
crete to be placed in a manner that will avoid 
accumulations of hardened concrete on the 
forms or metal reinforcement. Under no cir- 


127 


cumstances shall concrete that has partly 
hardened be deposited in the work. 


Chuting. 


(C60) When concrete is conveyed by 
chuting, the plant shall be of such size and 
design as to insure a practically continuous 
flow in the chute. The angle of the chute 
with the horizontal shall be such as to allow 
the concrete to flow without separation of the 
ingredients. The delivery end of the chute 
shall be as close as possible to the point of 
deposit. When the operation is intermittent, 
the spout shall discharge into a hopper. The 
chutes shall be flushed thoroughly with water 
before and after each run and the water used 
for this purpose shall be discharged outside 
the forms but not where it will cause softening 
of any material beneath the footings or upon 
which concrete is to be placed. 


Compacting. 


(C61) Concrete, during and immediately 
after depositing, shall be compacted thorough- 
ly by means of suitable tools. For thin walls 
or inaccessible portions of the forms, where 
rodding or forking is impracticable, the con- 
crete shall be assisted into place by tapping or 
hammering the forms opposite the freshly de- 
posited concrete and the concrete shall be 
worked thoroughly around the reinforcement, 
and around embedded fixtures, and into the 
corners of the forms. (See Surface Finish, 
Sections (C97) to (C104) inclusive.) 


128 


Removal of Water. 


(C62) In order to obtain clean and firm 
bearing surfaces all water and softened mate- 
rial shall be removed from excavations im- 
mediately before concrete is deposited. Con- 
crete shall not be deposited in water nor shall 
water be allowed to rise over the concrete 
until it has been hardened sufficiently to pre- 
vent injury thereto. Any flow or water into the 
excavation shall be diverted through proper 
side-drains to a sump, or shall be removed 
by other approved methods which will avoid 
washing the freshly deposited concrete. Water 
vent pipes and drains shall be filled by grout- 
ing, or other means approved by the Engineer, 
after the concrete has thoroughly hardened. 


Salts, Chemicals and Admixtures. 


(C63) Salts or chemicals shall not be added 
to concrete for any purpose whatsoever. The 
use of admixtures or integral waterproofing 
compounds will be permitted only subject to 
the approval of the Engineer and without ad- 
ditional charge therefor to the Sanitary Dis- 
trict. 


Depositing Continuously. 


(C64) Concrete shall be deposited contin- 
uously and as rapidly as practicable until the 
beam, slab, wall section or other unit of opera- 
tion, approved by the Engineer, is completed. 
Construction joints not provided for in the 
plans shall be made in accordance with the 
provisions of Sections (C90) to (C96) inclusive 
and subject to the approval of the Engineer. 


129 
Bonding. 


(C65) Before depositing new concrete on 
or against concrete which has set, the forms 
shall be retightened, the surface of the 
hardened concrete shall be roughened as re- 
quired by the Engineer and _ thoroughly 
cleaned of foreign matter and laitance. The 
new concrete placed in contact with hardened 
or partly hardened concrete, shall contain an 
excess of mortar to insure bond. To insure 
this excess mortar at the juncture of the hard- 
ened and the newly deposited concrete, the 
cleaned and saturated surfaces of the hard- 
ened concrete, including horizontal, vertical 
and inclined surfaces, shall first be slushed 
with a coating of neat cement grout or of 
mortar against which the new concrete shall be 
placed at once before the grout or mortar 
has attained its initial set. (See Joints, Sec- 
tions (C90) to (C96) inclusive.) 


Protecting Surfaces. 


(C66) The surfaces of concrete and mortar 
that will be exposed to the sun or to premature 
drying after placing shall be kept. constantly 
moist by sprinkling at frequent intervals. or 
by covering with moist burlap or canvas, or 
by other means equally effective, approved by 
the Engineer, for a period of seven (7) days 
after completion. Freshly finished surfaces 
not covered by forms shall be protected by 
supported canvas during rain storms and a 
sufficient quantity of canvas shall be kept 
ready for this purpose. 


130 
Reinforcement. 


(C67) Before placing concrete the rein- 
forcement bars in the slabs and beams and 
other sections shall be examined in detail 
and checked and all displacements corrected 
and all bars supported and wired so that 
movement will not occur during the deposit- 
ing of concrete around them. All bars shall 
be located as shown on the plans, provided 
that none shall be imbedded a clear distance 
of less than one diameter of the bar from the 
face of the concrete and not less than three- 
quarter (34) inch in slabs and one and one- 
half (116) inches in beams and girders. 


Setting Fixtures in Concrete. 


(C68) Before placing concrete all con- 
duits, frames, castings, hangers, anchors, bolts 
and other fixtures that are to be imbedded 
therein, shall be properly placed and _ sup- 
ported and all of same and all openings 
in floors and walls shall be checked for posi- 
tion, alignment and elevation. They shall be 
checked against displacement from time to 
time as the concrete is deposited thereafter and 
any displacements found at any time shall be 
corrected by the Contractor without additional 
charge therefor to the Sanitary District. 


Depositing Concrete Under Water. 


(C69) Under no conditions shall concrete 
be deposited in water nor shall water be al- 
lowed to rise upon freshly deposited concrete 
or upon concrete that has not sufficiently hard- 


131 


ened to avoid all possibility of damage thereby, 
as determined by the Engineer. 


Cofferdams and Sheeting. 


(C70) Cofferdams and sheeting shall be 
sufficiently tight to prevent the flow of water 
into the space in which the concrete is de- 
posited. 


Laitance. 


(C71) Great care shall be exercised to 
avoid the formation of laitance. On com- 
pleting a section of concrete, the laitance and 
all loose and unsound concrete shall be en- 
tirely removed before work is resumed. 


CONCRETING IN FREEZING WEATHER. 


Conditions for Concreting in Freezing Weather. 


(C72) Concrete work shall not be _ per- 
formed in freezing weather or when freezing 
weather is forcast by the U. S. Weather Bureau 
to occur within 36 hours, except with the 
express written permission of the Engineer 
and not unless special precautions and meas- 
ures are taken to heat the aggregates and 
the water used, or such of same as the Engi- 
neer may direct, and to protect the concrete 
after placing until it shall have so sufficiently 
set that it will not be damaged by freezing. 


Enclosures. 


(C73) If concrete work of material amount 
is to be performed in winter, it shall be en- 
closed above and below and on all! sides and 


132 


heated within the inclosure to temperatures 
that will permit the concrete to obtain proper 
set and will prevent any freezing. 


Temperature and Heating. 


(C74) Salts or chemicals shall not be used 
in concrete to retard freezing. The tempera- 
ture of the concrete when it is placed in the 
work shall not be less than fifty (50) degrees 
Fahrenheit and measures approved by the 
Engineer shall be taken to keep the concrete | 
well above freezing temperature until it has 
attained its final set. The frost shall be re- 
moved from all material with which the fresh 
concrete will be in contact when placed in 
the work. 


The methods of heating aggregates shall 
be such that they will be heated as uniformly 
as possible throughout. Aggregates contain- 
ing frozen lumps shall not be used. The de- 
gree or amount of heating of water and ag- 
gregates will depend upon temperature and 
weather conditions and shall be as the Engi- 
neer shall direct. 


Protecting after Placing. 


(C75) In case freezing weather occurs 
during the placing of concrete or before the 
concrete has acquired a sufficient set to prevent 
damage from freezing, the concrete must be 
immediately protected by the Contractor in a 
manner approved by the Engineer and the pro- 
tection or protective measures shall be main- 
tained until final set has’ been obtained, as 
determined by the Engineer. 


133 


Payment for Concreting in Freezing Weather. 


(C76) All material, labor and equipment 
employed to prevent or to protect against 
freezing and to remove all protections and 
equipment thereafter, shall be furnished by 
the Contractor without extra charge for same 
and no additional payment will be made there- 
for. All concrete and mortar damaged by 
freezing shall be removed and replaced with 
new concrete or mortar by the Contractor, 
without charge for either removing such dam- 
aged concrete or mortar or for replacing same 
with new material. 


ANCHORS, CONDUITS, PIPES AND 
FIXTURES 


Pipes, Castings, Ladders, Etc. 


(C77) Pipes, slants, conduits, hangers, 
anchors, castings, frames, ladder irons and 
similar parts shall be furnished and placed 
in the concrete where shown on the plans or 
directed by the Engineer. They must be set 
and held in accurate line and elevation while 
the concrete is deposited and special care 
must be taken to make the concrete water- 
tight around them. 


If any of them are not properly or accurately 
located as directed by the Engineer they shall 
be removed and correctly placed without addi- 
tional cost therefor to the Sanitary District. 


If any of such parts are improperly or in- 
accurately placed they shall be removed with- 
out damage thereto and shall be correctly 
located and concrete placed around them, 


134 


without additional cost therefor to the Sani- 
tary District. 


Ladder irons shall be of double galvanized 
wrought iron formed as shown on the plans 
and placed in the faces of the concrete at the 
locations and in the manner shown on the 
plans. The Contractor shall receive for fur- 
nishing and placing such ladder irons shown on 
the plans or ordered by the Engineer the unit 
price per pound herein specified to be paid for 
structural steel under Item 10 hereof, for 
twice the actual finished weight of the ladder 
irons that are so furnished and placed in the 
concrete. 


Templates. 


(C78) Anchor bolts and similar parts to 
be set in the concrete shall be _ placed 
in substantial templates, which shall be 
braced and supported in proper position and 
‘elevation so that they cannot move during 
the placing of concrete around them. Such 
templates shall be furnished by the Contractor, 
shall be of rigid construction, accurately made 
and carefully checked for dimensions and lo- 
cation of holes in same, if possible by appli- 
cation to the structual steel, machinery, equip- 
ment or parts for which they are provided. 


In general, and wherever shown on the 
plans or directed by the Engineer, anchor 
bolts shall be set within pipes at their upper 
ends, so as to allow adjustment of position when 
the structural steel, machinery or equipment 
are placed upon them. 


135 


Checking Positions of Parts. 


(C79) Concrete shall not be placed around 
anchors, castings, iron frames or similar parts 
until their positions and clearings have been 
carefully checked by the Contractor. The 
positions shall also be similarly checked from 
time to time during the depositing of the con- 
erete and any displacement discovered shall 
be corrected by the Contractor in a manner 
approved by the Engineer without additional 
cost therefor to the Sanitary District. The 
pipes shall be plugged with cloth, waste or 
other material approved by the Engineer, to 
prevent the entrance of dirt or debris and they 
shall be fully cleaned out before filling with 
mortar. All such pipes shall be filled with 
mortar when so directed by the Engineer. 


Wall Anchors and Temporary Openings in 
Walls and Floors. 


(C80) All concrete walls which are to be 
faced with brick, as shown on the plans or 
ordered by the Engineer, shall have wall 
anchors inserted in the concrete for holding 
the brick facing. Such anchors shall be of 
No. 20 gauge crimped galvanized ingot iron 
of the quality specified for siphon linings 
in Section (C137) hereof, and shall be 134 
inches by 10 inches in size, set horizontally 
in the concrete wall so as_ to project 
four inches from its face and spaced 12 
inches centers horizontally and 1514 inches 
vertically. The cost of furnishing and placing 
such wall anchors shall be covered by the price 
specified for concrete in Item 4, Concrete and 
no additional payment shall be made therefor 
to the Contractor. 


136 


Holes or recesses shall be left in walls and 
floors wherever shown on the plans or ordered 
by the Engineer as necessary for any work to 
be performed under the contract. No addi- 
tional payment shall be made to the Contractor 
for providing such holes or openings or for 
filling same in a proper manner thereafter. 


Placing Materials and Parts Furnished by the 
Sanitary District. 


(C81) The Contractor shall place in the 
concrete work, at points and in positions di- 
rected by the Engineer, any additional ma- 
terial and parts furnished by the Sanitary 
District and ordered by the Engineer to be 
installed in the work. 


The Sanitary District, at its expense, will 
furnish such materials and parts and deliver 
same to the Contractor in the manner herein 
specified but the materials and parts shall be 
placed by the Contractor under and in accord- 
ance with the provisions of this contract. 


The Contractor shall inspect and make in- 
ventory of and accept and give receipts for 
all such materials and parts so delivered to 
him, shall set aside all defective or broken 
‘<S -pieees discovered by his inspection and shall 
notify the Engineer of same within 24 hours 
after such inspection. The Contractor shall 
be responsible for all materials or parts so 
delivered to him after they have passed his 
inspection as being sound and until they are 
accepted in the completed work. Any mate- 
rials or parts that have become damaged or 


137 


lost after such delivery to and inspection and 
acceptance of same by the Contractor, shall 
be replaced by him without additional charge 
therefor to the Sanitary District. 


Concreting at Night. 


(C82) Concrete work shall not be _ per- 
formed at night without the express permis- 
sion of the Engineer so to do and not unless 
proper provisions are made to well light the 
premises where materials are taken from stor- 
age, where concrete is mixed, conveyed and 
deposited and finishing work is performed and 
to provide for the safety of workmen, engi- 
neers and inspectors employed in performing 
and supervising the work, all to be subject to 
the approval of the Engineer. All such pro- 
visions for lighting and for safety of employees 
of the Contractor and of the Sanitary District 
shall be furnished by the Contractor without 
additional cost to the Sanitary District. 


FORMS 


General. 


(C83) Forms shall conform to the shape, 
lines and dimensions of the concrete as called 
for on the plans. Lumber used in forms for 
exposed surfaces shall be matched and dressed 
to a uniform thickness and shall be free from 
loose knots or other defects. Joints in forms 
shall be horizontal or vertical. Lumber once 
used in forms shall be free from warp and 
defects, shall have all nails withdrawn and all 
surfaces to be in contact with’ concrete thor- 
oughly cleaned and inspected and accepted 


138 


by the Engineer before being used again. 
Forms for backs of walls shall be dressed on 
one side and one edge to make close joints. 
(See Surface Finish, Sections C97 to C104, in- 
clusive.) 


Design. 


(C84) Forms shall be substantial and un- 
yielding and shall be of two (2) inch lumber, 
except for curved surfaces, and shall be sufh- 
ciently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. 
Forms shall be properly braced or tied to- 
gether so as to maintain position and shape. 
If adequate foundation for shores cannot be 
secured, trussed supports shall be provided. 


Workmanship. 


(C85) Bolts and rods shall preferably be 
used for internal ties; they shall be so ar- 
ranged that when the forms are removed no 
metal shall be within one inch of any sur- 
face and all openings left in the faces of the 
concrete shall be filled with mortar of the 
materials and mixture contained in the con- 
crete. Wire ties will be permitted only on 
light and unimportant work; they shall not 
be used through permanently exposed surfaces 
where discoloration would be objectionable. 
Forms shall be set to line and grade and so 
constructed and fastened as to produce true 
lines. Special care shall be used to watch for 
and prevent bulging; if it occurs the distorted 
surfaces shall be corrected by the Contractor 
as the Engineer shall direct without extra 
charge therefor to the Sanitary District. 


139 


Mouldings. 


(C86) Suitable mouldings or bevels shall 
be placed in the angles of forms to round or 
bevel the corners or edges of the concrete, 
unless otherwise shown on the plans or di- 
rected by the Engineer. 


Oiling Forms. 


(C87) The inside of forms shall be coated 
with non-staining paraffin or other mineral 
oil approved by the Engineer, or thoroughly 
wetted (except in freezing weather). Where 
greasy or oily material is used, it shall be 
applied before the reinforcement is placed. 


Inspection Openings in Forms. 


(C88) Temporary openings shall be pro- 
vided at the base of columns and wall forms 
and at other points where necessary to facili- 
tate cleaning and inspection immediately be- 
fore depositing concrete. 


Removal of Forms. 


(C89) Forms shall not be disturbed until 
the concrete has adequately hardened. Shoring 
shall not be removed from under concrete 
work in less than two weeks and not until 
the concrete has acquired sufficient strength 
to support safely its weight and the load upon 
it. Members subject to additional loads dur- 
ing construction shall be adequately shored 
to support both the member and construction 
loads in such manner as will protect the mem- 
ber from damage by the loads; this shoring 
shall not be removed until the member has 


140 


acquired sufficient strength to support safely 
its weight and the load upon it. In general, 
no forms shall be removed without the ap- 
proval of the Engineer therefor. 


JOINTS 


Joints—General. 


(C90) Joints not indicated on the plans 
shall be so designed and located as to least 
impair the strength and appearance of the 
structure and where approved by the Engi- 
neer. Surfaces of contact shall be cleaned, 
roughened and all laitance removed, and 
drenched and coated with cement paste or 
mortar immediately before the depositing of 
concrete is resumed. The fresh concrete ad- 
joining the joints shall contain an excess of 
mortar. Where additional resistance to shear 
is required mortices or keys shall be formed 
in the concrete in such a manner as to key 
with the adjoining concrete. 


Horizontal Joints. 


(C91) At horizontal construction joints, 
all excess water shall be removed from the 
surface forming the joint after depositing the 
concrete. After the concrete has stiffened, the 
entire top surface shall be brushed or scraped 
wherever practicable, in order to remove all 
laitance and loose or unsound material. Keys 
shall be formed in the surface in a manner 
approved by the Engineer. The surfaces shall 
be drenched and coated with cement paste or 
mortar, when concreting is resumed. 


141 , 


Joints in Columns and Walls. 


(C92). Joints in columns shall be made at 
the bottom of the connecting beams or girders 
and in walls at the under side of the floor 
slabs. At least two hours must elapse after 
depositing concrete in the columns and walls 
before depositing concrete in the connecting 
beams, girders or floor slabs. 


Joints in Floors. 


(C93) Floor slabs, beams and girders shall 
be constructed integral with each other and 
with as few construction joints as is prac- 
ticable. Where construction joints are nec- 
essary they shall be located near the middle 
of the span of slabs, beams or girders unless 
a beam intersects a girder at this point in 
which case the joint in the girder shall be 
set over a distance equal to twice the width 
of the beam. Adequate provision shall be 
made for the shear at joints by the use of 
inclined reinforcement. 


Vertical Construction Joints. 


(C94) Vertical construction joints in walls 
and sewer and channel inverts and elsewhere, 
shall be formed at the ends of working sec- 
tions or units by tight bulkheads located sub- 
ject to the approval of the Engineer. Mortice 
keys shall be placed thereon where there is 
sufficient thickness, or dowel bars of sufficient 
length to develop the strength of the dowel 
on each side of the joint. If directed by the 
Engineer, dowel bars shall be used with the 
keys. No vertical joint shall exceed four (4) 
feet in height, unless expressly permitted by 


142 


the Engineer, and the vertical joints between 
successive horizontal joints shall offset at 
least three (3) feet Where practicable. 


Expansion Joints. 


(C95) Expansion joints shall be formed 
in walls and floors wherever shown on the 
plans or ordered by the Engineer. They shall 
be so constructed that the expansion move- 
ment may occur with minimum resistance at 
the joints. No reinforcement shall extend 
across the joints and the break between the 
two sections shall be completed. Exposed 
edges of the joints shall be rounded and the 
expansion opening in horizontal joints filled 
with approved elastic joint filler unless other- 
wise shown on the plans or ordered by the 
Engineer. Vertical expansion joints shall be 
provided with metal sliding plates designed 
and placed as shown on the plans or ap- 
proved by the Engineer. 


The seats of sliding joints shall be finished 
to a smooth surface and allowed to harden. 
Two thicknesses of tarred felt shall be placed 
on the seats before depositing the super- 
imposed concrete. 


Watertight Joints. 


(C96) Where watertight. joints are re- 
quired, continuous keys shall be used in the 
joint surfaces, or metal water stops where the 
section is too thin for keys. The joint sur- 
faces shall be cleaned thoroughly, drenched 
and covered with a substantial coating of ce- 
ment paste or mortar immediately before 
concrete is placed against them. The suc- 


143 


ceeding concrete shall be so placed that there 
will be an excess of mortar against the entire 
surfaces of the joints. The joints shall have 
an additional reinforcement of dowels as here- 
inbefore specified, wherever so ordered by the 
Engineer. 


SURFACE FINISH . 


General Requirements for Concrete Finish. 


(C97) The whole of a showing face be- 
tween construction joints approved by the 
Engineer shall be cast in one continuous opera- 
tion. Construction joints shall be made as 
herein specified or directed by the Engineer, 
and shall be true to line with sharp unbroken 
edges. 


The same brand of cement and the same 
kind of aggregate shall be used throughout 
the whole of any showing face. 


Forms for Showing Faces. 


(C98) For showing faces the forms shall 
be smooth and watertight. If wood is used, 
the boards shall be planed, grooved and 
tongued, evenly matched and tightly placed. 
They shall be so constructed as to be remova- 
ble in sections by unscrewing or otherwise 
loosening them without hammering or prying 
against the face. Offsets in the form facing 
that may occur that are not shown on the 
plans, shall be smoothly dressed and open- 
ings pointed flush with plaster of Paris, or 
stopped with other approved material or de- 
vice in order to prevent leakage or the forma- 


144 


tion of fins or irregularities. The surfaces 
shall receive the approval of the Engineer be- 
fore concrete or mortar is placed against 
same. (See Forms.) 


Placing Concrete in Showing Faces. 


(C99) Concrete that is to have a showing 
face, whether any particular finish is called 
for or not, shall be mixed, placed and worked 
as may be necessary to secure a mortar face 
free from void spaces and of uniform texture. 


At all permanently exposed surfaces of 
concrete the coarse aggregate shall be worked 
back from the forms with suitable tools, so 
as to bring a full surface of mortar against 
the forms, care being taken to prevent the 
formation of voids and air-pockets. Where 
full spading, rodding or working of concrete 
of the surface is impracticable, the forms shall 
be jarred at intervals so as to obtain the speci- 
fied results. Surfaces not exposed shall be 
worked sufficiently to obtain sound concrete 
faces free from void spaces and lean streaks. 
The bottoms of forms for beams, girders and 
floor slabs shall be coated with mortar at 
least one-quarter (14,) inch thick or of suffi- 
cient greater thickness to insure a full mortar 
surface, before concrete is placed therein. 


Finishing Surfaces of Concrete. 


(C100) Face forms shall be removed as 
soon as practicable and permitted by the Engi- 
neer, in order to facilitate effective repair of 
voids. or broken corners before the surface 
has dried. Care. shall be taken to avoid 


145 


roughening or injuring corners and to keep 
edges sharp. 


As soon as the face forms are removed all 
fins and projections shall be carefully re- 
moved, and offsets smoothed and any voids 
or damaged places shall be immediately sat- 
urated with water and filled with a mixture 
of the same composition as that used in the 
surface, and brought even with the surface 
by means of a wooden spatula or float. A 
steel trowel shall not be used to finish the 
surface. The face shall be finished free from 
streaks, discoloration, or other imperfections. 
Plastering will not be permitted. — 


Wherever surfaces of concrete are repaired 
or finished as specified in the preceding para- 
graph hereof or whenever forms are removed 
from showing faces before the concrete has 
become hard and dry, the surface of the con- 
crete shall be wetted as soon as possible and 
kept wet for at least three (3) days. 


Character of Finish. 


(C101) Perfectly smooth, fully ground 
faces of concrete are not required under this 
contract but rough and uneven surfaces of 
concrete, otherwise sound, shall be smoothed 
where, in a manner and to an extent directed 
the Engineer, sufficiently to produce a finish 
equal to the best that is obtained in commer- 
cial buildings of like construction, as deter- 
mined by the Engineer. 


Sewage Chambers, Channels and Conduits. 


(C102) . The inverts of all sewers, sewage 


146 


conduits, intake and discharge channels and ‘ 
suction chambers shall be finished with excess 
mortar placed on the fresh concrete and 
screened and troweled to smooth, true uni- 
form surfaces at accurate grade and cross- 
section. Other surfaces shall be finished after 
removal of forms in the manner hereinbefore 
specified for surfaces of concrete. Form lum- 
ber shall be placed parallel with the direction 
of flow of sewage in the sewers, channels and 
suction chambers where practicable so that 
form lines will run parallel with the flow of 
the sewage. 

The inverts shall be protected throughout 
the entire progress of the work under this 
contract and all sewers, sewage conduits, in- 
take and discharge channels and suction cham- 
pers shall be maintained free of water as 
herein specified and shall be cleaned and put 
in good condition before final acceptance of 
the work. 


Top Surfaces of Concrete Not Subject to 
Wear. 


(C108) Top surfaces of concrete not sub- 
ject to wear and not otherwise specified here- 
in shall be tamped to flush mortar to the sur- 
face and shall be troweled to smooth, true 
surface with no coarse aggregate showing 
therein. They shall be kept moist there- 
after for at least seven (7) days as specified. 
Care shall be taken to avoid an excess of wa- 
ter in the concrete, and to drain or otherwise 
promptly remove any water that comes to the 
suriace. Dry cement, or a dry mixture of ce- 
ment and sand, shall not be sprinkled directly 
on the surface to absorb excess of water. 

Top surfaces of concrete at construction 


147 


joints, or upon which other concrete will be 
placed (except at sliding joints), shall be 
left in a rough condition, free from laitance, 
as herein specified. 


Payment for Finish for Concrete. 


(C104) The cost of producing the specified 
finish on concrete surfaces as hereinbefore 
specified, including all materials, tools, equip- 
ment and labor required or used therefor, 
shall be covered by the unit price per cubic 
yard herein specified to be paid for Concrete 
in Item 4 hereof and. no additional payment 
for any such finish shall be made to the Con- 
tractor. 


WEARING SURFACES 


One Course Floor Finish. 


(C105) The concrete in the floors shown 
with a “Sidewalk” finish on the plans, or so 
ordered by the Engineer, shall contain an ex- 
cess of mortar on the surface produced by 
tamping or by the addition of mortar thereon 
when the concrete is placed. To avoid excess 
of water rising to the surface the concrete 
shall be mixed with the least amount of wa- 
ter that will produce sound concrete free from 
voids. Any excess water shall be removed 
but dry cement shall not be used to absorb 
the water. The surface shall be tamped and 
screeded to a true, even plane surface at the 
correct elevations and smoothed with a 
wooden fioat and troweled to a dense, smooth 
finish thereon. All such work shall be done 
while the concrete is in a plastic or work- 


148 


able condition and no concrete or mortar shall 
be added after the base concrete has hard- 
ened. The surface shall be protected and 
kept damp for at least seven (7) days after 
finishing. 


Payment for One Course Floor Finish. 


(C106) The cost of forming one course 
floor finish, as specified, on floors where shown 
on the plans or ordered by the Engineer, in- 
cluding all materials, tools, equipment and 
labor required or used therefor, shall be cov- 
ered by the unit price per cubic yard herein 
specified for Concrete in Item 4 hereof and no 
additional payment shall be made to the Con- 
tractor for making such one course floor finish. 


Where so shown on the plans the floors are 
to receive a granolithic wearing surface finish 
which shall be furnished, applied and paid 
for as hereinafter specified under Item 5, 
Granolithic Surface. 


Waterproofing Concrete. 


(C107) If ordered by the Engineer the 
floor and lower portions of the walls of the 
air. washing chamber, or elsewhere, shall 
be waterproofed by the use of additional 
cement placed in the concrete when mixing, 
as. directed by the Engineer. The Contractor 
shall receive for furnishing and using such 
additional cement as specified the sum of One 
Dollar ($1.00) per 94 pound bag of cement 
so furnished and used and‘ no other additional 
payment shall be made to the Contractor for 
such waterproofing of concrete. 


149 
DEFECTIVE AND DAMAGED WORK 


Defective Work. 


(C108) It is an express condition of this 
contract that if any concrete in the work is 
found defective in quality of materials or in 
the mixing or the placing of same in the work 
or due to any other cause, so that it is 
structually unsound as determined by the 
Engineer, it shall be cut out and removed by 
the Contractor together with such adjacent 
sound concrete as the Engineer may determine 
is necessary in order to obtain a safe and 
structurally sound structure. Such concrete so 
removed shall be replaced with new concrete 
of the quality herein specified, which shall be 
deposited and compacted and joined to the 
remainder of the concrete in a manner directed 
by the Engineer. 


All deviations from the lines, grades, cross- 
sections and details shown on the plans or 
ordered by the Engineer, shall be similarly 
corrected by the Contractor in a manner di- 
rected or approved by the Engineer. 


No payment shall be made to the Contractor 
for cutting out or removing defective con- 
crete or correcting defective work as herein 
specified or for furnishing and placing new 
concrete where concrete is removed for the 
purposes herein specified. 


Damaged Work. 


(C109) Before final acceptance of the 
work, all defective concrete work and all dam- 
aged surfaces and corners of concrete and 


150 


concrete finish, whether such damage shall 
have resulted from the action of the elements 
or from injury from any cause whatsoever, 
shall be neatly repaired in the manner speci- 
fied for pointing and finishing, without extra 
charge therefor to the Sanitary District. 


Measurements. 


(C110) In estimating the amount of con- 
crete for which the Contractor shall be paid, 
only the actual volume of same within the 
lines and grades shown on the plans or other- 
wise established by the Engineer, shall be 
measured and estimated. No payment shall 
be made for concrete used for backfilling 
spaces that the Contractor has improperly ex- 
cavated below or outside of such lines and 
grades or for other concrete that is specified 
to be furnished and placed without charge 
therefor. 


No extra or customary measurements of any 
kind other than the actual net volumes as 
hereinbefore specified, will be allowed or con- 
sidered in measuring or estimating the amount 
of concrete for which the Contractor shall re- 
ceive payment. 


Payment. 


(C111) Payment for concrete will be made 
to the Contractor at the unit price per 
cubic yard, place measurement specified in 
Item 4, Concrete, hereof. Such unit price 
shall cover the cost of all materials, tools, 
equipment and labor required for furnishing, 


151 


placing, supporting and removing all forms, 
placing and compacting the concrete, finish- 
ing all concrete surfaces (except granolothic 
finish), all dressing, grinding and repairing of 
concrete surfaces, protecting concrete against 
sun, rain and freezing, placing in the con- 
crete all anchors, castings, frames, fixtures and 
other parts furnished by the Contractor, and 
all other materials or work herein specified 
under Item 4, Concrete. No payment will be 
made under Item 4 for concrete or mortar 
specified under any of Items 12 to 39, inclusive, 
for work under such items, or for concrete 
used as backfilling. 


ITEM 5, GRANOLITHIC SURFACE. 
Construction of Granolithic Surface. 


(C112) Where a granolithic finish on 
surfaces of concrete floor in the Pump and 
Blower House is called for on the plans 
or is ordered by the Engineer such surfaces 
shall receive a finishing coat not less than one 
and one-half (114) inches thick of a mortar 
mixture consisting of one (1) volume of the 
specified cement, one (1) volume of the speci- 
fied fine aggregate and one (1) volume of 
crushed granite or trap rock screenings. 


The crushed granite or trap rock screen- 
ings shall be free from impurities, of a qual- 
ity approved by the Engineer, and shall be 
well graded from fine to coarse particles and 
of such sizes that 100-per cent will pass a 
No. 4 mesh sieve and not to exceed 10 per 
cent will pass a No. 20 mesh sieve. 


The granolithic wearing course shall be 
placed on the base within one-half hour after 


152 


the concrete in the base has been deposited. 
All excess water shall have been first re- 
moved from the base course without the addi- 
tion of dry material thereto and the minimum 
amount of mixing water required for proper 
workability shall be used in the wearing 
course. The wearing course shall be screeded 
to a true even plane surface, smoothed with 
wooden floats and trowelled to a hard finish 
without the addition of dry cement on the sur- 
face. The finished surfaces shall be protected 
and kept moist for at least seven (7) days 
after completion. 


Deferred Application of Surface. 


(C118) If for any reason the application of 
any of the granolithic wearing course is to be de-. 
ferred by permission of the Engineer, adjoining 
locations where equipment is to be placed 
under other items of the work hereunder, all 
excess water shall be removed from the surface’ 
of the freshly placed concrete in the base, 
without the use of any dry material for this 
purpose, and when the concrete has stiffened 
‘the entire top surface upon which the wear- 
ing course is not applied, shall be brushed to 
remove all laitance. Immediately before the 
remaining granolithic course is applied the top 
of the concrete base shall be cleaned and 
roughened sufficiently to obtain an entire new 
top surface and shall be well coated all over 
with neat cement paste. 


Payment. 


(C114) For placing granolithic wearing 
surface on floors as specified, the Contractor 


153 


shall receive only the unit price per square 
foot of area of same herein specified in Item 
5, Granolithic Surface. Such unit price shall 
cover all material, tools, equipment and labor 
necessary or employed in completing such 
granolithic wearing course as specified, either 
on the fresh concrete base or on the hardened 
base, and no additional payment shall be made 
therefor either as concrete or on account of 
additional customary measurements of same, 
or for areas of openings or areas occupied by 
columns, machinery bases or other construc- 
tion, having each an area of more than four 
(4) square feet. 


ITEM 6, REINFORCING STEEL 


Material and Work Included. 


(C115) Under Item 6, Reinforcing Steel, 
shall be included all reinforcing bars shown 
on the plans, or ordered by the Engineer and 
placed in the work under this contract, ex- 
cept such reinforcement as is hereinafter speci- 
fied to be furnished, placed and paid for under 
the lump sum or unit prices specified for the 
work under other items of this contract. 


Quality. 


(C116) Metal reinforcement, except wire 
mesh shall be deformed (not twisted) new 
open hearth billet steel bars and shall meet 
requirements of the “Standard Specifications 
for Billet Steel Concrete Reinforcement Bars, 
Serial Designation A15-14,” of the American 
Society for Testing Materials, and shall be of 


154 


“Intermediate Grade.” No rerolled or high 
carbon steel will under any circumstance be 
permitted in the work. 


Reinforcing bars shall conform to the areas 
and equivalent sizes shown in Table 3. | 
TABLE 3—Sizes and Minimum Areas of Re- 


inforcing Bars: 


Minimum Cross-section 
area, in sq. inches 


Size of Bar Round Square 
in inches Bar Bar 
LR OREM SS ee eh Kit Ty 0.049 00. ee 
Oa oak kcal VL Aa fk Mea ae Q.120 yn cee 
DG Aude teehee ste bac eeceat Semen ee 0.196 0.250 
ig cs ca tan Ub of ana an 0.380%. 3) i Aaa 
CRRA Redan aati ae ai 0.4420 eee 
PN icin BAD ee 0.6015) 4 eae 
LON acre cesta cbshg eased ten egnetmeue eee mee 0.785 1.000 
BM ies cas ss las cote lea mate eh aera en 1.265 
TA Lean ep ce: UL M88 fi ia NO 1.562 


Deformed Bars. 


(C117) An approved deformed bar shall 
be one that will develop a bond at least 25% 
greater than that of a plain round bar of 
equivalent minimum cross-sectional area. The 
areas of deformed bars shall be determined 
by the minimum cross-section thereof. The 
type of bars used shall be subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. 


Structural Shapes. 


(C118) Structural steel shapes used for re- 
inforcement shall conform to the requirements 
of the “Standard Specifications for Structural 
Steel for Bridges, Serial Designation: A‘7-24” 
of the American Society for Testing Materials. 


Wire. 


(C119) Wire and wire mesh for concrete 
reinforcement shall conform to the require- 
ments of the “‘Tentative Specifications for Cold- 
Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement, 
Serial Designation: A82-21T” of the Ameri- 
can Society for Testing Materials. 


Inspection. 


(C120) Reinforcing steel will be inspected 
by the Sanitary District at the mills at 
which it is rolled and the Contractor shall fur- 
nish, free of charge, the use of a testing ma- 
chine capable of properly testing the prepared 
specimens. Specimens for testing of material, 
and also the necessary labor at the mill, shall 
be furnished without charge when called for 
by the Engineer or his authorized representa- 
tive, either of whom shall have full power 
to reject all material which does not conform 
to the specifications. All tests shall be made 
on the finished bars as furnished for the work 
under this contract, and at least one tensile 
and one bending test shall be made from each 
melt of steel from which bars are furnished 
for this work, or each lot of ten (10) tons 
or less of bars. 


156 


All test specimens shall fairly represent the 
material to be tested and shall not in any way 
‘ be worked on to alter the quality before test- 
ing. 


Details of Reinforcement. 


(C121) The plans of the work hereunder 
submitted to bidders show the reinforcing steel 
in a general way, sufficient in detail to indi- 
cate its character as to location, sizes, lengths 
and bending of the bars. The Sanitary District 
will show on the plans the necessary details 
of the reinforcing steel before it is ordered by 
the Contractor. The quantity of reinforcing 
steel shown in the schedule of quantities in 
“Requirements for Bidding and Instructions 
to Bidders” hereto attached, is approximate 
only and is to be used solely for the purpose of 
comparison of proposals on the work here- 
under, as specified in Article 4 of the GEN- 
ERAL CONDITIONS of this contract. 


Additional Reinforcing Steel. 


(C122) The Contractor shall furnish re- 
inforcing bars not shown on the plans, of such 
sizes and lengths and for such locations that the 
Kngineer shall order. He shall also furnish a 
reasonable number of dowel bars that the Con- 
tractor shall consider necessary and the Engi- 
neer Shall order, for use in construction joints 
in concrete work, or shall otherwise cut such 
dowel bars from reinforcement bars on hand 
without extra charge for cutting or waste or 
for extra cost of replacing bars so cut into 
shorter lengths. 


157 


Storage and Protection. 


(C123) All reinforcing steel shall be 
protected from the weather after delivery to 
prevent as far as possible the formation of rust 
thereon and shall be sorted and stored on 
racks or other supports in such manner that 
they will not be bent or kinked in storage and 
will remain clean and so that the sizes and 
lengths of the various pieces can be readily 
measured by the Engineer. 


Bending. 


(C124) Reinforcement shall be carefully 
formed to the dimensions indicated on the 
plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, 
cold bends shall be made around a pin hav- 
ing a diameter of four (4) times the least 
dimension of the reinforcement bars for steel 
of structural grade, if used by permission of 
the Engineer, and eight (8) times that for 
steel of the intermediate grade herein speci- 
fied. 


Straightening. 


(C125) Reinforcing steel shall not be 
bent or straightened in a manner that will 
injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends 
not shown on the plans shall not be used. Heat- 
ing of reinforcement will be permitted only 
when the entire operation is approved by the 
Engineer. | 


Cleaning. 


(C126) Reinforcing steel, before being 
positioned, shall be thoroughly cleaned of mill 


158 


and rust scale and of dirt and coatings that 
will destroy or reduce the bond between the 
steel and the concrete. Reinforcement not 
properly cleaned as specified or that is ap- 
preciably deficient in minimum sectional area, 
shall be rejected. Where there is delay in de- 
positing concrete, reinforcement shall be re- 
inspected and reset if not in proper position, 
and shall be cleaned where necessary as 
specified. 


Placing. 


(C127) Reinforcing steel shall be accurately 
positioned, and secured against displacement 
by using annealed iron wire not smaller than 
No. 18 gauge, or suitable clips at all inter- 
sections, and shall be supported by concrete or 
metal chairs or spacers or metal hangers. 
Neither brick, stone or wooden chairs shall be 
used as a substitute for metal chairs or spacers 
and concrete chairs shall be used only where 
approved by the Engineer. The minimum clear 
distance between parallel bars shall be as 
shown on the plans and in any case shall be at 
least one and one-half (114) times the 
diameter of round bars or one and one-half 
(1144) times the diagonal of square bars. In 
no case shall the spacing between bars be less 
than 1 inch nor less than one and one-quarter 
(1144,) times the maximum size of the coarse 
aggregate. Bars parallel to the face of any 
member shall be embedded a clear distance of 
not less than one (1) diameter from the face 
and at a greater clear distance from the face 
wherever hereinafter specified or shown on 
the plans. 


159 


The position and support of all reinforcing 
steel shall be checked carefully before any 
concrete is deposited around it and concreting 
shall not be commenced until the Engineer 
shall have satisfied himself that it is properly 
positioned and securely supported, and shall 
authorize the depositing of concrete to be com- 
menced. The position of the reinforcing steel 
shall be watched carefully and checked from 
time to time as the concrete is placed and all 
displacements corrected subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. 


Splicing. 


(C128) In slabs, beams and girders, splices 
of reinforcement shall be made at points 
shown on the plans unless otherwise approved 
or directed by the Engineer and shall provide 
sufficient Tap to transfer the stress between 
bars by bond and shear as determined by the 
Engineer. All splices shall be wired with the 
specified wire to prevent slip or separation. 


Offsets in Reinforcement of Compression 
Members. 


(C129) Where changes in the cross-sec- 
tion of a compression member occur, the 
longitudinal reinforcement bars, unless other- 
wise shown on the plans, shall be sloped for 
the full length of the member, or offset in a 
region where lateral support is afforded. 
Where offset, the slope of the inclined portion 
from the axis of the member shall not be more 
than 1 in 6. 


160 


Future Bonding. 


(C180) Exposed reinforcement bars in- 
tended for bonding with later concrete work or 
future extensions, shall be protected from cor- 
rosion in an effective manner approved by the 
Engineer. 


Moisture Protection. 


(C181) Reinforcing steel in footings of 
walls and columns and reinforcement in sew- 
ers, sewage conduits, channels and other simi- 
lar concrete construction exposed to water or 
wet material, shall have a minimum covering 
of three (3) inches of concrete unless other- 
wise shown on the plans. 


In columns and beams, not directly exposed 
to moisture, there shall be not less than one 
and one-half (114) inches of concrete outside 
of the bars and in floor slabs, interior walls 
and other construction not exposed to moisture 
or wet materials, there shall be a thickness 
of not less than the diameter of the bar 
and not less than three-quarter (34) inch, 
of concrete outside of the bars or encased steel, 
unless otherwise shown on the plans. 


Measurement. 


(C1382) Estimates of the weight of rein- 
forcing steel for which the Contractor shall 
receive payment under Item 6, Reinforcing 
Steel, shall be based upon the weights per 
lineal foot, of the various sizes of bars that 
are shown in table 4 in this section (C132) and > 
upon the measured lengths of the bars fur- 


161 


nished and placed in the work as shown on the 
detail plans or otherwise ordered by the En- 
gineer. 


Table 4—Weights per Lineal Foot of Rein- 
forcement Bars. 


Weight in Pounds 
per Lineal Foot of 


Bar. 

Size of Bar Round Square 
in Inches Bars Bar 
LAL aaa Starat ee Aas ee at ORM UL PRR etianr eg 
Bream Nay cide SEs Sel ch mph ray ee BAU OasS any ils: 
10 pi ab ie Mi ce EO ag 0.67 0.85 
OT IS COS MLMeT aE or Pe Ra LAO OE Tet nee 
SPINE UM ROO EY DUN IIER, SMe Oe Us Teenie dss 
Pete a he gen aN Mas Ai Vani aces PAN MS abe yy gL 

PDT GV tA icad eae inn Sh vasvades biseasens 2.67 3.40 

MT eco ssh fe veki ye stole tp el acts tee 4.31 

emir ert Lae ts hos cl Sonciea ie yids 5.32 


Estimates of the weight of wire mesh for 
which the Contractor shall receive payment 
shall be based upon the unit weight of the wire 
mesh used and the measured sizes of the sheets 
of same placed in the work, as shown on the 
plans or directed by the Engineer. 


No extra or customary measurements of 
lengths or weights of reinforcement bars or 
wire mesh shall be considered to the lengths 


162 


and weights determined by the Engineer in 
the manner hereinabove specified in fhis sec- 
tion. 


All measurements and _ calculations of 
weights of reinforcement bars and wire mesh 
shall be made by the Engineer and the Engi- 
neer’s determination of the weights and quan- 
tities of reinforcement bars and wire mesh 
for which the Contractor shall receive pay- 
ment, shall be final and conclusive. 


Payment. 


(C1383) The Contractor shall receive pay- 
ment for reinforcement bars and wire mesh 
ordered by the Engineer and furnished and 
used in the work at the unit price per pound 
specified in Item 6, Reinforcing Steel. Such 
‘price shall cover all cost of furnishing, cutting, 
bending, storing, placing, supporting, cleaning 
and protecting reinforcement bars and wire 
mesh and all cost of all other work thereon 
as specified. 


No payment shall be made for any wire, 
clips, spacers or other fastenings or supports 
used for supporting, securing, spacing or splic- 
ing reinforcement bars or wire mesh, or for 
wire, bars, rods, bolts, spikes, nails or other 
metal used in constructing, supporting, tying 
or anchoring forms for concrete or used in 
falsework, staying, shoring or other temporary 
supports or work of the Contractor. Structural 
Steel shapes or fabricated structural steel if 
used for concrete reinforcement shall be paid 
for at the unit price per pound specified in 
Item .10, Structural’ Steel for Superstructure. 


163 


Payment for Reinforcing Steel Not Used. 


' (C134) Reinforcement bars and wire mesh 
ordered by the Engineer and furnished by the 
Contractor but not used in the work and re- 
maining on hand in the possession of the Con- 
tractor after completion of all work under this 
contract, shall not be paid for under Item 6, 
Reinforcing Steel. For such reinforcement bars 
and wire mesh that are ordered by the Engi- 
neer and furnished by the Contractor, but with 
the Engineer’s approval or by his order, and 
not used in the work, the Contractor shall re- 
ceive the actual cost of furnishing and deliver- 
ing same at the work, as determined in the 
manner specified in the extra work clause of 
this contract, less the estimated value of same 
where stored by the Contractor. Such costs 
and values of such reinforcement bars and 
wire mesh shall be as determined by the Engi- 
neer.’ No payment shall be made to the Con- 
tractor for reinforcement bars and wire mesh 
left on hand that were not shown on the plans 
or ordered by the Engineer or for’ any rein- 
forcement bars or wire mesh that were shown 
on the plans or ordered by the Engineer but 
were omitted from the work without the order, 
consent or approval of the Engineer. 


ITEM 7. SIPHON LININGS. 


Work Included. 


* (C185) Under Item 7, Siphon Linings, the 
Contractor shall furnish and install: complete 
as. specified all the work shown on Sheets 
C53, C54, C55 and C56 of the substructure 
plans and specified hereinunder, for the lining 


164 


of the two (2) siphons to be constructed in the 
substructure at the south-westerly corner of 
the building. 


Installation. 


(C136) The siphon linings shall be accu- 
rately and firmly held in place until the sur- 
rounding concrete has hardened, as determined 
by the Engineer, whereupon all supports shall 
be removed by the Contractor. 


Ingot Iron. 


(C137) All of the material shown on Sec- 
tion E of the plans of the lining and all of 
the plates and rivets-heads forming or showing 
on the interior surface of the siphon shall be 
composed of “‘Armco Ingot Iron” or other ingot 
iron approved by the Engineer as equal there- 
to in purity and quality. The ingot iron shall 
contain ninety-nine and eighty-four hundredths 
per cent (99.84%) of pure iron. All other 
elements, gasses or other impurities of any 
kind contained in the ingot iron shall be in- 
cluded in the remaining sixteen hundredths 
per cent (0.16%) allowed for impurities, re- 
gardless of any “‘Custom in the Trade” or so- 
called ‘“‘accepted practice.”’ 


Structural Steel. 


(C188) The structural steel and the fab- 
rication of same shall conform in every respect 
with the requirements specified for this ma- 
terial and work under Item 10, Structural Steel 
for Superstructure, of this contract. 


165 


Cast Iron. 


(C139) The cast iron in the Siphon Linings 
shall conform in every respect to the require- 
ments of “Standard Specifications for Gray 
Iron Castings, Serial Designation A48-18” of 
the American Society for Testing Materials. 


Payment. 


(C140) Payment for the work of furnish- 
ing, delivering and installing the Siphon Lin- 
ings, complete in place for the two siphons, 
including the ingot iron, structural steel, 
bolts and nuts, cast iron, and other parts 
as shown on the plans and as specified, will be 
made by the Sanitary District to the Contractor 
in the amount of the lumip sum hereinafter 
specified for Item 7, Siphon Linings. This 
amount so paid shall cover the cost of furnish- 
ing all labor, materials, tools, plant and ap- 
purtenances necessary to perform the work 
specified under Item 7, Siphon Linings except 
the concrete around the linings, which shall 
be paid for under Item 4, Concrete. 


ITEM 8 SIDEWALK LIGHTS. 


Work Included. 


(C141) Under Item 8, Sidewalk Lights, the 
Contractor shall furnish and install complete, 
as specified, the removable slab sidewalk lights 
called for on the plans, in front of the south- 
east corner of the building. 


Materials. 

(Ci42) The portland cement used shall be 
a reground cement of such fineness that 
ninety-five (95) per cent will pass through a 


166 


two hundred (200) mesh screen and that will 
in every other respect conform to the “Stan- 
dard Specifications for Portland Cement, Serial 
Designation C9-21” of the American Society 
for Testing Materials. 


Glass lenses in sidewalk lights shall be of 
the best grade for the purpose and such that 
the Engineer shall determine is not inferior to 
the glass in lenses manufactured for this pur- 
pose by Jeanette Glass Company of Jeanette, 
Pennsylvania or by L. E. Smith Glass Com- 
pany of Greenburg and Mount Pleasant, Penn- 
sylvania. The glass shall not turn pink or 
purple under exposure to the elements and 
each individual lens shall be tested under the 
‘polariscope and only perfect pieces, free from 
internal stress and strain, shall be used. 


The. reinforcement steel shall meet the re- 
quirements of the “Standard Specifications for 
Billet Steel Concrete Reinforcement Bars, 
Serial Designation A15-14” of the American 
Society for Testing Materials. 


The cast iron shields for the glass lenses 
shall be of a good grade of cast iron most 
suitable. for the purpose for which they are 
used and shall be free of defects and true to 
diniensions. 


Dimensions. 


(C148) The slabs shall be at least two and 
one-half (214) inches thick and of the lateral 
dimensions necessary to accurately fit the 
openings shown on the plans, with proper 
space for calking compound. 


167 


The glass used shall be three and one-half 
(3144) inch square plain lens glass set in 
four (4) inch square cast iron shields, spaced 
not over 5 inches centers, each way, and sur- 
rounded by an approved elastic cement be- 
tween the glass and the castings. The con- 
crete shall be made of the specified reground 
cement with selected aggregate of fine granite 
screenings and clean sharp torpedo sand and 
shall be reinforced with twisted or deformed 
reinforcement bars or with I bars and re- 
inforcement bars, sufficiently to carry a load 
of 300 pounds per square foot of top surface, 
without excessive deflection or injury to the 
slabs, and the slabs when tested to destruction, 
shall be able to carry four times this specified 
load before failure. 


Setting. 


(C144) The slabs shall be set in place on 
a bed of cement mortar by the Contractor. 
All joints shall be caulked with fine oakum 
and filled with an approved asphaltic com- 
pound in such manner as to make the work ab- 
solutely water-tight. The Contractor shall fur- 
nish a written guarantee of the manufacturer 
to furnish all new lenses required to replace all 
lenses that may crack or fail within five (5) 
years after the sidewalk slabs have been 
placed in the work. 


Payment. 


(C145) The Contractor shall receive for 
sidewalk lights the unit price specified in Item 
8, Sidewalk Lights, per square foot of top 
surface of slabs furnished and placed in the 


168 


work as specified. Only the actual area of the 
top surface of the slabs will be measured for 
payment. 


The unit price specified to be paid per 
square foot for Item 8, Sidewalk Lights, 
shall cover the cost of furnishing, placing and 
calking the sidewalk lights complete, as speci- 
fied, and the furnishing of all labor, materials 
tools, plant and appurtenances necessary in the 
performance of the work under this item, and 
the delivery to the Sanitary District of the 
specified guarantee of the Manufacturer. 


ITEM 9. CHANNEL GATES. 


Description. 


(C146) For the purpose of blocking of the 
discharge channels at their outlets at the south- 
west corner of the Pump and Blower House, 
provision is made for placing gates to slide 
up and down in grooves constructed in the 
concrete at the outlet ends of the channels. 


Two (2) channel gates shall be furnished 
by the Contractor, constructed of horizontal I 
beams with closely fitting timbers between 
them, making alternate timbers and I beams, 
the whole to be bolted together and provided 
with lifting eye-bolts, as shown on the plans 
and hereinafter specified. 


Timber. 


(C147) The timber to be used in channel 
gates shall be ‘‘Dense Southern Yellow Pine’’ 
as defined in “Standard Definitions of Terms 


169 


Relating to Structural Timber, Serial Designa- 
tion D 9-15” given in A. S. T. M. Standards of 
the American Society for Testing Materials. 
Timbers shall be of the grade known as ‘‘Select 
Structural Material’ adopted by the Southern 
Pine Association and printed in its latest 
“Southern Pine Manual” and restrictions for 
knots and other defects shall be as specified 
therein for beams. It shall be surfaced on 
all sides. 


Structural Steel. 


(C148) ThelI beams, bolts, nuts, washers and 
other steel shall conform to ‘“‘Standard Specifi- 
cations for Structural Steel for Bridges, Serial 
Designation A 7-24” of the American Society 
for Testing Materials and shall be of “Struc- 
tural Steel” grade. 


Workmanship. 


(C149) The timbers shall be accurately 
framed to fit the I beams so that when the bolts 
through them are tightened the gates shall be 
straight and free from warp and water tight. 
The framing and finish shall be workmanlike, 
the ends straight and smooth and the bearing 
edges shall be full and continuous and closely 
fit the bearing surface of the grooves. 


All contact surfaces of timber and steel and 
all other surfaces inaccessible after assembling, 
shall be thickly coated with red lead paste of 
the quality herein specified for painting struc- 
tural steel, when the parts are assembled for 
finally bolting together. 


Painting. 


(C150) Contact surfaces shall be coated 
with red lead paste before finally assembling as 
hereinbefore specified. After the gates are as- 
sembled and completed and their construction, 
workmanship and finish inspected and ap- 
proved by the Engineer the entire surfaces of 
the gates shall receive three (8) coats of the 
red lead paint herein specified for shop coat on 
structural steel. The paint used for priming 
coat on timber shall be thinned with turpen- 
tine as approved by the Engineer. Alternate 
coats shall be tinted with lamp black sufficient- 
ly to distinguish the coats and each coat shall 
be dry and hard when the succeeding coat is 
applied. 


The cleaning and painting of the gates and 
metal surfaces thereof shall otherwise con- 
form in all respects to the specifications herein 
for cleaning and painting structural steel fur- 
nished under this contract. 


Fitting Gates in Place. 


(C151) The Contractor shall place each fin- 
ished gate in each pair of grooves provided 
therefor in the concrete work, and shall move 
each of the gates up and down in each pair of 
grooves to test the fit and clearances. Each 
gate shall move freely without binding and 
shall fit closely to each of the bearing surfaces 
in the grooves. In case there are irregularities 
or roughness in the concrete bearing surfaces, 
or if their alignment is faulty so that full con- 
tact will not be obtained with a light pres- 
sure against the gate, such concrete bear- 


171 


ing surfaces shall be tooled, chipped or ground, 
without injury thereto, so that all gates will 
fit properly to all of the bearing surfaces as 
specified, with but a slight pressure against 
the gates, all as approved by the Engineer. 


Payment. 


(C152) For constructing and fitting each 
channel gate in place as shown on the plans 
and herein specified, the Contractor shall re- 
ceive for each channel gate the lump sum price 
specified in Item 9, Channel Gates. Such lump 
sum price shall cover all labor, material, tools 
and equipment necessary for furnishing each 
gate complete with metal fittings as specified 
and shown on the plans, for placing the gate 
in each of the grooves therefor and fitting it 
to all grooves, and for tooling, chipping, grind- 
ing or otherwise finishing the grooves to fit 
each gate, as specified. 


172 


SUPERSTRUCTURE 


Sections S-1 to S-35, inclusive, Items 10 
and 11 and Sheets S-1 to S-14, inclusive, of 
the plans, apply in general to the Super- 
structure Work. However, the work spect- 
fied under said sections and on said sheets 
shall in no way be used as a basis for 
limiting the work to be done under any 
item of this contract. 


ITEM 10. STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR 
SUPERSTRUCTURE. 


ITEM 11. CAST STEEL FOR SUPER- 
STRUCTURE, 


Work Included. 


(S1) Drawings No. 81 to 811 inclusive of 
the plans show the structural steel portions 
of the superstructure of the building including 
roof framing, and roof trusses, framing for 
floors at elevations +40.0 and +57.0 C. C. D., 
steel lintels and spandrel beams, steel columns, 
cast steel column bases, rolled steel slabs and 
plates for column bases, and girder bear- 
ings, anchor bolts and anchorages, pipe sleeves 
for anchor bolts, wind bracing and all neces- 
sary field rivets and bolts. All structural metal 
work for the superstructure of the building as 
shown on drawings No. S1 to 811 inclusive of 
the plans shall be furnished, fabricated, de- 
livered and erected by the Contractor as here- 
in specified and called for on the plans. 


Under Item 10, Structural Steel for Super- 
structure, shall also be included angle frames 


173 


with anchors, to be placed in floors around 
openings to be covered with gratings, also 
shelf angles with anchors to be placed over 
openings through walls to carry the glazed 
brick wall facing, and also steel rails with 
fastenings on crane runway girders and under 
transformers in floor at elevation +21.0. Struc- 
tural steel and castings specified under Item 
39, Electrical Work, shall be paid for under 
that item. | 


The Contractor shall drill all holes and 
make all connections in structural steel that 
are required at any time for connecting thereto 
any parts or work furnished under other 
items of this contract, without extra charge 
therefor to the Sanitary District. 


The plans show general details, certain typi- 
cal details and details of certain special connec- 
tions. Where stresses and main sections of 
members, without accompanying general de- 
tails, are shown on the plans the Contractor 
shall design connections and calculate the 
number of rivets required and perform other 
design work as required before preparing the 
shop plans. The allowable unit stresses and 
other specifications for design of structural 
parts shall be as hereinafter specified or re- 
quired by the Engineer. 


Plans. 

(S2) Drawings S81 to 811 of the plans show 
the amount and general character of the struc- 
tural metal for the superstructure to be fur- 
nished under this contract, but it is expressly 
understood and agreed that the details of any or 
all of said plans are subject to change and mod- 
ification and shall be changed and modified as 


174 


the Engineer may direct, without extra cost 
to the Sanitary District provided that the 
character of the work is not changed so as to 
‘increase materially thereby the unit cost of 
same to the Contractor. In case such changes 
or modifications shall change the work so that 
the unit cost to the Contractor of such work is 
thereby reduced, then the Sanitary District 
shali receive credit in the amount of such re- 
duction in cost as determined by the Engineer 
in the manner herein specified. 


In case such changes materially increase the 
unit cost of the work such increased cost, as 
determined by the Engineer in the manner 
herein specified, shall be paid to the Con- 
tractor. 


All plans accompanying the contract or that 
are made for any part of the work hereunder 
shall be carefully checked by the Contractor 
before ordering material or beginning work 
and in case any errors are discovered the Engi- 
neer’s attention shall be called to same and 
corrections made as the Engineer may direct, 
after which the Contractor shall be responsible 
for all errors on any plans furnished by. the 
Contractor. 


Additional plans furnished by the Sanitary 
District, if any, shall be subject to the same 
conditions as the accompanying plans. The 
figured dimensions are to be followed wherever 
given except that, if found incorrect, they shall 
first be corrected as specified. All elevations 
shown on the plans or herein specified refer to 
Chicago City Datum (Indicated C..C. D. ). 


Detail Plans. 


(S3) All specified. or necessary general, de- 
tail and working plans, including complete 
shop plans of all structural and cast steel for 
the superstructure of the building required by 
the Engineer or necessary for the work under 
this contract, shall be made by or at the expense 
of the Contractor. All plans shall be made 
on the dull side of the best quality of tracing 
cloth. They shall have a uniform size of 26 
inches by 40 inches, inside border lines, with a 
border margin of 11% inches on the left hand 
edge and of 14 inch on all other edges. Sheets 
not of standard dimensions will not be ac- 
cepted. Shop plans shall have noted on each 
sheet all requirements as to material, reaming, 
milling, planing, riveting, painting, and any 
special treatment to be given the work shown 
on each sheet, and also any other explanatory 
notes that are necessary for the proper under- 
standing of the work to be done in the shop in 
accordance with the specifications and contract 
drawings. The detail plans shall also contain 
all special erection notes pertaining to the parts 
shown on each sheet. 


The drawings of details shall be sufficient 
in views, dimensions, instructions and refer- 
ences so that duplicate parts for repairs can 
be ordered and made from the drawings by 
other shops at any time in the future. 


The Contractor shall prepare complete gen- 
eral erection plans showing all metal work to be 
placed, including structural steel, castings and 
anchor bolts, with all shop marks, dimensions 
and elevations shown that are necessary for 
guidance in the proper setting of same. 


176 


The general character and arrangement of 
the shop and working drawings shall be subject 
to the approval of the Engineer and before com- 
mencing such drawings the Contractor shall 
confer with the Engineer regarding the char- 
acter, scale, arrangement and completeness of 
such drawings. 


Approval of Plans. 


(S4) All plans made by the Contractor 
shall be submitted to the Engineer for his ap- 
proval. The plans will be examined by the 
Engineer and it is understood by the Contractor 
in submitting the plans, that a reasonable 
amount of time will be necessary for the exami- 
nation by the Engineer before they can be ap- 
proved by the Engineer or returned for cor- 
rection. 


Unless otherwise instructed, the Contractor 
shall submit to the Engineer for examination 
four (4) prints of each drawing, and, as far as 
possible, all drawings of any particular part of 
the structure and of parts connecting therewith 
shall be submitted at the same time. After the 
plans have been examined as above mentioned, 
one (1) print of each drawing will be returned 
to the Contractor by the Engineer with his ap- 
proval thereon, or marked with notations of 
corrections and changes that may be required. 
All drawings not approved by the Engineer 
shall be corrected or revised by the Contractor 
as the Engineer shall direct and shall be re- 
submitted in the same _ routine as_ be- 
fore. No work shown on any drawings 
shall be commenced by the Contractor 
without the written consent of the En- 


Lik 


gineer until such drawings have been approved 
by. the Engineer as specified., No, alterations 
of any drawings shall be made. by the Con- 
tractor after they have been approved except 
by the written consent of the Engineer. 


~ The Contractor shall furnish the Sanitary 
District, as requested, and without extra 
charge therefor, six (6) complete sets of prints 
of all drawings, as approved, for office files and 
for use in the field, of which two (2) complete 
sets shall be printed on cloth. Erection plans 
shall have all match marks shown thereon. 


After the fabrication of the metal work has 
been completed, the tracings of all drawings 
for any and all work hereunder, made by or 
for the Contractor, shall be corrected so as to 
show all work as actually completed and shall 
then become the property of the Sanitary Dis- 
trict, and shall be delivered: to the Sanitary 
District in good condition before final payment 
will be made for. the work, covered. 1 this 
contract. 


Fees chara. 


'(S5) Authorized representatives of the En- 
gineer shall have free access to all of the works 
of the Contractor where material for the work 
hereunder is manufactured or stored, for the 
purpose of examination and inspection of such 
material and work, as herein provided under 
the General Conditions ofthis contract.: 


Mill Orders. ne CG ing 


. (86). ‘The Contractor shall KENSATON to ae 
oiniear complete. copies. in triplicate. of all 


178 


mill or warehouse orders at the time such or- 
ders are given in addition to copies provided 
for the mill inspector and no material shall be 
rolled, nor work done, before the Engineer has 
been notified by the Contractor as to where 
orders have been placed. Such notifications 
shall be given in sufficient time to allow the 
Engineer to arrange for the inspection of such 
material or work. 


Tests. 


(S27) All structural steel and cast steel 
will be inspected by the Sanitary District 
at the mills or foundries at which it is 
rolled or cast. The Contractor shall fur- 
nish complete facilities for the inspection of 
all material and workmanship. Specimens for 
testing of material and also the necessary ma- 
chines and labor shall be furnished without 
charge when called for by the Engineer or by 
authorized inspectors. Inspectors will be em- 
ployed by the Sanitary District with full power 
to reject all material or work which does not in 
every way conform to the letter and spirit of 
the specifications. 


All test specimens shall fairly represent the 
material to be tested and shall not in any 
way be worked on to alter the quality before 
testing. , 


Extra Inspection. 


(S8) Should the preparation of the mate- 
rial be widely distributed to an unreasonable 
extent, the cost of extra inspection resulting 
therefrom shall be borne by the Contractor, 
the Engineer to be sole judge of what is to 
be deemed extra inspection. 


179 


Subsequent Rejection for Cause. 


(S9) The passing or acceptance of any ma- 
terial or work at the mills, foundries or shops 
shall not prevent its subsequent rejection for 
cause. If found defective after delivery or 
erection such material or work shall be re- 
placed by the Contractor, at his expense, when 
notified. 


Materials. 


(S10) All structural steel and rivet steel 
shall be manufactured by the open hearth pro- 
cess and shall conform in every other respect 
to the requirements of the “Standard Speci- 
fications for Structural Steel for Buildings, 
Serial Designation A9-24,” of the American 
Society for Testing Materials. Anchor bolts 
shall be of structural steel of the quality here- 
in specified. 


Stock material shall be used for any or all 
parts of the work hereunder for which mate- 
rial cannot be rolled so that the work can be 
completed within the time herein specified. In 
case the records of the chemical analyses and 
physical tests of such stock material are not — 
available, a reasonable and sufficient number 
of tests of the same to satisfy the Engineer as 
to its quality shall be furnished by the Con- 
tractor without additional charge therefor. 


The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the 
results of all chemical analyses and physical 
tests made on structural steel, and shall also 
notify the Engineer at least fifteen (15) days 
before tests are to be made so that an in- 
spector may be present while the tests are be- 


180 


ing performed. ‘If such inspection is not re- 
quired, the Engineer. will so notify the Con- 
tractor within eight (8) days after receipt of 
notice that. tests. are to be made. 


<Runway' rails. carrying cranes or frahies 
formers shall be ‘of the weight called for on 
the ‘plans, shall be of open hearth steel and 
shall conform in all other respects to “Speci- 
fications for Carbon Steel Rails” as given in 
American Railway Engineering Association 
Manual of the year 1921, page 115. 


The material for cast: steel bolsters, under 
columns:.and: other cast steel for the super- 
structure of the building, shall be manufac: © 
tured in accordance with “Standard Specifica- 
tions for Steel Castings, Serial Designation 
A27-24,” of the American Society for Testing 
Materials: - All castings shall be Class B cast- 
ings, medium grade as therein specified. They 
shall be annealed in accordance with the 
“Recommended Practice for Annealing of 
Carbon ‘Steel Castings, Serial Designation 
A36-24,” of the American Society for Te 
Materials. | 


Large castings shall ‘be hammered all over 
while suspended. If cracks, flaws, defects or 
weakness appear after such treatment the 
casting shall be rejected, provided that minor 
defects that the Engineer shall so decide, may 
be welded as specified in said A. S. T. M. 
Specifications A27-24, without impairing the 
strength of the casting. 


aVickiiiitshin a Geneeald 


(S11) All workmanship must be first-class 
in every respect and must conform to the 


181 


latest and best practice. All structural mate- 
rial must’ be ‘thoroughly straightened in the 
shop by: methods that will not injure it. before 
templates are placed. on same for laying off 
and before: any work is: done upon it. Fin- 
ished. members’ must be absolutely straight 
and free from open joints and distortions of 
any kind. All shearing shall be neatly and 
accurately. done .and parts exposed to view 
shall be neatly finished. All necessary fillers; 
connections and other minor details, not shown 
on the plans, but necessary for the work, shall 
be furnished: by: the Contractor. All material 
shall be ‘kept’ clean and’ protected from thé 
weather. 


Rivets, Rivet Holes and Reaming. 


(S12) The size of rivets, called Fou on the 
plans, shall be the actual size of. the rivets 
before heating. 


U:The diameter of the auahed Recs hole shall 

not’ be more than one-sixteenth (1-16) inch 
greater than the diameter of the cold rivet. 
For unreamed holes, the diameter of the die 
shall in no case exceed the nominal diameter 
of the rivet called for on the plans by more 
than one-eighth (14g) inch, and for reamed 
holes the diameter ‘of the die shall be at least 
one-eighth (1%) inch less than the nominal 
diameter of the rivet. All holes must be clean 
cut without torn or ragged edges. 


Punching must be accurately done. . Drift- 
ing to enlarge unfair holes will not Be per- 
mitted. If holes’must be enlarged to admit 
rivets they must. be reamed. Poor matching 
of holes will be cause for rejection. : 


182 


Reaming of rivet holes will not be required 
unless expressly called for on the plans. All 
holes to be reamed shall be subpunched to a 
diameter one-eighth (14) inch less than the 
nominal diameter of rivets to be used and 
reamed to a diameter not more than one-six- 
teenth (1-16) inch larger than the nominal 
diameter of the rivets. All reaming shall be 
done with twist drills held at right angles to 
the surface. Reaming shall be done with all 
connecting parts assembled and _ so _ firmly 
bolted together that the surfaces are held in 
close contact or shall be done through iron 
templates at least one (1) inch thick. 


Reaming will be required in case of any 
mismatched or misplaced holes, and in holes 
where turned bolts are used. 


Milling and Planing. 


(S18) All milling of structural work and 
facing of castings called for on the plans shall 
be done with suitable tools and the finished 
surfaces shall .be smooth and true to angle. 


Milling of columns shall be done after the 
columns are riveted up complete except sole 
plates. 7 


' The entire ends of all stiffener angles carry- 
ing loads and of stiffeners over bearings must 
be carefully milled or ground to fit surfaces on 
which they are to bear. 


Assembling. : | 
($14) All built-up members must be well 


pinned up and all parts drawn thoroughly to- 
gether for riveting. No chipping or burrs will 


183 


be allowed between the surfaces, and a suffi- 
cient number of bolts must be used to keep 
the parts in absolute contact. Before as- 
sembling, the pieces shall be cleaned. The 
surfaces in contact shall then be painted one 
(1) heavy coat of the specified red lead paint 
before assembling for riveting. All pieces in 
the assembled member must be straight and 
true to line before riveting. 


Shop Riveting. 


(S15) Rivets shall be uniformly heated to 
a light cherry red in a gas or oil furnace so 
constructed that it can be adjusted to the 
proper temperature. All rivets must be ma- 
chine driven wherever possible, otherwise they 
must be driven with pneumatic hammers. The 
machines must be direct acting and capable 
of maintaining the applied pressure after the 
upsetting is completed. 


All rivets when driven must be absolutely 
tight and must completely fill the holes. The 
rivet heads must be round and of uniform size 
for the same size rivets throughout the work. 
They must be full and neatly made, concen- 
tric with the rivet holes, with the under side 
of the heads in close contact with the metal, 
and shall thoroughly pinch the _ connected 
pieces together. No calking or recupping 
of cold or loose rivets will be allowed. Loose, 
burned or defective rivets shall be cut out and 
replaced without injuring adjacent metal. If 
necessary, in order to avoid injury to the sur- 
rounding metal, they shall be drilled out. 
Bolts shall not be substituted for rivets except 
by special permission of the Engineer, in which 


184: 


case the bolts shall be turned: and the number 
shall be increased as the Engineer may direct. 
All heads of countersunk rivets shall be 
chipped smooth unless otherwise noted on 
the ae 


Annealing. : 


(S16) Steel which. has been partially 
heated shall be properly annealed except 
where used in minor details. Steel shall not 
be welded. 


Bolts. 


- (S17) All turned bolts shall be made of 
Meret steel and shall be turned to a driv- 
ing fit unless otherwise specified or shown on 
the plans. The diameter of the thread must 
be one-sixteenth (1-16) inch: less than the dia- 
meter of the finished bolt to prevent injury in 
driving. The bolt must fit tight the entire 
length of the hole and all threads must be 
outside of the hole. Washers not less than 
one-quarter (1%) inch thick shall be used un- 
der nuts. Steel beveled washers shall be used 
under heads and nuts on all inclined surfaces. 
Holes for turned bolts must be reamed square 
with the members, with all parts assembled. 


Rough bolts, where heemitted by the fae 
neer, shall ve of Miler lace steel. 


ecu 


_ ($18) All nuts shall be hexagonal in shape 
and all threads shall be close fitting, truncated 
"V”? threads, United States Standard. 


185 


Fillets. 


(S19) All re-entrant cuts shall be filleted 
and both fillet and cut finished. No unfilleted 
cuts will be allowed. 


Painting in Shop and Field. 


(S20) All metal work furnished by the 
Contractor shall be given one (1) coat of the 
specified paint in the shop after fabrication 
and before exposing to the weather, and two 
(2) coats of the specified paint after erection. 


No metal work shall be painted until it has 
been accepted by the inspector. In riveted 
work all surfaces in contact shall be cleaned 
and shall receive one (1) heavy coat of the red 
lead paint hereinafter specified, before as- 
sembling for riveting. Surfaces between angles 
or other shapes riveted closely together in 
pairs and other surfaces not in contact, but 
inaccessible after riveting, shall receive two 
be coats of the specified red lead paint. All 
of the structural material and castings shall 
be thoroughly scraped and brushed on all sur- 
faces, and all mill scale, rust and dirt re- 
moved, using approved stiff scrapers and wire 
brushes. All greasy surfaces shall be care- 
fully cleaned with benzine. No painting with 
air. will be allowed. All erection marks shall 
be on painted surfaces. All paint must be dry 
when the material is loaded on cars. Painting 
on cars is positively prohibited. 


_. All structural steel work and cast steel shall 
be painted after erection and before walling 
in, after being thoroughly cleaned of all rust, 
dirt, grease and foreign matter with hammers, 


186 


chisels, wire brushes and by washing with water 
or benzine where necessary. All exposed steel 
work shall be painted after the mason work 
is completed. All surfaces that will be in con- 
tact shall receive an assembling coat of the 
specified red lead before the steel is erected, 
and all surfaces not accessible after erection 
shall receive two (2) coats of specified red 
lead paint. All rivet heads shall be spotted 
with red lead paint as soon as inspected. After 
the structure is erected complete, all damaged 
surfaces of the shop coat shall be scraped and 
painted with specified red lead sufficient to 
provide a full continuous coat on all surfaces. 
After this paint has hardened, all exposed 
surfaces of metal work shall be thoroughly 
cleaned and thoroughly and evenly painted 
with two (2) good coats of specified paint for 
field coats. 


The field coats shall consist of ‘a first coat 
of red lead, as specified for shop paint, tinted 
with lamp black, as the Engineer shall direct, 
and a second coat of graphite, carbon black or 
charcoal paint as specified herein. The sec- 
ond field coat shall be tinted as directed by 
the Engineer. 


No painting shall be performed upon damp 
or frosty metal, or in wet, foggy or freezing 
weather, or if such weather is indicated, ex- 
cept by the express permission of the Engi- 
neer and in the manner the Engineer may di- 
rect. Any painting found defective shall be 
scraped off and repainted as the Engineer may 
direct. Before final acceptance of the work 
hereunder all damaged surfaces of paint shall 


187 


be cleaned and repainted or touched up to 
the satisfaction of the Engineer. 


Paint. 


(S21) The shop coat of paint herein speci- 
fied and the paint for rivet heads and for 
spotting or repainting damaged surfaces of 
the shop coat of paint shall consist of the 
specified red lead, or red lead paste, and raw 
linseed oil mixed in the proportions of twen- 
ty-five (25) pounds of dry red lead, or thirty- 
five (35) pounds of red lead paste, to each 
gallon of linseed oil with the addition of not 
more than one-half (14) pint of pure turpen- 
tine or pure turpentine Japan dryer, or a total 
of not more than one-half (14) pint of both of 
the same, as the Engineer may permit. Red 
lead paint when used shall weigh not less than 
twenty-three and one-half (23144) pounds to 
the gallon. : 


The mixing of red lead paint shall be per- 
formed with a mechanical mixing device ap- 
proved by the Engineer. The pigments shall 
be thoroughly incorporated with the oil. 


All linseed oil shall be pure, clear, well 
settled raw linseed oil conforming to “Stand- 
ard Specifications for Purity of Raw Linseed 
Oil from North American Seed, Serial Desig- 
nation D1-15,” of the American Society for 
Testing Materials. 


All red lead paste shall be manufactured 
from red lead and the specified linseed oil, 
and shall contain not less than ninety-two (92) 
per cent by weight of red lead. The red lead 
' shall have a true red lead content (Pb; Ou.) of 


188 


not less than ninety-five (95) per cent and shall 
be of such fineness that not less than ninety+ 
nine and one-half (9914) per cent will pass 
through a two hundred (200) mesh screen. All 
red lead paste. shall be capable of standing 
until used without perceptible hardening. All 
hardened paste will be rejected. 


All graphite paint for the second field coat 
shall contain 40 per cent of pigment and 60 
per cent liquid. The pigment portion may be 
a natural or artificial form of graphite. The 
graphite shall contain at least 60 per cent of 
graphite carbon, and the balance shall consist 
of silica, or iron oxide. 


The liquid portion of the graphite paint shall 
consist of not less than 80 per cent pure raw 
linseed oil, the balance to be a combined 
thinner and drier consisting of turpentine, vola- 
tile mineral spirits or a mixture thereof. — 


All graphite paint shall weigh not less than 
10 pounds to the United States liquid gallon. 


M The brand of each kind of ready mixed 
paint to be used shall be submitted to and be 
approved by the Engineer. 


Any carbon black or charcoal paint of stand- 
ard established brand that the Engineer shall 
determine will give equally as good results 
and shall approve, may be substituted by the 
Contractor for the graphite paint above speci- 
tied. 


A ready mixed red lead paint manufac- 
tured under inspection from red lead or red 
lead paste, and linseed oil, all of a purity at 
least equal to that herein specified and of a 


189 


brand or formula approved by the Engineer, 
which paint shall contain not less than eight- 
een (18) pounds of dry red lead in each gal- 
lon of paint, may be used in lieu of the red 
lead paint hereinbefore specified if the Engi- 
neer shall permit, subject to all conditions as 
to manufacture, proportions of ingredients, 
analyses, inspection and use and. as to time 
limits for use of such paint, that the Engineer 
may require. Inspection of the manufacture 
of ready mixed red lead paint shall be per- 
formed by an inspection bureau designated by 
the Engineer and paid for by the: Contractor 
without charge therefor to the Sanitary District. 


All paint, pigment, paste and oil to be used 
for painting shall be received at the work in 
the original unbroken containers which shall 
not be opened until inspected by the Engi- 
neer. 


Analyses of samples of any paint, oil or 
pigments, as furnished or as applied, may be 
made from time to time as the Engineer may 
direct, and if such samples be found not to 
comply with these specifications the paint may 
be rejected and the cost of analyses of such 
material shall be paid by the Contractor with- 
out charge to the Sanitary District. 

Shipping. 

(S22) All parts shall be carefully loaded 
for shipment so as to avoid injury in trans- 
portation. All rivets, bolts and similar small 
material shall be securely boxed and the boxes 
shall be plainly marked with paint, to show 
their contents and the net weight of the same. 
Every piece of metal work not boxed shall 


190 


have its weight plainly marked upon it with 
paint, unless of a size too small to permit of 
such marking. Complete shipping invoices 
shall be made of every shipment and three 
copies of each invoice shall be sent to the 
Sanitary District at the time the shipment is 
made. Such invoices shall state the weight, 
description and erection mark of each piece 
that is not boxed and the contents and net 
weight of same in each box. All weights 
given shall be the actual net scale weights, 
certified to as correct by the Engineer, not 
estimated weights. 


Erection of Structural Steel. 


(S23. The Contractor shall erect all struc- 
tural steel and steel castings in the building, 
as shown on the plans, and specified herein. 
All columns and trusses shall be erected in true 
alignment and position in accordance with di- 
mensions shown on the plans. Errors in shop 
work, field erection and alignment of struc- 
tural work shall be corrected by the Con- 
tractor, subject to the approval of the Engi- 
neer without additional expense to the Sani- 


tary District. 


The methods of erecting and handling ma- 
terials and the order of procedure in erection 
shall be subject to the approval of the Engi- 
neer. — 


Bracing and Scaffolding. 


(S24) The Contractor shall: furnish and 
place the necessary temporary bracing, stays 
or other supports which may be required to 
secure the steel work in place during erection. 


19] 


He shall further furnish any and all scaffold- 
ing required for the erection, painting and 
inspection of the steel. All bracing and scaf- 
folding shall remain in place until permitted 
by the Engineer to be removed. 


Where extensive or difficult scaffolding is 
required to drive rivets in any connection 
or at any point, the scaffolding shall not be 
removed, except by permission of the Engi- 
neer, until the rivets have been inspected, 
and any defective rivets cut out or drilled 
out and replaced and the rivets reinspected 
and painted. 


Assembling and Reaming. 


(S25) Light drifting will be permitted in 
order to draw the parts together, but drift- 
ing will not be permitted for the purpose of 
matching unfair holes. Members shall not 
be bent, twisted, battered or damaged in any 
way or unduly stressed in forcing them into 
place. After the structural work has been 
assembled all blind, mismatched or unfair 
holes shall be drilled with a twist drill or, 
if permitted by the Engineer, may be reamed. 
Before riveting, each connection shall be 
thoroughly bolted and pinned. Connections 
carrying stress shall have at least fifty (50) 
per cent of the holes therein filled with bolts 
and at least twenty-five (25) per cent of the 
holes filled with approved drift pins. Other 
connections shall have at least thirty (30) 
per cent of the holes filled with bolts and 
shall be pinned sufficiently to hold them in 
proper position. 


192 


Permanent steel bracing shall be fabricated 
slightly ..shorter than the exact calculated 
length, between , working points, so that it 
will be subjected to a small initial stress in 
pulling structural members into exact align- 
ment. Where necessary or so shown on the 
plans, end connections shall be subpunched 
for this purpose and reamed in the field. 


Field Riveting. 


(S26) All field connections’ shall _ be 
riveted unless otherwise shown on the plans 
or ordered by the Engineer. Rivets shall be 
driven by skilled workmen only, and with 
pheumatic hammers. All rivets shall be thor- 
oughly and uniformly heated before driving. 
No burnt or defective rivets shall be used. 
Rivets shall be driven tight and no recupping 
or calking will be permitted. The heads shall 
be full and uniform in size, free from fins, 
concentric with shanks and in fuil contact with 
the metal. 


All defective rivets shall be promptly cut 
out and redriven. In removing rivets the 
surrounding metal shall not be injured, and 
the rivets shall be drilled out where neces- 
sary to avoid injury to the metal. 


Painting Rivet Heads. 


(S27) All rivet heads and heads and nuts 
of bolts shall be painted immediately after 
they are driven or placed and inspected, but 
shall not be painted until they have been 
passed upon by the Engineer or the inspector. 
Any rust allowed to form on any rivet heads 
shall be carefully and thoroughly removed by 


1938 


scrapers and wire brushes before any paint 
is applied. 


Bolts, for Field Rivets. 


(S28) Bolts shall not be substituted for 
rivets except by express permission of the 
Engineer, and when so used shall be turned 
to a driving fit in reamed holes. The threads 
on such bolts shall be of reduced diameter 
to avoid injury in driving. All nuts on bolts 
in metal work shall be effectively locked by 
checking the threads. All heads and nuts 
shall be hexagon in shape unless button heads 
are required by the Engineer. All holes for 
tight fit bolts shall be reamed for close or 
tight fit as called for by the plans. 


Washers. 


(S29) Washers not less than one-quarter 
(14,)- inch thick shall be used under nuts o° 
all tight fit bolts. Beveled steel washers shall 
be used under heads and nuts of all bolts 
when the bearing surface is inclined. 


Bed Plates and Base Castings. 


(S30) Before drilling the bed plates and 
base castings for the steel columns the spac- 
ing of the anchor bolts shall be checked and 
any necessary revision in spacing of holes 
made. Bed plates shall have a full even 
bearing on the masonry over their entire sur- 
faces. This may be attained by the use of 
mortar of the quality herein specified, spread 
on the masonry just before or poured after 
the bed plates are set, or by such other means 


194 


as the Engineer may approve that will pro- 
vide full bearing as specified. 


Anchor Bolts and Anchorages. 


(S31) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place all anchor bolts, pipe sleeves and 
anchorages as called for on the plans. Anchor 
bolts, anchorages and pipe sleeves for adjust- 
ment shall be placed in exact alignment and 
elevation, and their positions shall be checked 
carefully by the Contractor before the con- 
crete is poured around them. Anchor bolts 
and anchorages, which are not concreted 
in sufficiently accurate alignment and eleva- 
tion, as determined by the Engineer, shall 
be removed, relocated in exact position and 
concreted in without additional charge therefor. 
Pipe sleeves for anchor bolts shall be plugged 
at the upper ends with waste or other mate- 
rial approved by the Engineer until such time 
as columns are placed over them. Anchorages, 
bolts, pipe sleeves and other structural parts 
imbedded in concrete shall not be painted. 


Design Data. 
I. Allowable Unit Stresses. 


(S32) The allowable unit stresses to be 
used in proportioning structural parts and 
connections shall be as follows: 


Amount in pounds 
per sq. in. 


Tension on net section, rolled 
StEG nares Rees ioe 16,000 


195 


Tension on extreme fibre of 
members in bending .......... 16,000 


Axial compression of gross sec- 
tions of columns for ratio of 
LPC TE LO ee eles alert al: 16,000—70 I/r 


MVC SCT AAI OI oe ate 14,000 


Where l—effective length of the member in 
inches and r—corresponding radius of gyration 
of the section in inches. 


Shear (average) on webs of 
plate girders and _ “rolled 
beams, gross section ........ 10,000 


Bearing pressure on shop rivets . 
YUL CDS tees tee ai ane oieacsu cen va 24,000 


Shear on shop rivets and pins....12,000 


Bearing pressure on bolts and 
CURT IMOLEM (lo ONS ans 20,000 


Shear on bolts and field rivets..10,000 


Bearing pressure. on concrete 
masonry for dead load plus 
ROVE RUOA CL C280, cal ecole sade tt bevees 450 


Bearing pressure on _ concrete 
masonry for dead load plus 
live load where top area of 
masonry is twice the area of 
column base plates or pe- 
destals with the base, plates 
or pedestals centrally  lo- 
cated on the masonry........ 700 


-II. General. 


196 


1. The effective or unsupported length of 
main compression members shall not exceed 
120 times, and for secondary members 200 
times their least radius of gyration. 


2. In proportioning members subject to 
both axial and bending stresses the combined 
extreme fibre stresses shall not exceed those 
herein specified for the effect of direct or 
bending stress. alone. 


3. In proportioning tension members and 
tension flanges of members in bending, net 
section shall be. used. Rivet holes deducted 
shall be taken one-eighth (14) inch larger in 
diameter than the nominal size of rivets. 


4. Members subject to alternate stresses 
of tension and compression, shall be propor- 
tioned for the stress giving the larger sec- 
tion, but their connections shall be propor- 
tioned for the sum of the stresses. 


Ill. Girders. 


5. Rolled beams and channels and built 
up members used as beams and girders shall 
be proportioned by the moment of inertia of — 
their gross sections, except as otherwise re- 
quired by the Engineer. 


6. Plate girder webs shall have a thick- 
ness not less than 1/160 of the unsupported 
distance between flange angles. The webs 
shall have stiffeners, generally in pairs, over 
bearings, at points of concentrated loading 
and at other points where the thickness of 
the web is less than 1/60 of the unsupported 
distance between flange angles, generally not 
farther apart than the depth of the web plate 


197 


with a maximum limit of six (6) feet. The 
thickness and unsupported width or depth of 
webs of rolled beams and plate girders shall 
be limited by the shear in the web so that 
the allowable average shear at any section 
shall not be greater than 12,000—40 d/t in 
pounds per square inch—where d is the clear 
distance between flange angles or stiffeners 
and t—web thickness, both in inches. 


7. The lateral unsupported length of 
beams and girders shall not exceed forty (40) 
times the width of the compression flange. 
When the unsupported length (1) exceeds ten 
(10) times the width (b) of the compression 
flange, the stress per square inch in the com- 
pression flange shall not exceed 19,000—300 
1/b in pounds per square inch. 


IV. Details. 


8. Adjustable members shall be avoided, 
except as herein specified, or expressly per- 
mitted by the Engineer. 


9. Sections shall preferably be sym- 
metrical. 


10. No connection, carrying calculated 
stress, shall have less than three (8) rivets. 


11. Trusses shall be riveted at connections, 
no pin connections being used, except as ex- 
pressly permitted by the Engineer. All 
trusses shall be cambered one-eighth (14) inch 
for every ten (10) feet of span length, except 
as otherwise required by the Engineer. 


Los When two or more rolled beams are 
used to form a girder, they shall be con- 
nected by bolts and separators at intervals of 


195 


not more than five (5) feet. All beams havy- 
ing a depth of twelve (12) inches or more 
shall have at least two bolts to each sepa- 
rator. 


13. The flange plates of all girders shall be 
* limited in width so as not to extend more than 
six (6) inches beyond the outer line of rivets 
connecting them to the angles, or eight (8) 
times the thickness of the thinnest plate. 


14. Flange plates of girders shall be fully 
developed in the first two feet of their length. 
Rivets in horizontal and vertical legs of flange 
angles shall be staggered so as to obtain the 
maximum net flange section. 


15. Web splices in girder webs shall be 
made by means of splice plates on each side 
of the web to fully develop the web in shear 
and one-eighth (14%) of the gross area of 
webs shall be spliced to transmit moment. 


16. Web stiffeners shall be in pairs and 
shall have a close bearing against the flange 
angles. Those over the end bearings or form- 
ing connections between girders and columns 
or at points of concentrated loading shall be on 
fillers. Intermediate stiffeners shall be crimped 
over the flange angles. Outstanding legs of 
stiffeners on fillers shall extend the full width 
of flange angles. Outstanding legs on crimped 
stiffeners shall be not less than 3 inches wide 
except as otherwise required by the Engineer. 


17. Abutting joints in compression mem- 
bers, faced for bearing, shall be spliced suffi- 
ciently to hold the connecting members accu- 
rately in place, except that connections taking 
bending and direct stress shall be fully spliced 


199 


for both kinds of stress, and except as other- 
wise shown on the plans or required by the 
Engineer. 


18. Rivet spacing at upper and lower ends 
of columns, at splice points and at points of 
concentrated loading shall be not more 
than three (8) inches for a distance equal to 
one and one-half times the width of the widest 
column face. Following the three (3) inch 
spacing, four (4) inch spacing shall be used 
for a like distance, and thereafter the maxi- 
mum spacing as herein specified for the size of 
rivet used. 


19. The minimum distance between cen- 
ters of rivet holes shall be three diameters of 
the rivet, but the minimum spacing shall pref- 
erably be not less than 8 inches for % inch 
rivets and 214 inches for 34 inch rivets. The 
maximum pitch in the line of stress for mem- 
bers composed of plates and shapes shall be 5 
inches for % inch rivets and 414 inches for *4 
inch rivets. The minimum size of rivet used 
shall be 34 inch. 


20. For angles built in sections, with two 
gage lines, and rivets staggered, the maximum 
pitch in each line shall be twice the maximum 
hereinbefore specified. Where two or more 
plates are in contact, rivets not more than 12 
inches apart in either direction shall be used 
to hold the plates together. 


21. The minimum distance from the cen- 
ter of any rivet hole to a sheared edge shall be 
114 inches for % inch rivets and 114 inches for 
34 inch rivets; and to a rolled edge, 114 inches 


200 


for % inch rivets and 11% inches for 34 inch 
rivets. 


22. The maximum distance of a rivet from 
any edge shall be eight times the thickness of 
the thinnest plate. 


23. Rivets passing through fillers shall be 
increased fifty (50) per cent in number above 
the number of rivets required to carry the 
calculated stress. 


24. The maximum grip of rivets shall, in 
general, be not greater than four (4) times 
their diameter. Where necessary to exceed 
this maximum the number of rivets shall be 
increased by two (2) per cent for each six- 
teenth inch increase in grip above four (4) 
diameters of the rivet. 


25. The minimum thickness of metal in 
structural parts shall be %@ inch except as 
otherwise called for on the plans and for inter- 
mediate stiffeners on girder webs which shall 
be not less than 5/16 inch thick. Fillers not 
carrying stress shall be as required by the 
details. 


The design data herein specified to be used 
by the Contractor in designing and detailing 
structural parts and steel castings where neces- 
sary to amplify the accompanying plans shall 
be subject to reasonable modification and am- 
plification by the Engineer where revision or 
amplification is desirable, without affecting 
the unit prices herein specified to be paid 
for the materials erected in place. 


Measurements. 


(S383) Payment for structural steel under 
Item 10 and for cast steel under Item 11 
shall be made upon the net scale weight of 
same as finished and erected in place in the 
work, Provided, that the weight of any struc- 
tural steel part for which payment will be 
made under Item 10 shall not exceed the 
calculated weight of such part as hereinafter 
defined, by more than one and one-half (114) 
per cent, and that the weight of any cast steel 
part for which payment will be made under 
Item 11 shall not exceed the calculated weight 
of such part as hereinafter defined, by more 
than five (5) per cent. 


The “Calculated Weight” of any structural 
steel member or part shall be understood to 
mean the net weight of same when finished 
complete as calculated from the shop plans 
of such member or part, using the nominal 
catalogue weights of the plates and shapes 
used therein with allowance for rivet heads 
and with all deductions made for cuts and for 
pin and rivet holes and other open holes in 
the metal, but without any allowance for over- 
run of weights. 


The “Calculated Weight” of any steel cast- 
ing shall be understood to mean the net weight 
of such casting after finishing complete, as cal- 
culated from the shop plan of such casting, 
with allowance for fillets but with no allow- 
ance for over-run of any dimensions or for 
any coupons or sinkheads, or parts of same 
or other irregularities, remaining on the cast- 
ings. 


202 


All weights and quantities of structural 
steel and of cast steel whether obtained by 
weighing or measuring or by calculation, shall 
be determined by the Engineer and his deci- 
sion thereon shall be final and conclusive as to 
both parties to this contract. 


If the weight ot any structural steel part 
shall under-run the net calculated weight of 
same by more than three (8) per cent or if 
the weight of any steel casting shall under- 
run the net calculated weight of same by more 
than five (5) per cent such structural steel 
part or casting may be rejected by the Engi- 
neer. 


No payment shall be made under Item 10, 
Structural Steel, or under Item 11, Cast Steel, 
for any material that is specified to be included 
in and paid for under any other item of this 
contract and all structural steel and steel or 
iron castings specified under Items 7, 8, 9 and 
Items 12 to 39, inclusive, shall be covered by 
the lump sum and unit prices specified for 
such items. 


Payment for Structural Steel for Superstruc- 


ture, 


(S34) The price to be paid for all struc- 
tural steel in the superstructure including 
roof framing, roof trusses, beams, girders, 
monorail beams, lintels, spandrel beams, rolled 
steel slabs, bearing plates, columns, rails and 
fastenings therefor on crane runway girders, 
rails for transformers on floor at elevation 
+21.0 (not rails on cranes), angle frames 
around openings in floors, shelf angles to carry 


208 


interior facing brick lining over openings, 
miscellaneous structural material, bolts, field 
rivets, anchor bolts, washers and pipe sleeves 
and steel anchorages as shown on sheets S1 to 
S11, inclusive, anchor bolts, washers, and pipe 
sleeves for equipment furnished by the Sani- 
tary District and installed by the Contractor 
under Items 25 to 38, inclusive (but not under 
Item 39), all fabricated, delivered and erected 
in place as specified, and shown on the plans 
or ordered by the Engineer, including also all 
necessary preliminary plans, checking of di- 
mensions and elevations on general plans, 
necessary additional design calculations, shop 
and working plans, all as herein specified and 
shown or called for on the plans, shall be the 
unit price per pound of structural steel as 
erected in place, specified in Item 10 Struc- 
tural Steel for Superstructure. 


Payment for Cast Steel for Superstructure. 


(S35) The price to be paid for cast steel 
column bases or other cast steel for the super- 
structure as specified, called for on the plans 
or ordered by the Engineer, including the shop 
plans, manufacture, delivery and erection in 
place shal! be the price per pound of cast 
steel as erected in place herein specified in 
Item 11 Cast Steel for Superstructure. 


Additional Structural and Cast Steel. 


(S36) Additional structural steel and cast 
steel for the superstructure of the building if 
ordered by the Engineer shall be furnished 
and erected by the Contractor at the prices 
herein specified under Items 10 and 11 re- 
spectively. 


204 


ARCHITECTURAL WORK. 


Sections Al to A109, inclusive, Items 
12 to 24 inclusive and Sheets Al to A40 
inclusive of the plans, apply in general to 
the Architectural Work, however the work 
specified under said sections and on said 
sheets shall in no way be used as a basis for 
limiting the work to be done under any 
item of this contract. 


Work Included. 


(Al) The Architectural Work included un- 
der this contract consists of the following 
items: 


Item Description 
12. Masonry. 


138. Cut Stone Work and Terra Cotta 
Work. 


14. Marble Work, Tile Floors and Mastic 
Floors. 


15. Metal Windows, Louvres and Doors. 
16. Iron Work. 
17. Sheet Metal Work. 


18. Gypsum Roof Tile and Roof Water- 
proofing. 


19. Carpenter Work, Mill Work, Hardware 
and Lockers. 


20. Glazing. 
21c) Painuneg, 


22. Metal Lath, Plastering and Suspended 
Ceilings. | 


205 


23. Passenger Elevator Cab and Elevator 
Doors. 


24. Sanitary Plumbing and Pipe Work. 


The work under Items 12 to 24, inclusive, 
includes all the work to be performed under 
Architectural Work. If it is found necessary 
to perform any work of a minor character 
that is not mentioned herein,but that isy neces- 
sary in order to make said Architectural Work 
complete, then said Contractor shall perform 
such work as is incident to any of the items 
above stated, and shall furnish all labor, ma- 
terials and appurtenances to said Items that 
are necessary to make the work complete in 
accordance with the most modern practice. 
The cost of all of such work, materials and 
appurtenances shall be covered by the lump 
sums specified to be paid for work under Items 
12 to 24, inclusive. 


Village Ordinances. 


(A2) The said Contractor agrees to carry 
on all work provided for in Items 12 to 24 in- 
elusive in strict conformity with the ordinances 
and rules passed by the Village of Niles Cen- 
ter and to obtain all permits and certificates 
required by said village. 


Contract Drawings. t 


(A3) Within sixty (60) days after the ap- 
proval by the Board of Trustees of the Sanitary 
District of the bond of the Contractor, he shall 
submit to the Engineer, for approval, addi- 
tional drawings or prints in duplicate, of the 


206 


equipment and building materials included un- 
der Items 12 to 24 inclusive, other than that 
for which working drawings are given in the 
plans attached hereto by the Sanitary District, 
together with other information in such detail 
as may be necessary to permit the Engineer. to 
inform himself of the design of the same and 
the character of the various materials which 
the Contractor proposes to use. Under this 
head, plans and information shall be furnished 
by the Contractor, in part, for Architectural 
Work as follows: 


The Contractor shall submit complete draw- 
ings and catalogue data for the following: 


1. Cut Stone Work. 
2. Terra Cotta Work. 


3. Metal Windows, Louvres, Doors and 
Window Operators. 


Iron Work as Specified under Item 16. 
Inscription Tablets. 

Sheet Metal Work. 

Skylights. 

Roof Tiles. 

Suspended Ceilings. 


a ak eee ee eee 


Elevator Cab and Doors. 
11. Plumbing Diagrams. 
The drawings so submitted shall show the 


work complete in detail with all explanatory 
notes necessary for the proper understanding 


207 


of the equipment to be furnished and the work 
to be done in the shop. 


The Contractor shall make such changes in 
the above drawings as may be found necessary 
and are required by the Engineer to make the 
same conform to the specifications, or to the 
plant layout, and revised drawings shall then 
be submitted in quadruplicate for approval. 
Prior to the approval of any such drawings 
any work which the Contractor may do on the 
equipment covered by the same shall be at his 
own risk, as the Sanitary District will not be 
responsible for any expense incurred by the 
Contractor in changing equipment to make the 
same conform to the drawings as finally ap- 
proved. 


Of the minor equipment for which drawings 
may not be required, the Contractor shall fur- 
nish to the Engineer tabulated lists, from time 
to time, showing the name of the manufacturer 
and the catalog number and type of equipment 
proposed, together with such prints, dimen- 
sions, specifications, samples, or other data, as 
may be required to permit intelligent judgment 
of the acceptability of the equipment proposed. 


Upon approval of the above drawings, lists, 
prints, samples, and other data, the same shall 
become a part of this contract, and the equip- 
ment furnished shall be in conformity with 
the same; provided that the approval of the 
above drawings, lists, prints, specifications, 
samples or other data shall in no way release 
the Contractor from his responsibility for the 
proper fulfillment by any equipment, materials 
or work, of the requirements of this contract 


208 


and of the purpose for which said equipment, 
materials or work are installed, nor from his 
liability to replace the same should they prove 
defective. 


Prior to the issuance by the Engineer of the 
final certificate specified in Article 388, the 
Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer two 
(2) sets of record blue prints of the various 
equipment and work as actually installed, for 
which drawings are required from the Con- 
tractor. 


These drawings shall include complete dia- 
grams, plans, elevations and sectional assem- 
blies as may be necessary to show the size, lo- 
cation and method of assembly of all parts of 
the equipment, to facilitate the dismantling 
and reassembling of the same. Each part 
shown shall be identified by a number and each 
drawing shall contain a bill of material giving 
the name, material and number required of 
each part. Such dimensions shall be given on 
the drawings as are desirable for the proper 
erection and adjustment of the equipment. 


Checking Drawings. 


(A4) The Contractor shall check all di- 
mensions and quantities on the drawings fur- 
nished by the Sanitary District or by himself, 
and shall notify the Engineer of all errors or 
omissions which he may discover by examining 
and checking the same. He will not be al- 
lowed to take advantage of any error or omis- 
sion in the drawings, as full instructions will be 
furnished by the Engineer, should such error 
or omission be discovered, and the Contractor 
shall carry out such instructions as if originally 
specified. 


209 
Payment. 


(A5) All work specified in Sections (A1) 
to (A4), inclusive, shall be performed by the 
Contractor without extra payments therefor 
and the cost of same shall be covered by the 
lump sum prices specified to be paid to the 
Contractor under Items 12 to 24, inclusive, of 
this contract. : 


ITEM 12. MASONRY. 


Work Included. 


(A6) Under Item 12 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall construct 
all common brick work, exterior pressed brick 
work, interior glazed and enameled brick 
work and all work collateral thereto. 


Common Bice 


(A7) All work so indicated on plans or 
herein specified as being of hard-burned brick, 
or common brick shall consist of first-quality 
selected thoroughly  hard-burned brick, 
straight and true, and uniform in size. All 
hard-burned brick shall be laid in regular 
bond, with every sixth course a full header 
course. Each brick shall be laid with a shove 
joint. All joints shall be entirely filled with 
mortar. They shall be neatly struck where 
laid on exposed surfaces. Each course of 
brick work shall be slushed up solid with mor- 
tar. All joints shall be uniform in width, not 
exceeding three-eighths (3) inch. All brick 
shall: be' well wet before laying. Mortar for 


210 


common brick shall be as specified under Sec- 
tion Alb. 


All exterior pressed brick and the interior 
face brick shall be laid up at the same time 
as the common brick, in bond as_ specified 
hereunder. 


_No brick work shall be laid when the tem- 
perature is below 20 degrees Fahrenheit ex- 
cept by order of the Engineer. 


Pressed Brick Work. Exterior. 


(A8) All work so indicated or herein 
specified as being of exterior pressed brick 
shall be composed of Mingled Matt pressed 
brick, made and sold by the Consolidated 
Company of Chicago, Illinois, or equal, of 
color and a shade to be selected by the Engi- 
neer. 

The Contractor shall allow in his estimate 
the sum of thirty-two dollars ($382.00) per 
thousand for standard size exterior pressed 
brick f. o. b. cars on a switch track at or 
adjacent to the work, as specified in Section (9). 


Special or ground brick shall be furnished 
where required. The standard brick shall be 
laid as indicated on the plans or ordered by 
the Engineer. 


All pressed brick shall be laid up at the 
same time as the common brick in regular 
and special bond and in a pattern as indi- 
cated. Where no bond is indicated, the brick 
shall be laid in bond in which flemish courses 
alternate with groups of three (3) stretcher 
courses. 


All exterior pressed brick shall be laid 
plumb, true to line and level and pattern with 


211 


a uniform joint of three-eighths (%@) inch 
thick, neatly struck with fluted joints. All 
mortar for exterior pressed brick shall be as 
specified under Section A115. 


Glazed Brick Work. Interior. 


(A9) All work so indicated or herein spec- 
ified as being of glazed brick shall be No. 
103 light salt glazed pressed brick, as fur- 
nished by the Consolidated Company of Chi- 
cago, or equal. The Contractor shall allow 
in his estimate the sum of seventy dollars 
($70.00) per thousand for standard size 
glazed brick and one _ hundred _ dollars 
($100.00) per thousand for No. 103 Bull Nose 
glazed brick f. o. b. cars on a switch track at or 
adjacent to the work, as specified in Section (9). 

The pressed brick and glazed brick shall 
be carefully clipped and fitted neatly around 
purlins, roof beams, brackets, discharge pipes, 
steam pipes, and other steel and iron work 
and elsewhere as required. 


All glazed brick shall be laid plum, true 
and with level, uniform joints, averaging not 
more than five-sixteenths (5-16) inch thick. 
All joints exceeding five-sixteenths (5-16) 
inch thickness will be rejected. The alternate 
vertical joints are to form continuous plumb 
lines from floor to ceiling in all cases. The 
joints are to be well filled with mortar, neat- 
ly pointed with fluted joints. All mortar for 
glazed brick shall be as specified under Sec- 
tion Ald. 


212 
Enameled Brick. 


~(A10) The interior walls of the toilet room 
and main entrance shall .be faced with first 
quality white enameled brick. The white 
enameled brick shall be of best quality, Amer- 
ican size. They shall be free from fiaws, 
cracks, spalled edges, and equal to those 
manufactured by the Hydraulic Pressed 
Brick Company of St. Louis, Mo., and fur 
nished subject to the approval of the Engineer. 
All defective enameled brick will be rejected. 


The Contractor shall furnish all special 
shapes, such as bull nose quoins around win- 
dow openings, right and left hand starters 
at corners of openings, sill brick, bull nose 
headers, cove stretchers No. 800 and cove 
quoins No. 802 moulds, and returns, as shown 
on the plans and ordered by the Engineer. 
All white enameled brick shall be laid up at 
the same time as the common brick in regular 
and special bond and in a pattern as directed. 
Where no bond is indicated, the brick shall be 
laid in regular bond with two headers and two 
stretchers alternating every other course, as 
directed by the Engineer. 


All enameled brick shall be laid plumb, true 
and with level, uniform joints, averaging not 
more than three-sixteenths (3-16) inch thick. 
Any work with joints exceeding one-quarter 
(144.) inch thick will'be rejected. The alter- 
nate vertical joints are to form continuous 
plumb lines from floor to ceiling in all cases. 
The joints are to be well filled with mortar, 
neatly pointed with fluted joints. The mor- 


213 


tar for enameled brick shall be as specified 
under Section Ald. 


Exterior pressed brick and interior glazed 
brick shall be laid up at the same time as 
the common brick in regular and special bond 
and in a pattern as indicated. Where no bond 
is indicated the brick shall be laid in bond 
in which flemish courses alternate with groups 
of three (8) stretcher courses. The spaces be- 
tween pressed brick and the common brick 
shall be filled solidly with cement mortar. 
All pressed brick, glazed brick and enameled 
brick shall be laid in full beds and slushed up 
solid with mortar as they form a part of the 
bearing walls. 


Samples of Brick Work. 


(A11) The Contractor shall construct on 
the site of the work one (1) sample of brick 
work, three (3) feet high by five (5) feet 
long, illustrating the various bonds and joints. 
One face shall be of exterior pressed brick and 
the other face of interior glazed brick. The 
sample shall be inspected by the Engineer 
and altered by the Contractor as the Engi- 
neer may direct and when approved as to 
joint widths, color of mortar and bond, shall 
establish the standard and character of the 
work to be maintained throughout. 


Recesses and Walling-in Work. 


(A12) ‘The Contractor shall attend to the 
walling-in in their proper position of steel 
lintels, steel and concrete beams and columns, 
window, louvre and door frames, anchors, 


214 


anchor bolts, cut-out boxes, electric conduits, 
telephone conduits, gas pipes, water pipes, both 
hot and cold, soil and vent pipes, steam pipes, 
and returns, and shali form all flues, venti- 
lating shafts, leader shafts, recesses and open- 
ings in the walls for the complete perform- 
ance of all other branches of the work. 


Where columns, lintels or other work are 
embedded in the walls, the Contractor shall 
slush in solidly around such steel work with 
mortar, to fill all holes or spaces, at the time 
the walls are being carried up. The mortar 
shall be the same as used for brick work. 


’ Where required, the Contractor shall cut 
raggles, one and one-half (114) inches deep 
in concrete masonry, brick work or stone 
work to receive roofing flashing or other sheet 
metal work as directed by the Engineer. 


Grouting Metal Window Sills. 


(A13) The sills of all types of steel win- 
dows and louvres shall be filled with mortar 
before placing. 


This mortar shall be composed by volume 
of one (1) part Portland cement to three (3) 
parts of sand. 


Cleaning Walls. 


(A14) After the completion of the mason 
work and painting, the outside faces of the 
building and the interior glazed and enameled 
brick faces shall be cleaned with a muriatic 
acid solution, or any other equally as good, 
and all defective joints in the brick work are 


215 


to be neatly pointed with mortar. The spaces 
between window and door frames and the 
masonry are to be pointed neatly after being 
calked by driving oakum into the joints to 
fill. the entire space solidly. 


The interior glazed brick work and enam- 
eled brick work shall be cleaned by applying 
a weak muriatic acid solution with a brush, 
and then carefully removing the acid. All 
mortar and paint spots are to be removed with 
suitable tools. Finally the walls are to be 
washed with clean water and soap or Gold 
Dust washing powder and dried with a dry 
clean cloth. 


Mortar. 


(A15) All mortar shall be mixed with 
clear, fresh water in clean mortar boxes. No 
mortar shall be mixed on the ground or 
floors. 


In preparing all mortar the specified amount 
of sand, coloring matter and cement shall be 
mixed dry to a uniform color. The water 
shall then be added in such a manner as not 
to wash the cement from the mixture, and 
the mixing proceeded with until the mortar is 
of uniform consistency. The gaging of lime 
mortar with cement is prohibited. 


All mortar for common or hard-burned 
brick work and other work in connection with 
which the specifications for this paragraph 
are referred to shall be composed of one (1) 
part of Portland cement to two and one-half 
(214) parts of sand by volume. To this mix 
there shall be added ten (10) pounds of well 


216 


riddled lime putty to each sack of cement. 
The lime putty shall be added after the ce- 
ment and sand have been wet down. 


All water, lime, sand and Portland cement 
used in mortar shall conform to the specifica- 
tions as specified hereinafter. 


All mortar for exterior pressed brick and 
interior glazed and enameled brick work shall 
be of the same composition as the mortar for 
common brick, with the addition of a mortar 
color of the color and shade selected by the 
Engineer. 


The mortar for copings and sills and for 
the brick work above the roof line shall be 
composed of Portland cement and sand in 
the proportions of one (1) to one (1). 


All coloring matter shall be of best quality, 
approved by the Engineer. Great care shall 
be used in accurately proportioning the in- 
gredients in face and enameled brick mortar 
to insure the mixing of mortar of uniform color 
and consistency. 


Sand. 


(A16) Sand for mortar shall be silicious 
material, well graded and shall not contain 
particles retained by a screen having four (4) 
meshes per lineal inch. All sand shall be 
clean, hard, free from soft particles, vegetable 
matter or other deleterious material, and shall 
be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 
Neither screening nor crushed slag shall be 
used as a substitute for sand in mortar. 


217 
Water. 


(A17) Water for mortar shall be free from 
oil, acids, strong alkalies or vegetable matter 
and equal to that specified for concrete in 
Section (C44) and acceptable to the Engineer. 


Lime. 


(A18) All lime used in mortar shall con- 
form to the specifications in Section (C24) so 
far as it may apply, except as directly specified 
herein. 


Portland Cement. 


(A19) All Portland cement used in the 
mortar shall conform to the specifications in 
Sections (C21) to (C23), inclusive, as to qual- 
ity, so far as they may apply except as directly 
specified herein. 


Exterior Walls Above Grade. 


(A20) The exterior walls above elevation 
+ 21.0’ shall be constructed of common brick 
work as specified in Section (A7), faced on the 
outside with exterior pressed brick as specified 
in Section (A8), with cut stone trim. The inside 
face of the exterior walls above elevation + 
21.0’ shall be faced with glazed and enameled 
brick as specified in Sections (A9) and (A10), 
except where the walls are to be plastered in 
which case the interior face brick shall be of 
common brick, and except where common 
brick faces are shown on the plans. 


Interior Walls. 


(A21) The interior walls shall be con- 
structed of common brick faced on both sides 
with glazed brick as specified in Section A9 
except where enameled brick, common brick 
or concrete walls are indicated on the plans. 


Where indicated on the plans, concrete 
walls, beams and columns above and below 
elevation + 21.0’ shall be faced with glazed or 
enameled brick as specified in Sections (AQ) 
and (A10), respectively. 


Payment. 


(A22) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing common brick work, exterior 
pressed brick work, interior glazed and 
enameled brick work and all work collateral 
thereto as shown on the plans and as specified 
will be made by the Sanitary District to the 
Contractor in the amount of the lump sum 
hereinafter specified for Item 12, Masonry. This 
amount so paid shall cover the cost of furnish- 
ing all labor, materials, tools, plant and appur- 
tenances necessary to perform the work speci- 
fied under Item 12, Masonry. 


ITEM 13. CUT STONE WORK AND TERRA 
COTTA WORK 


Work Included. 


(A23) Under Item 13 the Contractor 
shall furnish all materials for and shall con- 
struct all limestone work, granite work, terra 
cotta work and all work collateral thereto. 


219 


Cut Stone. 


(A24) The cut stone shall include water 
tables, window and door sills, door lintels, 
cornice, coping, architrave, moulds, capitals, 
inscriptions, tablet bases, wheel guards, en- 
trance steps and other trimmings, as shown 
on the plans. 


All outside door sills, steps at the main 
entrance, outside and inside, all outside stairs 
and the entire water table of the pump and 
blower house, as shown on the plans and 
specified, shall be of the best quality of Clark’s 
Minnesota Granite from the John Clark Com- 
pany quarries at Rockville, Minnesota, or 
equal, of color to be approved by the Engi- 
neer. 


All granite used shall be uniform in color 
and texture and free from seams, sap, stains 
or other imperfections. The shade of the 
granite color in particular must have the full 
approval of the Engineer. The stone shall be 
hand cut on all exposed surfaces with a six 
(6) cut tooth chisel, with tooling of the 
vertical type. The beds shall be neatly 
dressed. 


All the stone trimmings (except where 
granite is specified or shown on the plans), 
including window sills, cornice, coping, moulds 
and all decorative features, as shown on 
the plans or specified, shall be of the best 
quality No. 1 select gray Indiana Limestone 
from the Consolidated quarries of Bedford, 
Indiana, or equal, of a uniform color, to be 
approved by the Engineer. The stone shall 
be entirely free from defects and_ shall 


220 


be machine cut, with a six (6) cut tooth 
chisel, except on washes and_ projections, 
which shall be finished smooth. All tooling 
shall be indicated on the shop drawings as 
prepared by the Contractor, subject to the 
approval of the Engineer. 


Samples of Bedford stone shall be submitted 
to, and receive the approval of the Engineer 
before execution of the _ contract. The 
samples shall be of sufficient size, and shall 
show on one face the natural fracture and 
on the others the cuttings and toolings called 
for in these specifications. 


The Contractor shall obtain and examine 
the detailed brick layout plans prepared by 
the Engineer after the brick are selected. 
The Contractor shall then submit shop draw- 
ings and diagrams in duplicate of all stone 
to the Engineer for approval, as specified in 
Section (A3) before any stone is cut. After 
approval of said shop drawings, the Contractor 
shall furnish three complete sets of blue prints 
to the Engineer. All joints shall be where 
shown on the plans and shall be even and 
true, with all arises sharp and true to line. 
The bed joints shall be one-quarter (14) inch 
in thickness, and the butt joints shall be as 
narrow as possible. 


The reveals and top beds shall be smoothly 
rubbed. The window and door sills shall have 
proper washes and seats. All roughness left 
by the saw shall be removed by rubbing. All 
work shall be squared and full edged. 


All cut stone shall be dressed so as to have 
uniform close fitting joints and be cut so that 


221 


brick backing will bond into it. ‘All: cut stone 
shall rest on its bed with not less than four 
(4) inch bearing on the wall, and as much 
more as may be necessary or shown by the 
plans. All projecting courses shall be pro- 
vided with a deep drip. All offsets and copings 
shall be beveled as directed. Where shown 
or required, holes, checks, openings, and re- 
cesses, shall be cut for steel work, downspouts 
and conduits. 


All granite shall be coated with one (1) 
field coat of an approved damp-resisting 
paint, Toch Bros. R. I. W., or equal, on all 
concealed sides up to one-half (14) inch of 
the face to prevent stain and moisture from 
the back. This damp-resisting paint is to be 
used without thinning. The Contractor shall 
furnish the paint required, which shall be 
subject to the approval of the Engineer. 


The backs of. all: facing Bedford: limestone 
shall be washed clean before setting, and 
after being set shall be thoroughly sponged 
and then plastered completely with a coat of 
lime mortar not less than one-half (14) inch 
thick, free from cement. 


All stone shall be set on its natural bed, and 
be well bedded in mortar, composed of one 
(1) part of lime and three (3) parts of clean 
sharp sand. To four (4) parts of this lime 
mortar shall be mixed one (1) part of non- 
staining cement. Each stone is to be brought 
to the solid bed, so that bearing cannot come 
on the front edge of the stone, and is to be 
perfectly plumb, level, and true to line and 
bond. The bed shall be well moistened to 


222 


prevent too rapid absorption of the water in 
the mortar. The window and door sills shall 
be carefully bedded on the ends only, and 
after the work is set, and when the Engineer 
directs, the joints shall be thoroughly filled 
with mortar. Vertical and horizontal joint- 
ing shall not be more than one-eighth (1) 
and one-quarter (144) inch, respectively. 
Joints shall be raked out one (1) inch for 
pointing. 


Each stone shall be set with a derrick and 
dropped squarely into place, to minimize shift- 
ing. The stones shall be bonded and anchored 
to the brick backing, as shown on the plans or 
ordered by the Engineer, in a satisfactory man- 
ner. When required the stones shall be dow- 
eled. The Contractor shall furnish and set all 
anchors and dowels, and make all sinkage and 
holes for placing the same. All anchors, un- 
less otherwise specified, shall be at least one- 
quarter by one and one-quarter (14,x114,) inch 
galvanized iron, of length approved by the 
Engineer. Each piece of granite water table 
shall have two (2) dowels one-half (14) inch 
in diameter at the base fastened to concrete 
wall and granite stone and also on top of water 
table where directed by the Engineer. The 
Contractor shall also place anchors in each 
piece of cut stone as directed by the Engineer. 
They shall be coated with asphaltum paint in 
the field. 


The Contractor shall protect all projecting 
members, cornices, window and door sills by 
temporary wooden guards, after setting, and 
shall remove the same and clean all stone 


yoyo 
223 


thoroughly when the building is finished or 
when ordered by the Engineer. 


The patching or concealing of defects with 
composition of any sort or by means of shellac- 
ing in places will not be permitted. All pieces 
of such defective work will be rejected and 
shall be removed at once by the Contractor 
and made good by him. Each piece of stone 
is to be sound and perfect in every respect. 


Terra Cotta Work. 


(A25) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place above the main entrance of the Pump 
and Blower House a terra cotta tablet of de- 
sign as shown and detailed on the plans, of 
color to match the cut stone work. The tablet 
shall be perfectly formed, uniform in color, 
carefully fitted, and to be an accurate copy of 
the seal of the Sanitary District of Chicago; 
the pattern of this tablet shall become the 
property of the Sanitary District. The Con- 
tractor shall furnish all the anchors required 
for the proper setting of the work. After 
setting, all projecting portions of the terra 
work must be protected by suitable cover- 
ing. After completion of this work, the joints 
shall be raked out to a depth of one-half (14) 
inch, then pointed with cement mortar of the 
same color as that used for exterior pressed 
brick, and then thoroughly cleaned. The Con- 
tractor shall protect the work during the ex- 
ecution of the contract and shall wash and 
clean the terra cotta and deliver it in first class 
condition at the completion of the work. 


224 


Payment. | 


(A26) Payment for the work of furnish- 
ing and installing all lime stone work, granite 
work, terra cotta work and all work collateral 
thereto as shown on the plans and as specified 
will be made by the Sanitary District to the 
Contractor in the amount of the lump sum 
hereinafter specified for Item 13, Cut Stone 
Work and Terra Cotta Work. This amount 
so paid shall cover the cost of furnishing all 
labor, materials, tools, plant and appurte- 
nances necessary to perform the work speci- 
fied under Item 138, Cut Stone Work and Terra 
Cotta Work. 


ITEM 14. MARBLE WORK, TILE FLOORS 
AND MASTIC FLOORS. 


Work Included. 


(A27) Under Item 14 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall construct all 
marble work, tile floors, mastic floors and all 
work collateral thereto. 


Marble Work. 


(A28) All marble for toilet room parti- 
tions,. wainscoting, base or covers shown on 
plans is to be of first quality Tennessee marble, 
or equal, free from imperfections of all kinds. 
The marble is to be of the thickness marked on 
the plans, and shall be polished on all exposed 
surfaces and neatly rounded on all exposed 
edges. All marble work is to be set in a sub- 
stantial manner subject to the approval of the 
Engineer. The partitions and pilasters are to 


225 


be connected with dowels. Clamps shall be 
used only when set against walls. The clamps 
shall be of cast brass, drilled to allow for slight 
settling and with brass cap nuts large enough 
to cover the openings. In the dressing rooms 
of the shower baths, a marble seat, one and 
one-half (114) inch thick, supported by heavy 
cast brass angles, is to be placed. In the 
shower compartment a countersunk base shall 
be placed, two (2) inches thick, with an open- 
ing for a drain cut to proper size. 


The hardware shall be accurately: placed 
and well fitted to the marble slabs. » 


The Contractor shall do all necessary cutting 
in marble work for pipes, fixtures, and hard- 
ware when and as ordered by the Engineer. 


The Contractor shall submit samples of the 
marble for the approval of the Engineer. 


Tile Cove. 


(A29) In all rooms where floor tile is 
specified or shown on the plans, the Contrac- 
tor shall furnish and place a neat tile cove, 
as selected and ordered by the Engineer, of 
proper dimensions to fit flush with the interior 
face brick, three (3) inches high. 


Tile Floors. 


(A30) The Contractor shall furnish in 
place a finish floor of red, vitrified tile equal 
to the U. S. Roofing Tile Co.; quarry tile, im- 
pervious to oil and water, where shown on the 
plans and sections. An allowance of two (2) 
inches shall be made for tile and mortar filling 
over the concrete slab. 


226 


The tile shall be 9x9x% inches in size, laid 
with uniform joints not over one-half (14) 
inch wide, bedded into and fitted with mortar, 
consisting of one (1) part Portland cement and 
two (2) parts clean washed sharp sand, thor- 
oughly mixed. The mortar shall be colored 
with a suitable mortar color to meet the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. The tile shall be cut, 
trimmed or otherwise fitted to match neatly 
around machinery foundations, valve stands, 
columns and pipes. 


The tile as finally set shall be true and level 
with uniform joints and at the required eleva- 
tions. 


If ordered by the Engineer, the tile shall be 
ground to make a neat fit around machinery, 
piping or other appurtenances. 


Mastic Floor. 


(A31) The acid-proof mastic floor in the 
storage battery room shall be of the type man- 
ufactured and installed by the H. W. Johns- 
Manville Co., or its equal, described as follows: 


The floor shall consist of a wearing surface 
of acid-proof mastic, underneath which is laid 
two separate acid proof membranes, the upper 
thoroughly sealed to the under surface of the 
mastic and the lower sealed tightly to the con- 
crete floor by means of hot liquid asphalt, and 
the two membranes being separated by a dou- 
ble layer of oiled paper which acts as a slip- 
joint and also permits of repairs being made 
to the wearing surface in case of mechanical 
damage without destroying both membranes. 


227 


All materials used in the making of the 
mastic, i. e., the grit, sand and asphalt shall 
be absolutely unaffected by dilute sulphuric 
acid of 1.400 specific gravity. The felt used 
for the membranes shall be wool felt saturated 
and coated as thoroughly as possible with acid 
resisting compound and samples of all these 
materials shall be tested and approved by the 
Engineer before being used in the floor. 


The conditions under which these acid proof 
floors are used require that they shall be not 
only completely acid resisting, so as to abso- 
lutely protect the concrete underneath, but 
shali also be capable of carrying heavy loads 
without appreciable marking, and tests as 
specified later will be made on each section of 
the floor as laid in order to determine whether 
it is hard enough to carry the loads required. 


Lower Membrane. 


(A382) The lower membrane shall consist 
of two plies of hight weight asphalt saturated 
and coated wool felt. A portion of the floor 
shall first be mopped with hot liquid asphalt 
and the first layer of felt immediately applied 
while the asphalt is still hot, and the felt thor- 
oughly rolled until it is tightly stuck to the 
concrete floor; successive sections being sim- 
ilarly laid until the entire floor is covered. The 
joints between adjacent strips are to be lapped 
three inches, thoroughly bonded with hot as- 
phalt. 


This layer of felt shall then be thoroughly 
mopped with hot asphalt and the second layer 
of felt applied and rolled down while the as- 


228 


phalt is still hot. The joints of this second 
layer of felt are to be so spaced that the joints 
of the two layers are one-half of the width of 
the roll apart. When completed, this layer of 
felt also is to be mopped with hot asphalt, par- 
ticular care being taken that its entire surface 
is completely and thoroughly coated. 


Both layers of this membrane shall be turned 
up along all walls and around all columns and 
pipes to a height of not less than eighteen 
inches and the lower layer thoroughly stuck to 
the wall and column with hot asphalt. In turn- 
ing up this membrane great care shall be taken 
to see that it is not cracked or torn in the angle 
at the junction of the floor with the walls, col- 
umns and pipes. 


Oiled Paper. 


(A33) When this lower membrane is com- 
pleted and the asphalt with which it is flooded 
has cooled and hardened, two layers of oiled 
paper shall be laid thereon, with broken joints, 
to serve as a slip-joint between the Lower and 
Upper Membranes. This oiled paper shall be 
thirty-six inches, 50 pound, oil kraft paper. 


Upper Membrane. 


(A34) Upon the layer of oiled paper is 
laid the upper membrane in one layer with 
three inch lapped sealed joints in exactly the 
same way as the lower membrane, except that 
the surface of the oiled paper is NOT mopped 
with hot asphalt before this membrane is laid, 
and the membrane is NOT mopped on top. 


229 


This upper membrane is to be turned up for 
a height of eighteen inches around all walls 
and columns and pipes in the same manner as 
the lower membrane, and is to be thoroughly 
bonded to the lower membrane with hot as- 
phalt at these joints. 


Mastic. 


(A385) The mastic wearing surface is to be 
laid in two layers. The bottom layer shall be 
one-half inch in thickness and the top layer 
shall be one inch in thickness. The joints be- 
tween the two layers are to be broken. The 
greatest care is to be taken in laying each of 
these layers that all the joints are as nearly 
perfect as possible, and sufficient hot mastic is 
to be piled up over the old work on these joints 
to insure its being sufficiently soft to obtain a 
perfect joint for the full depth of the mastic; 
also that a thorough bond is obtained between 
the two layers of mastic. 


The mastic shall consist of acid-resisting 
mastic block with the proper mineral ingredi- 
ents, a mineral aggregate consisting of broken 
quartz, not over 3% inch size, and silica sand or 
pebble and sand gravel, or other approved min- 
eral and a natural asphalt flux. AIl of these 
materials are to be submitted to test for acid re- 
sistance as described under ‘“‘Tests.”’ The mix- 
ture shall be so proportioned as to have a 
maximum of mineral and a minimum of flux 
without resulting in checking or raveling of the 
finished floor surface, so as to provide as hard 
a floor as possible. 


230 


All minerals shall be thoroughly dry before 
being placed in the melting kettle and the mix- 
ture shall be constantly stirred to insure com- 
plete coating of the mineral with the asphalt 
and to prevent the accumulation of mineral in 
the bottom of the kettle. No burnt material 
shall be used in the floor. The hot mixture 
shall be rubbed smooth with fine sand and par- 
ticular attention given to obtaining a perfect 
joint between the different batches of material. 


Cove. 


(A386) <A cove eighteen (18) inches high 
by approximately one inch thick shall be ap- 
plied along the walls, columns and pipes. This 
cove can be of a much richer mix than the mas- 
tic used in the flocr, as it does not have to 
carry load. Extreme care must be exercised to 
obtain a thorough bond and an absolutely acid 
tight joint between the surface of the floor and 
the cove. 


This cove shall be formed by applying ex- 
panded metal lath to the wall or column, this 
being so fixed that it will adhere tightly and 
smoothly to the wall, and the mastic then plas- 
tered onto this. Great care must be taken to 
see that at no point shall the metal lath reach 
the surface of the mastic, as this would form a 
lead for acid to work in by attacking the metal. 


The top of this cove shall be finished with a 
bevel of approximately 45 degrees to prevent 
any acid from lying thereon. 


231 


Test for Acid Resistance. 


(A387) Samples of acid resisting material 
must be submitted, if ordered by the Engineer, 
to be tested for resistance to sulphuric acid 
having a specific gravity of 1.400. Also all 
material used in the construction of this floor 
will be tested on the job before proceeding 
with the construction by submitting it to test in 
1.400 sulphuric acid. The membrane and as- 
phalt must be unaffected when immersed in the 
acid, and afterward when taken out and al- 
lowed to dry, and the acid shall show no dis- 
coloration. The mastic block and flux must 
stand a similar test, and the mineral aggregate 
when immersed in acid should produce no sign 
of activity, such as gasing, nor should there be 
any sign of solubility, and only a minimum dis- 
coloration of the acid. Any materials not pass- 
ing these tests will be rejected and will not be 
permitted for use in the construction of the 
floor. 


Test for Hardness. 


(A38) The finished floor shall be as hard 
as possible and must be able to support for 
twenty-four hours a load of 4,000 pounds, sup- 
ported on an area of 16 square inches, without 
showing more than 1/16 inch depression at 77 
deg. F. 


Payment. 


{(A39) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing marble work, tile floors, mastic 
floors and all work collateral thereto as shown 
on the plans and as specified, will be made by 


232 


the Sanitary District to the Contractor in the 
amount of the lump sum hereinafter specified 
for Item 14, Marble Work, Tile Floors and 
Mastic Floors. This amount so paid shall cover 
the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, 
plant and appurtenances necessary to perform 
the work specified under Item 14, Marble 
Work, Tile Floors and Mastic Floors. 


ITEM 15. METAL WINDOWS, LOUVRES 
AND DOORS. 


Work Included. 


(A40) Under Item 15 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall erect all steel 
sash and frames, metal louvres and frames of 
the window type, metal doors and frames, elec- 
trical motors and all work collateral thereto. 


Steel Window Frames and Sash. 


(A41) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect the steel window frames and sash of the 
different types shown on the plans, manufac- 
tured by the David Lupton’s Sons Company, or 
equal. 


The type of window sash specified is to be of 
the pivoted type in the entire building, except 
between the switchboard room and the pump 
and blower room, which shall be of the case- 
ment type. All windows shall be manufactured 
in accordance with the details given on the plans 
and as specified herein. Before manufactur- 
ing the steel window frames and sash, the Con- 
tractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engi- 
neer for approval. The frames and mullions of 


233 


all windows shall be made of standard Lupton 
section or equal, pressed to form as indicated on 
the plans, and thoroughly welded at all joints. 
At least one (1) inch of the sheet steel of all 
window frames shall project one (1) inch into 
the joints of masonry along the bottom and sides 
of window openings. The frames shall be set 
true and plumb, before the brick walls are 
built up on either side, and must be thorough- 
ly braced until they are walled in. The frames 
Shall be anchored into the walls with strong 
anchors, securely fastened to the frames. All 
window stops or other parts secured by screws 
shall be fastened by round head brass screws. 


Pivoted type window sash shall be accurately 
framed and fitted, made of heavy one (1) piece 
rolled steel sections with joints solidly welded 
by the oxy-acetylene process. AIl these sash 
shall be provided with metal glazing clips. 
Pivoted sash shall be hung on pivots approved 
by the Engineer. 


All steel frames and steel sash shall be made 
of copper bearing mild steel with an addition 
of not less than one-quarter (44) of one (1) 
per cent of copper to protect same from corro- 
sion and shall be welded together after being 
assembled. 


The four corners of each sash must be con- 
structed with strong mortise and tenon joints 
and securely welded after sash has been accu- 
rately squared. 


All excess welding material must be neatly 
ground off in workmanlike manner. 


234 


After delivering to the building the windows 
shall be given two (2) field coats of the stand- 
ard paint therefore, by the manufacturer of the 
sash. 


The pivoted sash shall be equipped with a 
suitable operating mechanism of substantial 
construction, controlled by chains or torsion 
power operators as indicated on the plans. 


Operators shall be installed for the different 
bents of windows, being connected to both 
lower and upper story windows, except where 
otherwise indicated, or where individual opera- 
tors are shown on the plans. 


All operating devices shall be approved by 
the Engineer. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install two 
(2) motor controlled torsion power operators, 
one at each end wall of the skylight over the 
Switchboard Room. In addition he shall fur- 
nish the two (2) motors for operating said 
operators. These motors shall be installed 
as hereinafter specified. 


The torsion power operators shall consist of 
a milled steel driving worm and a cut bronze 
gear, both enclosed in a dustproof case with 
the worm immersed in oil. -The worm and 
worm shaft shall be machined from one solid 
piece of steel and shall be provided with ball 
thrust bearings. 


Motion shall be transmitted to the pivoted 
sash by a horizontal shaft and properly pro- 
portioned lever arms. Motion shall be applied 
to the worm shaft by means of an electric 
motor having a sprocket keyed to the motor 


235 


shaft and connected with a gear keyed to 
worm shaft by a silent chain belt. Motion 
shall be applied to horizontal shaft by means 
of a roller chain belt passing over a sprocket 
attached to shaft of bronze gear and a gear at- 
tached to horizontal shaft. 


The two (2) motors shall be completely in- 
cased, provided with ball or oilless bearings 
and shall be wound for high starting torque, 
operating on one hundred ten (110) volt, sixty 
(60) cycle, three-phase, current. 


Each motor shall be operated by means of a 
push button switch, located as directed by the 
Engineer and controlled by a suitable safety 
limit switch of approved design which will 
automatically cut off current when _ sash 
reaches full open or closed position. 


The Contractor shall furnish all motors, limit 
switches, push buttons, control panel boards, 
and reversing panels under Item 15 but the 
same shall be installed by the Contractor under 
Item 39. 


Metal Louvres and Frames, Window Type. 


(A42) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect steel frames and louvres, of the window 
type, as shown on the drawings and details. 

Steel frames shall be of No. 12 gauge steel 
of same pattern and make as specified under 
steel window frames in Section (A41). 


Louvres shall be constructed of No. 18 gauge 
galvanized iron; screen wire shall be No. 30 
mesh, 0.0137 gauge copper wire screen, secure- 
ly fastened to removable screen frames. 


236 


Metal Doors and Frames. 


(A43) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect complete in place the required hollow 
metal doors and frames with anchors and 
frames as shown on the plans. The frames with 
mouldings for double doors shall be of number 
ten (10) U.S. standard gage ingot iron. The 
frames with mouldings for the inside door 
openings shall be as indicated on the plans. 
The front door entrance frame includes tran- 
som and hollow metal imposts welded to the 
frame. The transom glass shall be secured in 
place with metal angles, as shown on the plans. 
All metal door frames shall be constructed to 
receive hardware by drilling and tapping for 
the reception of hinges and keepers for locks. 
All frames shall be set perfectly plumb before 
the walls are built and shall be anchored to 
walls with extended adjustable anchors about 
twenty-four (24) inches on centers, securely 
spot welded to the frames. 


Doors shall be of hollow metal construction 
and shall consist of two stiles running the full 
length of the door with crossrails welded there- 
to and reinforcement laid underneath. 


The metal for doors shall be number eight- 
een (18) U. S. standard gage genuine ingot 
iron equal to that specified in Section (C137) 
and provided with detachable glass’ stop 
frames. Where metal panels are used, they 
shall be made of number eighteen (18) U.S. 
standard gage genuine ingot iron on each side 
with one-quarter (14) inch asbestos laid be- 
tween them. To prevent any metallic ring of 
the metal, one and one-quarter (114) inch 


237 


square compressed cork shall be placed in the 
stiles and rails their full length. 


The reinforcement to fasten jamb butts shall 
consist of 3/16 inch by 13% inch bars to run the 
full length of doors. The doors are to be paint- 
ed on the inside faces, which are inaccessible 
after construction, with one coat of the best 
enamel paint baked on at a temperature of at 
least 220 degrees Fahrenheit, and applied also 
on parts where welding has been done, to 
prevent rusting. 


The reinforcement for locks shall be No. 14 
gage steel, welded and so applied that when 
the lock is placed, it shall be flush with the 
edge of the door. 


Both sides of doors shall be reinforced at the 
top in the proper place for the application of 
door checks, hinges, top and bottom bolts, door 
stops or any other device that may be required 
for the different doors. 


All holes shall be drilled and tapped for the 
application of hardware. 


The hollow metal doors and frames shall be 
finished with a baked on enamel, hand rubbed 
to a shine, and then given one priming coat, 
two coats of filler, two coats of ground paint, 
moss green in color, and three coats of varnish. 


After each of the above coats has been ap- 
plied, the work is to be baked and then rubbed 
down with pumice stone. All of this work shall 
be finished at the factory before delivery. 


238 


Payment. 


(A44) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all steel sash and frames, metal 
louvres and frames of the window type, metal 
doors and frames, electric motors and all work 
collateral thereto as shown on the plans and as 
specified, will be made by the Sanitary District 
_to the Contractor in the amount of the lump 
sum hereinafter specified for Item 15, Metal 
Windows, Louvres and Doors. This amount so 
paid shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor, 
materials, tools, plant and appurtenances neces- 
sary to perform the work specified under Item 
15, Metal Windows, Louvres and Doors. 


Steel angles, channels, or other steel work 
specified under this Item 15 will be paid for 
under Item 15 and not under any other item 
of this contract. 


ITEM 16. IRON WORK. 


Work Included. 


(A45) Under Item 16 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall erect all 
wheel guards, ornamental steel and iron work, 
iron ladder, stairways, railings, fascias, metal 
door sills, thresholds, flag pole, bronze inscrip- 
tion tablets, and all work collateral thereto. 


Wheel Guards. 


(A46) The wheel guards shown on the 
plans shall be provided, set in place and an- 
chored into the brick walls. They shall be 
made of cast iron free from any defects and 
made in accordance with the detailed plans. - 


239 


Iron Ladder. 


(A47) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect the iron ladder to the roof scuttle as 
shown on the plans. 


Ornamental Steel and Iron Work. 


(A48) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place all ornamental steel, wrought iron and 
cast iron work required to complete the build- 
ing, as shown in detail on the plans and speci- 
fied herein. Included in the ornamental iron 
work are the stairs, fascias, railings, balusters, 
posts, brackets and brackets for sewage and 
air indicators. The work shall be neatly fabri- 
cated and erected in a careful, workmanlike 
manner. Square corners shall be sharp. Curves 
shall be true. All ornamental wrought iron 
shall be forged and hand finished without vis- 
ible joints. All members in contact, unless 
otherwise shown on the plans, shall be welded. 
Wide bars shall be punched to allow small bars 
to pass through. Abutting bars shall be should- 
ered and headed. All welds and riveting shall 
be carefully done. On all exposed surfaces, 
rivets shall be countersunk and chipped. All 
joints shall be made as strong and rigid as the 
adjoining sections. 


Stairways. 


(A49) The Contractor shall furnish and 
set all the iron stairways, floor supports, 
braces, treads, balusters, railings and fittings, 
complete, as shown on the plans. The work 
shall be neatly fabricated and erected in a 
careful, workmanlike manner. 


240 


All stair work shall be hand finished without 
visible joints, square corners shall be sharp, 
curves true and all members in contact unless 
otherwise ordered shall be welded. Abutting 
bars shall be shouldered and headed. All welds 
and riveting shall be carefully done and on ex- 
posed surfaces rivet heads shall be countersunk 
and chipped. All joints shall be made as strong 
and rigid as the adjoining sections. All stairs 
and railings are to be constructed in accord- 
ance with the plans. 


The treads of all iron stairs shall have anti- 
slip tread surfaces of ‘‘Feralun’’ as manufac- 
tured by the American Abrasive Metals Com- 
pany, or equal. The stair treads shall be of 
Style “‘K,” bolted direct to stringers and to be 
one-half (144) inch thick with truss rib. Plat- 
form and landing shall be one-half (44) inch 
thick with truss ribs cast on the underside. 


All inside concrete stairs shall have style “A” 
Feralun, or equal, anti-slip treads five- 
sixteenths (5/16) inch thick and five (5) 
inches wide with necessary anchors. 


Pipe Railings. 


(A50) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place steel pipe railings on the stairs and else- 
where of sizes and shapes shown on the 
plans. The rails shall be of standard new 
steel pipe, free from defects and rust scale, 
and shall be securely fastened to newels and 
stanchions as shown and indicated on the 
plans. Special fittings shall be furnished to 
bolt on to channels or floor framing as re- 
quired. 


241 


All of the floor and wall fittings shall be se- 
curely fastened in place with expansion bolts 
not less than three-eighths (3) in. diameter, 
extending into the floors and walls not less than 
two (2) inches. 


The railings are to be set and finished in a 
substantial manner according to the best prac- 
tice and subject to the approval of the Engi- 
neer. 


Steel Door Sills. 


(A51) The stone and concrete door sills of 
the pump house building shall be covered with 
a checkered steel plate one-quarter (14) inch 
thick, turned down over the outer edge of the 
stone and concrete sills, neatly fitted at edges 
and secured in place with brass expansion bolts 
as shown on plans. 


Vault Door and Frame. 


(A52) The iron frame and door for vault 
where shown on the plans shall be furnished, 
set and anchored into the wall. The door and 
frame shall be similar and equal to the 
Herring-Hall-Marvin Safe Co.’s manufacture. 
The frame shall be three (8) inches by three- 
sixteenths (3/16) of an inch steel. The door 
shall be three-sixteenths (3/16) of an inch 
steel plate, paneled on the inner side with two 
by two (2x2) inch by three-sixteenths (3/16) 
inch steel angles around the edges, forming 
the bolt frame, through which shall work two 
(2) steel cross bolts and one (1) vertical pol- 
ished steel bolt controlled by a four (4) tum- 
bler combination lock. The dial, handle and 


242 


hinge tips shall be nickel plated and the ex- 
posed parts ornamented and enamel finished. 
The fianges on the frame shall overlap the 
wall both inside and outside of vault. 


Thresholds. 


(A53) <All door openings in outside walls 
of the building and at certain openings in divi- 
sion walls, as indicated on the plans, shall be 
provided with bronze and cast iron thresholds 
as required, placed in a neat manner. They 
shall be one-half (44) inch by four and one- 
half (414) inch in size, beveled on both ends, 
notched where necessary to fit between jambs, 
provided with bearing webs and with counter- 
sunk holes for screws. The threshold of the 
Main Entrance on the East Elevation shall be 
of a special pattern as shown on the plans and 
in the details. 


All thresholds shall be secured carefully in 
place with brass screws, two (2) in each end of 
thresholds, and others staggered intermediately 
between, spaced not.more than twelve (12) 
inches apart. Where screws are placed, holes 
shall be drilled into the masonry sills and filled 
with lead, into which the screws shall be 
driven. Where cast iron thresholds are shown 
on the plans, they shall be of a type similar to 
those specified for bronze and shall be fastened 
in place likewise. 


Thresholds for Elevator door openings shall 
be of anti-slip tread surfaces of ‘‘Feralun”’ as 
manufactured by the American Abrasive 
Metals Company or equal and shall be one- 
half (44) inch thick. 


, 243 


Flag Pole. 


(A54) The flag pole shall be placed on 
the building where shown on the plans or 
where directed by the Engineer. It shall be 
built up of galvanized steel or wrought iron 
pipe and shall be substantially secured to suit- 
able structural supports as shown on. plans. 
The pole shall be tapered and not less than 
four (4) inches diameter at the top and seven 
(7) inches diameter at the bottom. The joints 
shall be neatly made to insure a good fit. The 
female tube shall be drilled and secured to the 
male tube with tap screws, bolts or pins of 
sufficient strength to carry the upper section 
of the pole. The ends of the screws, bolts or 
‘pins shall be upset. The exposed ends of the 
female tube shall be chamfered and calked 
tight. <A ball bearing revolving halyard top 
shall be furnished, of the Walworth Mfg. Co. 
make or equal, provided with a bronze sheave 
bronze mounted, and capped with a neat gild- 
ed copper ball eight (8) inches in diameter. 
The copper ball shall be acid cleaned, painted 
- with four (4) coats of the best English weath- 
erproof sizing and covered with gold leaf. A 
neat galvanized iron cleat shall be fastened 
to the bottom of the pole at a point about three 
(3) feet above the roof. The flag pole and 
supports shall be given three (8) coats of 
rust-resisting paint of approved make and 
color as directed by the Engineer. 


Inscription Tablets. 


(A55) The inscription tablets shall be of 
cast statuary bronze approximately twenty- 
three and one-half (2314) inches by thirty-six 


244 


and one-half (3614) inches in size. The tab- 
lets shall have a neat raised moulded border 
with raised lugs where bolts are shown at 
the corners. The metal in tablets shall not 
be less than five-sixteenths (5/16) inches thick 
and the lettering shall be raised and neatly 
executed. The lettering shall include the 
name of the Building, the dates of commence- 
ment and completion, the names and titles 
of the trustees, engineers, and architect. The 
arrangement of the descriptive lettering will 
be decided later, with one tablet containing 
one part of the inscription and the other tablet 
containing the other part. 


The raised surfaces of the border and all let- 
ters shall be finished smooth and highly pol- 
ished, and the sunken surfaces shall be stip- 
pled. The tablets are to be free of defects, the 
letters and figures perfectly formed and neatly 
chased. The tablets shall be secured to the 
wall squarely with suitable heavy bronze ex- 
pansion bolts with ornamental button heads. 


Payment. 


(A56) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all wheel guards, ornamental 
steel and iron work, iron ladder, stairways, 
railings, fascias, vault door and frame, metal 
door sills, thresholds, flag pole, inscription tab- 
lets, and all work collateral thereto, as shown 
on the plans and as specified, will be made by 
the Sanitary District to the Contractor in the 
amount of the lump sum hereinafter specified 
for Item 16, Iron Work. This amount so paid 
shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor, ma- 
terials, tools, plant and appurtenances neces- 


245 


sary to perform the work specified under Item 
16, Iron Work. 


Steel angles, channels or other steel work 
specified under this Item 16 will be paid for 
under Item 16 and not under any other item 
of this contract. 


ITEM 17. SHEET METAL WORK 


Work Included. 


(A57) Under Item 17 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall construct 
and install all flashings, scuttles, pent house 
type louvres, ventilators, skylights, skylight 
glass, gutters, conductor pipes, splash pans, 
electric motors and all work collateral thereto. 


Flashings. 


(A58) The flashings and counter-flashing 
of all parapet and pent house walls of the 
building shall be furnished and placed by the 
Contractor to make a perfectly water-tight job. 
The flashings shall consist of a base and cap 
flashing of soft rolled sixteen (16) oz. copper 
soldered at all joints. The cap flashing shall 
extend into ragglets cut into the joints of the 
brickwork to a depth of one and one-half 
(114) inches and shall be turned down at least 
six (6) inches over the upturned base flashing. 
The cap flashing shall be anchored into the 
ragglets with plugs formed of coiled copper 
strips driven into the ragglets not more than 
twelve (12) inches apart. The ragglet shall 
then be filled up solidly with mastic filler. The 
base flashing shall extend at least six (6) 


246 


inches under the roofing felt and shall be 
turned up at the parapet wall under the cap 
flashing. 


Flashings of the above specified material 
shall also be placed around all openings, venti- 
lators, ventilating ducts, flues, skylights, louvres, 
pent house doors, flag pole and scuttle, in 
which case the flashing metal must extend at 
least twelve (12) inches under the roofing felt. 


Conductor Pipes, Gutters and Splash Pans. 


(A59) Where shown on the plans or de- 
tails, the Contractor shall furnish and set Con- 
ductor pipes, gutters and splash pans con- 
structed of sixteen (16) ounce copper. 


Scuttle. 


(A60) The scuttle in the roof over the 
building shall be constructed and placed, in ac- 
cordance with the plans, by the Contractor. It 
shall be of wooden construction, neatly cov- 
ered with sixteen (16) ounce sheet copper on 
all sides. 


Louvres, Pent House Type. 


(A61) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place two (2) pent house type louvres, one 
on the roof over the Screen Chamber Shaft and 
one on the roof over the Fan Room.. They shall 
be constructed of steel framing with all ex- 
posed steel covered on the outside with sheet 
copper and with sheet copper louvres. They 
shall be provided with copper gutters, gravel 
stops, conductor pipes, splash pans and flashing 
as shown on the plans. The roof of the louvre 


247 


over the Fan Room shall be covered with sheet 
copper with tight interlocking joints. The roof 
of the louvre over the Screen Chamber Shaft 
is to be covered with pyrobar roof tile set on 
tee irons over which is to be laid roof water- 
proofing as specified under Sections (A66) and 
A69. All copper used in the construction of 
these louvres shall be sixteen (16) ounce. All 
bolts and nuts shall be of brass. 


Ventilators. 


(A62) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place on the small skylight over the Instru- 
ment Repair Room as shown on the plans, a 
roof ventilator of the Aeolus pattern, as manu- 
factured by the Aeolus Dickinson Company of 
Chicago, or equal. This ventilator shall be 
made of copper of weight as indicated on the 
plans, securely fastened to the skylight and 
have angle braces at each corner. They shall 
be equipped with tight-fitting dampers rein- 
forced so as not to buckle and controlled from 
the floor by suitable bronze chains or bronze 
flexible cable, passing over and through neat 
bronze metal pulleys along the roof and build- 
ing walls. Bronze metal cleats shall be fur- 
nished and securely fastened with brass bolts 
to walls at the proper height to secure the 
chains or cables. 


Sky Lights. 


(A638) The skylights shall be constructed 
and placed in accordance with the plans, by 
the Contractor. 


The skylight over the pump and blower 
room and the skylight over the switchboard 


248 


room shall be of steel construction, neatly 
covered with sixteen (16) ounce sheet copper. 


The type of bars shall be of rolled U shaped 
bars, as manufactured by David Lupton’s Sons 
Company, or equal, with flange of the bar so 
shaped to hold the strands of saturated fiber 
on which the glass rests and with special fea- 
tures to take care of condensation. 


The caps shall be made of sixteen (16) 
ounce cold rolled copper, secured by malleable 
iron studs and brass dome nuts. 


The curb aprons shall be of sixteen (16) 
ounce cold rolled copper. 


The skylight bars shall be spaced on twenty- 
four and three-quarters (2434,) inches centers 
and provisions shall be made to take care of 
condensation by placing between glass laps a 
strand of fibre sloping upwards from each side 
of the bar to a point midway of the width of 
the light, condensation being drained into the 
special skylight bar and discharged at the 
drip holes in the ends. 


All structural steel supports necessary for 
the support of the skylights shall be furnished 
and installed by the Contractor. No lights of 
glass shall be larger than seventy-two (72) 
inches in length. All glass used in the glazing 
of the skylights shall be furnished and installed 
by the Contractor and shall be of the pattern 
known as one-quarter (14,) inch Penticore Wire 
glass, as manufactured by the Mississippi Wire 
Glass Company, or equal, or one-quarter (4%) 
inch Acqueduct Wire Glass, as manufactured 
by the Pennsylvania Wire Glass Company, or 
equal. 


249 


The Contractor shall protect the glass dur- 
ing erection and maintain it until the contract 
is completed. He shall replace any glass in- 
stalled, which is broken or defective. At com- 
pletion and when ordered by the Engineer, the 
Contractor shall clean the glass of oil or other 
adhering material, including labels, paint and 
varnish, and shall wash and leave it clean 
and in perfect condition. Any defective or 
broken glass found in the building, after clean- 
ing, shall be replaced with perfect glass by the 
Contractor without extra expense to the Sani- 
tary District. This work must be guaranteed 
for a term of one (1) year. 


The steel sash in the sides of the skylight on 
the roof of the Pump and Blower Room shall 
be of the continuous type as manufactured by 
David Lupton’s Sons Company or equal. They 
shall be controlled in lines about sixty-five (65) 
feet in length with a stationary section of 
thirty (80) feet between each line. There will 
be four (4) operators required, two (2) to 
each side. These lines of sash shall be con- 
trolled by torsion power operators, operated by 
four (4) electrical motors, to be installed by 
the Contractor, using one (1) motor for each 
sixty-five (65) feet of line. The operating 
mechanism shall be so arranged that the sash 
will not open further than six (6) inches. 


The torsion power operators shall consist of 
a milled steel driving worm and a cut bronze 
gear, both enclosed in a dustproof case with 
the worm immersed in oil. The worm and 
worm shaft shall be machined from one solid 
piece of steel and shall be provided with ball 
thrust bearings. 


250 


Motion shall be transmitted to the pivoted 
sash by a horizontal shaft and properly pro- 
portioned lever arms. Motion shall be applied 
to the worm shaft by means of an electric 
motor having a sprocket keyed to the motor 
shaft and connected with a gear keyed to 
worm shaft by a silent chain belt. Motion 
shall be applied to horizontal shaft by means 
of a roller chain belt passing over a sprocket 
attached to shaft of bronze gear and a gear 
attached to horizontal shaft. 


The four (4) motors shall be completely in- 
cased, provided with ball or oilless bearings 
and shall be wound for high starting torque, 
operating on one hundred ten (110) volt, sixty 
(60) cycle, three-phase, current. 


Each motor shall be operated by means of a 
push button switch, located as directed by the 
Engineer and controlled by a suitable safety 
limit switch of approved design which will 
automatically cut off current when sash 
reaches full open or closed position. 


The Contractor shall furnish all motors, limit 
switches, push buttons, control panel boards, 
and reversing panels under Item 17 but the 
same shall be installed by the Contractor under 
Item 39. 


The skylight over the switchboard room must 
be constructed so as to be absolutely water- 
tight and to take care of all condensation. 


The small skylight over the Instrument Re- 
pair Room shall be constructed of sixteen (16) 
ounce copper set on concrete bases with angle 
iron braces where necessary. The skylight bars 


251 


shall be formed of sixteen (16) ounce copper 
and shall be provided with condensation gut- 
ters. 


Payment. 


(A64) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all flashings, scuttles, pent house 
type louvres, ventilators, skylights, glazing of 
skylights, gutters, conductor pipes, splash pans, 
electric motors and all work collateral thereto 
as shown on the plans and as specified, will be 
made by the Sanitary District to the Contractor 
in the amount of the lump sum hereinafter 
specified for Item 17, Sheet Metal Work. This 
amount so paid shall cover the cost of furnish- 
ing all labor, materials, tools, plant and appur- 
tenances necessary to perform the work speci- 
fied under Item 17, Sheel Metal Work. 


Steel angles, channels or other steel work 
specified under this Item 17, except the struc- 
tural framing for the skylights and pent house 
type louvres, will be paid for under Item 17 
and not under any other item under this con- 
tract. 


ITEM 18. GYPSUM ROOF TILE AND ROOF 
WATERPROOFING 


Work Included. 


(A65) Under Item 18 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall construct all 
gypsum tile roof and roof waterproofing and 
all work collateral thereto. 


252 


Gypsum Roof Tile. 


(A66) The roof of the entire Pump and 
Blower House shall be composed of ‘‘Pyrobar”’ 
reinforced six (6) inch standard long span hol- 
low gypsum tile, manufactured by the United 
States Gypsum Company or equal. The weight 
of the six (6) inch tile shall not exceed twenty- 
five (25) pounds per square foot. 


The roof of the louvres over the Screen 
Chamber Shaft shall be covered with three (3) 
inch, short span solid type, ‘‘Pyrobar,’’ or 
equal, roof tile, set on “‘tee’” irons. The weight 
of the three (8) inch tile shall not exceed fif- 
teen (15) pounds per square foot. 


Every piece of roof tile shall be perfect in 
shape, free from cracks, spalled edges or other 
defects that may impair the strength of the 
tiles, or mar the uniform appearance of the 
under side of the tile, that form the finished 
ceiling of the building. Where required, the 
tile shall be neatly cut and fitted to place. 


Placing Roof Tile. 


(A67) The roof tile shall be placed close 
together on the steel purlins and secured to the 
steel roof beams. All joints in the tile roofs 
shall be filled thoroughly with a grout mixed in 
the proportion of one (1) part powdered gyp- 
sum to three (3) parts sand by weight. The 
joints shall be neatly pointed on upper surfaces 
of the roof. Where tile rest on concrete beams 
or on wall ledges, they shall be set in Portland 
cement mortar, as specified in Section (A15) 
to make a firm bed. The tile shall be laid as 
evenly and closely together as possible to make 


253 


a uniform even surface upon which the water- 
proofing material shall be laid as quickly as 
possible. 


The joints shall be neatly made in regular 
lines across the roof. 


The underside of the roof tile shall receive 
two coats of paint as specified under Section 
(A82). 


Roof Saddles and Curbs. 


(A68) Upon the gypsum tile roofs, gypsum 
roof saddles are to be formed, as shown on the 
plans, to provide adequate slopes to the va- 
rious conductor heads. These saddles are to 
be constructed of a uniform mixture of calcined 
gypsum and water, in which is stirred not over 
fifteen (15) pounds by weight of wood planer 
shavings to every one hundred (100) pounds 
of calcined gypsum. The top surface of the 
saddles shall be properly sloped and screeded 
to a smooth surface to receive the waterproof 
covering. 


Upon the gypsum tile roofs reinforced con- 
crete curbs are to be neatly formed for the 
bases of metal ventilators, skylights, scuttles 
and louvres, as shown on the plans. The tile 
are to be neatly cut and fitted around all curbs. 
Where conductor pipes run through the roofs, 
the Contractor shall place small reinforced 
slabs of concrete in place of the specified gyp- 
sum blocks. 


Pyrobar tile shall be given one coat of 
‘“Structolite Sealer’? applied in a satisfactory 
way in the mill to the underside of the tile to 


254 


prevent scaling of the gypsum. Exposed joints 
and untreated surfaces of gypsum cast in the 
field shall likewise be treated with the sealing 
compound applied in a satisfactory manner, 
after the roof is finished. 


Roof Waterproofing. 


(A69) The Contractor shall apply over the 
entire gypsum block surfaces a built-up roof 
waterproof covering constructed as hereinafter 
specified or of an equal quality and specifica- 
tion to be submitted to and approved by the 
Chief Engineer. 


The gypsum surface shall be thoroughly 
cleaned. Over the entire surface shall be laid 
two (2) plies of tarred felt, lapping each sheet 
seventeen (17) inches over the preceding one, 
nailing as often as is necessary to hold the 
sheets in place until the remaining felt is laid, 
and then coating the entire surface uniformly 
with pitch. 


Over the entire surface shall then be laid 
three (3) plies of tarred felt, lapping each 
sheet twenty-two (22) inches over the preced- 
ing one, mopping with pitch the full twenty- 
two (22) inches in each sheet, so that in no 
place shall felt touch felt. Such nailing as is 
necessary shall be done. All nails shall be cov- 
ered by not less than two (2) plies of felt. 


Over the entire surface the Contractor shall 
pour from a dipper a uniform coating of pitch, 
into which, while hot, shall be embedded not 
less than four hundred (400) pounds of gravel 
or three hundred (800) pounds of slag for 
each one hundred (100) square feet. The 


255 


gravel or slag shall be from one-quarter (14) 
to five-eighths (5) inch in size, dry and 
free from dirt. 


The felt shall be laid without wrinkles or 
buckles. Not less than one hundred and fifty 
(150) pounds of pitch shall be used for con- 
structing each one hundred (100) square feet 
of completed roof, and the pitch shall not be 
heated above 400 degrees Fahrenheit. 


All plies of felt shall be extended up to the 
height shown on the brick parapet walls and 
flashed with 16 oz. copper flashing installed in 
ragglets in the masonry, as specified under 
Item 17. 


The Engineer may inspect the roof before the 
gravel or slag is applied, by cutting a slit not 
less than three (3) feet long at right angles to 
the way the felt is laid. The Contractor shall 
repair such slit at his own expense. All felt and 
pitch used shall be delivered on the work in 
original packages bearing the manufacturer’s 
label. 


The Manufacturer of the roofing felt and 
roofing pitch shall have the right to inspect all 
material to be used in the roof waterproofing, 
and to inspect the application of such material 
in the work, and the Contractor shall furnish 
a satisfactory bond of such Manufacturer in 
the amount of Five Dollars ($5.00) per one 
hundred square feet of total roof area pro- 
viding for the proper maintenance of the roof 
waterproofing for a period of twenty (20) 
years from date of completion of the work, as 
specified in Article 34. 


256 


Payment. 


(A70) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all gypsum tile roof, roof water- 
proofing and all work collateral thereto as 
shown on the plans and as specified will be 
made by the Sanitary District to the Contractor 
in the amount of the lump sum hereinafter 
specified for Item 18, Gypsum Roof Tile and 
Roof Waterproofing. This amount so paid 
shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor, ma- 
terials, tools, plant and appurtenances neces- 
sary to perform the work specified, also the 
20 year guarantee, under Item 18, Gypsum 
Roof Tile and Roof Waterproofing. 


Steel angles, channels, tees, or other steel 
work specified under this Item 18 will be paid 
for under Item 18 and not under any other 
item of this contract. 


ITEM 19. CARPENTER WORK, MILLWORK, 
HARDWARE AND LOCKERS. 


Work Included. 


(A71) Under Item 19 the Contractor shall 
furnish all material for and shall construct all 
carpenter work, millwork, hardware, lockers 
and all work collateral thereto. 


Carpenter and Millwork. 


(A72) All toilet room stall doors shall be 
Morgan doors manufactured by the Morgan 
Sash and Door Company, or equal, and shall be 
of sizes and patterns as shown on the plans. 
They shall be carefully fitted and hung in 
their respective places, trimmed complete with 


257 


hardware as hereinafter specified and to be 
of clear quarter sawed red oak, thoroughly 
kiln dried and sandpapered perfectly smooth. 


A picture moulding of clear red oak shall 
be placed around the walls of the office only. 


The table and benches for the men’s locker 
and lunch rooms and the cabinets for the in- 
strument room shall be constructed in accord- 
ance with the detailed plans, of solid clear, 
quarter sawed red oak, neatly dressed and fin- 
ished. The workmanship shall be first class 
in every particular equal to the best cabinet 
work. 


The hand rail of the iron stairs, where 
shown on the plans, shall be of the pattern as 
detailed on the drawings and of perfectly 
clear red oak. 


After the woodwork in the tables, benches, 
doors, railings, picture moulds and cabinets has 
been well sandpapered, it shall be finished as 
specified under Section (A838). 


The Contractor shall construct a wood floor 
above the suspended ceiling over the Men’s 
and Women’s Toilets, Ante Room and adjoin- 
ing Corridor as shown on the plans. The floor 
shall be 2”x6” D. & M., Y. P. laid over the 
steel framing which supports the suspended 
ceiling. 


Hardware. 


(A73) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place all the hardware required for doors, win- 
dows and transoms. This hardware shall be 
of cast bronze, in a standard finish to be se- 


258 


lected by the Engineer equal to P. & F. Corbin 
manufacture. The numbers of goods herein- 
after specified for the various doors, windows, 
and transoms refer to P. & F. Corbin make. 


All cylinder locks shall be master keyed in 
one set. Six (6) master keys shall be fur- 
nished. 


All hardware to attach to metal shall be 
made to template and packed with machine 
Screws. 


Doors to Stair Halls. 
Each 8 butts 71144—414x4h4. 


Lock '0567x151914 PYx2634 with double 
ring master keyed cylinder. 


Where in pairs, bolts 2859. 
Door checks Corbin No. 8 iron. 


For the double doors at the northeast cor- 
ner and for the double doors at the west ele- 
vation shall be furnished for each leaf 5 Rix- 
son 3 Ball type Monell Metal hinges; standing 
leaf top bolt 266 solid bronze and bottom bolt 
827 solid bronze; each pair of doors to have 
extra heavy cylinder rim deadlock 1432 with 
hardened steel bolt having a double throw. 


Pulls 4896 each side of each door, holders 
037014 for each door, kick plates 16 gauge 
bronze metal. 


For the pair of entrance doors on the south- 
east corner and for the pair of entrance doors 
for the south elevation shall be furnished 4 
butts 71384—5x4 for each door, lock handle 
shall be 748-990, bolt extra heavy 02859, 


259 


check iron on active door No. 105 holder arm, 
inactive door holder 037014 for cement, kick- 
plates 16 gauge, 12” high outside only. 


The interior doors in general shall be fur- 
nished with 8 butts 7114-414x414, lock 0567x 
151914 PYxRosex2634 with double ring M 
K’d cylinder, door check iron, No. 103 holder 
arm, where in pairs fiush bolts 2859. 


Doors to water closet stalls and shower 
baths shall have hinges No. 1000, reverse spring 
silver bronze, bolts No. E15614 and strike for 
marble, silver bronze, hook and buffer shall 
be E2421. Toilet Paper Holders shall be of 
pattern as selected by the Engineer. 


Base stops No. 36514 shall be furnished 
back of all doors where ordered by the En- 
gineer. 


Two (2) keys shall be furnished for each 
lock. 


Lockers. 


(A74) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place where indicated on the plans, or where 
directed by the Engineer, sixty-four (64) 
metal lockers, provided with end panels and 
with backs so they may be set clear of the 
walls. Each locker shall be fifteen (15) 
inches wide, eighteen (18) inches deep and 
seventy-two (72) inches high, and shall be fur- 
nished with a shelf and four (4) brass hooks, 
rim lock, Corbin or equal, master keyed and 
with a number plate. The Contractor shall 
also furnish one (1) additional steel locker 
twenty (20) inches by twenty-four (24) inches 
and seventy-two (72) inches high to be placed 


260 


in the Engineer’s Office. The lockers shall 
be heavily coated with a dark green enamel 
paint or other approved color. The pattern 
of these lockers shall be approved by the En- 
gineer. Two (2) keys shall be furnished for 
each locker. Three (8) master keys shall be 
provided. | 


Payment. 


(A75) Payment for the work of furnish- 
ing and installing all carpenter work, mill 
work, hardware, lockers and all work collat- 
eral thereto as shown on the plans and as spec- 
ified, will be made by the Sanitary District to 
the Contractor in the amount of the lump sum 
hereinafter specified for Item 19, Carpenter 
Work, Mill Work, Hardware and Lockers. This 
amount so paid shall cover the cost of fur- 
nishing all labor, materials, tools, plant and 
appurtenances necessary to perform the work 
specified under Item 19, Carpenter Work, Mill 
Work, Hardware and Lockers. 


ITEM 20. GLAZING. 


Work Included. 


(A776) Under Item 20 the Contractor shall 
, furnish all materials for and shall do all glaz- 


‘ «a \ing (except glazing of skylights which shall 


be furnished and placed as specified under 
Section (A683) and all work collateral thereto. 
Glazing. 


(A77) <All metal doors and windows shall 
be glazed with ribbed wire glass. 


261 


The East Entrance door, Ante Room door, 
including transoms and side lights, also all 
glass in the Ante Room, the Engineer’s Office 
and all steel windows and sash in the switch 
board room shall have polished plate glass. 
All glass shall be secured in place with suit- 
able glazing clips and bedded in putty neat- 
ly struck off even with metal work. The set- 
ting must be done with care, providing suffi- 
cient clearance to prevent the glass from split- 
ting. 


All wire and plate glass shall be approxi- 
mately one-quarter (14,) inch thick, of good 
quality, free from defects of any kind and sub- 
ject to the approval of the Engineer. 


The putty shall consist of a well graded 
litharge putty of make approved by the En- 
gineer, of such composition as to readily 
harden in the sash, without sagging or run- 
ning. 


The Contractor shall protect the glass dur- 
ing erection and maintain it until the contract 
is completed. He shall replace any glass in- 
stalled which is broken or defective. At com- 
pletion and when ordered by the Engineer, the 
Contractor shall clean the glass of oil or other 
adhering material including labels, paint and 
varnish, and shall wash and leave it clean 
and in perfect condition. Any defective or 
broken glass, found in the building, after 
cleaning, shall be replaced with perfect glass 
by the Contractor without extra expense to the 
Sanitary District. 


The glass for the skylights is specified, and 
is paid for under Item 17. 


262 


Payment. 


(A78) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all glazing (except glazing of 
skylights) and all work collateral thereto as 
Shown on the plans and as specified will be 
made by the Sanitary District to the Contractor 
in the amount of the lump sum hereinafter 
specified for Item 20, Glazing. This amount 
so paid shall cover the cost of furnishing all 
labor, materials, tools, plant and appurtenances 
necessary to perform the work specified under 
Item 20, Glazing. 


ITEM 21. PAINTING. 


Work Included. 


(A79) Under Item 21 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall do all paint- 
ing work and all work collateral thereto. 


Painting and Paint, General. 


(A80) The Contractor shall do all the 
painting work required to complete the work, 
furnishing all labor, materials, scaffolding and 
supplies required and shall mix all paint on the 
premises under the direction of the Engineer. 


The mixing of dry red lead shall be per- 
formed with a proper churn or other device ap- 
proved by the Engineer, unless a small quan- 
tity is mixed, and it must be kept stirred and 
used immediately after mixing. The pigments 
shall be thoroughly incorporated with the oil. 


All linseed oil shall be pure, clear, well 
settled raw linseed oil conforming to “Stand- 


263 


ard Specifications for Purity of Raw Linseed 
Oil from North American Seed,”’ Serial Desig- 
nation D1-15, adopted in 1913, revised in 1915, 
by the American Society for Testing Materials. 


All red lead paste shall be manufactured 
from red lead and the specified linseed oil, and 
shall contain not less than ninety-two (92) per 
cent by weight of red lead. The red lead shall 
have a true red lead content (Pb?O‘4) of not 
less than ninety-five (95) per cent and shall 
be of such fineness that not less than ninety- 
‘nine and one-half (9914) per cent will pass 
through a two hundred (200) mesh screen. 
All red lead paste shall be capable of standing 
until used without perceptible hardening. All 
hardened paste will be rejected. 


All zine white shall be strictly pure, highest 
grade of French zinc white. 


All white lead shall be pure hydrated car- 
bonate of lead free from all adulterants, and 
finely ground in at least eight (8) per cent by 
weight of pure linseed oil. It shall not con- 
tain more than three-quarters (0.75) of one 
(1) per cent of moisture. 


The brands of oil, red lead, red lead paste, 
asphaltum or other paints shall be submitted 
to and shall be approved by the Engineer be- 
for delivery at the shop or at the work. Any 
material delivered not of the brand or quality 
approved by the Engineer will be rejected. 


All paint, red lead, linseed oil, turpentine, 
asphaltum and dryer shall be delivered at the 
work in the original unbroken containers 


264 


bearing the manufacturer’s brand, and the con- 
tainers shall be opened only in the presence of 
the Engineer. All paints shall be thoroughly 
stirred before being taken from the containers, 
shall be kept stirred while using, and all ready 
mixed paint shall be applied exactly as re- 
ceived from the manufacturer without the ad- 
dition of any kind of a dryer or thinner except 
as directed by the Engineer. 


A ready mixed red lead paint manufac- 
tured under inspection from red lead or red 
lead paste, and linseed oil, all of a purity at’ 
least equal to that herein specified and of a 
brand or formula satisfactory to the Engineer, 
which paint shall contain not less than eight- 
een (18) pounds of dry lead in each gallon of 
paint, may be used in lieu of the red lead 
paint hereinbefore specified if the Engineer 
shall permit, subject to all conditions as to man- 
ufacture, proportions of ingredients, analyses, 
inspection and use of such paint, that the Engi- 
neer may require. Inspection of the manufac- 
ture of ready mixed red lead paint shall be per- 
formed by an inspection bureau designated by 
the Engineer and the cost of such inspection 
shall be paid by the Contractor. 


Analyses of samples of any paint, oil or pig- 
ments, as furnished or as applied, may be 
made from time to time as the Engineer may 
direct, and if such samples be found not to 
comply with these specifications the paint may 
be rejected and the cost of the analyses of 
such material shall be paid by the Contractor 
without charge to the Sanitary District. 


265 
Exterior Painting. 


(A81) All exterior miscellaneous steel gal- 
vanized iron and iron work, including window 
sash and frames, doors and frames and lintels 
(where exposed), shall receive one (1) coat 
of red lead, and two (2) coats of white 
lead and oil paint, each coat to be of a differ- 
ent shade. The painter shall not count shop 
painting as a coat, but shall paint all work 
in the field with three (8) coats as specified, 
in addition to the shop coat, unless otherwise 
specified in the specific section referring to the 
paint. Paint materials shall meet the require- 
ments of Section A80 insofar as the same may 
apply. 


All exterior woodwork shall receive three 
(3) coats of pure white lead and linseed oil, 
of color to be approved by the Engineer. All 
nail holes in the woodwork shall be properly 
puttied. All knots and sappy places shall be 
shellaced. The priming coat will be taken as 
one (1) of the three (3) coats of paint above 
specified. | 


All work shall be thoroughly cleaned and 
sandpapered before applying any paint. 


Pipe railings shall be given one (1) coat of 
red lead and two (2) coats of an approved 
rust-resisting paint, after erection, of color to 
be selected by the Engineer. 


No exterior painting shall be done in wet 
or freezing weather. All surfaces must be per- 
fectly clean and dry when paint is applied. 


266 


Interior Painting. 


(A82) All interior steel, iron, and sheet 
metal work, the underside of pyrobar roof 
tile and all woodwork, in the entire structure, 
(except woodwork to be varnished, and except 
structural steel work, machinery and electrical 
fixtures), as specified, shall be painted with two 
(2) coats of strictly pure zinc white and white 
lead and linseed oil paint of composition and 
color to be approved by the Engineer, contain- 
ing not less than fifty (50) per cent of white 
lead, in addition to any priming or shop coat. 


All plastered ceilings shall be given three 
(3) coats of the white lead and zinc paint, 
specified herein, of color to be approved by 
the Engineer. 


Interior railings shall be painted in the same 
manner as the iron in exterior work. 


The Contractor shall furnish labor and ma- 
terial necessary and shall paint all steel sash 
and all iron work in the storage battery room 
and the storage battery room walls to a point 
two (2) feet above the top of the cells, with 
black acid proof paint. The balance of the 
room shall be painted with an approved grade 
of white lead and linseed oil. 


All interior woodwork to be painted must 
be prepared and cleaned, prior to painting as 
specified for exterior work. 


Filling, Staining and Varnishing. 


(A838) All of the interior oak woodwork, 
including doors, hand rails, tables, benches, 
picture moulds and cabinets shall be thor- 


267 


oughly cleaned, sand papered, and then filled 
with a good quality of paste filler, after which 
the wood is to be stained with best quality of 
oak stain of a color approved by the Engineer. 
The woodwork is then to be finished with three 
(3) coats of Valspar, or equal, varnish, applied 
in a proper and acceptable manner and rubbed 
with pumice stone to an egg shell finish. All 
varnished work shall be kept clean and dry 
until thoroughly hardened. 


All filler, varnish and stain shall be fur- 
nished in original containers. 


Concrete Paint. 


(A84) The interior surfaces of all exposed 
concrete of walls, ceilings, beams, columns, 
above and below, Elevation -+ 21’-0”, and the 
‘entire concrete work of the bus structure above 
Elevation + 21’-0”, except the top surface of 
concrete floors, shall be painted where in- 
dicated on the plans with two (2) coats of 
“Bay State’? cement coating and one (1) coat 
of “Bay State’? Enamel paint manufactured by 
Wadsworth-Howland & Co., or equal. This 
paint shall be applied as directed by the manu- 
facturers and in colors as ordered by the 
Engineer. 


Payment. 


(A85) Payment for the work of furnishing 
all paint and performing all painting work and 
all work collateral thereto as shown on the plans 
and as specified,except painting work specified 
to be paid for under Items 10 and 11 and under 


268 


Items 25 to 39, inclusive, will be made by the 
Sanitary District to the Contractor in the 
amount of the lump sum hereinafter specified 
for Item 21, Painting. This amount so paid 
shall cover the cost of furnishing all labor, 
materials, tools, plant, and appurtenances nec- 
essary to perform the work specified under 
Item 21, Painting. 


ITEM 22. METAL LATH, PLASTERING 
AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS. 


Work Included. 


(A86) Under Item 22 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall construct all 
suspended ceilings, metal lathing, plastering, 
and all work collateral thereto. 


Suspended Ceilings and Metal Lathing. 


(A87) The suspended ceilings shown on 
the plans shall be constructed with two (2) 
inch by two (2) inch by three-sixteenths 
(3/16) inch steel angles placed four (4) feet 
on centers hung with flat bar hangers of suffi- 
cient size properly fastened to floor and roof 
beams except where otherwise shown on the 
plans. The ends of these angles shall extend 
into the tile and brick walls at least two (2) 
inches and be cemented in place. These angles 
are then to be cross furred with three-quarter 
(34,) inch steel channels set twelve (12) inches 
on centers and securely fastened to the steel 
angles with rod clips of ample strength. 


All of the aforesaid steel furring on ceilings — 
shall be lathed over with number twenty-four 
(24) U.S. gauge, three-eighths (3) inch mesh 


269 


galvanized steel lath, to be approved by the 
Engineer. 


The lengths of lath are to be lapped at each 
joining and tied to the channel steel furring 
on ceilings every six (6) inches with number 
eighteen (18) U.S. gauge galvanized, soft tie 
wire. 


Plastering. 


(A88) All suspended ceilings and all walls 
where plaster is indicated on the plans, shall be 
plastered with three (8) coats in a first class 
manner. The first two (2) coats shall consist 
of an approved brand of straight prepared 
gypsum hard plaster, containing a sufficient 
amount of plaster hair or fibre. The third coat 
shall be a sand finish composed of lime putty, 
plaster of paris and sand, water-floated to an 
even granular or sand finish. All angles of the 
rooms shall be true and straight and the work 
shall be free from blisters, checks or other 
imperfections. 


The entire plastering shall be guaranteed 
for a period of one year against checking and 
cracking as provided in Article 34. 


Payment. 


(A89) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all suspended ceilings, metal 
lathing, plastering and all work collateral 
thereto as shown on the plans and as specified 
will be made by the Sanitary District to the 
Contractor in the amount of the lump sum 
hereinafter specified for Item 22, Metal Lath, 
Plastering and Suspended Ceilings. This 


270 


amount so paid shall cover the cost of furnish- 
ing the guarantee and all labor, materials, 
tools, plant and appurtenances necessary to 
perform the work specified under Item 22, 
Metal Lath, Plastering and Suspended Ceilings. 


Steel angles, channels, or other steel work 
specified under this Item 22 will be paid for 
under Item 22 and not under any other item of 
this contract. 


ITEM 23. PASSENGER ELEVATOR CAB 
AND ELEVATOR DOORS. 


Work Included. 


(A90) Under Item 23 the Contractor shall 
furnish all materials for and shall install the 
passenger elevator cab, all elevator doors and 
entrances complete as shown on the plans or as 
specified herein and all work collateral thereto. 


Passenger Elevator Cab. 


(A91) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall a steel cab on the 6-foot by 5-foot pas- 
senger elevator platform, which will be fur- 
nished and installed by the Sanitary District 
under another contract. 


The cab shall be the Tyler C-14 design, or 
equal, and shall be constructed of number 
fourteen (14) gauge cold rolled steel for the 
wainscoating and number twelve (12) gauge 
steel for the top. | 


The panels of the wainscoating shall be con- 
nected by interlocking light proof joints, to 
prevent dust and grease from entering the car. 


271 


The cab shall be equipped complete with 
emergency exit in the canopy, lighting fixtures, 
inspection certificate frame, bronze hand rails, 
rustless iron kick plate, collapsing gates with 
electric contacts, and tile floor. The cab shall 
have a baked on seven (7) coat enamel finish 
of olive green shade with cream ceiling. 


Doors and Hatch Way Entrances. 


(A92) The Contractor shall furnish all ma- 
terial and install all elevator hatch way en- 
trances complete. 


On entrances to the passenger elevator the 
Contractor shall furnish and installiall sills, toe 
plates, structural steel supports, bucks, jambs, 
lintels headers, housings, frames, doors, glass 
and glazing, bumpers and hardware, of the 
best of their respective kinds as approved by 
the Engineer. 


Sills shall be of solid bronzalun at the main 
floor and cast iron at all other floors for the 
passenger elevator. Sills for freight and oil 
elevators shall be of cast iron throughout. 


Finished jambs, soffits and housings shall 
be of number twelve (12) gauge cold rolled 
furniture steel, with recesses and pockets, 
made to contour as approved. 


All doors for the passenger elevator shall 
be of the two (2) speed type made of number 
twelve (12) gauge material and glazed with 
hammered plate wire glass in four panels over 
the upper half of the door. 


All doors shall be equipped with ball or 
roller bearing hangers and bumpers, complete 


272 


with structural supports and all necessary fit- 
tings. Hangers, tracks and operating equip- 
ment shall be enclosed in dust proof housings 
with hinged covers on shaft side. 


All doors on the oil elevator entrances shall 
be substantially the same as the passenger 
elevator doors except that the doors shall be 
plain and finished with one small glass panel 
at the top; all sills shall be of “Feralun’’ or 
equal, frames shall be plain. All doors and 
frames shall have a deep green finish of baked 
on enamel. 


The 12,000-pound freight elevator shall be 
provided with counterbalanced freight eleva- 
tor doors at all hatchway openings. The doors 
shall be constructed with standard tin-clad 
panels, set and bolted into angle iron frames 
hung on steel chains running over ball bearing 
pulleys. The upper edge of the lower panels 
shall be heavily reinforced and arranged to act 
as a trucking sill which shall be level with the 
floor when the door is open and to relieve 
the suspending chains and guide rails from 
all trucking strains. The doors shall be 
provided with a glass vision panel in the up- 
per half of each door. All freight elevator 
doors shall be given one (1) coat of shop paint 
and two (2) coats of paint after erection, as 
approved by the Engineer. 


The Contractor shall take all measurements 
at the building and will be responsible for the 
proper fit, operation and appearance of all 
door and entrance equipment. 


273 


Payment. 


(A93) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing the passenger elevator cab, all 
elevator doors and entrances and all work col- 
lateral thereto as shown on the plans and as 
specified will be made by the Sanitary District 
to the Contractor in the amount of the lump 
sum hereinafter specified for Item 23, Passen- 
ger Elevator Cab and Elevator Doors. This 
amount so paid shall cover the cost of furnish- 
ing all labor, materials, tools, plant and appur- 
tenances necessary to perform the work speci- 
fied under Item 23, Passenger Elevator Cab 
and Elevator Doors. 


Steel angles, channels, or other steel work 
specified under this Item 23 will be paid for 
under Item 23 and not under any other item of 
this contract. 


ITEM 24. SANITARY PLUMBING AND PIPE 
WORK. 


Work included. 


(A94) Under Item 24 the Contractor hal 
furnish all materials for and shall install all 
plumbing, fixtures, soil, drain, vent and revent 
piping, conductor pipes and heads, and all 
work collateral thereto. 


Description. 


(A95) The. pipe work to be done under 
this contract.includes the plumbing, conductor 
pipes and heads as specified herein under the 
following heads: 


274 


I. SANITARY PLUMBING. 
Ii. CONDUCTOR PIPES AND HEADS. 


All work specified herein shall be executed 
in a thoroughly first class manner, strictly in 
accordance with the ordinances of the Village 
of Niles Center, and the City of Chicago, 
County of Cook, State of Illinois. The Con- 
tractor shall take out all permits required by 
said ordinances, rules or regulations at his 
own expense. 


The specifications are not intended to speci- 
fy every detail of construction or equipment. 
The Contractor shall therefore furnish and 
place all pipes, traps, fixtures, fittings, sup- 
ports, bolts or devices which are necessary to 
fully complete the entire work, whether said 
details are particularly specified or not. 


Wherever the construction of the Pump and 
Blower House or appurtenances: thereto re- 
quires pipes of fittings to pass through walls or 
floors of whatever kind, or to be imbedded in 
work, the Contractor shall install all such pipes 
of fittings when and as ordered by the Engi- 
neer, so that the work may proceed at the 
same time and as fast as the work under other 
divisions. All such work so installed shall be 
neatly capped temporarily so as to be kept free 
of all debris or other clogging material. 


Materials. 


(A96) All materials used in the construc- 
tion of work under this contract shall be of the 
best grade in established use for the purpose 
furnished. 


275 


All wrought iron piping shall be Byer’s gen- 
uine wrought iron pipe, or equal, of standard 
weight and thickness for the sizes specified or 
required. All pipes shall be smooth inside, free 
from imperfections and true to shape. All 
threads shall be clean cut, straight and true. 


All fittings for wrought iron pipe shall be 
malleable iron, free from all defects, with 
sound clean threads. 


All unions shall be of galvanized malleable 
iron with brass seats, inserted to make brass 
to iron ground joints on all piping 214 inch 
diameter and smaller. 


Unless otherwise specified herein, all 
wrought-iron pipe and fittings shall be galvan- 
ized and all soil pipe shall be coated both in- 
side and out with an asphaltum or other ap- 
proved pipe dip, applied hot. 


Placing of Pipes. 


(A97) All piping shall be carefully placed 
and properly graded. All risers, return risers 
and drops shall be erected plumb and straight. 
A liberal number of unions shall be used to 
permit ready removal of any sections. All 
pipes shall be neatly supported by hangers or 
fastenings of approved design approved by the 
Engineer. 


I. SANITARY PLUMBING. 


General. 


(A98) The sanitary plumbing shall include 
the water closets, urinal, shower bath, drink- 


276 


ing fountains, lavatories and sinks, together 
with all traps, vents, revent piping, soil and 
waste pipes, hot and cold water faucets and 
valves, and all necessary fittings and fixtures. 


The catalogue numbers of fixtures referred 
to in these specifications are those of the Crane 
Company of Chicago, unless otherwise speci- 
fied. Other fixtures of equal quality and finish 
may be used, subject to the approval of the 
Engineer. 


Soil, Drain, Vent and Revent Piping. 


(A99) All soil, waste and drain pipes ex- 
cept those included with fixtures, shall be of 
standard weight wrought iron pipe, as manu- 
factured by A. M. Byers Company, bearing the 
name of Byers and year of manufacture rolled 
in the metal in raised letters, or equal. The 
piping is to be of the Durham system, with 
standard Durham cast iron drainage fittings. 
The pipes and fittings shall be coated inside 
and outside with hot asphalt varnish or an ap- 
proved pipe dip. 


The fixtures are to be trapped and connect- 
ed with waste pipes, as shown on the plans. 
The waste, vent and revent pipes shall be two 
(2) inches inside diameter, the soil pipes four 
(4) inches inside diameter. The soil and vent 
pipes shall extend above the roof of the build- 
ing. The pipes shall be supported on the walls 
with galvanized iron pipe holders spaced every 
five (5) feet. All revent pipes shall be con- 
nected into soil or vent pipes, and shall be con- 
cealed in the brick walls. Where vent pipes 
pass through the roof they shall be carried up 
at least twelve (12) inches above roof and 


207 


flashed with four (4) pound sheet lead. This 
flashing shall extend under roofing not less 
than than twelve (12) inches in all directions 
and shall be turned down four (4) inches in 
the pipes. 


The soil pipes and urinal waste pipes shall 
be provided with clean-out openings at the 
floor line with brass caps screwed in place. 
These clean-outs shall be placed where easily 
accessible. The face of caps shall be flush 
with floor or walls. 


Soil and waste pipes shall be connected to 
sewer as shown on Sheet Nos. M101 and M102. 


Water Closets. 


(A100) The water closets shall be the No. 
C-10612 Crane “Saneto’”’ Vitroware Syphon Jet 
Closet, or equal, with Vitroware low tank and 
ports, high pressure bottom supply ball cock 
with integral stops, double acting china operat- 
ing lever, 34 inch iron pipe size seamless brass 
supply pipe with stop valve, floor escutcheon, 
birch mahogany finish plain seat and cover 
with bar hinge and rubber bumpers, brass floor 
screws with caps, nuts and washers. All ex- 
posed metal parts shall have white finish. 


Each water closet and shower bath compart- 
ment door is to be provided with a combination 
bumper and coat hook of white finish brass. In 
each water closet compartment a C-25902 
toilet paper holder shall be securely fastened 
to the marble partition slabs with suitable 
brass bolts. All of these fittings shall have 
white finish. 


278 


Lavatories. 


(A101) Lavatories shall be C-500 Crane 
“Vernon” Vitroware lavatory, or equal, with 
integral overflow, splash lips and integral 
back, on single pedestal leg, wall supports with 
screws, two nickel plated “‘Gielow’’, or equal, 
self-closing faucets, “Securo’’, or equal, direct 
lift waste, provided with stop valves and brass 
waste pipe to floor, 114-inch “P” trap with 
clean-out and wall flange; all exposed parts 
shall be of white finish. The basin is to be 
twenty-one (21) inches by twenty-four (24) 
inches. 


Urinal Stalls. 


(A102) The urinals shall be No. C-15550 
Crane, or equal, lightweight, white porcelain 
urinal stalls, each twenty-four (24) inches 
wide with integral drip receptors and extended 
shields, glazed inside and on exposed parts 
outside, with cast brass waste outlet connec- 
tions and porcelain strainers, No. C-17970, or 
equal, drum trap enameled on the inside and 
painted on the outside. The flushing tank is 
to be a Vitroware automatic urinal tank with 
brass knee brackets and brass flush pipe with 
supports. All exposed metal shall have a 
white finish. 


Where urinal stalls are in sets of two or 
three, they shall be C-15510 Crane, or equal, 
24-inch size, complete. 


Shower. 


(A103) The shower with ‘Niedecken’’ 
mixer, or equal, is to be mounted on the marble 


279 


wainscot, provided with one-half (144) inch 
supplies to wall and one-half (4%) inch 
mixing pipe, ball joint and a four (4) inch 
cast brass perforated head with movable face. 
Two combination hooks in the dressing room 
compartment are to be installed on the wall. 
All exposed metal is to have white finish. 


The floor slab of marble in the shower com- 
partment is to drain to the center into a No. 
C-17970 trap, or equal, enameled on the inside 
and provided with a white metal strainer. 


Slop Sinks. 


(A104) The slop sinks are to be No. 
C-213860 or equal, eighteen (18) inches by 
twenty-two (22) inches in size, porcelain 
enameled iron, one-piece roll rim slop sinks 
with fourteen (14) inch integral back. The 
sinks shall be provided with two (2) inch ad- 
justable trap standards with outlets tapped for 
two (2) inch wrought iron pipe and shall be 
enameled inside and outside with white metal, 
cast brass strainer and two (2) five-eighths 
(5%) inch white metal “Quaturn’’, or equal 
compression faucets with metal handles. One 
(1) faucet on each sink is to be provided with 
a 34-inch hose connection. 


Drinking Fountains. 


(A105) The drinking fountains shall be No. 
C-9034 Crane ‘“‘Creta’”’ Vitroware, or equal, wall 
drinking fountain, with special heavy vitroware 
nonsquirting head and _ strainer with brass 
strainer connection and concealed regulating 


280 


screw, galvanized cast iron traps to wall with 
supply connection, a galvanized iron supply to 
wall with special self-closing stops with four (4) 
arm handle, a special loose key stop and union 
connection for one-quarter (14) inch iron pipe 
at wall, and wall expansion bolts. All exposed 
metal parts shall be white finish. 


Sinks. 


(A106) Sinks shall be twenty (20) inches 
by thirty (30) inches in size Crane Co. No. 
19266, or equal, porcelain enameled iron one- 
piece roll rim corner sink and drain board with 
12 inch integral back and end, painted iron ad- 
justable legs and concealed wall hangers, one- 
half inch compression plain bibbs with adjust- 
able flange, waste strainer, 114 inch “‘P”’ trap 
with cleanout and wall escutcheon; all exposed 
parts shall be brass, white fmish. 


II. CONDUCTOR PIPES AND HEADS. 


Conductor Pipes. 


(A107) The contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the conductor pipes, fittings and heads as 
shown on the plans to remove the rain water 
from the different elevations of the roof. They 
Shall be carried to the point shown on the 
plans and connected up to drains as specified 
under Section (M153). These pipes shall be 
four (4) inches inside diameter, of standard 
weight wrought iron pipe, galvanized, as 
manufactured by A. M. Byers Company, of 
Pittsburgh, Pa., bearing the name of Byers and 
year of manufacture rolled in the metal in 


281 


raised letters, or equal. They shall be installed 
by the Contractor as the work of constructing 
the walls of the building is carried on. 


The conductor pipes and all fittings neces- 
sary shall be properly supported in the walls 
at every joint with suitable galvanized iron 
pipe supports. The Contractor shall keep the 
top ends of pipes properly capped, as the work 
is carried up to prevent them from becoming 
clogged with wood, mortar or other material 
of any kind during the construction of the 
building. After the entire work is completed, 
the Contractor shall demonstrate by actual test 
that all of the conductor pipes are open and 
free from all obstructions and perfectly water 
tight. 


Conductor Heads. 


(A108) The heads of conductor pipes on 
the roofs shall consist of type No. six (6) Holt 
roof vent and leader connections as manufac- 
tured by the “Barret Manufacturing Co.,”’ or 
equal. These roof connections shall have cast 
iron strainers, gravel stops, copper flashings, 
strainer fittings and expansion joints, all com- 
plete. They shall be installed at proper eleva- 
tions, well fitted to conductor pipes and other- 
wise constructed and placed in accordance 
with the specifications of the manufacturer. 
The roof connections shall be left in perfect 
condition and water tight upon the completion 
of the work. All necessary patching is to be 
done in the pyrobar and concrete roofs around 
connections by the Contractor. 


282 


Payment. 


(A109) Payment for the work of furnishing 
and installing all plumbing fixtures, soil, drain, 
vent and revent piping, conductor pipes and 
heads and all work collateral thereto as shown 
on the plans and as specified will be made by 
the Sanitary District to the Contractor in the 
amount of the lump sum hereinafter specified 
for Item 24, Sanitary Plumbing and Pipe 
Work. This amount so paid shall cover the cost 
of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, plant 
and appurtenances necessary to perform the 
work specified under Item 24, Sanitary Plumb- 
ing and Pipe Work. 


Steel angles, channels, or other steel work 
specified under this Item 24 will be paid for 
under Item 24 and not under any other item of 
this contract. 


283 


MECHANICAL PLANT INSTALLATION 


Sections M1 to M266 inclusive, Items 
25 to 38 inclusive and Sheets M1 to 
M102 inclusive of the plans, apply in gen- 
eral to the Mechanical Plant Installation, 
however the work specified under said sec- 
tions and on said sheets shall in no way be 
used as a basis for limiting the work to be 
done under any items of this contract. 


Item 25. Erection of all Blower Units fur- 
nished and delivered by the Sanitary District 
under another contract with all miscellaneous 
accompanying appurtenances. 


Item 26. Erection of the Main Pumping 
Units and Circulating Water Pumping Units to 
be furnished and delivered by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under other contracts, complete in place 
with all miscellaneous accompanying appur- 
tenances. 


ltem 27. Erection of all Air Conditioning 
Equipment furnished and delivered by the 
Sanitary District under another contract, com- 
plete in place with all miscellaneous accom- 
panying appurtenances. 


Item 28. Furnishing and installing all Low 
Pressure Air Mains and branches and all 
Blower Intake Piping complete. 


Item 29. Furnishing and installing one (1) 
Fifteen and one (1) Thirty-five-Ton Traveling 
Crane, and one (1) Fifteen-Ton Electric Mono- 
rail Hoist and one (1) One Thousand-Pound 
Air Motor Hoist. 


284 


Item 30. Furnishing and installing Sewage 
Screens with all apparatus and appurtenances. 


Item 31. Furnishing and installing all nec- 
essary floor grating and non slip floor pilates 
complete as specified, except floor grating and 
floor plates in the screen chamber. 


Item 32. Furnishing and installing, Va- 
cuum Priming Pumps, Sewage Ejectors, Air 
Coolers for Blower Motors, Transformer Oil 
Pumps, Tanks and Purifier, Return Line Va- 
cuum Heating Pumps, Storage Water Heater 
and Miscellaneous Auxiliary Equipment. 


Item 33. Furnishing and installing all Air 
Intake Doors and Frames, Water Tight Doors 
and Frames for Air Conditioning Compart- 
ments, Air Relief Doors and Air Tunnel Doors 
and Frames. 


Item 34. Furnishing and installing all Gen- 
eral Piping, exclusive of Low Pressure Air 
Mains and Blower Intake Piping, complete 
with all appurtenances, Pipe Covering and 
Painting, including the furnishing and install- 
ing of all Motor Operated Gate Valves, Stop 
Gates, Sluice Gates and all apparatus pertain- 
ing thereto. 


Item 35. Furnishing and installing the 
Heating and Ventilating Systems complete with 
all equipment and appurtenances, pipe cover- 
ing, insulation and painting. 


Item 36. Furnishing and installing of all 
Instruments and Meters, complete with all ap- 
paratus and appurtenances. 


285 


Item 37. Furnishing and installing miscel- 
lameous piping apparatus and appurtenances; 
including pipe covering and painting and 
miscellaneous iron castings. 


Item 38. Furnishing of all Labor and Ma- 
terials for the painting of all equipment ap- 
paratus and appurtenances. 


Description. 


(M1) The work included under these items 
consists of the unloading and erection in the 
pump and blower house at the North Side 
Sewage Treatment Works of equipment fur- 
nished and delivered by other contractors f. o. b. 
cars as specified, consisting of motor driven 
centrifugal pumping and blower equipment, air 
conditioning equipment and miscellaneous aux- 
iliary apparatus; the furnishing, delivering and 
installing by the Contractor of all other auxili- 
ary equipment, piping and appurtenances as 
specified herein or indicated on the plans ac- 
companying these specifications, or necessary 
to make the plant complete in accordance with 
the most improved practice. 


Provisions for Handling Equipment at Site. 


(M2) The general contractor for Division 
A has constructed a railroad siding from the 
tracks of the Chicago & North Western Rail- 
way. Reasonable use of this track will be 
allowed the Contractor for Division P. 


The contract of The Sanitary District for 
Division A of the North Side Sewage Treat- 
ment Works contains the following provisions: 


286 


“The Contractor for work under this contract 
likewise shall allow other contractors on other 
divisions of the sewage treatment works the 
reasonable use of such roadways and tracks as 
he may construct, without expense to such 
other contractors.” 


Cranes and other hoisting apparatus which is 
to be furnished and installed under this con- 
tract may be used by the Contractor for installa- 
tion work after same has been properly installed 
in the plant. The Contractor shall operate such 
equipment, however, at his own expense and 
shall properly oil and maintain it during his 
use thereof and shall put the equipment in first 
class shape upon completion of the work here- 
under. 


The elevators to be furnished and installed 
by the Sanitary District under another contract 
may be used by the Contractor under this con- 
tract in so far as they may be ready for service, 
and as he may be permitted by the Engineer. 
No crane, or other hoisting equipment or el- 
evator forming part of the permanent station 
equipment shall be loaded by the Contractor 
beyond its rated capacity. 


The Contractor shall, at his own expense, 
provide any temporary blocking, supports or 
other protection for the station structure neces- 
sary to prevent injury to the same, and shall 
make good at his own expense any damages 
done by him to the station structure or its ap- 
purtenances in unloading and installing any of 
the equipment included under this contract, or 
in removing plant or other property, or in 
cleaning up. 


287 


The Contractor shall furnish such protection 
as may be necessary against corrosion, tem- 
perature, dust, dirt, and humidity, and shall be 
fully responsible for the protection. of such 
equipment until its final acceptance. 


The Contractor shall also furnish his own 
storage facilities. 


Contract Drawings. 


(M3) Within sixty days after the ap- 
proval by the Board of Trustees of the Sani- 
tary District of the bond of the Contractor, the 
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for 
approval, general drawings or prints in dupli- 
cate of the equipment furnished under this con- 
tract and the foundations for same, together 
with other information necessary to permit the 
Engineer to inform himself of the design of the 
same and the character of the various mate- 
rials which the Contractor proposes to use. 
Under this heading, plans, characteristics, 
curves, technical data and information shall be 
furnished by the Contractor, in part, as fol- 
lows: 


Traveling Cranes, 

Valves, 

Stop Gates, 

Floor Plates and Gratings, 
Meters and Meter Instruments, 
Motor Air Coolers, 

Vacuum Priming Pumps, 
Return Line Vacuum Pumps, 
Transformer Oil Purifier, 
Transformer Oil Pumps, 
Transformer Oil Tanks, 


288 


Ventilation Fans, 

Heating Equipment, 

Large Steel Pipe, 

Large Cast Iron Pipe, 
Pressure Regulators, 

Water Strainers, 

Machinery for Sewage Screens, 
Electric Monorail Hoist, 

Sluice Gates and Floor Stands, 
Sewage Ejectors, 

Storage Water Heater, 

Air Hoist. 


The Contractor shall make such changes in 
the above drawings as may be found necessary 
upon inspection by the Engineer to make the 
same conform to the specifications, or to the 
station layout. Prior to the approval of any 
such drawings any work which the Contractor 
may do on the equipment covered by the same 
shall be at his own risk, as the Sanitary District 
will not be responsible for any expense incur- 
red by the Contractor in changing equipment 
or layout to make the same conform to the 
drawings as finally approved. 


Of minor equipment, for which drawings 
may not be required, the Contractor shall aiso 
furnish the Engineer tabulated lists from time 
to time, showing the name of the manufacturer 
and the catalog number and type of equipment 
proposed, together with such prints, dimen- 
sions, specifications, samples, or other data, as 
may be required to permit intelligent judgment 
of the acceptability of the equipment and mate- 
rials proposed. 


Upon approval of the above drawings, lists, 


289 


prints, samples, and other data, the same shall 
become a part of this contract, and the equip- 
ment furnished shall be in conformance with 
the same; provided, that the approval of the 
above drawings, lists, prints, specifications, 
samples or other data shall in no way release 
the Contractor from his responsibility for the 
proper fulfillment by any equipment of the re- 
quirements of this contract and of the purpose 
for which said equipment is installed, nor 
from his liability to replace the same should it 
prove defective. 


The Contractor shall keep a complete set of 
plans and specifications on the work for con- 
stant reference. 


Checking Drawings and Plans. 


(M4) The Contractor shall check all di- 
mensions and quantities on the plans furnished 
by the Sanitary District or drawings furnished 
by himself, and shall notify the Engineer of 
all errors or omissions which he may discover 
by examining and checking the same. He will 
not be allowed to take advantage of any 
error or omission in the plans.or drawings, as 
full instructions will be furnished by the Engi- 
neer, should such error or omission be discov- 
ered and the Contractor shall carry out such 
instructions as if originally specified. 


Specifications. 


(M5) The specifications are intended to 
cover complete equipment erected in place 
ready for operation. It is not the intention 
to give every detail in the specifications. The 
Sanitary District will not be responsible for the 


290 


absence of any detail the Contractor may re- 
quire, or for any special construction which 
may be found necessary as the work progresses. 
No additional compensation will be allowed for 
- material or labor used in performing any work 
hereunder unless the work can be clearly 
shown to be beyond the intent and scope of the 
plans and specifications, to the satisfaction of 
the Chief Engineer. 


Shipment and Installation. 


(M6) As soon as conditions will permit the 
Contractor shall receive, unload and install in 
the pump and blower house as shown on the 
plans or specified herein, the equipment in- 
cluded under this contract to be furnished by the 
Sanitary District, which will be delivered f. o. b. 
cars on a spur track at the North Side Sew- 
age Treatment Works site or on a spur track in 
the near vicinity to be designated by the Chief 
Engineer, except as otherwise specified herein. 
The Contractor shall accept such equipment as 
is furnished by the Sanitary District where de- 
livered f. o. b. cars and shall unload and trans- 
port said equipment to and install the same in 
the pump and blower house. The Contractor 
shall notify the Engineer in writing as to the 
shipment of equipment to be furnished by the 
Sanitary District under other Contracts in suffi- 
cient time that the arrival of said equipment 
will assure orderly progress of the work and 
shall deliver all equipment, piping and mis- 
cellaneous appurtenances to be furnished by 
the Contractor, shall unload the same, provid- 
ing all necessary labor, power, blocking, hoist- 
ing apparatus and other material, shall place 


291 


the same in a position as called for on the 
drawings and as directed by the Engineer, shall 
line up and adjust the various parts one to 
another, complete all joints and do all other 
work necessary to completely install and pre- 
pare for operation all the equipment included 
under this contract, and afterwards shall take 
down and remove from the premises any scaf- 
folding, tackle, blocking or other apparatus 
which may have been used in the installation, 
but which is not a part of the equipment in- 
cluded under this contract. 


The bills of lading and lists of material shall 
be carefully checked by the Contractor in the 
presence of the Engineer, as the Contractor will 
be held responsible for the equipment from the 
time unloading begins until final acceptance. 
Any shortage or damage at the time of receipt 
shall be promptly reported to the Engineer. 
Any shortage or damage found thereafter shall 
be made good by the Contractor at his own ex- 
pense. The Contractor shall be responsible for 
any delays in unloading, and shall pay all de- 
murrage charges which may accrue. 


Foundation Bolts. 


(M7) The foundations shall be brought up 
to within about l-inch of their final elevation. 
After placing equipment thereon, the Con- 
tractor shall shim the same to the final eleva- 
tion, using approved metal wedges, and com- 
plete the foundations by grouting under and 
around the bases of the equipment. 


Previous to setting any piece of equipment 
on its foundation the Contractor shall satisfy 


292 


himself that the bolts are properly placed and 
shall make no claim against the Sanitary Dis- 
trict for any expense incurred in resetting the 
equipment due to any error in the bolt setting. 
Should any error be discovered in bolt setting 
templates furnished the Sanitary District by 
other Contractors, the same will be corrected 
by the Sanitary District. Any errors in the 
foundations or bolt setting furnished by the 
Contractor shall be corrected by the Con- 
tractor. The Contractor shall furnish and set 
all anchor bolts for any equipment to be fur- 
nished and installed by the Contractor under 
Items 25 to 388, inclusive, and payment therefor 
shall be included under the lump sums speci- 
fied for payment under said Items. 


All anchor bolts for equipment to be fur- 
nished and delivered by the Sanitary District 
under Items 25 to 38, inclusive, shall be fur- 
nished, installed and paid for under Item 10. 


Cutting, Fitting and Patching. 


(M8) The Contractor shall do all necessary 
cutting of holes, chases or boxes in and about 
the plant structures to accommodate the equip- 
ment to be installed under this contract at his 
own expense, by the appropriate trade. Ex- 
cessive cutting will not be allowed. Only sharp 
tools suitable for the purpose shall be used. No 
beams, purlins, joists or other structural fea- 
tures shall be cut without the express permis- 
sion of the Engineer and then only when and as 
directed. 


All work shall be neatly fitted. Excessive 
openings will not be permitted. 


293 


The Contractor shall have all patching done 
by the appropriate trade. 


Materials, Castings, Bolts and Nuts. 


(M9) Materials for which no detailed speci- 
fication is given herein shall be of the quality 
and character best adapted to the purpose for 
which it is to be used. No material shall be 
used for any purpose unless it has previously 
been in use for a like purpose for a sufficient 
length of time to demonstrate its probable suc- 
cess. 


The various materials called for including 
cast iron, cast steel, carbon and alloyed steel 
forgings, steel, copper, brass and manganese 
bronze castings and rods, shall conform in gen- 
eral to the composition, physical characteristics 
and methods of treatment specified in the latest 
standard specifications of the American Society 
for Testing Materials so far as they may apply. 


All castings shall be free from blow-holes, 
shrinkage strains, cold shuts and like defects, 
and shall be smooth, true to form and of ac- 
curate dimensions. 


All seats for bolt heads and nuts shall be 
faced. 


Eye bolts for all heavy parts requiring re- 
moval and all anchor bolts shall be furnished 
and installed and payment for the same shall 
be covered by the lump sum prices to be paid 
under Items 25 to 38, inclusive, except that 
paid for under Item 10. 


Anchor bolts for equipment furnished by 
the Sanitary District and installed by the Con- 


29314 


tractor under Items 25 to 38, inclusive, shall 
be installed and paid for under Item 10. 


Replacements. 


(M10) The individual pieces of the ma- 
chinery herein specified to be furnished shall 
conform to exact dimensions on the working 
drawings made by the manufacturer and all 
similar parts shall be interchangeable, so that 
no fitting or adjusting may be necessary in 
setting up the entire machine, other than such 
as is usually done in high-grade standard de- 
signed apparatus. This requirement will be 
rigidly enforced, as it is essential that any de- 
fective piece of machinery may be easily re- 
placed by a new piece made in accordance with 
the manufacturer’s drawings. 


Shop Tests. 


(M11) All auxiliary equipment to be fur- 
nished under this contract shall be subjected to 
shop tests, before shipment, to such an extent 
as may be necessary to determine its charac- 
teristics and adaptability to perform the func- 
tion for which it is intended. 


The Contractor, shall supply in place and 
ready to use, all necessary fuel, lubricating 


294 


oil, apparatus, wiring, piping and instruments, 
and shall make the tests and calibrate and 
otherwise check all the instruments used in 
the tests. 


The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer 
with certified copies of such tests as may be re- 
quired, and shall also provide all facilities for 
the Engineer to inspect the equipment before, 
during or after the tests, if in his opinion shop 
inspection should be desirable. 


Should the above tests and inspections show 
any failure on the part of any of the equipment 
to fulfill the requirements of these specifica- 
tions, the Contractor shall forthwith at his own 
expense, make such changes and repairs to 
the equipment as may be necessary to make 
the same conform to the specifications before 
shipment to the site of the work, and shall, if 
required by the Engineer so to do, again pro- 
vide all the necessary equipment and facilities, 
and shall repeat the tests as outlined herein. 


Painting of Equipment. 


(M12) The Contractor shall do all painting 
required to complete the work, furnishing all 
labor, materials, scaffolding and supplies re- 
quired. All paints and colors shall be fur- 
nished and all painting shall be carried out as 
specified herein under the direction of the 
Engineer. 


The brands of varnish, paint, oil and other 
material shall be submitted to and shall be 
approved by the Engineer before delivery at 
the work. Any material not of the brand or 


295 


quality approved by the Engineer will be re- 
jected. 


All varnish, paint, oil, turpentine, asphaltum, 
dryer and other paint material shall be de- 
livered at the work in the original unbroken 
containers bearing the manufacturer’s name, 
and the containers shall be opened only in the 
presence of the Engineer. All paint shall be 
thoroughly stirred before being taken from the 
containers, shall be kept stirred while using, 
and all ready mixed paint shall be applied ex- 
actly as received from the manufacturer with- 
out the addition of any kind: of a dryer or 
thinner except as directed by the Engineer. 


All material and equipment furnished by 
the Contractor shall be given a shop coat of 
red lead paint, specified under Item 10, unless 
otherwise specified or directed by the En- 
gineer. 


The main pumping units, auxiliary pumping 
units, blower units, vacuum priming pumps and 
motors, sewage ejector air compressors and 
motors and all electrically and hand operated 
floor stands together with all exposed piping 
and appurtenances thereon, shall be painted in 
the following manner: 


All work shall be cleaned thoroughly with 
benzine and brushes. A good coat of priming 
shall then be applied, followed by a good coat 
of rough stuff or heavy machinery filler, rubbed 
to an even surface with pumice stone. Next 
the work shall be given one (1) coat of white 
lead and linseed oil paint of a color selected 
by the Engineer, and then one (1) coat of 
white lead, linseed oil and varnish, as selected, 


296 


and rubbed with powdered pumice stone. Then 
two (2) coats of a high grade spar varnish 
shall be applied. 


Blower motor coolers and air ducts shall be 
given two (2) coats of a high grade rust re- 
sisting paint on all exterior surfaces. All oil 
coolers shall be given two (2) coats of an ap- 
proved rust resisting paint. 


Hydraulic cylinders for operation of stop 
gates and all exposed piping thereon shall be 
given two (2) coats of white lead and linseed 
oil and two (2) coats of enamel of a color to 
be selected by the Engineer. 


The traveling cranes, electric monorail hoist, 
air motor hoist, vacuum return line pumps, 
lubricating oil filter, lubricating oil storage 
tank, lubricating oil pumps, screen motors and 
reduction gears, transformer oil conditioning 
equipment and storage water heater shall in 
addition to any shop coats be given not less 
than two (2) coats of a high grade rust resist- 
ing paint of a color to be selected by the Engi- 
neer. 


The sewage screens shall be painted as speci- 
fied under Section (M95). 


The exterior face and trim of the water-tight 
doors in the air conditioning chambers together 
with such other doors as are furnished by the 
Sanitary District for installation therein shall 
be painted as specified under Section (A838), 
Item 21. 


The air intake doors and frames and air tun- 
nel doors and frames shall be given two (2) 


297 


coats of a high grade rust-resisting paint of a 
color to be selected by the Engineer. 


All major and auxiliary units of equipment 
shall have the unit numbers painted thereon 
as approved by the Engineer. 


LARGE MOTOR DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL 
SEWAGE PUMPING UNITS. 


Description. 


(M138) The motor driven centrifugal pump- 
ing units together with the individual lubricat- 
ing units detached from the pumping units 
themselves will be furnished and delivered 
f.o.b. cars on the spur ‘track at the Treatment 
Works Site by the Sanitary District or on 
another track designated by the Engineer as 
specified in Section M6. 


Promptly upon receipt of notice from the 
Engineer the Contractor shall unload the 
equipment as shipped, from the cars and move 
it into the pump and blower house as specified 
in Section (M6). 


The unloading shall be carefully done in the 
most approved manner to avoid injury to the 
equipment. 


The pumps are of the single stage horizontal 
split case volute type with the suction and dis- 
charge nozzles located in the lower half casing 
as manufactured by the Allis-Chalmers Manu- 
facturing Company. The equipment consists 
of three units each having a rated capacity of 
100 cubic feet per second and two units each 
having a rated capacity of 150 cubic feet per 
second. 


298 


Dimensions, Weights, Etc., for Each Unit. 


PO ND 


(M14). 


. Brake horse power of motor.. 


Weight of motor base...... Lbs. 


. Weight of motor stator....Lbs. 
. Weight of motor’ shaft 


ANGE TOCOT Hs, ies: Lbs. 


Weight of motor com- 


. Weight of field rheostat 


Or (resistante 22. Lbs. 


7. Weight of pump rotor....Lbs. 


8. Weight of total revolving 


10. 


11. 


12. 


13. 


14. 
15. 


PLCTIROTIUES ve kuti cocoa Lbs. 
Weight of pumping unit 
POTD 1 GLO eh sh sieescteie ee Lbs. 


Diameter of motor shaft 
COU AT SEB ag Ub pee DELO Re Ea 


Diameter of pump shaft 
ML NDEALITIC tai. cccr he tocsahentieate 


Inside diameter of pump 
BIICULOM AMO Z1C) coulis seuwseuaeleay 


Inside diameter of pump 
discharge nozzle ................ 


Length of motor bearing...... 


Length of pump bearing...... 


10100 


. 24200 


300 
6700 


16800 


54700 


6” 


18400 


59900 


299 


Unit Unit 

16. Height from floor to cen- 
LEN OL Sra Gee a ile re as 3719), 3 aa 

17. Height from floor to high- 
est DOML OL Unies, ae Gd Sides 

18. Head room required from 
floor to crane hook............ 15/0”) Lb" 

19. Approximate overall length 
of unit; completecinew.. 24°10” | 25°57 

20. Approximate overall width 
of unit, complete. +... 979" \1O'a" 


21. Approximate weight of 
heaviest piece to be han- | 
dled in erection............ Lbs. 16700 18700 


22. Approximate size of larg- 
est piece to be handled 
in ‘erectionveii.s.1. ie 100” 100” 


MOTOR DRIVEN BLOWER UNITS. 


Description. 


(M15) The motor driven blower units to- 
gether with such additional equipment detached 
from the main units themselves will be fur- 
nished and delivered f.o.b. cars on the spur 
track at the Treatment works Site by the Sani- 
tary District under another contract. 


Promptly upon receipt of notice from the 
Engineer the Contractor shall unload the equip- 
ment as shipped from the cars and move it into 


300 


the pump and blower house as specified in Sec- 
tion (M6). The unloading shall be carefully 
done in the most approved manner to avoid in- 
jury to the equipment. The blowers are of the 
centrifugal type manufactured by the Ridgway 
Dynamo and Engine Company, consisting of 
three (3) units having a rated capacity of 30,- 
000 cubic feet of free air per minute and four 
(4) units each having a rated capacity of 
40,000 cubic feet of air per minute. 


Dimensions, Weights, Etc. for Each Unit. 
(M16) 


30,000 40,000 
C.F. M C.F. M 
Rated Rated 
Unit Unit 
1. Brake horse power of motor 1650 2160 
2. Weight of motor base....Lbs. 6400 7200 
3. Weight of motor stator..Lbs. 16500 23800 
4. Weight of motor shaft 
MIVCIMEOLOMe rs \iclisac ets os Lbs. 7210 9760 
5. Weight of motor, com- 
PISTOL etirlatoecleace Lbs. 30100 40760 
6. Weight of field rheostat 
and resistance ............ Lbs. 1000 1100 


7. Weight of auto trans- 
former core and coils 


LU RAR Gls Re eee Lbs. 4300 
8. Weight of auto trans- 
former Case ................ Lbs. 5400 


9. Weight of auto trans- 
former, complete with 
Sif epg ls SU A ee eee Lbs. 16700 


10. 


Li 


tbe 


To. 


14. 


15. 


16. 
ie 


18. 


iy: 


20. 


ree 


22. 


23. 


301 


30,000 
Cc. F. M 
Rated 
Unit 
Weight of blower rotor 
Bee SiS Ani nd Mite A MOLY B Lbs. 43800 
Weight of total revolving 
CLEMENT es lao Lbs. 11510 
Weight of blower unit, 
complete. Lbs. 90100 
Diameter of motor shaft 
at bearing ia ee 57 
Diameter of blower shaft 
at bearings wae ee, 614” 
Length of motor bearing.... ibid 
Length of blower bearing.. 1414” 
Height from floor to cen- 
ter of Shatter e ade 
Height from floor to high- : 
est Point Of initiiwes 173% 
Head room required from 
floor to crane hook, ap- 
DIOR! ii fe ae ease eae 18’0” 
Approximate total length : 
of. unit, complete........ nee Zoo 
Approximate total width 
of unit;ccompletevi. 10’0” 
Approximate weight of 
heaviest piece to be 
handled in erection.......... 60000 
Approximate size of larg- 
est piece to be handled 
inwerection ew viescutel ae 11’6’’x- 


104800 


ol,” 


614” 
1214” 
1414” 


Bree 


[37 


1S 


23/0" 


10°07, 


64000 


11’6”x- 


LO’X10% 10 se 


302 


AUXILIARY CENTRIFUGAL PUMPING 
EQUIPMENT 


Description, Weights and Dimensions. 


(M17) Auxiliary centrifugal pumping 
equipment is to be used for circulating water 
service and will be furnished and delivered f. 
o. b. cars on the spur track at the Sewage 
Treatment Works Site by the Sanitary District 
under another contract or upon another track 
designated by the Engineer as specified in 
Section (M6). Promptly upon receipt of 
notice from the Engineer the Contractor shall 
unload the equipment from the cars and move 
it into the pump and blower house as specified 
in Section (M6). The unloading shall be care- 
fully done in the most approved manner to 
avoid injury to the equipment. 

The pumps are of the single stage type 
with the suction and discharge nozzles ar- 
ranged on the horizontal center line and are 
manufactured by the Allis-Chalmer’s Manu- 
facturing Company. The equipment consists 
of four pumping units each with a _ rated 
capacity of 2,250 gallons per minute. 


Approximate Weights, Dimensions, Etc. 

(M18) 
1. Weight of each pumping unit........ 7000 Lbs. 
a Weight of heaviest piece to be 


Handled in erection ie a 4000 Lbs. 
3. Inside diameter of pump discharge 

PLO CRC aya Sk Res dude be asseue aadiadagaieust 8 Inches 
4. Approximate overall length of 

WP CPE GN: 2 oan Ok Saat  enRS CORI ABE a 10 Feet 


5. Approximate overall width of 
TUT Re ee ceive hoch vu dee w eos uae outed 3 Feet 


303 


AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. 


Description. 


(M19) The air conditioning equipment 
consists of cast iron air heater sections, air 
washing spray nozzles and eliminator plates; 
air filter cells, framing, fittings and miscellan- 
eous appurtenances which will be furnished 
and delivered f. o. b. cars on the spur track 
at the Sewage Treatment Works Site or upon 
another spur track designated by the Engineer, 
as specified in Section (M6) by the Sanitary 
District under another contract. 


Promptly upon receipt of notice from the 
Engineer the Contractor shall unload the 
equipment from the cars and move it into the 
pump and blower house as specified in Sec- 
tion (M6). The unloading shall be carefully 
done in the most approved manner to avoid 
injury to the equipment. 


Ratings, Weights. 
(M20) 


Total square feet of cast iron radiation, 
12,096. 


Total approximate weight of radiation, 
100,000 Lbs. . 


Total approximate weight of air washing 
equipment, 30,000 Lbs. 


Total number of air filter cells, 448. 


Total approximate weight of air filter cells, 
18,000 Lbs. 


Approximate weight of air conditioning 
equipment, 148,000 Lbs. 


304 
_ AUXILIARIES. 


General. 


(M21) Except as otherwise specified, the 
Contractor shall furnish, deliver and install all 
the auxiliary machinery equipment and ap- 
paratus complete, which is necessary to make 
the plant complete in every respect according 
to the most modern practice. 


Only equipment of the very highest type, 
as specified, will be acceptable. The various 
ratings, capacities, designs and dimensions as 
specified herein, or indicated on the plans 
shall be strictly adhered to, and the Contrac- 
tor shall submit to the Engineer for his ap- 
proval complete data as to the various equip- 
ment which he proposes to furnish. Approval 
of data shall in no way release the :Con- 
tractor from the requirements of this contract, 
nor from his liability to replace any equip- 
ment that may prove to be defective. 


RETURN LINE VACUUM 
* HEATING PUMPS. 


General. 


(M22) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install as shown on the plans four (4) motor 
driven vacuum return line pumps arranged 
for automatic control. 


Each pumping unit shall consist of a sep- 
arate air and water pump and cast iron re- 
turns tank mounted on a common cast: iron 
base plate. 


305 


The air and water pumps shall be mounted 
cn the same shaft and shall be bronze fitted 
throughout with ball bearings carried in out- 
board supports and shall be direct connected 
by means of a flexible coupling to their com- 
mon motor. 


Each motor shall be of the 40 degree squir- 
rel cage 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle type and 
of such horsepower as hereinafter specified. 
A 80-ampere, 440 volt float switch of an ap- 
proved type shall be furnished with each 
motor. 


Each individual unit shall have capacities 
and ratings as shown in the following table. 


Water Capacity 


% mh = 10 Inches Vacuum 
fy i) : on Suction ue 
eS Be 2 
et S $ Es 
d oe Om v : » 3 
onl stk on Oo ° es a= 
5 5 2b y fe no o 
S 
SR eee eS eo 
= > Oo ie s KA te 5 
FE aot 3 5 iS) ug 2 
q ga | 8 § 2 “pare 
a > os rt pe i 
w a ds} ne 
| 
iS) < a 
2 Single 8000 10 5 La 28 1% 
1 Single 16000 10 9 22 28 2 


1 Duplex} 16000 10 9 22 28 2 


The above specified duplex unit shall con- 
sist of two (2) separate pumping units and 
ene (1) common cast iron return’ tank 
mounted on a common cast iron base plate. 
Each pump of the duplex unit shall have a 
rated capacity as above specified. 


The pumping units shall be furnished and 
installed complete with all accessories includ- 
ing self cleaning strainer, water column, water 


306 


gauge, relief valve, separator, float switch, 
vacuum regulator and enclosed self starter. 


The unit shall be completely wired with all 
wires enclosed in metallic conduits. All elec- 
trical connections to the respective units shall 
be made and paid for under Item 39. 


MOTOR DRIVEN VACUUM PUMPS. 


General. 


(M23) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete with foundations, anchor bolts, 
etc., as shown on the plans, two (2) motor 
driven vacuum pumps of the Hytor type or 
equal. Each individual pump and motor shall 
be connected by means of a silent chain 
drive and the complete unit mounted on a 
common cast iron base plate. Each pump 
shall have a capacity of not less than three 
hundred eighty (380) cubic feet of air per 
minute at 12 inches of mercury vacuum and 
shall be capable of maintaining a vacuum of 
not less than twenty (20) inches of mercury 
at the pump suction nozzle. 


The casing shall be made of close grained 
cast iron, the internal chamber of which shall 
be of elliptical shape finished true to dimen- 
sions. 


The rotor shall be of cast iron with prop- 
erly curved blades reinforced by shrouds and 
shall be properly secured to a steel shaft of 
ample size. 


The shaft shall be supported by hardened 
steel ball-bearings, the housings for which shall 


307 


be of cast iron, supported from the pump cas- 
ing. Each bearing housing shall be supplied 
with a compression type grease cup of ample 
size. 


The silent chain shall be of a high grade 
make with hardened steel links, running on 
steel sprockets of proper diameter and width 
of face. The chain and sprockets shall be 
completely housed in a suitable oil tight sheet 
metal housing, provided with hand holes. 


All pump suction and discharge flanges 
shall be faced and drilled in accordance with 
the latest American standard pipe flange di- 
mensions. 


Motors shall be of the squirrel cage type 
of not less than twenty-five (25) horse power, 
designed to operate on alternating current of 
three (8) phase, sixty (60) cycles, four hun- 
dred forty (440) volts and shall have a guar- 
anteed temperature rise, not to exceed forty 
(40) degrees Centigrade while operating con- 
tinuously at full rated load. 


All motor control apparatus and wiring to 
motors shall be furnished, installed and paid 
for under Item 39. 


SLUICE GATES AND FLOOR STANDS. 


General. 


(M24) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install in the circulating water tanks two (2) 
2-foot by 2-foot sluice gates complete with 
anchor bolts, hand operated rising stem floor 
stands and spindles. 


308 


Each gate shall be designed for an operat- 
ing head of not less than 15-feet of water 
measured above the horizontal center line of 
the gate. The resulting pressure from the 
above water head will be directed against 
the face of the gate, thus tending to force the 
plug away from the seat. 


The frame and plug shall be of a high grade 
cast iron. The frame shall be of a type suit- 
able for mounting in a concrete opening. 


The plug shall be cast in one (1) piece, 
properly machined and shall be reinforced by 
norizontal and vertical ribs. 


Both frame and plug shall be provided with 
bronze facing strips thoroughly hammered 
into dovetailed grooves and secured by means 
of brass screws spaced not more than 4 inches 
center to center. The facing strips shall be 
machined off to a true and smooth seating 
surface. 


The gate shall be provided with sufficient 
wedges on each side of the gate to insure 
proper seating of the plug and hold the same 
tight under pressure. 


F ised Stands. 


(M25) The floor stands shall be of cast 
iron of the rising stem type not less than 32 
inches high, of neat and substantial pattern 
of ample size and strength to operate the 
gates. They shall be neatly finished. All 
stands shall be provided with bronze stems 
and lifting nuts and shall be equipped with 
ball or roller bearings and suitable means for 
lubrication. _An arrow shall be cast on the 


309 


hand wheel to indicate the direction of rota- 
tion in opening the gate. Suitable anchor or 
thru bolts shall be furnished for anchoring 
the stands down. 


MOTOR OPERATED GATE VALVES 
AND FLOOR STANDS. 


General. 


(M26) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall three (8) 42-inch, two (2) 48-inch and 
five (5) 24-inch motor operated gate valves of 
the rising stem type as shown on the plans. The 
24-inch valves shall be provided with rising 
stem motorized floor stands. The valves shall 
be of the iron body bronze mounted double 
disc flanged type with parallel seats. The 
stud bolts and nuts of each stuffing box shall 
be of bronze. The stuffing boxes shall be pro- 
vided with bronze lined packing compressors 
and shall be arranged to be readily accessible 
for packing. 


The flanges shall conform to the American 
Standard for diameter and drilling and shall 
be finished to make a perfectly tight joint with 
a thin layer of packing. 


The seats in the valve body against which 
the gate closes shall be mounted with bronze 
rings threaded and screwed into the body. 


The dise or gate shall be of cast iron mount- 
ed with bronze rings which shall be thorough- 
ly rolled into machined dovetails after which 
the bearing surfaces shall be machined to a 
smooth finish. 


310 


The stem shall be of rolled or forged bronze 
with the collar made integral. The ultimate 
tensile strength of the stem metal shall be not 
less than 50,000 pounds per square inch, with 
an elastic limit of not less than one-half of 
the ultimate tensile strength. 


The 42-inch and 48-inch valves shall be de- 
signed for a working pressure of 25 pounds per 
square inch gauge pressure and shall be test- 
ed to a pressure of not less than 50 pounds per 
square inch gauge. , The yokes shall be of such 
design as will provide: a substantial mounting 
for the motor operating mechanism and oper- 
ating platform which shall be provided as 
shown on the plans. 


The 24-inch valves shall be designed for a 
working pressure of 30 pounds per square inch 
gauge and tested to a pressure of not less than 
70 pounds per square inch gauge and shall be 
provided with extension stems for operation 
by means of a motorized floor stand as shown 
on the plans. | 


Motor Operating Unit. 


(M27) The motor shall be of the squirrel 
cage type of a standard make as approved by 
the Engineer, designed for operation on alter- 
nating current of three (3) phase, sixty (60) 
cycles, four hundred forty (440) volts and 
shall be equipped with greaseless type bear- 
ings. 


The limits of travel of the gate shall be gov- 
erned through the medium of a traveling nut 
limit switch, directly connected to the valve 
spindle. The traveling nut limit device and all 


311 


gears shall be totally enclosed in a common 
housing. The gears connecting the motor to 
the valve spindle shall be so designed that it 
will not be necessary to run the same in an oil 
bath. 


The unit shall be provided with a suitable 
lever device for throwing the gears out of con- 
tact instantly so that in case of failure of the 
electric power hand operation may be resort- 
ed to by a single throw of the lever. 


With each motor operated valve there shall 
be furnished a contactor panel of such design. 
that the closing and opening contactors will 
work back to back and be mechanically inter- 
locked. The entire contactor panel shall be to- 
tally enclosed within a water-proof steel cabi- 
net with a contactor panel hinged on one side 
so that it may be swung outward for inspection 
and repair. There also shall be furnished with 
each valve unit a control station of the push 
button type with indicating lamps with “open,” 
“shut,”’ and “stop” buttons plainly indicated. 
The valve operating units shall be designed 
with facilities for opening or closing the valve 
or to stop it in any position between open and 
closed. Indicating lamps shall show whether 
the gate is in “open”’ or ‘‘closed’’ position, and 
also when the gate is in intermediate position. 
The control unit shall embody an “in gear” 
light which shall indicate whether the unit is 
in motor or hand operative position. Any devi- 
ation from the motor operative position shall 
cause this light to be extinguished and shall 
also break the control circuit making the valve 
inoperative to the motor medium. 


The Contractor shall do all necessary drill- 


312 


ing for anchor bolts and shall furnish and 
place such anchor bolts as may be required for 
mounting the equipment. He shall also pro- 
vide such protection for the equipment as may 
be required against rust, corrosion, moisture, 
etc. 


Wiring. 


(M28) All motor control equipment fur- 
nished hereunder shall be installed under Item 
39 together with all wiring to motors, contac- 
tor panels, push buttons, etc. 


HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED 
STOP GATES. 


Gencral. 


(M29) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall five (5) hydraulically operated 6-foot by 
6-foot stop gates in the pump discharge chan- 
nels as shown on the plans, complete with an- 
chor bolts, hydraulic cylinders, spindles, guide 
brackets, guide bearings, etc. 


Each gate shall be designed for an operat- 
ing head of 33 feet of water measured above 
the center line of the opening. The resultant 
pressure from the above water head will be di- 
rected upon the back face of the gate, thus 
tending to force the plug against its seat. 


~The frame and plug shall be of a high grade 
cast iron properly proportioned for an extreme 
fiber stress of not more than 3000 pounds per 
square inch at any point. The frame shall be 
of a type suitable for connecting to a flanged 


313 


wall pipe as shown on the plans, it shall be fin- 
ished smooth on the back and shall be of the 
same drilling as shown on the wall flange. 


The plug shall be cast in one piece of proper 
thickness and shall be heavily reinforced with 
vertical and horizontal ribs. The recess con- 
taining the spindle block shall be provided 
with sufficient additional ribs to insure proper 
distribution of all operating stresses. Each 
plug shall be provided with two (2) lifting 
hooks located on the top edge of the plug. 


Both frame and plug shall be provided with 
bronze facing strips thoroughly hammered 
into dovetailed grooves and secured by means 
of brass screws, spaced not more than 4 
inches center to center. The facing strips 
shall be machined off to a true and smooth 
seating surface. 


Four (4) bronze wedges shall be provided 
on each side of the gate to insure proper seat- 
ing of the plug. Each wedge shall be provid- 
ed with 4 bronze adjusting screw and a bronze 
locknut. 


Spindles shall be of cold rolled steel cov- 
ered with bronze where passing thru stuffing 
boxes and shall be provided with necessary 
guide bearings and brackets as shown on the 
plans, the distance from the center line of spin- 
dle to the face of wall flange shall be 9 inches 
as shown on the plans. Each gate shall be pro- 
vided with an approved type of tell-tale de- 
vice, which will indicate the true position of 
the plug at all times. 


314 


Hydraulic Cylinders. 


(M30) The hydraulic cylinders shall be of 
ample diameter to lift and close the gates 
when water is admitted at a pressure of 20 
pounds per square inch but shall safely with- 
stand and shall not jam the gate under a pres- 
sure of 75 pounds per square inch. Each cylin- 
der shall be tested in the maker’s shop to a 
hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square 
inch. 


The cylinders shall be of a high grade cast 
iron fianged at both ends and shall be bored 
throughout their entire length, and shall be 
lined with high grade seamless drawn brass 
tubing which shall fit tightly inside the cast 
iron housings. The cylinder flanges shall be 
provided with male and female tennons ma- 
chined to a close fit one to another. Each 
cylinder shall be provided with a rigid cast iron 
base for anchoring the cylinder down and shall 
be of such type as will completely span the 
gate opening of 2414-inches as shown on the 
plans. 


The lower cylinder heads shall be provided 
with bronze lined stuffing boxes and bronze 
lined packing compressors. The stud bolts and 
nuts of each stuffing box shall also be of bronze. 
Each head shall be provided with tapped holes 
for 2-inch pipe, located as shown on the plans. 


The pistons shall be of cast iron with all out- 
er surfaces machined and shall be provided 
with cup leathers or other approved means of 
packing, which will be easily adjustable and 
insure against water leakage around the pis- 
tons. 


315 
BLOWER MOTOR AIR COOLERS. 


Number of Units and Ratings. 


(M31) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall seven (7) closed circuit air cooler units 
complete with sheet metal air ducts and acces- 
sories, one (1) unit shall be installed below 
each blower motor and shall be so designed 
as to fit within the space provided in the blow- 
er foundations, as shown on the plans. 


Three (3) cooler units one (1) each to be 
installed in connection with each 30,000 C. F. 
M. blower shall have a rated capacity for cool- 
ing 8200 cubic feet of air per minute from 150 
to 104 degrees Fahrenheit when supplied with 
not more than 70 gallons of cooling water per 
minute at an inlet temperature of 72 degrees 
Fahrenheit. 


Four (4) cooler units one (1) each to be 
installed in connection with each 40,000 C. F. 
M. blower shall have a rated capacity for 
cooling 10500 cubic feet of air per minute 
from 150 to 104 degrees Fahrenheit when 
supplied with not more than 85 gallons of cool- 
ing water per minute at an inlet temperature 
of 72 degrees Fahrenheit. 


The air pressure drop thru coolers and ducts 
in all cases shall not exceed six-tenths (6/10) 
inches of water. The water pressure drop 
through the coolers shall be in no case exceed 
10 pounds per square inch gauge pressure. 


Tube Bundles. 


(M382) The tube bundles shall be rigidly 
braced with structural steel members. At one 


316 


end of the cooler the tube sheets shall be con- 
nected to the structural frame work by means 
of bolts in such manner as will allow free 
movement due to tube expansion. The tubes 
shall be of No. 16 B.W.G. Admiralty metal, 
oval in shape with outside dimensions of 1 inch 
and 7/16 inches respectively. Each tube shall 
be wrapped helically with a thin copper fin, 
mounted on edge and securely tinned to the 
tube. The tube sheets shall be of a high grade 
muntz metal, into which the tubes shall be se- 
curely rolled. 


- Water Boxes. 


(M33) The water boxes shall be made of a 
close grained cast iron, so designed as to give 
even distribution of water and permit complete 
exposure of all tubes upon removal. 


Sheet Metal Ducts. 


(M384) All air ducts shall be built up of No. 
16 B.W.G. galvanized sheet steel, thoroughly 
reinforced with galvanized steel angles and 
provided with the necessary manholes as 
shown on the plans. 


SEWAGE EJECTORS. 


General. 


(M385) The Contractor shall furnish, deliver 
and install complete with individual air com- 
pressors, check and gate valves, two (2) Hytor 
sewage ejector units or equal each having a ca- 
pacity of not less than 250-gallons per minute 
against a total dynamic head of 30-feet, ar- 


317 


ranged for automatic operation, by means of a 
float switch to be furnished with each unit. 


The ejector pot shall be made of close 
grained cast iron, not less than 1-inch in thick- 
ness, provided with suitable air tight manhole 
and cover, cast iron inlet and outlet check 
valves equipped with bronze seats and flap- 
pers, so designed that all internal parts may be 
removed without disturbing any pipe connec- 
tions to or from the ejector. 


All gate valves used in connection with the 
ejector unit shall be of cast iron body, bronze 
mounted, outside screw and yoke pattern. 


The air compressor shall have a capacity of 
not less than 250-cubic feet of free air per min- 
ute at 15-pounds per square inch gauge pres- 
sure and shall be arranged for direct connec- 
tion to a squirrel cage type motor of not less 
that 20-horse-power, designed for operation on 
alternating current of 440 volts, 3 phase, 60 
cycles. The motor shall have a temperature 
rise not to exceed 40 degrees Centigrade when 
operating continuously at full rated load. The 
air compressor and motor shall be arranged 
for mounting on a common cast iron base 
plate. 


The automatic starting mechanism shall be 
so designed that foreign matter in suspension 
in the sewage will not interfere in any way 
with its operation. The float shall be of seam- 
less drawn bronze, nickle plated and shall be 
tested to a pressure of 150-pounds per square 
inch gauge pressure. The float switch shall be 
a 30-ampere, 440-volt type and of an approved 
make. All wiring to motors and float switches 


318 


shall be furnished, installed and paid for under 
Item 39. 


Painting. 


(M386) The ejectors shall receive one coat 
of shop paint before being exposed to the 
weather, and two (2) coats of a high grade as- 
phaltum paint in the field after erection. 


TRANSFORMER OIL PUMPS. 


(M37) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall as shown on the plans two (2) motor 
driven reversible type rotary oil pumps of an 
approved make. Each pump shall be direct 
connected to its motor by means of gears, and 
the combined unit mounted on a common cast 
iron base plate. 


The pump casings shall be of best quality 
cast iron. Bearings, shafts, gears and all mov- 
ing parts shall be made of material of highest 
quality for their intended uses. The gears 
shall be enclosed in an oil-tight cast iron hous- 
ing. 


Each pump shall have a rated capacity of 
twenty-five (25) gallons per minute against a 
total dynamic head of 25-feet. The size of suc- 
tion and discharge shall be 114-inches and the 
pump shall be so designed that the suction and 
discharge are reversible. 


The motor for each unit shall be of the 
squirrel cage type of proper horse power rat- 
ing based on a forty (40) degree Centigrade 
temperature rise designed to operate on 3- 
phase, 60-cycle, 440-volt alternating current. 


319 


Motor control equipment and electric wiring 
to the motor shall be furnished, installed and 
paid for under Item 39. 


TRANSFORMER OIL PURIFIER. 


(M38) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall one (1) motor-driven transformer oil puri- 
fier of an approved make as shown in the 
plans. The purifier shall be belt driven and 
the combined unit mounted on a common cast 
iron pedestal base. 


On the shaft receiving power from the motor 
by a 10-inch pulley shall be mounted a worm 
wheel which shall revolve at six hundred 
(600) revolutions per minute. This worm 
wheel shall mesh with a worm on a vertical 
shaft upon which shall be mounted the bowl of 
the purifier, which shall revolve six thousand 
(6000) revolutions per minute. 


The belt drive shall be equipped with an 
idler pulley and idler spring and shall be en- 
closed in a light removable metal housing. 


All materials shall be of the highest quality 
for their intended uses. 


The purifier shall be equipped with a sight 
feed lubricator from which all bearings shall 
be lubricated. 


The purifier shall have a rated capacity of 
fifteen hundred (1500) gallons of transformer 
oil per hour. The purifier shall have a dirt 
space of approximately two hundred sixty 
(260) cubic inches and the clarifier of approxi- 
mately five hundred forty (540) cubic inches. 


The motor shall be of the squirrel cage type 
based on a forty (40) degree Centigrade tem- 


320 


perature rise, of proper horse power rating 
and speed, designed to operate on 3-phase, 60- 
cycle, 440-volt alternating current. 


Motor control equipment and electric wir- 
ing to the motor shall be furnished, installed 
and paid for under Item 39. 


TRANSFORMER OIL TANKS. 


General. 


(M39) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete with structural steel supports, 
fittings and appurtenances, one (1) 5-feet by 
5-feet by 10-feet transformer oil storage tank 
and one (1) 2-feet by 2-feet by 3-feet trans- 
former oil receiving tank as shown on plans 
and as specified herein. 


Transformer Oil Storage Tank. 


(M40) The transformer oil storage tank 

shall be made of not less than 14-inch high 
quality tank steel. The rivet spacing shall be 
such as is suitable for oil tight construction. All 
joints shall be caulked tight inside and outside. 
Countersunk rivets shall be used only where 
shown on plans. The tank shall be tested for 
oil tightness. Suitable steel angle stiffeners 
shall be used to give the tank strength and 
rigidity. 
- The tank shall be equipped with one (1) 18- 
inch diameter manhole with loose cover. Also 
an indicating depth gauge, actuated by means 
of a copper float within the tank and an 11- 
inch gauge glass near the bottom of the tank. 
A flange for 114-inch pipe drain shall be locat- 
ed on the tank bottom. 


321 


Transformer Oil Receiving Tank. 


(M41) The transformer oil receiving tank 
shall be made of not less than number four- 
teen (14) gauge sheet steel. The rivet spacing 
shall be suitable for oil tight construction and 
all joints shall be tightly caulked inside and 
out. Welded joints shall be used where shown 
on plans. The tank shall be tested for oil tight- 
ness. The top of the tank shall form a double 
hinged cover with steel lifting handles. A 1- 
inch vent hole shall be drilled in one cover. 
Two (2) 114-inch pipe flanges shall be mount- 
ed on the bottom of the tank as‘shown on the 
plans. 


Oil Tank Supports. 


(M42) The transformer oil storage tank 
support shall be built up of structural steel 
shapes and asbestos lumber to form an oven for 
heating transformer oil. The sides of the sup- 
ports shall be enclosed inside with 14-inch as- 
bestos lumber and the bottom shall be covered 
with 34-inch asbestos lumber. Two (2) 2-feet 
by 2-feet by 14-inch asbestos lumber doors shall 
be provided in one side of tank. The asbestos 
lumber shall be fastened to the frame by means 
of bolts. The sides and bottom shall be coated 
with hard surface asbestos plaster to give a 
perfectly tight enclosure. 

The transformer oil receiving tank support 
shall be built of structural shapes as shown. 


STORAGE WATER HEATER. 
General. 


(M48) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete one (1) combination steam and 


322 


gas water heater with vent stack, water stor- 
age tank, gas, steam and water piping and con- 
nections, valves, fittings, trimmings and all ap- 
purtenances necessary for the successful opera- 
tion of the water heater equipment as specified 
herein. 


Gas Water Heater. 


(M44) The gas water heater shall be of 
the combined automatic storage and heater 
type. The heater shall be of the multi-spiral 
coil type of construction with an exposed heat- 
ing surface of sufficient size to heat three hun- 
dred (300) gallons of water per hour one hun- 
dred ten (110) degrees Fahrenheit. The coils 
shall be made of number 18 seamless drawn 
copper tubing the ends of which shall be 
brought out through heater shell and terminate 
in a common manifold with union connections, 
any single coil being removable. Brazed joints 
and connections will not be permitted. An effi- 
cient and durable burner with adjustable air 
inlet openings, equipped with a properly ar- 
ranged pilot jet, rigidly mounted in heater 
shell shall be provided. The heater shall be 
supplied with a relief valve and_ suitable 
drains. 


The heater shall be constructed of heavy 
cast iron, with a sheet metal lining, providing 
a dead air insulation. The top of the heater 
shell shall be equipped with a collar to receive 
vent pipe which shall be made of heavy gal- 
vanized stove pipe iron, connected up to the 
vent opening provided in wall adjacent to 
water heater. The heater shall be mounted 


323 


on a neat substantial metal standard, suitably 
painted with two (2) coats of approved paint. 


Steam Water Heater. 


(M45) Steam water heating coils shall be 
provided in the water storage tank of sufficient 
surface to heat three hundred (300) gallons of 
water per hour one hundred ten (110) degrees 
Fahrenheit, with a gauge steam pressure of 
five (5) pounds per square inch. The coils 
shall be not less than one and one-quarter 
(1144,) inch heavy seamless drawn copper tubes 
with brazed joints provided with brass nipples 
and lock nuts. 


Water Storage Tank. 


(M46) The water storage tank shall be 
made of galvanized charcoal iron plate of 
three hundred (300) gallons capacity, support- 
ed in a horizontal position on a neat pipe 
frame well braced. The shell of the tank shall 
be not less than one-quarter (14) inch thick 
and the heads not less than five-sixteenths 
(5/16) inches thick. The tank shall be 
equipped with a nine (9) by fourteen (14) 
inch yoke style manhole suitably placed. All 
necessary flanges or fittings shall be supplied 
with tank. The tank shall be tested to a hy- 
drostatic pressure of two hundred (200) 
pounds per square inch and guaranteed to op- 
erate under a pressure of one hundred twenty- 
five (125) pounds per square inch. The tank 
shall be thoroughly insulated by a covering of 
2-inch eighty-five (85) per cent magnesia block 
covered with eight (8) ounce canvass held se- 
curely in place by brass bands. The cold water 


324 


inlet shall be not less than two (2)-inches and 
the steam supply not less than 114-inches. 


Regulation. 


(M47) The water storage tank ‘shall be - 
equipped with an approved thermostatic mo- 
ment valve, properly mounted, and so designed 
that it will control the temperature of the 
water and supply of gas. The steam inlet 
shall be equipped with an approved steam 
regulator, properly mounted, and so designed 
that it will control the temperature of the 
‘ water and supply of steam. The regulation 
shall be such that when the water in the 
storage tank reaches a temperature of one 
hundred fifty (150) degrees Fahrenheit the 
supply of heat will be throttled to maintain 
a temperature of one hundred fifty (150) de- 
grees Fahrenheit. 


The Contractor shall also furnish and in- 
stall on the water storage tank in a conspicu- 
ous location an approved thermometer grad- 
uated to read from sixty (60) degrees to two 
hundred twenty (220) degrees Fahrenheit. 


Painting. 


(M48) The entire water heating equip- 
ment shall be given two (2) coats of high 
grade paint, of an approved color as specified 
in Section (M12). 


THIRTY-FIVE TON TRAVELING CRANE, 


General. 


(M49) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect, complete and ready for operation, one 


325 


(1) electrically operated three (3) motor trav- 
eling crane of thirty-five (35) tons rated capa- 
city with a span of seventy (70) feet, eleven 
(11) inches center to center of crane runway 
rails and a vertical hook travel of not less than 
sixty (60) feet, with all operations to be con- 
trolled from an operators’ cab suspended from 
the underside of the crane girders. 


Runway. 


(M50) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place the crane runway rails to support the 
crane, including all fastenings to the girders and 
shall submit all his clearances to the Engineer 
forapproval. Therunway rails shall be exactly 
parallel and horizontal and at the same level 
throughout and shall weigh not less than 
eighty (80) pounds per lineal yard. The rails 
shall be of the standard section most recently 
recommended by the American Society of Civil 
Engineers and of a quality specified for open 
hearth steel rails. 


The Contractor shall furnish and place steel 
chocks, where required, to limit the travel of 
the crane bridge and trolley. 


The crane runway rails and fastenings to 
the building girders shall be furnished and 
placed as specified under Item 10, and shall 
be paid for under Item 10. 


Design. 


(M51) The crane shall be capable of lift- 
ing and transporting in regular service a 
weight of thirty-five (35) tons. All parts of 
the crane shall be of the best standard grade, 
design, workmanship and material; and shall 


326 


be designed with a factor of safety throughout 
of not less than five (5) for all maximum 
stresses produced by raising, lowering or trans- 
porting of the maximum line load in any and 
all positions of hook. The crane shall be de- 
signed to fit into the space shown on the plans 
with ample clearance from the walls and roof 
trusses and with the specified clear height of 
crane hook from the blower room floor. 


Bridge. 


(M52) The bridge girders shall be of the 
built up box type section composed of two (2) 
web plates each and suitable top and bottom 
cover plates. The girders shall be of such 
depth and so spaced and stiffened to provide 
ample strength to withstand not only the direct 
load and impact, but also any tendency to dis- 
tortion due to the location of the load with re- 
spect to the bridge, the foot walk hereinafter 
specified and to the operation of the bridge, 
trolley or hoist under full load. 


Foot Walk. 


(M53) <A foot walk shall be provided on the 
bridge drive side extending the entire length 
of the bridge; it shall be constructed of steel 
plates and angles with a steel handrail extend- 
ing the full length of the bridge. A substan- 
tial steel toe plate not less than six (6) inches 
deep shall be provided on both sides of the 
walk extending the full length of the bridge. 


Stresses of Bridge. 


(M54) The girders of the bridge shall be so 
designed that the stresses produced in the low- 
er flange by the maximum load shall not ex- 


327 


ceed one-fifth (1/5) of the ultimate strength 
of the material, while the stresses in the top 
fiange shall be limited to the crippling formula 
usually employed for compression members 
and by the lateral strains, due to starting and 
stopping of the bridge suddenly when fully 
loaded. Girders and bracing shall be so de- 
signed as to keep the crane in perfect align- 
ment. The sections shall be such that the 
stress per square inch shall not exceed ten 
thousand (10,000) pounds for compression, 
nor twelve thousand (12,000) pounds net for 
tension. 


Bridge Trucks. 


(M55) The bridge trucks shall be built up 
of steel sections with large gusset plates to con- 
nect the bridge girders in firm and substantial 
manner and prevent the crane from getting out 
of square. The girders shall be attached by 
means of turned bolts, with all holes drilled 
and reamed after parts are assembled. Bronze 
bushed, double flanged wheels of cast steel or 
chilled cast iron of ample size and strength 
shall be provided to take the maximum load 
when the load is lifted at one end of the 
bridge. The faces of the wheels shall be 
ground true to exact diameters to secure uni- 
form movement. The wheel axles shall be of 
steel of liberal size and so mounted in the 
trucks that wheel and axle may be easily and 
quickly removed by relieving the weight of 
crane on axle. One wheel on each end of the 
bridge shall be driven by a cross shaft. Bear- 
ings shall be provided on each side of the 
driving pinion and gear. The pinion and gear 
shall be protected by a substantial guard. 


328 


Bridge Drive. 


(M56) The bridge travel shall be by means 
of a heavy steel cross shaft made up in suit- 
able lengths for easy handling, and of sufficient 
size to skid the wheels when the crane is fully 
loaded and the bridge brake applied, without 
undue distortion of the shaft. All cross shaft 
bearings shall be bronze bushed with exception 
of the intermediate bearing between the trucks 
which shall be provided with self-aligning bab- 
bited shells. 


Bridge Brake. 


(M57) An efficient mechanical brake oper- 
ated by a conveniently located foot lever, in 
the operator’s cage, shall be placed on the 
bridge drive motor shaft. The brake shall be 
of such design and capacity as to skid the 
truck wheels when the crane is traveling under 
maximum load and speed. The brake shall be 
provided with removable self-adjusting brake 
shoes, held in such a position that they will not 
rub on the brake drum or other braking sur- 
face, except when in the braking position. 


Trolley. 


(M58) The trolley shall consist of cast 
trucks rigidly connected by suitable separators 
in such manner as to maintain actual gauge 
distance between wheels and designed to sup- 
port the complete hoisting and trolley travel- 
ing mechanism. The trolley shall be so de- 
signed that the hoisting block will always hang 
midway between the girders and thus insure 
equal load distribution upon the girders at 


329 


all times and hoisting of the load on a plumb 
line thru the lift. 


All hoisting and traveling gears shall be 
totally enclosed running in an oil bath, with 
suitable provisions for easy inspection. No 
gears shall be of the overhung type. 


The hoisting mechanism may be of the single 
or double drum type. The drums shall be of 
large diameter with turned grooves and of 
sufficient length to take the full length of rope 
without overlapping. Two (2) powerful 
brakes, one (1) of the solenoid type and one 
(1) of the mechanical type shall be provided, 
each one shall be capable of sustaining the 
load independently of the other. The solenoid 
brake shall be operated by an electric solenoid 
in the hoist motor circuit and shall come auto- 
matically into action when the current is cut 
off. The mechanical brake shall be placed in 
the hoisting train and of such type as will con- 
trol lowering of the load without acceleration. 


An approved type of limit switch shall be 
embodied in the trolley in such manner as to 
be easily actuated by the hoisting block, thus 
breaking the hoist motor circuit and prevent- 
ing over-travel of the block. The contacts 
Shall be of brass and of liberal size. 


The trolley wheels shall be of the double 
flange type, of cast steel or chilled cast iron 
of ample diameter with treads ground or ma- 
chined true to diameter. 


A flexible and durable plow-steel wire hoist- 
ing rope Shall be supplied with a factor of 
safety of not less than seven (7). 


330 


Hoisting Blocks. 


(M59) The hoisting block shall be of steel 
with forged hook carried on hardened steel 
ball bearings. The sheaves shall be of large 
diameter having deep turned grooves and 
bronze bushings. 


Gears, Pinions and Bearings. 


(M60) Gears in general shall be cut from 
steel blank castings, all pinions shall be cut 
from forged steel blanks. 


Journals and bearings shall be of ample 
size, symmetrically loaded, carefully fitted and 
properly lubricated. Gears in general shall 
be enclosed in suitable housings. 


Operator’s Cage. 


(M61) The operator’s cage shall be lo- 
cated underneath one end of the bridge, and 
to one side of the center line in such manner 
as will allow maximum travel of the hook and 
a clear unobstructed view of all _ hoisting 
operations. The cage shall be built up of 
heavy structural shapes and steel plates of 
such design as will permit thorough bracing 
to eliminate all possible vibration and distor- 
tion due to sudden starting and stopping of the 
crane. It shall be equipped with a substan- 
tial hand railing and toe guard around the 
exposed edges of the floor and so constructed 
that entrance to and exit from the cab may be 
made by means of a balcony along the build- 
ing wall. A substantial steel ladder shall be 
mounted inside the cab to provide access to 
the foot walk above specified. The switch 


331 


board, controllers, fuse cabinets, resistance ele- 
ments and other apparatus necessary for the 
eperation of the crane shall be mounted in the 
cab in an approved manner. 


Motors. 


(M62) All motors shall be of the slip ring 
type for crane service of ample capacity to 
handle their respective loads, designed for 
operation on alternating current of four hun- 
dred forty (440) volts, three’ (3) phase, sixty 
(60) cycles; with a temperature rise not to ex- 
ceed forty (40) degrees centigrade when ope- 
rating continuously at full load for thirty (30) 
minutes. The motors shall be so mounted on the 
crane as to be easily removed without inter- 
ference with other parts of the crane. 


The hoist motors shall operate the hoist at 
a speed of not less than eight (8) nor more 
than twelve (12) feet per minute. 


Controllers. 


(M63) The controllers shall bejof the stand- 
ard reversible drum type for crane service, and 
shall be located in the operator’s cage. They 
shall be of sufficient capacity to handle the 
motors under conditions of maximum load 
without overheating and shall contain no ma- 
terial readily fusible or combustible. 


Switch Board and Wiring. 


(M64) The switch board and all fuses shall 
be completely enclosed in a steel case with a 
hinged cover. The operating mechanism shall 
be such as to make it impossible to open the 


332 


cabinet until the main switch has been opened. 
It shall also be impossible to close the main 
switch until the cabinet has been closed and 
latched. 


All wiring shall be neatly encased in iron 
pipe conduit and shall meet the requirements 
of the National Board of Fire Underwriters in 
all respects. All runway feeders shall be fur- 
nished, installed and paid for under Item 39. 


Painting and Protection of Parts. 


(M65) All finished parts shall be protected 
iii the shop and during transportation to pre- 
vent injury or abrasion. All injured parts 
shall be replaced when, in the opinion of the 
Chief Engineer, refitting will not suffice. 


All parts of structural work in contact with 
other parts shall be given one (1) coat of red 
lead and linseed oil paint before assembling. 
All parts shall be protected from rust due to 
exposure or other causes until the completion 
- of the contract. Before shipment, the crane 
shall be given one (1) coat of shop paint, and 
all bright parts shall be protected with a coat 
of white lead and tallow. After erection and 
just before the completion of the entire con- 
tract, the crane shall be given the field coats 
specified in section (M12). 


Tests. 


(M66) The crane when erected, shall be 
tested by the Contractor in such ways as the 
Chief Engineer may require to demonstrate its 
compliance with the contract requirements. 
Any part or parts failing to comply with such 


333 


requirements or showing undue weakness or 
strain shall be corrected or renewed by the 
Contractor until such requirements are met. 


The crane shall operate satisfactorily to the 
Engineer under all working conditions without 
any undue strain, wear or vibration. 


FIFTEEN TON TRAVELING CRANE. 


General. 


(M67) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect, complete and ready for operation, one 
(1) traveling crane of fifteen (15) tons rated 
capacity with a span of 28-feet, 1014-inches 
from center to center of crane runway rails 
and a vertical hook travel of not less than 
50-feet; with hand operated apparatus with 
all operations to be controlled from the floor 
at elevation plus twenty-nine (+29). 


Runway. 


(M68) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place the crane runway rails to support the 
crane, including all fastenings to the girders. 
The Contractor shall submit his clearances to 
the Engineer for approval. The runway rails 
shall be exactly parallel and horizontal and 
at the same level and shall weigh not less 
than sixty (60) pounds per lineal yard. The 
rails shall be as specified under Item 10. 


The Contractor shall furnish and place steel 
chocks, where required, to limit the travel of 
the crane bridge and trolley. 


304 


The crane runway rails and fastenings to 
the building girders shall be furnished and 
placed as specified under Item 10, and shall 
be paid for under Item 10. 


Design. 


(M69) The crane shall be capable of lift- 
ing and transporting in regular service a 
weight of fifteen (15) tons. All parts of the 
crane shall be of the best standard grade and 
design, workmanship and material, designed 
with a factor of safety of not less than five (5) 
for all maximum stresses produced by raising, 
lowering or transporting of the maximum line 
load, in any and all positions. It shall be de- 
signed to fit into the space shown on the plans, 
with ample clearance from the walls and roof 
trusses and with the specified clear height of 
crane hook from the operating floor. 


Bridge. 


(M70) The material used in the construc- 
tion of the bridge shall conform to the speci- 
fications adopted by the Association of Ameri- 
can Steel Manufacturers. The bridge shall be 
of the solid web plate girder type, built up of 
steel plates and structural shapes, stiffened to 
be rigid and amply strong to withstand not 
only the direct load and impact, but also any 
tendency to distortion due to the location of 
the load with respect to the bridge and to the 
operation of the bridge trolley or hoist under 
full load. 


Stresses of Bridge. 


(M71) The girders of the bridge shall be 
so designed that the stresses produced in the 


335 


lower flange shall not exceed one-fifth (1/5) 
of the ultimate strength of the material, while 
the stress in the top flange shall be limited to 
the crippling formula usually employed for 
compression members and by the lateral strains 
due to starting and stopping of the bridge sud- 
denly when fully loaded. Girders and bracing 
shall be so designed as to keep the crane in 
perfect alignment. The sections shall be such 
that the stresses per square inch shall not ex- 
ceed ten thousand (10,000) pounds per square 
inch for compression, nor twelve thousand 
(12,000) pounds per square inch net for tension. 


Bridge Trucks. 


(M72) The bridge trucks shall be substan- 
tially and rigidly connected to the bridge to 
maintain alignment. Double flanged wheels 
of cast steel or chilled cast iron shall be pro- 
vided of ample size and strength to take the 
maximum load when the load is lifted at one 
end of the bridge. The faces of the wheels 
shall be ground true to exact diameters to se- 
cure uniform movement. They shall be fast- 
ened to suitably designed steel axels running 
in self-lubricating bearings of an approved 
type. One wheel at each end of the bridge 
shall be driven by a cross shaft. 


Motor. 


(M73) The trolley shall be equipped with 
an electric motor for operating the hoisting 
drum. It shall be of the wound rotor type 
designed for operation on alternating current 
of three (3) phase, sixty (60) cycles and four 


336 


hundred forty (440) volts. The motor shall 
operate the hoist at a speed of not less than 
eight (8) nor more than twelve (12) feet per 
minute, under full load conditions. It shall 
be so located and designed as to be easily 
accessible for inspection and repair. 


Control Apparatus. 


(M74) The Contractor shall provide con- 
trolling apparatus for the operation of the 
hoisting motor, complete with all resistance, 
circuit breaker, limit switch and other appara- 
tus necessary or desirable to completely and 
safely control the operation of hoisting under 
all conditions of service in conformity to most 
modern crane practice. 


Complete crane wiring shall be furnished 
and installed. The size of wire, spacing and 
method of attachment shall conform to the 
Underwriters National Electric Code. All run- 
way feeders shall be furnished, installed and 
paid for under Item 39. 


Trolley. 


(M75) The trolley shall be strong and com- 
pact, provided with cast steel or chilled cast 
iron wheels, finished true to exact diameter in 
the treads and running on suitable runway 
rails. .Stops shall be provided to prevent over- 
running at the ends. The axles of the trolley 
wheels shall run in self-lubricating bearings 
of an approved type. 


The trolley may be of the single or double 
drum type. The drums shall be of larger 


337 


diameter, with turned grooves and of suf- 
ficient size to take the full length of rope with- 
out overlapping. The loads shall be divided 
equally between the two girders. 


A flexible and durable plow steel wire hoist- 
ing rope shall be provided with a factor of 
safety of not less than seven (7). 


Hoisting Blocks. 


(M76) The hook and block shall be of 
steel and of liberal size. The hook shall be 
provided with ball bearings and shall swivel 
freely between hardened steel plates covered 
to exclude dust and dirt. 


The sheaves shall be fitted with steel pins 
and bronze bushings. The construction shall 
prevent the rope from leaving the sheave or 
binding in any way. 


Load Braking. 


(M77) The hoist shall be equipped with a 
powerful electric brake of the solenoid type 
of sufficient capacity to hold a load of one 
hundred fifty (150) per cent of the rated ca- 
pacity of the crane. The brake shall be self- 
adjusting, and shall permit the load to be 
sustained in any position of hook when power 
is cut off, and shall automatically come into 
instant application when the current is in- 
terrupted. 


Gears, Pinions and Bearings. 


(M78) All hoisting gears shall be cut from 
steel blank castings, and all pinions shall be 
cut from forged steel blanks. 


338 


Journals and bearings shall be of ample 
size, symmetrically loaded, carefully fitted, and 
properly lubricated. Cap bearings shall be 
provided for all parts except the bridge truck 
axel bearings and cross shaft bearings. 


Painting and Protection of Parts. 


(M79) All finished parts shall be protected 
in the sfiop and during transportation to pre- 
vent injury or abrasion. All injured parts shall 
be replaced when, in the opinion of the Chief 
Engineer, refitting will not suffice. 


All parts of structural work in contact with 
other parts shall be given one (1) coat of red 
lead and linseed oil paint before assembling. 
All parts shall be protected from rust due to 
exposure or other causes until the completion 
of the contract. Before shipment the crane 
shall be given one (1) coat of red lead shop 
paint, and specified under Item 10, and all 
bright parts shall be protected with a coat 
of white lead and tallow. After erection and 
just before the completion of the entire con- 
tract the crane shall be given the field coats 
specified in Section (M12). 


Tests. 


(M80) The crane when erected, shall be 
tested by the Contractor in such ways as the 
Chief Engineer may require to demonstrate 
its compliance with the contract requirements. 
Any part or parts failing to comply with such 
requirements or showing undue weakness or 
strain shall be corrected or removed by the 
Contractor until such requirements are met. 


339 


The crane shall operate satisfactorily to the 
Engineer under all working conditions without 
any undue strain, wear or vibration. 


FIFTEEN TON ELECTRIC MONORAIL 
HOIST. 


General. 


(M81) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete in the transformer room one 
(1) fifteen (15) ton 30-foot lift self-contained 
electric hoist with hand operated trolley. 


Hoist. 


(M82) The hoist shall be of the chain fall 
type with chains and sheaves easily accessible 
with a vertical hook lift of thirty (30) feet. 
The hoisting chain shall have a factor of safety 
of not less than 5. Automatic safety stops 
shall be provided at the limits of the hoisting 
and lowering positions. The hoist shall be 
equipped with an automatic load brake which 
shall become effective as motor stops and shall 
set immediately if current supply to hoist mo- 
tor is interrupted. All gears shall run in an 
oil bath and all journals shall be lubricated 
with compression grease cups. 


Trolley. 


(M83) The trolley shall be of the single 
I-beam track built-in type with hand-geared 
travel, operated by a chain from floor. Cur- 
rent collectors shall be attached to the trolley 
to make contact with trolley wires on the 
I-beam track. 


340 


The I-beam track be furnished, installed and 
paid for under Item 10 and the trolley wires 
under Item 39. 


Motor. 


(M84) The motor shall be of the squirrel 
cage type based on a forty (40) degree Centi- 
grade temperature rise and shall be of such 
size so as to perform its duties without over- 
load. The motor shall be designed to operate 
on 3-phase, 60-cycle, 440-volt alternating cur- 
rent. All electrical equipment necessary to 
operate the motor shall be self-contained in 
the hoisting unit. 


The controller shall be provided with a large 
number of contacts to give gradual speed accel- 
eration and various speeds to hoist. The hoist 
motor shall be controlled by two chains, one 
for lowering and one for hoisting, extended 
to floor below. 


AIR MOTOR HOIST. 


General. 


(M85) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete one (1) one thousand (1,000) 
pound, thirty-six (36) foot single wire rope 
lift air motor hoist with single I-beam trolley 
in screen chamber entrance. 


The air motor shall have a throttle control 
for a very close regulation of lifting and lower- 
ing speeds and shall be controlled by two 
chains extending to floor below. The hoist 
shall be equipped with an automatic load 
brake which shall operate independent of air 


341 


supply but which shall be released as air is 
admitted to motor and applied as air is shut 
off. 


The motor shall be of the three (8) cylinder 
enclosed revolving type operating in an oil 
bath and shall be geared through an enclosed 
train to hoisting drum. Gears shall operate 
in semi-fluid grease. The motor shall be sup- 
plied with an oil separating chamber to pre- 
vent excessive loss of oil through exhaust from 
motor. On all moving parts proper provisions 
for lubricating shall be made. 


The trolley shall be of the single I-beam 
track roller bearing built-in monorail type. 
The I-beam track will be furnished, installed 
and paid for under Item 10. 


SEWAGE SCREENS. 
General. 


(M86) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install four (4) vertical lift screens complete 
with all hoisting machinery, operating mechan- 
isms, supports, platforms and miscellaneous 
appurtenances in the intake sewer. Also four 
(4) horizontal fixed screens in the screen room 
floor, and all incidental and collateral work 
necessary to make the installation complete in 
every detail as specified herein and shown on 
the plans. 


In the event of any discrepancy between the 
plans and these specifications, the decision of 
the Engineer shall be final thereon. The 
figured dimensions on the plans are taken as 
correct, but the Contractor is required in addi- 


342 


tion to carefully check all dimensions of struc- 
tures before beginning work thereon. Should 
any error be discovered, the Engineer’s atten- 
tion shall be called to the same and the proper 
corrections made. All notes on the plans shall 
be carefully observed by the Contractor, and 
are made a part of the contract. 


Materials. 


(M87) <All structural steel shall conform 
in every respect to the requirements of the 
“Standard Specifications for Structural Steel 
for Buildings,’ Serial Designation A9-24 of the 
American Society for Testing Materials. 


All iron castings shall be of close grained 
gray iron and shall conform in every respect 
to the requirements of the “Standard Specifi- 
cations for Class A Gray Iron Castings,” Serial 
Designation A48-18 of the American Society 
for Testing Materials. 


All shafting shall be of cold rolled steel 
true and straight and shall be provided with 
all necessary key-seats. 


Shipment and Installation. 


(M88) The screens shall be shipped to the 
site of the work in a knocked-down condition 
and shall be assembled in the screen chamber. 


Anchors, Foundations and Foundation Bolts. 


(M89) All anchor bolts for securing equip- 
ment in place shall be furnished by the Con- 
tractor and shall be of the cinch anchoring 
type when set in concrete, consisting of pre- 
cast lead and iron expansion units fitted to the 


343 


bolt body. After placing equipment on foun- 
dations the Contractor shall shim the same 
to the final elevation, complete the foundations 
and grout the equipment in place. 


Hoisting Machinery. 


(M90) The Contractor shall furnish, de- 
liver and install as shown on the plans four 
complete power hoisting units. They shall be 
furnished and installed complete with motors, 
magnetic brakes, speed reducers, shafting, 
bearings, winding drums, cables, sheaves and 
other equipment. The contactors, push button 
stations, limit switches and wiring for the con- 
trol of the motors shall be furnished, installed 
and paid for under Item 39. 


The speed reducer shall consist of a 30 to 1 
worm and wheel driven through a 8 to 1 spur 
gear reduction as shown on the plans by means 
of an 1l-horse power motor, on the outboard 
bearing side of which shall be mounted a mag- 
netic brake capable of developing a holding 
torque of not less than 135 pounds at 1 foot 
radius. The worm reduction gear shall be of 
the encased type properly machined. The 
worm shall be provided with ballthrust collars 
and shall be run in an oil bath. All spur 
gears shall be of cast or forged steel with 
machine cut teeth, properly encased in an oil- 
tight housing. The reduction unit, motor and 
magnetic brake shall be mounted on a com- 
mon cast iron base plate. 


In addition each hoisting unit shall consist 
of a drum shaft as indicated on the plans, di- 
rect connected to the driving machinery by 
means of a flexible coupling. Suitable thrust 


344 


collars shall be provided on all shafting wher- 
ever required or as shown on the plans. 


Motor. 


(M91) The Contractor shall furnish com- 
plete four (4) 1l1-horse power 900 R. P. M. 
synchronous speed motors equal to the General 
Electric Type K. T. E. frame 302. The motors 
to be furnished under these specifications shall 
be of the constant speed, induction type with 
high resistance, squirrel cage rotor winding 
designed for throwing on the line without the 
use of a starting compensator. It shall be ca- 
pable of developing a starting torque of not 
less than 200 pounds at one (1) foot radius 
with the starting current within the latest rul- 
ings of the National Electric Light Association, 
and shall be capable of developing a running 
torque of not less than 80 pounds at one (1) 
foot radius for a period of thirty (30) minutes 
with a temperature rise on windings not to 
exceed 50 degrees Centigrade, this tempera- 
ture rise to be based on the ambient tempera- 
ture of 40 degrees Centigrade according to the 
latest standards of the American Institute of 
Klectrical Engineers. 


The motor windings shall be especially im- 
pregnated for operation in moist atmosphere. 
The stator coils are to be held securely in the 
slots by means of non-magnetic wedges or slot 
sticks. The bearing brackets shall be clamped 
to the frame by means of two sets of bolts, 
one for each bracket. All windings shall be 
capable of withstanding tests as specified in 
the latest rulings of the American Institute 
of Electrical Engineers. A suitable weather- 


345 


proof conduit wiring terminal box shall be 
provided on each motor frame. 


Walkway. 


(M92) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete four (4) walkways as shown 
on the plans at Elevation—5.5 extending from 
the side walls of the sewage channel to the 
concrete pier in the center of channel. They 
shall be built of standard structural steel sec- 
tions, with non-slip deck plate not less than: 
5% inches thick of a type as specified for non- 
slip floor plates under Section (M113). The 
walkways shall be designed for a live load of 
100 pounds per square foot, with a deflection 
of not more than 1/360 of the span. 


Fixed Screens. 


(M93) Horizontal fixed screens shall be 
installed in the floor of the screen chamber 
as shown on the plans of a type as specified 
for Floor Grating in Sections (M110), (M111) 
and (M112), and in addition thereto shall be 
heavily galvanized. The Contractor shall fur- 
nish and install all necessary steel supports 
required in addition to those shown on the 
plans. 


Tests. 


(M94) The sewage screens and cleaning 
mechanism when completely erected shall be 
tested by the Contractor at his own expense, 
in such a way as the Engineer may require, to 
demonstrate their ability to perform their re- 
quired functions. Any part or parts found 
defective or in the opinion of the Engineer 


346 


showing a weakness shall be corrected or re- 
placed by the Contractor without additional 
cost to the Sanitary District, to the entire satis- 
faction of the Engineer. 


Painting. 


(M95) Before leaving the shop the screens 
shall be given two (2) coats of red lead and 
linseed oil. After erection the entire installa- 
tion shall be given two (2) coats of an ap- 
proved rust resisting paint, of a color to be 
selected by the Engineer. 


WATER-TIGHT DOORS 
FOR 
AIR CONDITIONING COMPARTMENTS. 


General. 


(M96) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete, twenty-four (24) water-tight 
steel doors and frames, of a type and size as 
shown on the plans, three (3) each to be in- 
stalled in each air conditioning compartment 
as shown on the plans. 


The doors and frames shall be of heavily 
galvanized steel throughout, with all bronze 
locks and heavy ball bearing type bronze 
hinges. All rivet heads shall be spot welded 
to plates and heavily tinned or galvanized 
after welding. 


Each frame shall be provided with a soft 
rubber sealing strip against which the door 
shall bear when closed. The sealing strip shall 
be so installed that the door will be perfectly 
air and water-tight at all times when in closed 
position. 


347 


All dimensions, weights, etc., as shown on 
the plans shall be adhered to strictly. 


It is of extreme importance that all doors 
fit tight and snug. Any doors which in the 
opinion of the Engineer do not meet these re- 
quirements will be rejected. 


AIR INTAKE DOORS AND FRAMES. 


General. 


(M97) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install eight (8) steel door units and frames 
complete, one (1) unit each in the air intake 
passage to each air conditioning compartment 
at elevation plus 57 as shown on the plans. 


The doors and frames shall be built up of 
heavily galvanized steel sections of a size and 
weight as shown on the plans. All rivet heads 
shall be heavily tinned after being driven in 
place. All hardware shall be of solid bronze. 
Hinges shall be of the heavy ball bearing 
bronze type of a size and pattern as shown 
on the plans. | 


The door frames shall be securely supported 
in the concrete forms before pouring, in such 
manner as will prevent all distortion and de- 
flection. 


DISCHARGE DOORS FOR AIR CONDITION- 
ING CHAMBERS. 


Description. 


(M98) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall eight (8) sets of doors and frames, com-- 


348 


plete with operating mechanisms as specified 
herein or shown on the plans. One set shall be 
installed in each air conditioning chamber. 
All doors, frames and appurtenances shall be 
heavily galvanized. All rivet heads shall be 
heavily tinned after driving. 


Door Frame. | 


(M99) The frame shall be constructed 
of structural steel made in sections and 
riveted together. It shall be provided with 
plates for bolting the hinge lugs to support 
the swinging doors, and with plates for bolt- 
ing the worm and wheel housings to the frame. 
The plates shall be reinforced by anchors. 


Swinging Doors. 


(M100) The doors shall be constructed of 
rolled steel plates with a minimum thickness 
of one-eighth (44) inch. They shall be stiffened 
by rolled steel channels placed near the outer 
edges of each door so that the backs of the 
channels fit the door frame with a small work- 
ing clearance when the door is being opened 
and closed. 


Each door shall be provided with three (3) 
hinges fastened to the door by rivets passing 
through the steel door plate. Each hinge shall 
be provided with two set screws and a key for 
fastening the hinge to the hinge shaft which 
actuates the door. The hinges shall be con- 
structed of high grade cast steel castings 
properly machined to receive the hinge shaft. 


All hinge lugs shall be constructed of a high 
grade cast steel, accurately machined, with ball 
bearings made to fit the hinge shaft. 


349 


Operating Mechanism. 


(M101) The worm and wheel combinations 
for the operation of the doors shall be of the 
single thread type with thirty-two (32) teeth 
on the wheel, or an equivalent combination 
giving a velocity ratio of approximately one 
to thirty-two (1 to 32). 


The worm shall be constructed of steel with 
a carbon content of approximately .85% accu- 
rately machined and finished all over and pro- 
vided with a keyway and key for fastening 
it to the worm shaft. 


The wheel shall be constructed of phosphor- 
bronze, with teeth hobbed to a concave face 
and its hub faced and bored to fit the hinge 
shaft to which it is to be securely fastened by 
a key. 


The worm and wheel housing shall be con- 
structed of sound gray iron machinery castings 
with lower part oil-tight so as to contain the 
oil in which the worm and wheel run when 
operated. The lower half of the housing shall 
contain a ball thrust bearing for the lower end 
of the hinge shaft. The cover of the housing 
shall be split and contain a bearing for the 
hinge shaft. Worm shaft shall be provided 
with ball bearings as shown on the plans. 
Lubrication of these bearings shall be provided 
by a grease cup. 


The hinge shaft and the worm shaft used in 
the door operating mechanism shall be of cold 
rolled steel, keyseated for fastening the 
parts mounted upon them. The worm shaft 
Shall be constructed in two parts to facilitate 
overhauling and assembling the mechanism. 


350 


Rigid, serviceable, easily accessible couplings 
shall be provided for connecting the ends of 
the two parts of this shaft. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install a 
bearing in the side wall of the air conditioning 
chamber for supporting the worm shaft at the 
point where it passes through the wall. This 
bearing shall have an adjustable gland bushing 
and a recess for fibrous packing so as to make 
this bearing tight against leakage of air, oil 
and water. 


The Contractor shall furnish hand wheels as 
shown on the plans for turning the squared end 
of the worm shaft from the outside of the 
chamber in opening and closing the doors. 


AIR RELIEF DOOR. 
Description. 


(M102) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install sixteen (16) air relief doors, two (2) 
for each of the eight (8) air conditioning cham- 
bers. 


The doors shall be constructed to open auto- 
matically whenever the pressure on the outside 
of the air shaft leading away from the air 
conditioning chamber exceeds that inside the 
air shaft by approximately thirteen (13) 
pounds per square foot. Greater pressure dif- 
ferences shall cause greater openings. 


Door Frames. 


(M108) The frame shall be constructed of 
soft gray cast iron Of grade suitable for ma- 
chinery castings, and shall be sound and re- 


351 


liable. The opening shall be approximately 
eighteen by twenty-one (18x21) inches, inside 
dimensions of the frames. 


The frame shall be provided with hinge lugs 
with ends accurately faced to receive the hinge 
arm. These hinge lugs shall have accurately 
machined eyes to receive a hinge pin which 
will turn in the eyes as in bearings. 


The edges of the frame shall be grooved to 
receive and retain a rubber tube packing into 
and against which the flanged edges of the 
door shall fit snugly so as to effectively prevent 
the passage of air through the relief doors 
except when the above pressure differences 
exist. 


Door. 


(M104) The door shall be constructed of 
rolled sheet copper, reinforced both vertically 
and horizontally by galvanized steel ribs fast- 
ened by bronze bolts. The corner seams where 
the copper plate is brought together in flanging 
the edges shall be welded and built in approxi- 
mately double the nominal thickness of the 
plate to reinforce the seams. 


Door Hinge. 


(M105) The hinge shall be constructed of 
rolled bar steel, galvanized to resist corrosion, 
and shall consist of three pieces so arranged 
as to form a lever upon which to mount the 
counterweight. The three pieces shall be 
solidly riveted together with countersunk 
rivets. The eye of the hinge shall be accu- 
rately faced to fit the hinge lugs and machined 


302 


to receive the hinge pin which shall be fast- 
ened to the steel hinge by a set screw to pro- 
vide means of adjustment. 


Hinge Pin. 


(M106) The pin shall be constructed of 
bronze or its equivalent, machined all over, 
made to fit the hinge eye tightly, and to fit 
the cast iron eyes of the frame with the custo- 
mary clearance as for bearings. 


Hinge Lubricators. 


(M107) The hinge yetee shall be provided 
with grease cups for the introduction of hard 
grease into the bearings. The nominal size of 
these lubricators shall be one-fourth (14) inch. 
The lubricators shall be so placed as to be 
readily accessible for replenishment of grease 
and for overhauling. | 


Counterweight. 


(M108). The counterweight ane be con- 
structed. of metallic lead and provided with a 
brass sleeve tapped to receive a set screw for 
fastening it securely to the lever arm. The 
weight shall be provided with an opening large 
enough for ease in making adjustments of 
pee eee 


AP : 
eae eee et Sag ae ae 7 
nee Ne ei EE See ge 2 5 gt Nene AER BE eh Be 


AIR TUNNEL DOORS. 


General. 


(M109) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install two: (2). doors complete with cast iron 
frames. and doors, foundation bolts, hinges 


3538 


and clamps as shown on plans and as specified 
herein. 


The doors shall be located at either end of 
the air distribution chamber and shall be so 
built that when the door is closed it shall be 
air-tight. Sheet lead door gaskets shall be 
fastened to the door to insure air-tight fit when 
clamps are drawn up. The door frames shall 
be securely anchored in concrete by anchor 
bolts. 


FLOOR GRATING. 


Description. 


(M110) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place steel floor gratings of an approved make 
and design over such floor openings as called 
for on the plans. All grating shall be designed 
for a live load of not less than 100 pounds per | 
square foot with a deflection not to exceed one 
three hundred sixtieth (1/360) of the clear 
span. Wherever required or shown on the 
plans the Contractor shall furnish intermediate 
steel supports of an approved type. 


Grating. 


(M111) The grating shall consist of 
straight steel bars spaced not more than 1% 
inches center to center, laced together with 
bent bars in reticular pattern, riveted at their 
intersection with straight bars. The top sur- 
face of all bars shall be flush, and the grating 
furnished in lengths to fit the required spans. 
A steel binding strip shall be placed about the 
perimiter of each section into which the ends 


354 


of all bars shall be welded. Adjacent panels 
shall be neatly fitted together. Where holes 
are required for the passage of pipes, valve 
stems, etc., the grating shall be reinforced to 
preserve its strength. The detail dimensions 
as shown on the plans are approximate only, 
as it is impossible to determine the exact loca- 
tions of all openings before piping and equip- 
ment has been set in place. The Contractor 
therefore shall check all dimensions in the 
field after piping and equipment has been set 
in place and prepare such drawings or tem- 
plates as may be required for the fabrication 
and installing of the gratings. Samplés of the 
grating shall be submitted to the Engineer for 
approval before any order is placed. 


All curb angles shall be furnished, installed 
and paid for under Item 10. 


Painting. 


(M112) Before erection the grating shall 
be given a protective coat of red lead paint 
and after erection two (2) coats of an ap- 
proved rust-resisting black paint. 


NON-SLIP FLOOR PLATES. 


General. 


(M113) Wherever shown on the plans the 
Contractor shall furnish and place non-slip 
floor plates of a thickness as shown. 


The plates shall be of a high grade cast 
iron in the tread surface of which carborundum 
or alundum has been imbedded when cast; 


305 


they shall be properly ribbed as shown and 
shall be smooth and flush when set in the 
frame. 


Each plate shall be provided with lifting 
rings which shall be so set as to be flush with 
the floor surface when not in use. 


The detail dimensions of plates as shown on 
the plans are approximate only as it is im- 
possible to determine the exact location of all 
openings before piping and equipment has 
been set in place. The Contractor therefore 
shall check all dimensions in the field after 
piping and equipment has been set in place 
and prepare such drawings, templates or pat- 
terns as may be necessary for the manufacture 
and setting of the plates. 


The Contractor shall submit samples of floor 
plate to the Engineer for approval before an 
order is placed. 


All curb angles shall be furnished, installed 
and paid for under Item 10. 


INSTRUMENTS AND METERS. 


General. 


(M114) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install indicating, integrating and recording 
instruments together with panels and all nec- 
essary appurtenances as hereinafter specified, 
or as shown on the accompanying plans. 


All recording and integrating instruments 
shall be mounted on panels located in the in- 
strument room adjacent to the Chief Plant En- 
gineer’s office. The indicating instruments shall 


306 


be grouped on individual panels and located as 
shown on drawings. 


Workmanship and Design. 


(M115) The meters and their registering 
mechanisms and appurtenances shall be de- 
signed and proportioned to measure and rec- 
ord accurately over their entire range under 
continuous service. All equipment shall be 
of rugged and substantial construction, built 
to keep in accurate adjustment over long pe- 
riods of time. Workmanship shall be first 
class in every respect. 


Replacements. 


(M116) The Contractor shall make inter- 
changeable the individual pieces of apparatus 
herein specified which are alike in the different 
units. Such pieces shall conform to exact 
dimensions on the working drawings made by 
the Contractor, so that no fitting or adjust- 
ment will be necessary in setting up the entire 
apparatus, other than such as is usually done 
in high-grade’ standard designed apparatus. 
This requirement will be rigidly enforced as 
it is essential that any defective piece of the 
apparatus may be easily replaced by a new 
piece made in accordance with the drawings. 


Electrical Devices.. 


(M117) All registering devices of the elec- 
trically operated type shall be designed to 
operate on 110-volt, single phase, 60-cycle 
lighting circuit. 


307 


- The Contractor shall furnish, deliver and in- 
stall, all meter panels, wired complete, to- 
gether with all other material required to com- 
plete the installation unless otherwise specified. 
All wiring from the terminal boards on the 
panels, meter bodies and regulators and be- 
tween all panels at different locations, shall be 
furnished, installed and paid for under Item 39. 


Superintendence. 


(M118) During the erection of the equip- 
ment and appurtenances, the Contractor shall 
furnish the services of a competent superin- 
tendent who shall be present on the work for 
such periods as the Chief Engineer shall order 
to supervise and check up the erection and to 
make such adjustments as are necessary to 
put the entire equipment in working order. He 
shall also instruct the Engineer or other desig- 
nated employees of the Sanitary District in 
the operation and adjustment of the equip- 
ment. 


Thermometers. 


(M119) The Contractor shall furnish and 
completely install thermometers of type and 
number as follows: 


No. Shows Tem- Range 
Req’d. Type ~~ perature of Deg. F. 
7 Recording 2 pens Air entering 
blower ...........+ 0 to 200 
on one chart Air leaving | 
blower) weenie: 0 to 200 
7 Indicating Air entering 


blower .....:../.::; 0 to'200 


Indicating 
Recording 2 pens 
on one chart 
Indicating 
Indicating 
Recording 2 pens 
on one chart 
Indicating 
Indicating 


Recording 
Indicating 
Recording 


Recording 
Indicating 


Recording 


358 
‘Air leaving 
DiOwery ney 


Air entering 
motor cooler.... 


Air leaving 
motor cooler.... 


Air entering 
‘motor cooler.... 


Air leaving 
motor cooler.... 


Water entering 
motor cooler.... 


Water leaving 
motor cooler.... 


Water entering 
motor cooler.... 


Water leaving 
motor cooler.... 


Conditioned air 
Conditioned air 


Effluent water.. 


Circulating wa- 
12 SPE Ac A Ee 


er Rea 


0 to 200 
0 to 200 
0 to 200 
0 to 150 
0 to 150 
0 to 150 
0 to 150 
0 to 150 


0 to 150 
0 to 150 


0 to 150 
0 to 100 


0 to 100 


0 to 100 


Outside air.. —20 to 120 


359 


Humidity Meters. 


(M120) The Contractor shall furnish and 
completely install the following humidity 
meters: 


8—Recording—both wet and dry bulb temper- 
atures on same chart—for conditioned air. 


8—-Pair—Indicating—separate instrument for 
wet and dry bulb temperature—for condi- 
tioned air. 


1—Recording—-Both wet and dry bulb temper- 
atures on same chart—for outside air. 


Thermometers and humidity recording me- 
ters shall be electrically operated long dis- 
tance type of Bristol Company make or equal. 
The system shall be built to give stepless read- 
ings, that is, for every change in temperature 
at the point of measurement there shall be an 
indicated or recorded change at the receiving 
instrument to correspond to the actual tem- 
perature change. The movements shall be 
sensitive enough to respond to all changes in 
temperature to be measured, and shall not be 
effected by atmospheric conditions. The re- 
cording and indicating mechanism shall be 
so designed that equal graduations on the 
charts and dials represent equal increments of 
temperature. 


The thermometer systems shall be of the 
nitrogen filled type. The tubing- between the 
transmitter or indicating instrument and the 
bulb shall be of flexible bronze armored tub- 
ing. The bulbs shall be of copper to insure 
maximum sensitivity. They shall be so de- 
signed as to permit the transmission of read- 
ings at least 500 feet. 


360 


Where the temperature is to be both indi- 
cated and recorded both instruments shall be 
made so as to operate from the same bulb and 
at the same time permit installation of the 
instruments at different points. The Contrac- 
tor shall make drillings and tappings for ther- 
mometer bulbs wherever such openings have 
not previously been provided for and shall run 
the capillary tubes to indicating instruments 
as shown on drawings. Wherever possible 
these are to be run so that they are not ex- 
posed to general view, but where this is not 
possible care must be taken to make the runs 
as neat looking as possible. 


The humidifying instruments for the eight 
(8) air conditioning units shall have wet and 
dry bulbs in a self-contained water box of the 
continuous flow type. 


The Contractor shall make the necessary 
water connections to and from the water box. 
A 14-inch supply main shall be run across the 
eight (8) air conditioners and at each unit a 
one-quarter (14,) inch branch shall run to the 
water box. This supply branch shall run on 
the outside of the unit and before going 
through the wall shall have a needle valve in- 
stalled. The drain shall be run on past the 
filter into the spray chamber where it will 
waste. Wherever pipes pass through walls of 
air conditioning compartments, the openings 
shall be sealed in a water-tight manner. 


The Contractor shall connect the 14-inch 
main to the six (6) inch city water main lo- 
cated almost directly below at elevation plus 
one foot. All pipe shall be standard weight 


361 


galvanized genuine wrought iron, with gal- 
vanized malleable iron fittings. 


Thermometers for taking temperature of 
conditioned air shall have copper bulbs with 
brass radiation discs, Bristol type 312 or 
equal. All other bulbs shall be of a size and 
kind to best fit the particular type of service 
for which they are to be used. 


Pressure Gauges, Vacuum Gauges and 
Barometer. 


(M121) The Contractor shall furnish and 
completely install the following pressure 
gauges, vacuum gauges and barometer: 


No. Shows Pres- Range 
Req’d. Type sure of Lbs. Sq. In. 
1 Recording Steam to air con- 
ditioners .............. 15 to 160 
1 Recording Steam to air con- 
ditioners: sae ie Q0to 20 
1 Recording Steam for heat- 
ing We A any 15 to 160 
1 Recording Steam for heat- 
TE et es ene Oto 20 
1 Indicating Water in 16” 
MAIN ices eee 0 to 125 


1 Indicating Water in 6” main 0 to 125 
1 Indicating Water in 6” main 0 to 100 


7 Recording Blower Suction —6” water 
2 pens on Discharge: i.232.3 to 15 lbs. 
one chart gauge. 


362 


7 Indicating Blower Suction.... —6” to 0” 
water 


7 Indicating Blower Dicharge.. 0 to 15 
Lbs. 


1 Recording Barometer 


All gauges shall be electrically operated, of 
the General Electric type, Bristol type or 
equal. The system shall be built to give step- 
less readings, that is, for every change in pres- 
sure or vacuum at the point of measurement 
there will be an indicated or recorded change 
at the receiving instrument to correspond to 
the actual pressure or vacuum change. They 
shall be of such design that the indicating and 
recording instruments can be located any de- 
sired distance from the primary element. The 
Contractor shall make all necessary tappings 
to connect pressure piping to mains and shall 
install primary elements as shown on the 
drawings and shall furnish and install all pipe 
connections with genuine wrought iron pipe 
and malleable iron fittings, necessary valves, 
cocks, etc. 


Valves shall be provided in the line at both 
ends, that is, where it connects to mercury 
column and also where it connects to pipe 
from which pressure is to be taken. 


Sewage Level Gauges. 


(M122) The Contractor shall furnish and 
completely install the following sewage level 
gauges: 


1—Recording in intake channel—range—22’ 
to + 4’. 


3638 


' 2— Indicating in intake channel—range—22’ 
to + 4’. 


1—Recording in discharge channel-range 
+ 20’ to + 30’. 


2—Indicating in discharge channel-range 
+ 20’ to + 30’. 


Sewage level indicators and recorders shall 
be electrically operated General Electric Com- 
pany, or Bristol Company, make or equal. The 
system shall be such as will give stepless read- 
ings, that is, for every change in sewage level 
at the point of measurement there shall be an 
indicated or recorded change at the receiving 
instrument to correspond to actual change in 
the sewage level. They shall be capable of 
transmitting readings at least 500 feet. The 
two sets of indicating instruments shall be 
mounted on panels as shown on the plans. 


The meter bodies for the intake and dis- 
charge channel gauges shall be installed as 
shown on the plans. 


Air, Steam, Water and Sewage Flowmeters. 


(M123) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete with all appurtenances, flow- 
meters for the measurement of air, water, 
steam and sewage as follows: 


No. 
Req’d. Type Measures Normal Flow 


3 Integrating Air to 
blowers 30,000 cu. ft. min. 


3 Recording Air to 
blowers 30,000 cu. ft. min. 


iw) 


Indicating 


Integrating 


Recording 


Indicating 


Recording 


Integrating 


Integrating 


Recording 


Indicating — 


Integrating 


364 


Air to’ 
blowers 


Air to 
blowers 


Air to 
blowers 


Air to 
blowers 


Air to 

7 blow- 
ers and 
1 future 


Air to 7 
blowers 


“and 1 fu- 


ture unit 


16” circu- 
lating water 
for air con- 
ditioning. 


16” circu- 
lating water 
for air con- 
ditioning. 


16” circu- 
lating water 
for air con- 
ditioning. 

6” circulat- 
ing water 
for motor 
cooling. 


30,000 cu. ft. min. 


40,000 cu. ft. min. 


40,000 cu. ft. min. 


40,000 cu. ft. min. 


Recording 


Indicating 


Integrating 


Recording 


Integrating 
Recording 


Recording 


Indicating 


Integrating 


365 


6” circulat- 
ing water 
for motor 
cooling. 


6” circulat- 
ing water 
for motor 
cooling. . 


Steam for 
air condi- 
tioning 


Steam for 
air condi- 
tioning 


Steam for 
heating 


Steam for 
heating. 


Total sew- 
age from 3- 
84” Ven- 
turi meters 


Total sew- 

age from 3- 
84” Ven- 
turi meters 


Total sew- 

age from 3- 
84” Ven- 
turi meters 


20,000 lbs. per hr. 


20,000 lbs. per hr. 


14,000 lbs. per hr. 


400 million gal- 


lons per day 


400 million gal- 
lons per day 


400 million gal- 
lons per day 


One (1) indicating total sewage flow meter, 
General Electric Company type FA or equal 


366 


shall be furnished and installed complete with 
adjustable wall bracket in the grit chamber as 
directed by the Engineer. 


The flowmeters shall be electrically operat- 
ed of the General Electric Company type or 
equal. The system shall be of a type as will 
give stepless readings, that is, for every change 
in flow at the point of measurement there 
will be an indicated or recorded change at 
the receiving instrument to correspond to the 
actual flow change. The flowmeters shall be 
so designed that readings can be transmitted 
any desired distance from the point of meter- 
ing. The seven (7) meters for measuring the 
air to blowers shall operate from Venturi 
tubes in the blower intake lines. The Venturi 
tubes shall be furnished and delivered by the 
Sanitary District under another contract. The 
air meters shall be designed so that, when 
used in conjunction with the Venturi tubes the 
loss in head will not exceed two inches of 
water. The meters for measuring steam shall 
operate from flow nozzles of the General 
Electric type or equal. The 16-inch and 6- 
inch water meters will operate from Venturi 
tubes as specified under Section (M140). The 
normal flow of air given is the normal rated 
capacity of blowers in cubic feet of free air 
per minute, when operating under a discharge 
pressure of 7.75 pounds per square inch gauge 
and an air temperature of 85°F. at the blower 
intake and a barometric pressure of 14 pounds 
per square inch absolute, less a pressure drop 
of three (3) inches of water at blower intake 
gauge. At an intake temperature of 35°F. and 
barometeric pressure of 14.85 pounds per 


367 


square inch absolute, the delivery capacity will 
be approximately 120 per cent of rated 
capacity. 


The Contractor shall calibrate all instru- 
ments so as to include this overload range and 
allowing at least a twenty-five per cent in- 
crease over normal rating on the other flow 
meters. 


The Venturi tubes will be furnished, tapped 
and drilled for the differential pressure con- 
nections. The Contractor shall do all neces- 
sary drilling and tapping for the installation of 
all flow nozzles. 


The Contractor shall make all connections 
between Venturi tubes, flow nozzles and meter 
bodies, using genuine wrought iron pipe and 
malleable iron fittings. The Contractor shall 
provide gate valves in the differential pipe 
lines, both at the meter bodies and at the con- 
nections to Venturi tubes and flow nozzles. 
Meter bodies shall be substantially installed on 
approved brackets securely fastened and shall 
be located as shown on plans. The meter 
bodies for the seven blowers shall be located 
on floor elevation plus 8 feet as indicated on 
the plans. 


Totalizing and Demand Load Indicators. 


(M124) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install load indicators for sewage and air com- 
plete with totalizing wattmeters, sending and 
receiving elements of number, type and ranges 
as follows: 


One (1) Totalizing wattmeter complete 
with Selsyn transmitter capable of measuring 


368 


total sewage flow thru three 84-inch Venturi 
tubes range 0 to 400 millions of gallons daily. 


One (1) 86-inch two (2) dial, two (2) point- 
er load indicator complete with two (2) Selsyn 
receivers. It shall indicate total sewage flow 
and be located in pump room. The range shall 
be as specified in Section (M128). 


One (1) 9-inch dial single pointer load in- 
dicator complete with Selsyn receiver for indi- 
cating total sewage flow and shall be located 
in Main Building. The range shall be as speci- 
fied for total flow indicator in Section (M123). 


One (1) Totalizing wattmeter complete with 
Selsyn transmitter capable of measuring total 
air output of seven blowers and one future 
blower. 


One (1) 86-inch double dial load indicator 
with two (2) pointers on each dial complete 
with four (4) Selsyn receivers, indicating total 
air output and air demand. The load indicator 
shall be located in the blower room as shown 
on the plans. 


One (1) 9-inch single dial double pointer 
load indicator with two Selsyn receivers indi- 
cating same as large double dial air output 
and demand indicator in blower room shall be 
furnished and installed in the Main Building. 


One (1) Manually operated sending element 
for operating recording demand meter in in- 
strument room and indicating air demand on 
load indicators in the blower room and Main 
Building, shall be installed in the Main Build- 
ing. The totalizing wattmeter for measuring 
total sewage pumped shall operate from the 


369 


flowmeter circuit. It shall be equipped with 
Selsyn transmitter or other similar sending ele- 
ment for transmitting the readings to the large 
total sewage flow indicator in the pump 
room and the small total sewage flow indi- 
ecator in the Main Building. The totalizing 
wattmeter shall be of General Electric Com- 
pany make or equal. Both the large dial 
sewage indicator in the pump room and the 
small dial sewage indicator in the Main Build- 
ing shall have Selsyn receivers or other suitable 
means for receiving the readings from the 
totalizing wattmeter. 


The manually operated air demand sender 
shall be so designed that future or anticipated 
requirements for air can be sent and recorded 
on the recording meter in the instrument room, 
and can be indicated on the large dial indica- 
tor in the pump room and the small dial in- 
dicator in the Main Building. 


The signalling system shall consist of a 
sending Selsyn transmitter attached to the 
manually operated sender, with receiving Sels- 
yns at the other three points. 


The totalizing wattmeter for measuring the 
total air output from the seven (7) blowers 
and one future blower shall operate from the 
flowmeter circuit. It shall be equipped with 
Selsyn transmitter for transmitting the read- 
ings to the recording meter in the instrument 
room, the large dial indicator in the blower 
room and the small dial indicator in the Main 
Building. The totalizing wattmeter shall be 
of General Electric Company make or equal. 
Both the large air indicator in the blower room 
and the small dial air indicator in the Main 


370 


Building shall have Selsyn receivers for receiv- 
ing the readings. 


The large 86-inch double dial air load and 
demand indicator shall be hung from a bracket 
in the center of the blower room as shown on 
the plans. It shall have two (2) 36-inch dials 
back to back with two (2) pointers on each 
dial. One pointer painted black shall indi- 
cate the total air output of seven (7) blowers, 
and one future blower, the other pointer paint- 
ed red shall indicate the air demanded. The 
case shall have a dull black marine finish and 
shall have two (2) heavy cast brass nickel 
plated rings. The dials shall be white with 
black figures and graduations and shall have 
outside illumination. The point of illumination 
shall be located at the center of the dial in an 
approved manner. 


The large 36-inch sewage flow indicator 
shall be: constructed identical with the above 
air load and demand indicator except that it 
shall have only one pointer on each dial. 


A panel shall be located in the Main Build- 
ing on which shall be mounted sewage flow 
and air load and demand indicators of the 
same rating as the two large sewage flow and 
air load and demand indicators above speci- 
fied. They shall have single dials not less than 
9-inches in diameter. 


The manually operated air demand sending 
station shall be mounted on the above panel 
and shall have a single dial not less than 5 
inches in diameter. 


All the cases for the above indicators and 
the manual sending station on the above panel 


371 


shall be of suitable design and shall have a 
dull black marine finish. 


The two (2) totalizing wattmeters, one for 
total air flow and one for total sewage flow, 
shall be mounted on the narrow panel at the 
left end of the large recording board in the 
instrument room in the Pump and Blower 
House. The ribbon chart and pens shall be 
omitted on these wattmeters as no chart record 
is desired. The covers shall have a dull black 
marine finish with totally closed faces. 


Instrument Panels. 


(M125) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the following panels: 


Seven (7) Individual blower panels complete 
with framing as shown on the plans. 


One (1) Air conditioning water panel com- 
plete with framing as shown on the plans. 


Two (2) Sewage level indicator panels com- 
plete with pedestal and case as shown on the 
plans. , | 


“One (1) Totalizing panel complete with 
pedestal and case as shown on the plans. 


Hight (8) Individual air conditioning panels 
complete with wall brackets as shown on the 
plans. 


Two (2) Instrument boards to be located in 
the instrument room complete with framing as 
shown on: the plans, 


The large board shall have seven (7) panels 
3-feet wide, and one (1) panel 12-inches wide 
as;shown on the plans. 


B12 
The small board shall have four (4) panels 
3-feet wide as shown on the plans. A terminal 


board properly marked shall be provided in a 
suitable location at the bottom of all panels. 


In installing the panels on the large and 
small boards they shall be one-quarter (14) 
inch above the finished floor, and in all cases 
the edge of the boards shall be kept one (1) 
inch from the wall. 


All panels shall be made of genuine natural 
black Munson slate or equal of thickness as de- 
termined by the Engineer, rubbed to a smooth 
finish with a one-quarter (14) inch bevel on all 
front edges. 


All holes in the panels shall be drilled 
straight and clean by counter boring from both 
sides. Any sections showing chipping or crack- 
ing of slate around the holes will be rejected. 
All holes shall be perpendicular to the face of 
the panel and shall be of proper size for the 
bolt, stud, or wire passing through the same. 


All panels shall be secured to their frames 
with one-half (14) inch finished hexagonal 
head bolts. A finished beveled metal washer 
shall be inserted between the face of the panel 
and the head of the bolt and a rubber washer 
shall be inserted between the frame and the 
back of the panel. All bolts shall have a dull 
black finish. 


All parts of the panel framing shall be given 
one (1) shop coat of black graphite paint be- 
fore shipment and two (2) coats of an ap- 
proved paint after erection. 


373 


No illumination shall be provided for the 
panels on the two (2) instrument boards locat- 
ed in thé instrument room. All other panels 
shall be provided with individual instrument 
illumination of a type to be approved by the 
Engineer. 


The Contractor shall submit detailed draw- 
ings showing construction and method of in- 
stallation of all panels for approval by the 
Engineer. 


The vertical supports for all panels located 
in the instrument room shall be installed in 
holes which shall be provided in the floor slabs. 
After installing the vertical supports the Con- 
tractor shall grout around these members in a 
neat and workmanlike manner making a rigid 
and permanent installation. The top of the 
vertical members shall be supported to the 
walls as shown on the plans. 


All instrument wiring on all panels shall 
consist of number 12 B. & S. gauge, solid con- 
ductor, rubber covered, double braid, flame 
proof covered wire. All wires shall be separat- 
ed according to manufacturing standard spac- 
ing and shall be securely cleated to the panel 
by fibre cleats or run in fibre supports. Wires 
shall be in single layers so far as possible and 
shall bend at right angles when a change in di- 
rection is made. The ends of all wires shall 
be fitted with a stamped or cast copper ter- 
minal of proper size sweated on the wire. After 
sweating on the terminals, the original insula- 
tion of the wire shall butt the shank of the 
terminal so that no taping will be necessary. 
All wiring on the panel shall be carried to a 
suitable terminal board located near the bot- 


374 


tom of the panel. All terminals shall be prop- 
erly marked or numbered. 


Whenever necessary, fuses of proper capac- 
ity shall be installed. 


On the rear of the two (2) instrument switch 
boards in the Instrument Room the Contractor 
shall furnish and install the 108-volt potential 
bus which shall consist of two (2) number 4, 
B and 8 gauge, solid conductor, rubber covered, 
double braid, flame proof covered wire. The 
busses shall be supported on approved sup- 
ports. The feeder to the potential buses shall 
be furnished, installed and paid for under 
item 39. 


The Contractor shall furnish and _ install 
fibre name plates for all instruments as shown 
on the plans. The details of the wording or 
numbering of all name plates will be furnished 
by the Engineer. 


Permanent Bench Board. 


(M126) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install as shown on the plans one (1) perma- 
nent recording bench. The purpose of this 
bench shall be to manually make permanent 
records from the twenty-four (24) hour charts. 
The chart shall be of the continuous ribbon 
type as shown on the plans. Ribbon chart 
rolls shall come with not less than thirty-one 
(31) day’s supply. The ribbon charts will be 
subject to considerable tension in the course 
of rolling up and shall be of sufficient strength 
to withstand this strain. The Contractor shall 
furnish a one year supply of these charts. 


The bench shall be built of hard wood and 
of a finish as approved. Due to its great 


375 


length it shall be made so that it can be as- 
sembled after shipment in the room in which 
it is to be finally located. Workmanship shall 
be of a first class nature throughout. 


The Contractor shall guarantee the success- 
ful operation of the permanent recording out- 
fit and shall make whatever alterations are 
necessary to obtain the desired results. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
record storage vault on floor elevation plus 40 
feet steel shelving as shown on the plans. The 
steel shelving shall be Lyon Metallic Manufac- 
turing Company make or equal and shall be 
coated with baked on enamel. 


The shelves shall be twenty-four (24) inches 
deep and twenty-four (24) inches wide. They 
shall be six shelves high spaced eighteen (18) 
inches vertically and shall have full backs 
and dividers only. Uprights shall be of num- 
ber 22 U.S. S. gauge sheet steel and shelves of 
number 18 U.S. S. gauge sheet steel. 


Clock. 


(M127) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install a Seth Thomas, or equal eight (8) day 
engine room clock with twelve (12) inch dial. 
This clock shall be located in the recording in- 
strument room directly over the door leading 
into the outside corridor on the north wall. 


Instrument Cases and Dials. 


(M128) All indicating instruments regard- 
less of type except those for the 36-inch dial 
indicators shall be mounted in cases of uniform 
appearance and size. The cases shall be 914- 
inches in diameter, round type, dull black ma- 


376 


rine finish and back connected for switchboard 
mounting. All instrument cases shall be of the 
General Electric Company type R-4 or equal. 
The indicating dials shall have a scale not less 
than 8 inches long, with figures at least 0.4 
inches high. The indicating dial faces shall 
be white with black figures and graduations. 
The indicating pointers shall be black. All in- 
dicating instruments shall be mounted on the 
individual panels in various parts of the plant 
as shown on the plans. 


All recording instruments, regardless of type 
shall be mounted in cases of uniform appear- 
ance and size. The cases shall be approxi- 
mately 15 inches in diameter, round type, dull 
black marine finish, and back connected for 
switchboard mounting. All recording instru- 
ment cases shall be of the General Electric 
Company type CR-11 or equal. All recording 
instruments shall be mounted on the two (2) 
large boards located in the instrument room 
adjacent to the Engineer’s office, except as 
may be otherwise noted. 


All integrating instruments, regardless of 
type shall be mounted in cases of uniform ap- 
pearance and size. The cases shall be finished 
in dull black marine and equipped with glass 
covers. All integrating instrument cases shall 
be of the General Electric type I-14 or equal 
and shall be mounted on the two (2) large 
boards located in the instrument room adja- 
cent to the Engineer’s office. The register 
shall have five (5) dials with white face, and 
the dial circles, figures, graduations and point- 
ers shall be black. Integrating instruments 
will be read every twenty-four hours and 
should be so designed that they will not re- 


317 


peat during this period. In order to simplify 
the calculations of these readings all multipli- 
ers wherever possible should be in powers of 
ten. 


Recording and Integrating Mechanisms. 


(M129) The recording mechanisms shall be 
designed for circular charts not less than 11 
inches in diameter. Each chart shall supply a 
continuous 24-hour record. Suitable devices 
shall be provided for readily attaching and re- 
moving the charts without interfering with the 
operation of the rest of the mechanism. Pens 
shall be of a type giving an even and contin- 
uous line without blurring or blotting. They 
shall be readily removable and equipped with 
reservoirs holding ink sufficient for at least six 
charts. The pen arm shall be readily adjust- 
able. The recording mechanisms shall be op- 
erated by high grade spring driven eight (8) 
day jeweled clock movements of accurate time 
keeping qualities. 


The integrating mechanisms shall be de- 
signed to register a continuous total in gallons, 
pounds, or cubic feet of free air at standard 
temperature and pressure specified in Section 
(M123). Recording and integrating mechan- 
isms shall be actuated by separate time or 
driving elements so that a stoppage of one 
will not result in a loss of record on the other. 


Differential Pressure Producing Devices. 


(M130) The flow nozzles for measuring 
steam shall be made of steel. 


All flow nozzles shall be carefully machined 
and finished to exact dimensions. 


378 


For flow nozzles set in horizontal lines, a 
small drain hole shall be drilled in the nozzle 
flush with the bottom of the pipe. 


Instruments and Transmitting Elements. 


(M131) <All instruments and transmitting 
elements shall be suitable for installation at 
the locations and within the space shown on 
the plans. The differential head in the meter 
tube shall be transferred to the transmitting 
elements either mechanically or electrically. 
All parts shall be built of durable non-corro- 
sive materials particularly adapted to the serv- 
ice required. 

All racks, gearing, floats, stuffing boxes, 
cams, rollers, universal joints or other mechan- 
ical devices shall be designed for practically 
frictionless operation and with entire absence 
of back lash. 

All electrical elements shall be properly in- 
sulated and cases grounded and shall be of 
types that have been standardized for electri- 
cal measurements of high accuracy. 

Suitable devices shall be provided for ad- 
justing the mechanisms, but they shall be de- 
signed to remain in accurate adjustment over 
long intervals of time without attention. The 
mechanisms and appurtenances shall be de- 
signed to be sensitive to all changes of flow 
and shall indicate and record such changes 
instantaneously. 


Tool, Supplies, Etc. 


(M132) A supply of five hundred (500) 
charts shall be furnished for each recording in- 
strument. They shall be printed on a good 
grade of paper with clear cut lines and ac- 


379 


curately spaced graduations. All charts shall 
be made to give a continuous 24-hour record. 
Before the charts are printed samples of each 
type shall be submitted to the Engineer for ap- 
proval, at which time the notes and titles to 
be printed thereon will be designated. Sewage 
meter charts shall be calibrated to read in mil- 
lions of gallons per 24 hours, air meter charts 
in cubic feet of free air per minute at 85° Fah- 
renheit and barometric pressure of 14 pounds 
per square inch; steam meter charts in pounds 
per hour as specified in Section (M128) pres- 
sure gauge charts in pounds per square inch 
gauge as specified in Section (M121), and 
combined pressure and vacuum gauge charts in 
pounds per square inch guage and inches of 
water (vacuum), as_ specified in Section 
(M121). 


A supply of ink sufficient to last each 
recorder for one year and duplicate pens for 
each instrument shall be furnished. Charts, 
ink and pens shall be neatly packed in card- 
board boxes with the contents plainly desig- 
nated thereon. 


The Contractor shall furnish in a neat wood- 
en case two (2) planimeters for averaging the 
sewage, steam, and air meter charts. 


The Contractor shall furnish in triplicate in- 
struction books covering the adjustments of all 
instruments, test constants for all sewage 
meters and test constants and correction tables 
for all air and steam meters covering the range 
of temperatures and pressures as specified 
herein. 


The Contractor shall also furnish three com- 
plete sets of wrenches and other tools, includ- 


380 


ing six (6) keys for winding the clocks, nec- 
cessary to make all adjustments on the record- 
ing mechanisms, housed in neatly finished 
wooden cabinets equipped for wall mounting 
and provided with locks and duplicate keys. 

Mercury, oil or other liquids used in the op- 
eration of the meters shall be furnished in suffi- 
cient quantities and in suitable containers. 

All miscellaneous appurtenances specified to 
be furnished under this Section (M132) shall 
be delivered direct to the Engineer. 


GENERAL PIPING. 
General. 


(M133) All pipe work installed at the pump 
and blower house under this contract shall be 
thoroughly first-class in every respect. Mate- 
rials used in the construction of the work shall 
be of the best grade in established use for the 
purpose furnished. All pipe shall be of stand- 
ard weight and thickness for the sizes specified 
or required, smooth inside, free from imperfec- 
tions and true to shape. Threads shall be cut 
clean, straight and true. Fittings shall be 
sound and free from all defects, with clean cut 
threads. 

All equipment specified herein or indicated 
on the plans shall be furnished and installed by 
the Contractor, except such equipment as indi- 
cated on the plans or as specified as to be fur- 
nished by the Sanitary District, which will be 
delivered as herein specified; but the Contrac- 
tor shall unload and install such equipment 
as indicated on the plans or as specified or as 
directed by the Engineer. The specifications 
are not intended to cover every detail of con- 
struction or equipment. The Contractor shall, 


381 


however, furnish and place all pipes, fixtures, 
fittings, valves, supports, bolts or devices which 
are necessary to fully complete the entire work 
whether said details are particularly specified 
or not. 


Pipe, Quality, Weight, Etc. 


(M134) The following table is given to 
show the kind and class of pipe and fittings to 
be used for the different piping systems which 
the Contractor is to furnish. 


PIPE LINES estates FITTINGS COVERING 


(a) Service Water/Genuine Standard|Standard Cast|/Wool Felt. 
Mains and| Weight Galvan-| Iron and Gal- 
Branches. ized Wrought! vanized Malle- 
Iron. able Iron. 


(b) V acuu mj|Genuine Standard|Standard Cast 
Priming for| Weight Galvan-| Iron and Gal- 
Main Pump-| ized Wrought] vanized Malle- 
ing Units. Tron. able Iron. 


(ec) V acu iu m/Genuine Standard|Standard Cast 
Priming for! Weight Galvan-| Ivon and Gal- 
Circulating) ized Wrought} vanized Malle- 
Pumps. Iron. able Iron. 


(d) Cire ulating|Genuine Standard|Standard CastiWool Felt. 
Water to Air| Weight Galvan-| Iron Flanged. 
Washers, ized Wrought 


Motor Cool-| Iron. 
ers and OQOil 
Coolers. 


(e) Air Washer|American Water|Standard Cast|Wool Felt. 
Drain and| Works Assn.| Iron Flanged. 
Circulating} Class ‘‘A’’ Cast 
Tank Piping. Tron and Gen- 
uine Standard 
Weight Galvan- 
ized Wrought 
Iron. 


(f) Floor Drain-|Cast Iron and/Cast Iron Bell 
age System. Standard| and Spigot and 
Weight Gen-| Flanged. 
uine Galvanized 
Wrought Iron. 
(g)S ew a g ejCast Iron. Special Cast Iron. 
Pumps, Suc- 
tion and Dis- 


charge. 

(h) High Pres- Extra Heavy Cast|Laminated As- 
sure Steam|Standard Weight] Iron Flanged. bestos Felts. 
for Air Con- Gen wine 


ditioning| Wrought [ron. 
Units. 


PIPE LINES eh goes en FITTINGS COVERING 


(i) Low Pressure|Standard Weight Standard Cas t/Corrugated 
Steam for Air} Genuin ej Iron Flanged. | Asbestos Felt. 
“i o nditioning Wrought Iron. 
nits. 


(j) Vacuum Re-|Standard Weight Standard Cas t|Corrugated 
turn Header} Genuiine| Iron Flanged| Asbestos Felt. 
from Air Con- Wrought Iron. and Malleable 


ditioning Iron Screwed. 
Units. 

(k) Hot Water|Standard Weight|Galvanized Malle-|Corrugated 
Service Pip-| Genuin ej able Iron, Asbestos Felt. 
ing. Galvanized 


Wrought Iron. 


(1) Transformer|Standard Weight|Malleable Tent 
Oil Piping. Genuine 
Wrought Iron. 


(m)Gas Piping. |Standard Weight]Malleable Iron. 
e'niu 1 ne 
Wrought Iron. 


(n) Individual|Steel Tubing. Cinch Type. 
Oiling Sys- 
tems for 
Peony pone 
Units. 


(o) Lub r ication|Standard Weight Standard Cast 
System for} Genuine} Iron and Malle- 


Blower Units.| Wrought Iron. able Iron. 
(p) Low Pressure/|Hammer Welded|Flanged Cast 
Air Mains. Steel Coated] Iron. 
Inside with 
Zine. 


On all screwed joints the threaded ends of 
pipes shall be given a coat of graphite and oil 
when they are made up. Flanged joints on all 
water piping shall be made up with best qual- 
ity sheet packing as approved by the Engineer, 
and shall be coated with graphite and oil on 
one side only. 


Fittings, Gaskets, Bolts, Etc. 


(M135) All flanges in size and drilling 
shall conform to latest American Standards. 
They shall be faced or spot-faced to insure 


383 


even bearing surface for bolt heads and nuts. 
Ends of pipes shall be screwed through and re- 


faced on a lathe at right angles to axis of pipe | 


to insure tight joint without uneven forcing. 


All flanged fittings shall conform in size and 
drilling to the latest American standards, and 
shall have all flanges turned or spot-faced on 
back to provide true bearing surface for bolt 
heads and nuts. Unless otherwise specified all 
fittings and valves 214” and larger shall be of 
the flanged pattern. 


The Contractor shall furnish all gaskets re- 
required for this installation including gaskets 
for connection to other equipment. Materials 
for gaskets shall be subject to the approval of 
the Engineer and shall be suitable for the tem- 
peratures and pressures involved. 


Piping using screwed fittings shall be pro- 
vided with unions as indicated on the plans, 
and elsewhere as directed by the Engineer to 
permit any run to be easily taken down. These 
unions shall have ground joints and brass seat 
inserts. 


The Contractor shall also furnish all bolts 
and nuts required to complete the work. Bolt 
heads and nuts shall be hexagonal full heads. 
Bolts shall be made of high grade mild steel 
and long enough to extend one or two threads 
beyond nuts when drawn up. Nuts shall be 
cold punched, chamfered, trimmed, reamed 
and squarred. All threads shall be U. S. Std. 
Threads for pipes or bolts shall be made 
smooth and uniform with proper taper and 
pitch and in perfect alignment with the pipe or 
body of bolt. The threads on all pipes shall be 


384 


of sufficient length to atin the pipe to be 
screwed well into the fittings. 


Pipe bends of long radius shall be furnished 
for all piping wherever required. Pipe bends 
shall be made so as to insure the least number 
of joints. Bends shall be free from buckles, 
and shall be uniform in their full length. 
Where radius of bend is not shown on the 
plans, the minimum radius shall be equal to 
five times the nominal diameter of the pipe. ' 


All pipe supports shall be of an approved de- 
sign and shall be placed as directed by the En- 
gineer. 


SERVICE WATER PIPING (a). 


(M136) The Contractor shall install the 
service water system complete with all valves, 
fittings, bolts, gaskets, hangers, check valves, 
etc. The work shall begin with an 8-inch gate 
valve at a point where the main header enters 
the pipe tunnel at the northwest corner of the 
pump and blower house at elevation --8. 


The mains shall be extended around the 
building and the various branches taken there- 
from and connected to the particular apparatus 
to be served as specified herein or shown on the 
plans. 


A 2-inch connection shall run from the serv- 
ice header in the pipe loft on the south side of 
the building and be connected complete to each 
stop gate hydraulic cylinder. All cylinder con- 
trol piping shall be installed complete with four 
(4) way cocks and waste piping. The four way 


385 


cocks shall be of the iron body, brass plug type, 
supplied with suitable wrenches for operating 
the same. 


A 1%-inch branch shall be run from the 
service main in the pipe loft terminating in the 
spill-way room at elevation +29 with a 11,- 
inch brass hose valve. 


Cold water connections shall be made to 
each toilet fixture as follows and as shown on 
the plans. Water closet flush tanks 3-inch 
supply. Lavatories 44-inch supply. Slop sinks 
34-inch supply. Urinals 14-inch supply. Shower 
baths 14-inch supply. Drinking fountains 14- 
inch supply. Kitchen sink in lunch room 14- 
inch supply. 


In addition to the above a 34-inch hose con- 
nection shall be installed in each toilet room. 


All exposed piping, valves and fittings to the 
above specified fixtures shall be of brass heavily 
nickel plated, iron pipe size. 


A %-inch hose connection shall be provided 
in the screen chamber entrance and a 114-inch 
brass hose valve connection in the screen cham- 
ber proper. 


At elevation +40 a 34-inch hose connection 
shall be installed between each air conditioning 
battery as shown on the plans. 


A 2-inch cold water line shall be run from 
the main header and properly connected to the 
water heater to be installed at elevation +4 
and specified in Section (M48). 


Valves 214-inch and larger shall be of the 
iron body bronze mounted type with outside 


386 


screw and yoke, tested to 300-pounds per 
square inch hydrostatic pressure. All valves 
2-inch and under shall be of brass, tested to 
300 pounds per square inch hydrostatic pres- 
sure. 


Check valves 214-inches and larger shall be 
of the cast iron body pattern, full bronze 
mounted, single disc type, tested to 300 pounds 
per square inch hydrostatic pressure. 


Check valves 2 inches and smaller shall be 
all brass with single disc and tested to 300 
pounds per square inch hydrostatic pressure. 


VACUUM PIPING FOR MAIN PUMPING 
UNITS (b). 


General. 


(M137) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect all vacuum piping with brackets, hangers, 
valves, cast iron and _ concrete’ supports, 
strainers and fittings complete; and shall con- 
nect the same to the centrifugal and vacuum 
pumps as shown on the plans and specified 
herein. 


All pipe shall be of standard weight genuine 
wrought iron, with the maker’s name and year 
of manufacture rolled into the surface in raised 
letters. The pipe shall be bent as required 
with smooth and even curvature. 


All piping shall conform to the following 
specifications: Bends shall have large radius 
curves true to dimension. Fittings shall be of 
standard flanged cast iron pattern finished true 
to dimensions. All flanges shall be of cast iron 


387 


of ‘‘American Standard,” dimensions and drill- 
ing. After piping has been made up, the 
flanges and ends of pipe shall be machined to- 
gether to provide a smooth even surface and 
allow the joint to come on the end of the pipe. 


Valves shall be of the standard flanged pat- 
tern throughout, bronze mounted with outside 
screw and yoke. 


Suction strainers of the basket type shall be 
furnished and installed as shown on the plans 
and they shall be of cast iron body with re- 
movable perforated brass baskets. The perfora- 
tions shall be 14-inch in diameter and of suffi- 
cient number to provide an area equal to twice 
the pipe area. 


All bolts, nuts, hangers, etc., shall be of steel 
or wrought iron. All iron castings shall be of 
close grained gray iron free from shrinkage 
strains, cold shuts and blow holes. Brackets, 
hangers and supports shall be thoroughly 
cleaned and painted with not less than two 
coats of an approved rust resisting paint. All 
exposed piping within the pump room including 
the vacuum pump shall be painted as specified 
for the exterior of the pumps in Section (M12). 
Pipe straps or other blacksmith work shall be 
neatly made from steel or wrought iron. 


Gaskets shall be made of Rainbow Rubber or 
equal, not less than one eighth (14) inch thick 
for all joints. All valve stuffing boxes shall be 
packed with Russian long fibre flax or equal, 
manufactured with lubrication and installed 
with a good quality grease. 


The vacuum system with exception of the 
vacuum pumps, after erection shall be tested 


388 


under seventy (70) pounds per square inch 
water pressure. Any leaky flanges shall be 
made tight or if found defective shal! be re- 
moved and replaced by the Contractor. The 
entire work after completion shall be tested 
under the working vacuum of twenty-six (26) 
inches of mercury with every possible arrange- 
ment of valves; the entire work shall be made 
tight under this vacuum. If leaks are de- 
veloped the Contractor shall make such altera- 
tions, repairs, or renewals as are necessary to 
make the piping, valves and appurtenances 
tight in every respect. , 


Gauges. 


(M138) The Contractor shall furnish and 
mount on each sewage pump, with heavy brass 
pipe, wrought iron pipe size, equipped with 
brass shut-off cocks, or gate valves, the fol- 
lowing dial gauges: 


One eight (8) inch suction gauge with a 
dial reading from zero (0) to thirty (30) 
inches of mercury vacuum. 


One eight (8) inch compound gauge, giving 
both vacuum and pressure readings, from zero 
(0) to thirty (30) inches of mercury vacuum 
and zero (0) to fifty (50) feet water head. 


CIRCULATING PUMP PRIMING PIPING (c). 


(M139) The priming piping shall be con- 
nected on the intake side of the sewage ejector 
air compressors and shall consist of a header 
from which a branch shall be connected to 
each circulating pump casing as shown on the 
plans. 


389 


A gate valve and union shall be installed 
in the branch line to each pump. 


Flanged valves shall be bronze mounted 
throughout, of standard pattern with outside 
screw and yoke tested to 300 pounds per square 
inch pressure. 


All gate valves 2 inches and smaller shall be 
of brass tested to 300 pounds per square inch 
hydrostatic pressure. 


AIR WASHER AND MOTOR COOLER 
WATER SUPPLY (d). 


General. 


(M140) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all water supply piping to the air 
washers, motor coolers and oil coolers, and 
shall make all connections to the circulating 
water pumps which will be furnished under 
another contract. The system shall be fur- 
nished and installed complete with all gate 
valves, fittings, gaskets, bolts, venturi meters, 
check valves, foot valves, hangers, anchors, 
etc., as shown on the plans or specified herein. 


Sixteen (16) independent banks of spray 
nozzles, stand pipes and headers, and eight (8) 
banks of flooding nozzles and headers will be 
furnished and delivered to the Contractor by 
the Sanitary District f.o.b. cars as specified in 
Section (M6) at the Treatment Works site. 


The Contractor shall unload and erect the 
above equipment, installing two (2) banks of 
spray nozzles, headers and stand pipes and 
one (1) bank of flooding nozzles and header 


390 


in each air washing compartment as shown on 
the plans. Any additional material, fittings 
and valves which may be required to make the 
installation complete in every respect shall be 
furnished and installed by the Contractor 
without additional cost to the Sanitary District. 


All gate valves shall be of the cast iron 
body, full bronze mounted, outside screw and 
yoke pattern, tested to 300 pounds per square 
inch hydrostatic pressure. 


A check valve shall be installed in the dis- 
charge line from each circulating pump as 
shown on the plans. All check valves shall be 
of the swing type, full bronze mounted and 
straight way, with an area fully equal to that 
of the pipe line and shall be tested to 300 
pounds per square inch hydrostatic pressure. 


The pump suction line of each circulating 
pump shall be provided with a foot valve of a 
size as Shown on the plans. The foot valves 
shall be of the cast iron body type with cast 
iron strainers and brass seats, with an area 
fully equal to that of the pipe line. 


A connection shall be made to the motor 
cooler header and connected to the sealing 
water header, which shall be installed com- 
plete as shown on the plans. 


A removable basket type strainer of ap- 
proved make shall be installed in the supply 
line to each air washer. The strainer basket 
shall be of perforated brass. The perfora- 
tions shall be 14-inch in diameter and of suffi- 
cient number to provide a total area equal to 
twice that of the pipe line wherein installed. 
A pressure reducing and regulating valve shall 


591 


be installed in each branch line leading to the 
motor cooler. The valves shall be of the iron 
body full bronze mounted type tested to 200 
pounds per square inch hydrostatic pressure. 


Two (2) cast iron venturi tubes shall be fur- 
nished and installed as shown on the plans. 
Throat sections shall be lined with a high grade 
bronze. They shall be provided with proper 
pressure chambers, drilled, tapped and plugged 
for piezometer connections. 


The tubes proper shall be made of two (2) 
more sections connected by flanged joints. Not 
less than four (4) vent holes shall be provided 
at each inlet and throat. The 16-inch meter 
shall be designed for a maximum carrying 
capacity of 4,000-gallons per minute and a 
minimum of 1,000-gallons per minute. The 6- 
inch meter shall be designed for a maximum 
carrying capacity of 1,000-gallons per minute 
and a minimum of 200-gallons per minute. 


AIR WASHER DRAIN AND CIRCULATING 
TANK PIPING (e). 


General. 


(M141) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all piping for incoming effluent to circulat- 
ing water tanks, drains from air washers, re- 
circulating piping, overflow from circulating 
water tanks, air vents, returns from oil coolers 
and bleeder connection complete with standard 
and special fittings, valves, floor stands, motor 
operating valve equipment, hangers and sup- 
ports whether said details are shown on plans 
or particularly specified or not. Work under 
this section begins and ends at the outside 


392 


face of the north central tower of the biower 
house with a standard bell connection of a size 
as shown on the plans, the wall openings for 
which shall be closed with concrete upon com- 
pletion of the installation. 


The Contractor shall grout all openings in 
walls and tanks closed in an approved manner. 


All concrete and mortar shall be furnished, 
placed and paid for under Items 25 to 38, in- 
clusive. 


Incoming Effluent to Circulating Water Tanks. 


(M142) The incoming effluent line to cir- 
culating water tanks shall start at the outer 
face of north central tower of blower house 
with a bell end joint and shall end with two 
(2) 24-inch branches, one to each circulating 
water tank and shall have one (1) 24-inch 
lateral for recirculating water piping. Motor 
operated gate valves shall be so placed that 
the supply of effluent may be cut off on incom- 
ing side of recirculating fittings and so that 
either tank supply may be cut off independ- 
ently, as shown on the plans. 


Drains from Air Washers. 


(M148) Eight (8) 10-inch drains from air 
washers at elevation plus 40-feet shall be in- 
stalled and piped into a return header 6-feet 
below which shall increase in size from 14-inch 
to 24-inch as drains enter into it and then drops 
to an elevation of plus 3.5-feet, leading to out- 
side face of north central tower of blower 
house with a 24-inch bell end joint. Necessary 
fittings and motor operated valves shall be in- 


393 


stalled so that recirculating to circulating water 
tanks from drains may be obtained and that a 
24-inch overflow from circulating water tanks 
to 24-inch return line results. 


Air Vents. 


(M144) One (1) 6-inch and one (1) 8-inch 
vent shall be connected to small end and large 
end, respectively, of drain return header and 
shall lead to roof of building. Vent caps shall 
be furnished. Fittings shall be placed in drain 
return header to allow for these vents. Air 
vent piping shall be of genuine wrought iron 
pipe. 


Return from Motor Coolers. 


(M145) Work under this section includes 
seven (7) 38-inch discharge lines from oil 
coolers at each blower unit complete with 3- 
inch by-pass tee from oil cooler supply and 
83-inch gate valves at each oil cooler discharge 
and at each by-pass. The 38-inch lines shall 
lead into an 8-inch header which shall be con- 
nected to 24-inch by 8-inch by 24-inch single 
sweep tee in 24-inch return line from air 
washers. Return piping from oil coolers shall 
be genuine wrought iron. 


Bleeder Connection. 


(M146) An 8-inch bleeder connection from 
24-inch incoming effluent line to 24-inch re- 
turn line shall be installed with an 8-inch gate 
valve and an 8-inch check valve so placed to 
prevent back flow from return line to incom- 
ing line. 


394 


Special Fittings. 


(M147) Two (2) 24-inch pipes, flanged on 
one end and with bell joint on the other end 
shall be installed on incoming and return lines 
at outer face of north central tower of blower 
house as shown on the plans. Eight (8) 10- 
inch floor drain fittings, two (2) 24-inch tank 
supply discharge fittings and one (1) 24-inch 
tank overflow elbow shall also be of special 
pattern. All other fittings shall be standard. 


Valves. 


(M148) The five (5) 24-inch motor oper- 
ated gate valves, floor stands, motors, etc., shall 
be as specified under Section (M26). 


All gate valves except as otherwise specified 
shall be of cast iron, full bronze mounted with 
outside screw and yoke, tested to 300 pounds 
per square inch hydrostatic pressure. 


All check valves shall be of cast iron body, 
full bronze mounted, straightway, with an area 
equal to the full opening of the pipe line. 


FLOOR DRAINAGE SYSTEM (f). 


General. 


(M149) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the floor drainage system complete, with 
all necessary catch basin floor drains, cast 
iron and wrought iron piping supports, traps, 
special fittings, check and gate valves and shall 
make all necessary connections to and from the 
sewage ejectors as shown on the plans or speci- 
fied herein. 


395 


Catch Basins. 


(M150) Catch basins shall be of cast iron 
of the bell trap type of a size as shown on the 
plans and shall be provided with removable 
perforated taps. 


Soil Pipe and Fittings. 


(M151) All cast iron soil pipe and fittings 
shall be of the extra heavy soil pipe pattern, 
coated inside and outside with an approved 
asphaltum dip. The pipe shall be properly set 
and supported in the forms before the walls 
and floors are poured. All joints shall be 
properly filled with oakum and molten lead and 
shall be calked perfectly watertight. The Con- 
tractor shall keep the open ends of all pipes 
capped during the pouring of concrete to pre- 
vent them from becoming clogged. 


Wrought Iron Pipe and Fittings. 


(M152) All exposed drain piping shall be 
of genuine galvanized wrought iron with the 
maker’s name and year of manufacture rolled 
in the surface in raised letters. All fittings 
used in connection with wrought iron pipe shall 
be of the American Standard flanged pattern, 
faced, drilled and spot faced in accordance 
with the latest standard practice. 


The Contractor shall furnish all gaskets, 
bolts and nuts required to complete the work in 
a first class manner. Bolt heads and nuts shall 
have full hexagonal heads. Bolts shall be 
made of high grade mild steel of sufficient 
length to extend one or two threads beyond 
the nuts when drawn up. 


396 


Miscellaneous Drain Piping. 


(M153) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all miscellaneous drain piping complete 
as specified herein or shown on the plans; in- 
cluding the drains from all drinking fountains, 
slop sinks, shower baths, toilet fixtures, kitchen 
sink and connecting up of all conductor pipes 
below Elevation plus 25.0. 


Pipe Supports. 


(M154) All pipe supports shall be of a de- 
sign as approved by the Engineer or as shown 
on the plans and shall be placed at intervals of 
not more than 8 feet center to center. 


Painting. 


(M155) All exposed metal work and drain 
piping shall be painted with two (2) coats of 
asphaltum varnish or other approved rust- 
resisting paint. All surfaces shall be perfectly 
clean and dry when paint is applied. 


SEWAGE PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE 
PIPING (g). 


(M156) The Contractor shall furnish and 
connect up all suction and discharge piping for 
the sewage pumps, complete with all special 
fittings, valves, bolts, nuts, gaskets and neces- 
sary supports. 


The pump discharge valve shall be of a type 
as specified in Section (M26). 


All stop gates and appurtenances shall be of 
a type as specified in Section (M29). 


397 


All cast iron piping and fittings shall be first 
quality gray iron conforming to the American 
Society for Testing Materials Specification, 
serial designation A-48-18, which shall have an 
ultimate tensile strength of not less than 20,000 
pounds per square inch. The thickness and 
dimensions of all pipe and fittings shall be as 
shown on the plans. 


All fittings shall be made accurately to the 
dimensions shown and shall be planed or 
ground where marked or otherwise necessary 
to secure perfectly flat and true surfaces. Al- 
lowances shall be made in the patterns for 
shrinkage so that the specified metal thickness 
shall not be reduced in cooling. : 


Where lead joints are required the spigot of 
each piece shall be properly seated in the bell 
of the next adjacent piece and adjusted so as to 
give a uniform space for the joint, which shall 
be made with twisted or braided hemp packing 
and soft pig lead. The packing shall be thor- 
oughly driven into the bell so that the lead, 
after having been calked, shall have a depth of 
at least 2 inches. The melting pot shall be 
kept near the joint to be poured and each joint 
shall be made at one (1) pouring. Dross shall 
not be allowed to accumulate in the melting 
pot. The joints shall be calked by competent 
mechanics and in such manner as shall secure 
a tight joint without overstraining the iron 
bells. 


Drain valves shall be of the cast iron, bronze 
mounted type with outside screw and yoke. 


398 


HIGH PRESSURE STEAM LINE TO AIR 
CONDITIONING UNITS (h). 


General. 


(M157) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all high pressure steam lines for air 
conditioning units complete with piping, fit- 
tings, valves, steam separator, steam traps, ex- 
pansion joints, fittings, valves, pressure gauge, 
bolts and nuts, supports and hangers whether 
the details are shown on plans or particularly 
specified herein. Work on this item shall begin 
at the entrance into blower house from tunnel 
of the two (2) 4-inch high pressure steam lines 
and include all by-pass fittings and valves be- 
tween these two lines, fittings and valves on 
both lines at this point and shall end on low 
pressure side of the two (2) 3-inch by 6-inch 
reducing valves in the low pressure header. By- 
passes around reducing valves from high pres- 
sure line to low pressure header shall be in- 
stalled at each end of line with suitable fit- 
tings so that steam may enter low pressure 
header through reducing valve or by-pass at 
either end of low pressure header. 


The steam flow meters specified in Section 
(M123) shall be installed as shown on plans. 


Expansion Joints. 


(M158) All expansion joints in the high 
pressure’ line shall be of the double slip type, 
made of close grained gray iron, with bronze 
or brass sliding tubes. The body shall be heav- 
ily ribbed and provided with extra deep stuf- 
fing boxes to retain a liberal quantity of pack- 
ing. The guide shell and packing gland shall 


399 


be of such type as will permit drawing up of 
the packing without removing the guide shell. 
All joints shall be thoroughly packed with a 
high grade packing drawn up to the proper de- 
gree of compression to prevent leakage of . 
steam or water. Each single joint shall be 
capable of taking care of not less than 4 inches 
of linear expansion or contraction. 


Steam Separator. 


(M159) One (1) 4-inch steel or extra 
heavy cast iron horizontal flow steam separa- 
tor designed to operate with a steam pressure 
of one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square 
inch and not more than twenty-five (25) 
degrees Fahrenheit superheat shall be in- 
stalled in the high pressure steam line just pre- 
ceding connection of high pressure steam line 
into reducing valve. The steam separator shall 
be of an approved make. 


Steam Traps. 


(M160) The high pressure steam line shall 
be equipped with two (2) steam traps, one (1) 
placed at steam separator and one (1) at end 
of high pressure steam line. The high pres- 
sure steam line shall slope gradually from the 
steam separator to the steam trap connection. 
The steam traps shall be 1-inch of the tevolving 
bucket and pop valve type with a minimum 
capacity of eight hundred (800) gallons of 
condensate per hour designed to operate on a 
pressure of from twenty-five (25) to one hun- 
dred fifty (150) pounds per square inch. 


400 


Reducing Valve. 


(M161) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install two (2) 38-inch by 6-inch extra heavy 
cast iron or steel pressure reducing and regu- 
lating, mercury column type, reducing valves 
or other approved type for use on high pressure 
steam lines. 


Globe Valves. 


(M162) Two (2) 38-inch and two (2) 14- 
inch extra heavy cast iron or steel body globe 
stop valves with disc guides, bronze yokes and 
seats and bronze faced discs shall be installed 
in high pressure steam line as shown on plans. 
Valves shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure 
of eight hundred (800) pounds per square inch. 


Gate Valves. 


(M163) All other valves on high pressure 
line shall be extra heavy cast iron or steel solid 
wedge type gate valves with outside screw and 
yoke, bronze trimmed, tested to a hydrostatic 
pressure of eight hundred (800) pounds per 
square inch. 


Gauge. 


(M164) One (1) single spring pressure 
gauge with cocks and syphon graduated to 
read pressures from zero (0) to two hundred 
(200) pounds per square inch shall be installed 
in the high pressure line. The dial shall be 
10-inches and the gauge shall have an iron 
case with nickel plated ring. The gauge shall 
be mounted with low pressure header gauge 
and vacuum return header combination gauge 


401 


on a neat panel in a convenient location on 
north side wall of blower house near west end 
above elevation plus 25 feet. The panel for 
the three (3) 10-inch gauges shall be furnished 
and installed under Items 25 to 38, inclusive. 
Suitable piping shall be furnished and installed 
from steam line to gauge. 


LOW PRESSURE STEAM TO AIR CONDI- 
TIONING UNITS. (i) 


General. 


(M165) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install low pressure steam piping to air condi- 
tioning units complete with all piping, fittings, 
expansion joints, relief valves, thermostatic 
control valves and thermostats, gate and globe 
valves, pressure gauge, bolts and nuts, sup- 
ports and hangers whether the details are 
shown on plans or particularly specified herein. 
The work includes all air conditioning steam 
piping between the two (2) reducing valves on 
high pressure steam line to air conditioning 
units. The Vento type heaters to be installed 
hereunder will be furnished by the Sanitary 
District under another contract and delivered 
as specified in Section (M19). 


Expansion Joints. 


(M166) All expansion joints in the low 
pressure steam header shall be of the standard 
low pressure corrugated copper type of num- 
ber fifteen (15) gauge copper and cast iron 
swivel flanges. Each joint shall be capable of 
taking expansion or contraction of not less than 
¥e-inches and be of sufficient number to take 
care of expansion or contraction in entire line. 


402 


Steam Trap. 


(M167) The low pressure header shall be 
equipped with one (1) 1-inch Sylphon type 
steam trap with a capacity of not less than four 
hundred (400) pounds of condensate per hour 
at a pressure of five (5) pounds per square 
inch. The steam trap shall be located at center 
of steam header with header sloping both ways 
to steam trap. 


Relief Valves. 


(M168) The low pressure steam header 
shall be equipped with two (2) 3-inch side 
outlet, iron body, brass seated, flanged relief 
valves designed to operate at pressures from 
five (5) to one hundred fifty (150) pounds per 
square inch. The outlet shall be piped about 
6-feet to a convenient visible location at north 
side of building. 


Gicbe Valves. 


(M169) Sixteen (16) 4-inch standard iron 
body flanged globe stop valves with disc guide, 
bronze seat and disc, shall be installed in each 
branch of lines to air conditioning units. Valves 
shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 
three hundred (300) pounds per square inch. 


Gate Valves. 


(M170) All other valves in the low pres- 
sure header shall be of standard flanged iron 
body solid wedge type, with outside screw and 
yoke and bronze trimmings. Valves shall be 
tested to a hydrostatic pressure of three hun- 
dred (300) pounds per square inch. 


403 


Thermostatic Control for Air Heaters. 


(M171) The control of air temperature 
through eight (8) heater units shall be by ar- 
rangement of all metal diaphragm valves, reg- 
ulators and duct thermostats. This equipment 
shall be furnished and installed complete with 
all necessary air piping to air compressor tanks, 
flexible tubing and fittings, and shall maintain 
a temperature above 35-degrees Fahrenheit in 
the air conditioning outlet ducts. 


Each stack of heater units shall be controlled 
by its individual regulator and thermostatic 
bulb. The first stack on the air inlet side shall 
be controlled by a duct thermostat or bulb 
placed in the concrete housing preceding the 
first: stack and shall operate the regulator to 
supply steam to first stack when the tempera- 
ture of air in duct falls below 33-degrees Fah- 
renheit. The second stack shall be controlled 
by a duct thermostat or bulb placed in concrete 
housing beyond the filter units and shall be set 
to maintain a temperature at this point of not 
less than 35-degrees Fahrenheit. 


Thermostatic Valves and Regulators, Etc. 


(M172) The thermostatic valves and regu- 
lators shall be of size and number as shown 
on the plans, and to be of all metal diaphragm 
type to operate the low pressure steam supply 
varying between two pounds and _ twenty 
pounds per square inch gauge pressure. These 
valves shall be of the graduated acting type 
and shall be operated by compressed air actuat- 
ed by sensitive duct thermostats or bulbs fur- 
nished and installed on the inside of the con- 


404 


crete housings, with connection to regulators 
through extended tubes. 


The diaphragm valves and regulators shall 
be direct acting, closing the steam supply to 
heaters on admission of compressed air, there- 
by insuring steam to heaters on failure of com- 
pressed air line. 


Gauge. 


(M178) One (1) single spring pressure 
gauge, with cocks and syphon, graduated to 
read from zero (0) to thirty (30) pounds per 
square inch shall be installed in low pressure 
steam header. The dial shall be 10-inches and 
the gauge shall have an iron case with nickel 
plated ring. The gauge shall be mounted with 
high pressure steam gauge and vacuum return 
header combination gauge on a neat panel fur- 
nished and installed under Section (M164) in 
a convenient location on north side wall of 
blower house near west end above elevation 
plus 25-feet. Suitable pipings and fittings shall 
be installed from steam header to gauge. 


VACUUM RETURN HEADER PIPING FROM 
AIR CONDITIONING UNITS. (3) 


General. 


(M174) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install vacuum return header piping from air 
conditioning units, vacuum pump discharges to 
condensate line at entrance of tunnel to blower 
house, complete with all piping, fittings, ex- 
pansion joints, steam traps, by-passes and 
drains from high pressure and low pressure 


405 


steam traps and from air relief valves, all 
valves, air cocks, pipe hangers and supports 
whether the details are shown on plans or 
particularly specified herein. Work under this 
contract begins with connection of all lines 
from air conditioning units at outside wall of 
each unit and ends with the connection of the 
vacuum pump discharge to the condensate 
drain line at entrance of tunnel at elevation 
18.0. 


Expansion Joints. 


(M175) <All expansion joints in the vacuum 
return header shall be of the standard low 
pressure corrugated copper type with number 
fifteen (15) gauge copper and cast iron swivel 
flanges. Each joint shall be capable of taking 
expansion or contraction of not less than 14- 
inch and be of sufficient number to take care of 
expansion or contraction in entire line. 


Steam Traps. 


(M176) Condensate return lines from each 
heating section and steam supply line from 
each heater section shall lead to steam traps, 
one (1) on each air conditioning unit. The 
four (4) sets of return lines from each heating 
unit to its steam trap shall be equipped with 
air relief valves, check valves, radiator com- 
pression cocks, by-passes, valves, etc., as shown 
on plans. 


The eight (8) 114-inch steam traps shall 
have a_ capacity of twenty-eight hundred 
(2800) pounds of condensate per hour at a 
pressure differential of one (1) pound and de- 
signed for working pressures up to fifty (50) 


406 


pounds per square inch. The trap body shall 
be of cast iron with an easily removable cover 
of the same material. The valve shall be of 
the balanced type and shall operate against a 
brass seat. The ball float shall be extra heavy 
to withstand high pressure. 


Check Valves. 


(M177) All check valves in the vacuum 
return header shall be of standard pattern, 
flanged or screwed, brass or cast iron, with 
brass trimmings depending on size and of the 
horizontal or vertical swinging type as the 
position demands. 


Gate Valves. 


(M178) All other valves in the vacuum re- 
turn header shall be of standard pattern, 
screwed or flanged, brass or cast iron body, 
with brass trimmings, double disc or solid 
wedge type depending on size of valve with 
rising stems. 


Compound Pressure and Vacuum Gauge. 


(M179) One (1) combination pressure and 
vacuum gauge, with cocks, and syphon, grad- 
uated to read pressures from zero (0) to fifteen 
(15) pounds and vacuum from zero (0) to 
thirty (30) inches of mercury shall be installed 
in vacuum return header. The dial shall be 10- 
inches and the gauge shall have an iron case 
with nickel plated ring. The gauge shall be 
mounted with high pressure steam and low 
pressure header gauge on a neat panel fur- 
nished and installed under Section (M164) ina 
convenient location on north side wall of 


407 


blower house near west end above elevation 
plus 25-feet. Suitable piping shall be furnished 
and installed from.vacuum return header to 
combination gauge. 


HOT WATER SERVICE PIPING. (k) 


General. 


(M180) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the hot water service piping complete, 
with all piping, valves, fittings, cocks, check 
valves, etc., complete as shown on the plans. 


All pipe shall be of standard weight genuine 
galvanized wrought iron with galvanized mal- 
leable iron fittings. 


Gate valves shall be all brass with solid 
wedges. 


The following hot water connection shall be 
made to toilet fixtures. 


Each lavatory 14-inch. 

Each shower bath 14-inch. 

Each slop sink 34-inch. 

Kitchen sink 14-inch. 

All exposed hot water piping to toilet fix- 


tures shall be of brass, iron pipe size heavily 
nickle plated, with brass nickle plated fittings. 


A %-inch connection terminating with a 34- 
inch brass hose bibb shall be installed at eleva- 
tion plus 40 between each air conditioning bat- 
tery. 


408 


All connections to the hot water storage 
tank and water heater shall be made complete 
in every respect. 


TRANSFORMER OIL PIPING (1). 


(M181) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all transformer oil piping complete with 
piping, fittings, valves, supports or devices 
which are necessary to fully complete trans- 
former oil piping whether said details are 
shown on plans or particularly specified or not. 

All piping from oil storage tank to oil re- 
ceiving tank, to rotary oil pumps and to oil 
purifier shall be 114-inch. Header from oil 
pumps to auto transformers, balance coils, 5000 
K. V. A. transformer bank and 1500 K. V. A. 
transformer banks shall be 2-inch. Header from 
oil pump beyond 1500 K. VY. A. transformer 
banks shall be reduced to 1l-inch to serve 300 
K. V. A. banks. Lines to auto transformers 
and balance coils shall be 34-inch; lines to 5000 
K. V. A. transformer bank and 1500 K. V. A. 
banks shall be 2-inches and lines to 300 K. V. 
A. transformer banks shall be 1-inch. Unions 
and valves shall be so located that each single 
unit may be cut out of the system and removed 
without effecting remainder of system. 


All gate valves shall be of bronze pattern 
with solid wedges and non-rising stems, tested 
to 300-pounds per square inch hydrostatic pres- 
sure. 


Quick acting gate valves shall be of bronze 
with rising stems of the lever operated type. 


409 


- GAS PIPING (m). 


(M182) The Contractor shall install all gas 
piping complete as shown on the plans. The 
gas supply header shall be 114-inch genuine 
wrought iron pipe capped at its termination as 
shown on the plans. The Sanitary District 
will furnish and install the gas meter and gas 
main to the station and will make the neces- 
sary connections between the gas supply header 
and meter. A branch shall be run from the 
main header and completely connected to the 
moment valve on the water heater. All nec- 
essary gas supply and pilot burner piping and 
fittings for properly connecting the moment 
valve with heater shall be installed according 
to the latest practice. The Contractor shall 
also supply all necessary fittings and properly 
pipe up the gas stove in the lunch room as 
shown. 


All piping shall be of genuine standard 
weight galvanized wrought iron, with galvan- 
ized malleable iron fittings. All bronze cocks 
of an approved make shall be installed where 
necessary or as directed by the Engineer in the 
gas header and branches. ‘Valves will not be 
permitted in any gas line, 


The Contractor shall furnish and install com- 
plete a gas range of an approved make, pro- 
vided with four (4) burners on the cooking top 
and one (1) oven burner. The range body shall 
be of a heavy gauge sheet steel neatly finished 
in black enamel. The vent piping shall be of 
heavy gauge sheet steel neatly finished with 
black enamel. 


410 


INDIVIDUAL OILING SYSTEMS FOR 
SEWAGE PUMPING UNITS (n). 


General. 


(M1838) The Contractor shall install the in- 
dividual oiling systems on each sewage pump- 
ing unit as shown on the plans all material for 
which will be furnished to the Contractor by 
the Sanitary District in a knocked down condi- 
tion with the pumping units. 


The material to be furnished with the pump- 
ing units will consist of oil separators, filters, 
circulating pumps, overflow gauges, sight feed 
oilers, overflow tanks, gauge glasses and neces- 
sary steel tubing in straight lengths. 


The Contractor shall properly erect the 
above material and shall furnish and install all 
necessary supports, fastenings and fittings as 
are not furnished with the oiling equipment. 


All fittings shall be of the cinch type or 
equal. 


LUBRICATION SYSTEM FOR BLOWER 
UNITS (0). 


General. 


(M184) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete all lubricating oil piping be- 
tween the blower units as shown on the plans 
and shall connect the same up to the lubrica- 
tion system furnished on the blower units and 
shall erect and pipe up the oil coolers, oil fil- 
ter and circulating pumps which will be fur- 


411 


nished to the Contractor by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict, with the blower units. 


Piping, Valves and Fittings. 


(M185) All piping shall be of standard 
weight genuine wrought iron pipe, erected true 
to grades and dimensions and shall be provided 
with all necessary hangers and supports. 


All fittings 214-inches in size and larger 
shall be of the flanged cast iron standard pat- 
tern, fittings smaller than 214-inches shall be 
of the screwed type of the standard malleable 
iron pattern. 


Gate valves shall be of the all bronze solid 
wedge type tested to 300-pounds per square 
inch pressure. 


Check valves shall be all bronze of the re- 
grinding swing type and straightway, having 
an area fully equal to that of pipe line. 


Oil Filter, Tank, Pumps, Etc. 


(M186) The lubricating oil filter, oil stor- 
age tanks, oil coolers, and rotary oil pumps will 
be furnished to the Contractor with the blower 
units and shall be properly erected on their 
foundations as shown on the plans. The Con- 
tractor shall furnish and set the structural steel 
supports required for the oil storage tank and 
oil filter and shall mount and grout in the oil 
pumps and coolers. The Contractor shall mount 
the wall indicator board and shall connect up 
the indicator and float within the tank by 
means of copper chain. The indicator board 
and float will be furnished to the Contractor 
by the Sanitary District with the oil storage 
tank, together with 100 feet of copper chain 


412 


and sheaves. All copper chain required in ex- 
cess of 100 feet shall be furnished by the Con- 
tractor. 


LOW PRESSURE AIR MAINS AND BLOWER 
INTAKE PIPING (p). 


General. 


(M187) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all low pressure air piping complete with 
special fittings, bolts, nuts, gaskets, hangers, 
stanchion supports, pipe anchors, cast iron sad- 
dles, expansion joints, etc., and shall connect 
up the blowers complete as shown on the plans 
and specified herein. 


The 32 and 36-inch motor operated gate 
valves with floor stands to be installed in the 
connections between the blowers and 60-inch 
air mains will be furnished and delivered f.o.b. 
cars, as specified in Section (M6) by the Sani- 
tary District under another contract, but the 
Contractor shall furnish and install all cast 
iron frames and non-slip floor plates to which 
the floor stands are anchored. All contactors, 
limit switches, push button control stations 
will be furnished with the valves. All electric 
wiring for the control of valve motors and 
erection of push button controls and contactors 
shall be performed and paid for under Item 39. 


Hammer Welded Pipe. 


(M188) Hammer welded steel pipe shall 
be used in the air mains proper and in blower 
intake lines and shall be made of plates which 
shall have a thickness of 14-inch for the 60-inch 
and 48-inch pipe and a thickness of %% inches 


413 


for the 42-inch, 36-inch and 32-inch pipe. All 
pipe shall conform to the American Society for 
Testing Materials, specifications A-78-23T, and 
shall be bent in horizontal rolls to the proper 
form with sufficient lap for effective welding. 
The overlapping edges shall be heated to a 
welding temperature, inside and outside the 
pipe and after reaching the proper temperature 
the heated portion of the seam shall be ham- 
mer forged on an anvil. The process shall con- 
tinue until the entire length of pipe is welded. 
After being welded each section of pipe shall 
be placed in an annealing furnace and heated 
to remove strains and refine the grain. Each 
section of pipe shall be rounded, straightened 
and cleaned. The pipe shall be made up in sec- 
tions as shown on plans. 


In addition to complying with the American 
Society for Testing Materials specification 
A-78-23T, the steel shall have as high a copper 
content as is consistent with the forge welding 
process. 


Outlets. 


(M189) The outlets where shown on the 
60-inch steel pipe shall be of hammer welded 
steel as above specified and shall be attached 
to the pipe by welding with a metal electrode. 
The adjacent portions of pipe and outlet shall 
be free from all scale and other impurities be- 
fore welding is commenced. The metal shall 
be deposited in layers, each layer being thor- 
oughly brushed and peined before the next 
layer is applied. The final thickness of the 
electrically deposited metal shall be 34,-inches 
on the 14-inch thick pipe and 14-inch on the 


414 


¥e-inch thick pipe at the center of the depos- 
ited metal. 


Joints. 


(M190) The ends of all sections of steel 
pipe shall be equipped with Vanstone or lap 
type of joints and rolled steel ring flanges, 
faced and drilled to conform to the dimensions 
as Shown on the plans. 


Hydraulic Testing. 


(M191) Each section of completed pipe be- 
fore being coated shall be tested under a hy- 
drostatic pressure by means of satisfactory ap- 
pliances in the shop to 100 pounds per square 
inch gauge pressure. 


Gaskets. 


(M192) All gaskets shall be of first quality 
red rubber, 14-inch thick, extending from the 
inside diameter of the pipe or fitting to the 
tangent inside diameter of the bolt holes. Gas- 
kets are to be attached to the pipe before the 
joint is made up by the use of a rubber gum so 
that it will not become displaced during the 
making up of the joint. After the joint is made 
up the edges of the gasket shall be thoroughly 
coated with a rubber gum to prevent oxidation. 


Bolts. 


(M193) All bolts shall be of navy quality, 
carbon steel, hexagonal heads, semi-finished 
and cold punched hexagon nuts. Dimensions 
of the bolts to be in accordance with drilling 
and flange thickness as shown on the plans. 


415 


Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings. 


(M194) All cast iron pipe and fittings shall 
be first quality, gray iron conforming to the 
American Society for Testing Materials specifi- 
cation, serial designation A-48-18, which shall 
have an ultimate tensile strength of not less 
than 20,000 pounds per square inch. Thick- 
ness and dimensions of all fittings shall be as 
shown on the accompanying plans. All cast 
iron pipe and fittings shall be coated with an 
approved asphaltum pipe dip in an approved 
manner. 


Cast Iron Bell and Spigot Pipe. 


(M195) Cast Iron Bell and Spigot Pipe 
shall be in accordance with the latest American 
Water Works Association Standard Specifica- 
tions for Class A Bell and Spigot Pipe. 


Treatment and Coating of Hammer Welded 
Steel Pipe. 


(M196) AlJl steel pipe blind flanges and 
manholes shall be thoroughly cleaned on the in- 
side by means of a sand blast after which it 
shall be coated with a layer of molten zinc in 
an approved manner. The process shall be 
such as will form a permanent bond between 
the two metals and shall be free from pin 
holes, firm and adherent. Coating by the gal- 
vanizing process will be unacceptable. 


Marking. 


(M197) Each pipe and fitting shall be con- 
Spicuously painted in white on the inside with 


416 


a serial number for the purpose of showing its 
position in the finished pipe line. 


Blind Flanges. 


(M198) Blind flanges shall be of dished 
steel plate dimensioned as shown on the ac- 
companying drawings. Flanges shall be of the 
same quality of steel specified for hammer 
welded pipe and shall be treated and coated 
in the same manner. Where steel manholes 
are shown on the dished steel blind flanges, 
they shall be of 24-inch diameter and shall be 
attached to the blind flange by the same 
method as described for outlets on the steel 
pipe. 


Loading. 


(M199) During loading, transportation and 
unloading, more than ordinary care shall be 
taken to prevent injury to the pipes and coat- 
ing. Loading and unloading shall be done 
slowly with each pipe under perfect control at 
all times. Under no circumstances shall a pipe 
be dropped. Suitable skids or blocks shall be 
placed under each pipe in the shop and during 
transportation, and the pipes shall be securely 
wedged during transportation to insure the 
least possible injury to pipe and coating. 


Expansion Joints. 


(M200) All expansion joints shall be of the 
corrugated copper type capable of taking care 
of not less than 3¢-inches of expansion or con- 
traction and shall be of such dimensions as are 
shown on the plans. 


ALT 


Supports. |. 


(M201) The Contractor shall furnish all 
supports necessary to retain the piping and 
appurtenances in a firm and substantial man- 
ner to the lines and grades as shown on the 
plans. The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all stirrups, anchors, rods, clamps, hang- 
ers, stanchions, saddles and structural shapes 
as shown on the plans or ordered by the Engi- 
neer; and shall place all grout between saddles 
and concrete piers as may be required. 


Wall Openings. 


(M202) After wall castings have been set 
in place the Contractor shall concrete the open- 
ing closed in first class water tight manner. 
Item 4, but shall be paid for under Items 25 
to 38, inclusive. 


Cleaning. 


(M203) It is of unusual importance that 
all air piping be absolutely clean inside when 
the: work is completed. During erection, the 
Gontractor shall’ use every possible care to 
clean out.all pipe before placing and keep it 
clean after erection. Clean shall mean free 
from all foreign material of whatever origin. 
Heavy wooden bulkheads shall be provided for 
stopping off the ends of the 60-inch mains at 
their termination outside the building wall. 


Test for Tightness. 


(M204) After erection all air piping shall 
be tested for tightness as far as practicable 
with air at 15 pounds per square inch gauge 


418 


pressure. This pressure shall not drop more 
than 14-pound in one hour with all valves and 
connections shut. All joints shall be examined 
during the test and all.leaks shall be stopped 
to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All tools 
and materials including air, bulkheads, gauges 
and appliances shall be furnished by the Con- 
tractor. 


PIPE COVERING. 


General. 


(M205) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all pipe covering complete on all lines 
as specified herein and as called for in pipe 
schedule in Section (M134). 


High Pressure Steam Lines. 


(M206) All high pressure steam piping 
shall be insulated with a material composed of 
laminated asbestos felts to consist of not less 
than thirty-seven (37) nor more than forty-two 
(42) laminations per inch of thickness. The 
felt shall be of porous nature in order. to pro- 
vide maximum insulating value. The porosity 
shall be obtained by means of a porous ma- 
terial imbedded into ane raha tte part of the 
felt itself. ! 


The thickness of the insulation on “pipes 
larger than 4-inches shall be 2-inches, for pipes 
from 2-inches to 4-inches inclusive, 114-inches 
and for pipes 114-inches and smaller 1-inch. 


All flanges, fittings and valves shall be in- 
sulated with block and cement, insulation of 
the same material and thickness as is used on 


419 


pipe lines in which they occur. The block in- 
sulation shall be securely wired in place with 
annealed iron wire and all points shall be filled 
with insulation cement. The insulation shall 
be finished with an insulating cement troweled 
to a smooth and uniform finish. 


All screwed fittings, including valves shall be 
insulated with insulating cement applied in lay- 
ers each layer being approximately 14-inch 
thick, to the same total thickness as the adja- 
cent insulation. Each layer of this cement shall 
be allowed to dry before the next layer is ap- 
plied and each layer, except the last, shall be 
applied with a rough surface. The last layer 
shall be troweled to a smooth and uniform 
finish. 


The high pressure steam line to be covered 
as described above is the line to low pres- 
sure header of air conditioning units including 
by-passes to low pressure header and at en- 
trance of two lines to tunnel at elevation +8.0. 


Low Pressure Steam, Condensate and Hot 
Water Lines. 


(M207) Low pressure steam, condensate 
and hot water lines shall be insulated with a 
laminated cellular type of covering composed 
of alternate layers of plain and corrugated as- 
bestos felt, cemented together with an inor- 
ganic cementing compound. The insulation 
shall be built-up in cylindrical form so that the 
air cells formed by the corrugations shall run 
longitudinally and each ply shall also have 
cross corrugations running circumferentially 
around the pipe at intervals of not more than 


420 


414-inches, thus providing a multiplicity of 
dead air cells, preventing the longitudinal cir- 
culation of air. 


The insulation shall be 1-inch in thickness 
and shall be composed of not less than four 
(4) layers of plain corrugated asbestos felt per 
inch of thickness. 


All low pressure fittings, valves and flanges 
shall be insulated with block and cement insu- 
lation of the same material and thickness as 
shall be used on the pipe lines in which they 
occur in accordance with the method described 
above for high pressure fittings, valves and 
flanges. 


The low pressure steam lines which shall be 
covered as described above are, the low pres- 
sure steam header to air conditioning units and 
branches from header to units, return vacuum 
header from air conditioning units and all hot 
water service condensate return lines included 
under this contract and such piping as is speci- 
fied to be covered under Heating and Ventilat- 
ing Systems. 


Cold Water Piping. 


(M208) Cold water piping shall be insulat- 
ed with a covering to consist of wool felt with 
a total thickness of 114-inches. It shall be fur- 
nished in two (2) layers so that the joints may 
be broken and properly sealed with waterproof 
cement. The insulation shall be so made that 
the insulating felts are protected by water- 
proofing felts placed one on inside, next to the 
pipe, one on the outside of the first inner layer 
of insulation, one on the inside of the outer 


421 


layer of insulation and two (2) layers on the 
outside of the insulation. 


All fittings, valves and flanges shall be in- 
sulated with hair felt of the same thickness as 
the adjacent pipe insulation. This material 
shall be cut to fit the fittings and secured in 
place with close wrapping of heavy jute twine. 
The hair felt shall be protected with a finished 
coat of insulating cement troweled to a smooth 
hard finish. 


The cold water lines to be covered as de- 
scribed above are, circulating water pump dis- 
charge lines to air conditioning units, to motor 
coolers and oil coolers, return from oil coolers, 
drains from air conditioning units, all service 
water lines under this contract including lines 
to hydraulic stop gate cylinders, lines and 
branches for feeding water boxes on humidity 
instruments for air conditioning units, etc. 


Finish of Insulation. 


(M209) All insulation as specified herein 
shall be covered with a canvass jacket securely 
sewed in place, weighing not less than eight 
(8) ounces per square yard and shall be held 
in place by brass lacquered bands spaced on 
not more than 18-inch centers. 


Painting. 


(M210) The Contractor shall furnish all 
paint and shall paint all pipe lines, covered 
and uncovered, and all exposed metal work in- 
stalled by the Contractor in accordance with 
directions as specified under Section (M12). 


422 


All pipe covering shall be painted with two 
(2) coats of white lead and linseed oil, of a 
color approved by the Engineer. AIl exposed 
piping and metal work shall be painted with a 
coat of filler and two (2) coats of enamel of 
a color to be selected by the Engineer. 


If so ordered by the Engineer certain 
pipe lines in damp places shall be painted with 
three (3) coats of approved asphaltum varnish 
or other approved rust-resisting paint, in addi- 
tion to any shop coat. 


All surfaces shall be perfectly clean and dry 
when paint is applied. 


HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEMS. 


General. 


(M211) The work included hereunder con- 
sists of furnishing, delivering and installing 
complete, and ready for operation, all steam 
lines, return lines and air piping together 
with valves, traps and fittings, all direct radia- 
tion, indirect radiation, ventilating fans and 
motors, filters, housings, and ducts as shown on 
the drawings or as specified herein under the 
following heads: 


I. DIRECT HEATING SYSTEM. 


Il. INDIRECT HEATING AND VENTILAT- 
ING SYSTEMS. 
All work herein specified shall be executed 


in a thoroughly first class workmanlike manner, 
strictly in accordance with the ordinances of 


423 


the City of Chicago. The Contractor shall take 
out all permits and pay all fees required. 


The specifications are not intended to cover 
every detail of construction or equipment. The 
Contractor shall, therefore, furnish and install 
any necessary fittings, supports, anchors, bolts, 
or devices which are necessary to fully com- 
plete the entire work, whether said details are 
particularly shown or specified or not. 


The Contractor shall provide, without addi- 
tional expense to the Sanitary District, all tem- 
porary heating apparatus, fuel, labor and ma- 
terial required to furnish all heat required for 
his work as determined by the Engineer. 


The Contractor may temporarily erect such 
equipment to be furnished for the permanent 
heating plant as may be necessary to furnish 
heat during construction of the building. Such 
extra parts and materials, and all labor re- 
quired for erecting and dismantling the tempo- 
rary heating plant shall be furnished by the 
Contractor. 


All equipment, parts and materials, which 
are intended for use in the permanent heating 
plant and which are in any way damaged by 
use in the temporary heating plant shall be 
replaced by the Contractor with new equipment 
parts or materials. 


The temporary heating plant shall be located 
and removed when and as directed by the Engi- 
neer. It shall in no way interfere with any 
work carried on under this contract or other 
contracts that may be in progress. 


424 


The Contractor shall upon the completion of 
this contract, continue the operation of said 
temporary heating plant if ordered so to do by 
the Engineer, and will be paid therefore as 
specified for extra work under Articles 8 and 9. 


Pipe. 


(M212) All pipe shall be first grade stan- 
dard weight genuine wrought iron with the 
name of the maker and the year of manufac- 
ture plainly rolled in raised letters, on the out- 
side surface of the pipe. All lengths shall be 
straight, true, perfectly round and shall not 
vary more than 8 per cent from the standard 
weight. 


Fittings. 


(M213) All fittings for low pressure heat- 
ing lines shall be of standard weight and 
dimensions for 125-pounds working pressure 
and shall be of fine grain gray cast iron. All 
fittings for high pressure steam lines shall be 
of cast iron and of standard weight and dimen- 
sions for 250-pounds working pressure. All 
fittings 2-inches and smaller in size shall be 
screwed with all threads cut clean, with taper, 
pitch and form in accordance with the Ameri- 
can Standard Pipe Thread. All fittings 214- 
inches and larger shall be flanged with flange 
dimensions and drillings conforming to the 
American Standard. All fittings shall have 
cast or forged on the body of the fitting the 
name or trademark of the manufacturer, and 
the safe working pressure for which it is de- 
signed, and no fitting shall be used in a line 


425 


where the working pressure exceeds that 
marked on the fitting. 


Valves. 


(M214) All valves for low pressure heating 
lines shall be standard weight and dimensions 
for 125-pounds working pressure and shall be 
tested before shipment under 3800-pounds hy- 
drostatic pressure. All valves for high pressure 
steam lines shall be cast iron body, of standard 
weight and dimensions for 250-pounds working 
pressure. All valves shall have cast or forged 
on their bodies, the name or trademark of the 
manufacturer together with the safe working 
pressure for which they are designed. 


All gate valves 214-inches and larger shall be 
flanged, cast iron, solid wedge gate, full bronze 
trimmed and of the outside screw and yoke 
pattern. Gate valves 2-inches and smaller shall 
be screwed, all bronze, with solid gates. 


All globe valves 214 inches and larger shall 
be cast iron, full bronze trimmed, with outside 
screw and yoke. The discs shall be all bronze 
or cast iron with inset bronze ring face and 
shall be provided with a guide to insure square 
seating. The seat shall be of all bronze and 
provided with a bridge to receive the guide on 
the disc. Globe valves 2-inches and smaller 
shall be all bronze with metal discs and union 
bonnets. All globe valves used for throttling 
shall be installed with the pressure below the 
disc. 


All valves shall be back seated so that they 
may be repacked under pressure. 


426 


All diaphragm valves shall be provided with 
seamless metal bellows. Diaphragm valves for 
direct radiation shall be provided with integral 
unions for connecting to radiators and shall be 
nickel-plated with union nuts and center pieces 
polished. Diaphragm valves for indirect radia- 
tion shall be plain valves finished with a good 
grade of black enamel. 


Reducing valves shall be cast iron, flanged 
and be of the mercury balanced, or other ap- 
proved type. They shall be installed with a 
gate valve on each side and a by-pass around so 
that the reducing valve may be removed for 
repairs. The by-pass shall be equipped with a 
globe or angle valve. The reducing valves shall 
be designed for a working pressure of 250- 
pounds gauge pressure, the high pressure end 
being of standard weight and dimensions for 
that pressure, and low pressure end being of 
standard weight and dimensions for 125- 
pounds working pressure. The valves shall 
be set to maintain 5-pounds gauge pressure on 
the low pressure side. 


Piping. 


(M215) The Contractor, hereunder shall, 
connect to a 4-inch flange left under another 
item just inside of the mouth of the tunnel in 
the northwest corner of the building, carrying 
a 4-inch line to the point indicated on the draw- 
ings where he shall install a reducing valve 
which shall reduce the pressure from 150- 
pounds gauge to 5-pounds gauge. 


The Contractor shall carry the return dis- 
charge line from the vacuum pumps to the 


427 


mouth of the tunnel, at elevation +8.0, there 
terminating with a gate valve of the proper 
size for future connection thereto under an- 
other contract. 


All supply mains and return mains shall 
pitch not less than 1l-inch in 20-feet in the di- 
rection of flow of either steam or water, ex- 
cept for lateral connections which shall pitch 
l-inch in 5-feet. All reductions in horizontal 
mains shall be made with eccentric fittings 
where necessary to prevent pockets. 


All connections to steam supply and return 
mains shall be made into the top of said mains. 

Drip pockets with drain traps shall be pro- 
vided where necessary on the supply mains to 
relieve same of condensation. At the end of 
each supply main, the main shall be dropped 
down about 2-inches and beyond the drop there 
shall be extended a 114-inch pipe about 3-feet 
6-inches long connected to a dirt pocket to 
which a 34-inch vacuum trap shall be connect- 
ed so as to obtain a cooling surface at the end 
of the supply main and also keep the supply 
main dry at all times. A 34-inch gate valve 
shall be installed immediately ahead of the 
vacuum trap. 


During erection all lengths of pipe shall be 
up-ended and thoroughly rapped with a ham- 
mer to remove all scale and dirt from the in- 
side of the pipe. 


The ends of all pipe and nipples shall be 
reamed to remove all burr from pipe cutters. All 
piping shall be erected so that joints come true 
and can be made up without straining except 
that allowance shall be made for the expansion 


428 


in runs and risers and such piping shall be 
made up short to offset one-half (14) the in- 
crease in length due to expansion. 


Type of Joints. 


(M216) All pipe, valves, fittings, etc. 214- 
inches and larger shall have flanged joints. All 
flanges shall be of cast iron conforming in 
weight and dimensions to the American Stan- 
dard for 125-pounds working pressure. All 
joints 2-inches and smaller, shall be screwed 
and shall be made up tight with red lead and 
linseed oil and once a joint has been set up it 
shall not be backed off unless the threads are 
recleaned and new lead applied. 


Gaskets shall be of the ring type so as to set 
inside of the flange bolts. They shall be 
made from a high grade gasket material com- 
posed of rubber and asbestos fibre and shall 
not be less than 1/16-inch in thickness. 


Unions. 


(M217) Unions in lines 214-inches and 
larger shall be flanged and shall be made of 
standard companion flanges. In all other lines 
the unions shall be screwed and shall be of 
brass or have brass to iron ground joints. The 
Contractor shall install a sufficient number of 
unions in the piping system to permit the con- 
venient removal of units. 


Hangers, Supports and Anchors. 


(M218) The Contractor shall furnish all 
the hangers, supports and anchors of all de- 


A429 


scriptions, required for the proper installation 
of the work herein specified. 


All hangers shall be of standard manufac- 
ture, spaced in accordance with the weight and 
size of the pipe to prevent sagging, and to hold 
the pipe to a definite grade. Hangers shall be 
spaced not more than every 10-feet for 114- 
inch pipe and not more than every 16-feet for 
4-inch pipe with other sizes in proportion. 
Brackets and hangers shall be made in such a 
manner as to permit the free expansion and 
contraction of the lines. In no case shall a 
hanger or support be more than 3-feet from a 
pipe joint. 


All braces which may be required to elimi- 
nate vibration of pipe shall be provided and 
installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install an- 
chors of ample strength where indicated on the 
drawings and at all other points where they 
may be required to make a thoroughly satisfac- 
tory job. 


If excessive vibration occurs in any pipe line 
after the heating system has been put into ope- 
ration, the Contractor shall remedy such de- 
fect with additional braces, supports and an- 
chors as necessary or as directed by the En- 
gineer. 


Wherever pipes pass through floors or walls, 
they shall be provided with substantial sleeves 
and the openings neatly covered with floor, 
ceiling, or wall plates, allowance being made 
for the free expansion of the lines. 


430 
Expansion Joints. 


(M219) Where indicated on the drawings, 
expansion joints of an approved pattern shall 
be installed. In all lines under positive pres- 
sure the standard slip joint shall be used. They 
shall be of cast iron with bronze sleeves or for 
the smaller sizes, entirely of bronze and shall 
have a traverse of at least 1-inch more than the 
maximum expansion to be taken care of. Re- 
turn lines, under vacuum, shall be provided 
with expansion joints made up of pipe and fit- 
tings and shall be so constructed as not to form 
pockets. All connections between mains and 
units shall be made with swing joints to permit 
the free expansion of the main without throw- 
ing undue stress in the fittings. 


Pipe Coverings. 


(M220) All steam supply piping in unheat- 
ed parts of the building shall be covered as 
specified in Section (M205). All steam heating 
piping in heated parts of the building and all 
return piping shall not be covered. 


Painting. 


(M221) All exposed pipe, hangers and 
valves shall be painted with two (2) coats of 
a high grade rust resisting paint. All pipe cov- 
ering shall be painted with two (2) coats of 
pure white lead and linseed oil paint as speci- 
fied in Section (M210). 


431 
I. DIRECT HEATING SYSTEM. 
General. 


(M222) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install a complete two (2) pipe system of direct 
vacuum steam heating as shown on the draw- 
ings and as specified herein. 


Radiation. 


(M223) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all necessary direct radiation of not less 
than eleven thousand two hundred eighty-six 
(11,286) square feet consisting of cast iron 
wall type radiators located approximately as 
indicated on the drawings. The radiators shall 
be made up of sections containing 9 square feet 
of heating surface each, and shall be assembled 
into radiators as indicated on the drawings by 
means of right and left thread, malleable iron, 
close nipples. All cast iron radiators shall be 
provided with tappings of the following sizes: 


Square Feet Supply 
Radiation Inches 
BO TAT AEP i aticst ici it ccecsslcesvecs +00 pannaaeee 3/47 
GLO ae ea a ciartiy ifs .s/.kus sone spleeaan ne eae 1S 
V2 ERO GU on tee vinlawi ones} did vend gh eememeees 144,” 
VG LATO SAG li cave ta suedievycen she ceeetee 14” 


DAV A Ose 82. say 10) ein sicies woh vent dauets dy SOVEER SRO CERYS Suey 


432 


Square’ Feet ih a shalt rene “Return 
Radiation atid 17h: | a Ll de hes See Musee ie 
100 ahd UM eR. screen ose be eA cre te ae 
101 £0,400. ie Ole Meal at 
LAPS AUD ge on i a eg 


Return openings in cast iron radiators shall 
be provided with eccentric bushings with. out- 
lets turned down. 


ota Hangers. 


(M224) All wall radiators aHalt be held in 
place by high grade adjustable wall brackets. 
The brackets shall be made of wrought iron 
and malleable iron and shall be held in place 
on the walls by not less than two (2) Y% by 4 
inch expansion bolts and shields per bracket. 
Wood plugs shall not be used. The brackets 
shall be provided with roller supports to per- 
mit the free expansion of the radiators and 
also provided with a vertical adjustment so 
that the desired pitch may be given the radia- 
tors after the bodies of the hangers: have been 
securely fastened to the wall. 


Radiator Valves and Vacuum. Traps. 


(M225) Radiator valves shall be installed 
where indicated on the drawings and shall be 
of the seamless metal bellows, packless type, 
- with integral unions. They shall be nickel- 
plated with bodies rough and the trimmings 
polished. They shall be provided with dur- 
able, round, composition handles. | 


433 


The return end of all radiators, the end of 
all mains and the bottoms of all risers shall be 
provided with thermostatic traps which shall 
allow all water of condensation to pass to the 
‘ return system but shall shut tight against the 
passage of steam. The thermostatic element 
shall be of the seamless metal bellows type. 
The valve piece and seat shall be made of dur- 
able, non-ferrous metal. The trap shall have 
ample capacity to handle the maximum con- 
densation from the radiator which it serves. 


Thermostatic Control. 


(M226) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install at least twenty-six (26) positive acting 
room thermostats located as shown on the 
drawings controlling the steam to the radiators 
in the room in which they are placed. In the 
main pump room two (2) thermostats shall be 
placed as shown, one controlling the radiation 
in the trusses and the radiation on the walls 
above elevation + 57.0 and the other control- 
ling the radiation on the walls at elevation 
+ 40.0. The thermostats in the receiving room, 
spillway room, at elevation + 29.0, the store- 
room in the southwest tower at elevation 
-+ 57.0, and the electrical storage room shall 
be set to maintain a room temperature of 40 
degrees Fahrenheit. The thermostats in the 
battery room and in the transformer room 
shall be set to maintain a room temperature of 
50 degrees. The thermostats in the main pump 
room and transformer oil room shall be set to — 
maintain a room temperature of 60 degrees. 
All other thermostats shall be set to maintain a 
room temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit. 


434 


Thermostats to be installed in the battery room 
shall be of a type as will resist acid fumes. 


Each radiator or group of radiators con- 
trolled, shall be provided with a diaphragm 
valve as specified in Section (M214). 


Each thermostat shall have a 34-inch air line 
leading to it and a 14-inch air line from it to 
the diaphragm valve or valves which it con- 
trols. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install two 
electric driven belted air compressors in posi- 
tions indicated on the drawings, the two com- 
pressors being cross-connected with air piping 
so that either compressor may carry both heat- 
ing systems and air conditioning system, or 
that each may take care of its portion of the 
system. 


The compressors shall be so designed that 
the connecting rods, cranks, crank bearings 
and gears are enclosed and run in oil. 


Each compressor shall be capable of deliv- 
ering 10,000-cubic inches of free air per minute 
against a discharge pressure of 30-pounds 
gauge. 


With each compressor shall be installed a 
100-gallon tank for air at 30-pounds pressure, 
a 30-gallon tank for air at 15-pounds pressure, 
a suitable electric compressor governor, and a 
reducing valve for reducing the air pressure 
from 30-pounds gauge to 15-pounds. The Con- 
tractor shall mount all equipment in the most 
approved manner. 


All electrical connections to the motors shall 
be made and paid for under Item 39. 


435 


Il. sears ‘HEATING AND. VENTILAT- 
uf ING. SYSTEMS. 


General Description. 


(M227 ) -The Contractor shall furnish, de- 
liver and install as shown on the plans and 
specified ‘herein, four (4) complete indirect 
heating and ventilating systems, and one (1) 
ventilating system complete and as further 
specified. The systems shall be installed com- 
plete with. all fans, heaters, air filters, motors, 
galvanized. steel. ducts, registers, dampers, 
doors,. duct supports, anchor bolts, and neces- 
sary foundations for mounting of fans, motors, 
filters and heaters and. all piping, valves, traps, 
and, fittings. The four (4) heating systems 
shall be arranged with hand and compressed 
air operated dampers and thermostatic valves 
on steam supply lines, and shall include dam- 
per switch boards for each system. All start- 
ing equipment shall be furnished as specified 
under Item 39, and all electric connections to 
the-'motors..shall be made and paid for as 
specified:-under Item 39. 


A further detailed description of each in- 
dividual system is given in separate paragraphs 
on; following pages, giving sizes, capacities, 
ratings, etc. . 


Moro riven Fans. 


'(M228) Each fan and motor halk be of 
proper size, direct connected by means of an 
approved flexible coupling. 

Each motor shall be of the squirrel cage 40 
degree type, of proper horse-power rating, 
wound to operate on alternating current of 


436 


three (3) phase, sixty cycles, and: four hun- 
dred: forty. (440): volts. The motors for heat- 
ing systems shall have rated speed of approxi- 
mately 720 revolutions per minute. The mo- 
tor for ventilating system only, shall have a 
rated speed of approximately 900 revolutions 
per minute. . 


_ The housing shall be built of the best quality 
steel plate of a weight and thickness that will 
prevent excessive vibration. The housing shall 
be strongly braced, bolted and riveted to an 
angle and channel iron frame. The design 
of the scroll shall be such as will insure the 
highest efficiency. | 


The fan wheel shall be of the centrifugal 
type with numerous thin blades arranged in 
substantial drum form. The arrangement and 
number of blades shall be such as will reduce 
eddy currents and noise to a minimum and 
give a smooth and even discharge. The wheel 
when assembled shall be carefully balanced. 
The hub of the wheel shall be of conical form 
so as to deflect the entering air into the blades 
with the minimum power loss. 


The bearings shall be of the self-aligning 
ring oiling type, of liberal area and provisions 
for easy adjustments for wear. 


The bearings shall be lined with a liberal 
thickness of best grade bearing babbitt which 
shall be free from blow holes or cold shuts, 
and shall be bored and scraped to exact size 
of journal. Oil grooves of proper design shall 
be cut in the babbitt to correctly distribute the 
oil over the entire bearing surface. 


437 


The fan shaft shall be of hot rolled carbon 
steel, or steel forging, accurately turned, 
ground and fitted to size. 


Housings. 


(M229) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install galvanized sheet steel housings around 
the air filter and heater units and also furnish 
and install fan boxes for reversing the direc- 
tion of air flow. The steel housings and fan 
boxes shall be constructed of not less than 
number sixteen (16) Birmingham Wire gauge 
in thickness, cold riveted to a rigid galvanized 
angle iron frame. All rivet heads shall be 
carefully soldered over on the inside of the 
housing. The fan boxes shall be divided into 
two (2) separate air-tight compartments by 
galvanized sheet steel of the same thickness 
as the box proper. One of these compart- 
ments shall open directly into the fan inlet 
and shall be fastened securely thereto. 


Dampers. 


(M230) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install with each heating system, a complete 
set of dampers operated by compressed air 
from pneumatic switchboards, complete with 
all fittings. These dampers shall be arranged 
so that they may be operated by hand also. 
All dampers shall be constructed of number 
sixteen (16) Birmingham Wire gauge galvan- 
ized sheet steel, cold riveted to rigid galvan- 
ized iron stiffener angles and frame, and shall 
be air-tight when in closed position. All rivet 
heads shall be carefully tinned over. 


438 


Air Ducts. 


(M231) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install complete all the air ducts required for 
these systems as shown on the plans. The 
ducts and fittings shall be made of galvanized 
sheet metal not less than number twenty (20) 
Birmingham Wire gauge in thickness, cold 
riveted to a rigid galvanized iron frame with 
rivet heads carefully tinned over for all ducts 
and fittings over 200 square inches in area. 
Smaller size ducts shall be not less than num- 
ber twenty-four (24) Birmingham Wire gauge. 
All ducts and fittings shall be air-tight. The 
various sections of the systems shall be tightly 
bolted together with soft rubber gaskets, not 
less than 1/16-inch thick placed between the 
ends of all sections. All sections shall be made 
and put up in such manner that they can be 
easily removed should necessity require. All 
fittings shall be made as shown on plans. 
Ducts and elbows with area less than 100 
square inches shall not have angle iron frame. 
All main branches shall be furnished with 
adjustable regulating dampers in addition to 
air operated dampers as specified below. The 
concrete intake ducts or stacks are furnished 
under Item 4, but the discharge ducts, risers 
or stacks shall be galvanized steel lined and 
form part of the duct system, and shall be in- 
stalled during the construction of the building. 
Fans shall be connected to ducts with non- 
metallic, sound-proof joints on both suction 
and discharge sides of fans. 


Ail suction and discharge ducts shall be 
provided with suitable access doors to permit 
inspection and cleaning. They shall be lo- 


439 


cated where indicated on the drawing or where 
necessary for the proper cleaning of ducts. 


- All access doors shall be hinged on the side 
and be provided with latches which will hold 
the door air-tight when closed. All access 
doors in the concrete ducts shall be 2-feet wide 
by 3-feet high, made of cast iron. They shall 
be furnished and installed under this. Item. 


Insulation of Ducts. . 


(M232) All discharge ducts, starting at the 
outlets of the fans, including the discharge 
risers encased in concrete or brick, shall be 
insulated as noted on the drawings with %% 
inch asbestos millboard, held in place by 1 
inch mesh, number sixteen (16) gauge poultry 
netting and finished with a %@-inch layer of 
hard finish, composed of four (4) parts of 
hard finishing asbestos cement and one (1) 
part of portland cement, troweled to a smooth 
and workmanlike finish. Ducts encased in 
concrete need not be finished. Ends of ducts 
projecting into the rooms where the air is be- 
ing discharged shall not be insulated. Access 
doors shall not be insulated but the insulation 
of the ducts shall be troweled down around 
the door to give a neat and workmanlike ap- 
pearance. | 


Supports. 


(M233) Ail fans, motors, fan boxes and 
housings shall be securely fastened to approved 
concrete foundations. All air ducts shall be 
securely fastened in place in an approved man- 
ner such as will permit of easy removal, if 
necessity may require. 


440 
Painting. 


- (M234) All exposed iron work shall be 
painted with two (2) coats of a high grade 
rust-resisting paint of a color approved by the 
Engineer. All insulated ducts shall be given two 
coats of pure white lead and linseed oil paint 
as approved by the Engineer. All paint shall 
be of the best quality, of approved make, fur- 
nished in original packages, unbroken, bearing 
the name of the manufacturer. 


Air F ilters. , 


(M235) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the correct number of air filter cells for 
each heating system as specified hereafter. 
Each unit shall include a steel trough for catch- 
ing any surplus coating liquid. Heavily gal- 
vanized steel plates and angles shall be fur- 
nished for anchoring each unit to the top, sides 
and bottom of steel housing, and washers and 
liberal supply of putty to insure air tightness 
between the frames. The Contractor shall fur- 
nish one (1) container for washing the cells, 
and one (1) container for charging the cells in 
each fan room equipped with filters. Each 
container shall be provided with ample rack 
or drain board for draining filter cells. The 
air filters furnished under this contract shall 
be built up with split steel wire with larger 
voids at the intake or handle side. Each unit 
after assembly shall be given a bath in lead 
alloy and painted with two coats of black 
enamel. The air filter units shall consist of 
individual sections 20 inches by 20 inches by 
approximately 4 inches, each of which shall 
have a separate frame and cell, the cells to 


441 


be interchangeable with any frame. Each 
unit shall be designed to remove not less than 
97 per cent of dirt from the incoming air. The 
friction loss in inches of water shall not exceed 
14-inch when cells are in a fairly clean con- 
dition and when passing 900-cubic feet of air 
per minute per cell. 


Air Heaters. 


(M236) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the correct number of cast iron blast 
heaters, ‘‘Vento”’ or equal for each heating 
system as specified hereafter. Each unit shall 
be mounted on channel iron supports on top 
of concrete slab and foundation, and arranged 
with hand operated and thermostatic valves as 
shown on plans and as further specified for 
each unit. 


Access Doors. 


(M237) Steel doors shall be provided in the 
housings and ducts as located on the plans. 
These doors shall be constructed of number six- 
teen (16) Birmingham Wire gauge, cold rivet- 
ed to rigid, galvanized iron stiffener angles not 
less than 2-inches by 2-inches by 3/16-inches 
and shall be provided with latches to hold 
them air tight when in closed position. 


Registers. 


(M238) Registers with key operated damp- 
ers or louvres of size shown on plans and of an 
approved design shall be furnished and in- 
stalled at each outlet. All registers shall be 
finished with best quality baked on enamel, 
the color to be approved by the Engineer. Reg- 


442 


isters in screen chamber shall be furnished 
without louvres. All registers shall have at 
least sixty (60) per cent free area. 


Thermostatic Control. 


(M239) The control of air temperature 
shall be by arrangement of all metal dia- 
phragm valves and damper motors controlled 
by thermostats where specified under each 
system. All dampers shall be controlled thru 
levers on pneumatic switchboard with cut out 
for each lever so that each damper may be 
hand operated. 


A switch board with necessary three way 
switches for the operation of all dampers with 
labels giving number or name of each damper 
controlled shall be furnished and installed as 
shown on plans. A diagram showing the loca- 
tion of the dampers controlled and switch 
lines in connection therewith shall be mount- 
ed on each switch board. 


There shall be mounted adjacent to each 
duct thermostat, a supersensitive duct ther- 
mometer with brass case. 


Cleaning and Testing. 


(M240) After the systems have been com- 
pletely installed, they shall be operated and 
tested for tightness and quiet operation. Any 
foreign matter remaining in the systems after 
construction or otherwise, shall be removed 
before putting the systems into operation. 


448 


Guarantee. : 


(M241) The Contractor shall guarantee the 
perfect operation of the systems in every de- 
tail. Also that each fan will deliver the speci- 
fied amount of air against the specified static 
pressure, and at the specified temperature. The 
Contractor shall further guarantee that the 
fans and motors will be noiseless in operation 
and that he will, at his own expense, replace 
any parts proving defective due to imperfect 
workmanship or material and that he will cor- 
rect any defects in the systems within one (1) 
year from the date of their acceptance. 


HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM AT 
2 ELEVATION + 40.0. 


Description. 


(M242).The heating and ventilating system 
at Elevation -+40.0 is composed of two (2) 
separate units of filters, heaters, fans and 
motors, with arrangement of ducts and damp- 
ers so that either or both units may be used, 
and either or both units may blow the air thru 
the main header at Elev. +40.0, either or both 
drawing air thru the louvres on the roof, or 
either one from the roof and the other from 
concrete duct leading to Pump Pit below, or 
either unit may remain idle or take air from 
the roof for heating and other unit force air 
through the concrete ducts to Pump Pit below. 


Air F ilters, Number and Capacity. 


~< (M248) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install two (2) filter units, each unit consist- 


444 


ing of fifteen (15) cells and frames, with ca- 
pacity for cleaning 12,400 cubic feet of free 
air per minute, with a friction loss of not more 
than: 14-inch; of ‘water when cells are in fairly 
clean condition. The units shall be arranged 
5 cells high by 3 cells wide, and conform to 
general specifications of filters in Section 
(M235). 


Air Heaters, Number and Size. 


(M244) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install two (2) air heater units, each unit con- 
sisting of five (5) stacks, each stack composed 
of 14 sections of 60-inch, cast iron regular 
Vento sections or equal, staggered, 5-inch cen- 
ters, at 16-square feet per section, making a 
total of 1120-square feet per unit. The fric- 
tion loss in inches of water thru heater units 
shall not exceed: 14-inch when passing 12,400- 
cubic feet of air at 70-degrees Fahrenheit. The 
Contractor shall furnish all valves, traps, pip- 
ing and fittings as shown on plans. The ther- 
mostatic traps shall each be capable of pass- 
ing at least 400-pounds of condensate per hour 
when coils are supplied with steam at 2-pounds 
gauge. 


Fans and Motors, Number and Rating. 


(M245) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install two (2) ventilating fans direct connect- 
ed to two (2) motors. Each fan shall have a 
capacity for delivering not less than 13,000 
cubic feet of air per. minute at 140 degrees 
Fahrenheit, against a total static pressure of 
2-inches of water, and a capacity for deliver- 
ing not less than 14,000-cubic feet of air at 


445 


140-degrees Fahrenheit per minute, against a 
static pressure of 114-inches of water at full 
load speed of motor or approximately 690- 
revolutions per minute. The horsepower of 
each motor shall be not less than fifteen (15) 
rated on a 40-degree Centrigrade temperature 
rise. They shall be designed to operate on 3- 
phase, 60-cycle, 440-volt current. 


Each fan shall be up blast discharge, single 
inlet, full housed, multiblade, and over hung 
pulley type, direct connected to motor with 
flexible coupling. One shall rotate clockwise 
and the other counter clockwise from the drive 
side. 


Thermostatic Valves and Dampers. 


(M246) Each ‘heater unit of five (5) stacks 
shall include four (4) thermostatic control 
valves operated by compressed air, installed in 
the supply line to the individual stacks as 
shown on plans. Three (3) of the units shall 
be positive acting, closing the valves when final 
temperature rises above 180-degrees, 135-de- 
grees, and 140-degrees Fahrenheit. One ther- 
mostat in each heater unit shall be compound, 
graduated-acting, operating by-pass damper 
(D-3 or D-8), under heater, and closing one 
valve in each unit gradually, when room tem- 
perature rises above 60-degrees Fahrenheit. 
The thermostat shall be placed on north wall 
of building. Each heater unit shall also be 
provided with a thermostat placed in housing 
preceding the fresh cold air damper and set 
to operate main by-pass damper (D-2 or D-7) 


446 


for recirculating air from inside of building 
and also closing incoming fresh cold air damp- 
er (D-1 or D-6) when temperature of incom- 
ing air falls below +38-degrees Fahrenheit. 
Dampers (D-1 or D-6) shall’ remain open at 
temperature above +33-degrees Fahrenheit. 


The thermostatic control of these Dampers 
(D-1, D-2, D-6, and D-7) shall be so ar- 
ranged that it may be thrown out of opera- 
tion at the pneumatic switchboard and damp- 
ers controlled by individual compressed air 
actuated levers. Provision shall be made for 
operating either reversing damper (D-5, D-10) 
in discharge duct from fan, by compressed air 
actuated levers, controlled from switchboard, 
and either or both dampers (D-5, D-10) when 
reversed shall also operate the closing of both 
by-pass dampers (D-4 and D-9). Damper 
D-5 when reversed shall also open damper 
D-1; damper D-10 when reversed shall open 
damper D-6; damper D-5 when reversed shall 
hold damper D-10 in forward position; damp- 
er D-10 when reversed shall hold damper D-5 
in forward position. Provision shall also be 
made for opening and closing either or both 
dampers D-4 and D-9 (except opening same 
when either reversing damper D-5 or D-10 is 
in reverse position) by means of compressed 
air actuated levers controlled from switch- 
board. 


Regulating dampers shall be placed in east 
and west main branches or headers, and set 
securely in position when the system is put in 
operation. 


447 


HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM AT 
NORTH SIDE OF BUILDING. 


Description. 


(M247) The heating and ventilating sys- 
tem at the north side of the building shall be 
arranged as shown on plans with damper con- 
trols, so that air may be either drawn into the 
system for heating, or air exhausted from build- 
ing as the conditions may require, except from 
the tunnel which is connected to pressure side 
only. The filters, heaters, fan and motor are 
located at elevation +8.0. All branches to 
different rooms shall be supplied with regulat- 

ing dampers as specified. 


Air Filters, Number and Capacity. 


(M248) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) filter unit consisting of nine (9) 
air filter cells and frames, with a capacity for 
cleaning 8,200 cubic feet of free air per min- 
ute, with friction loss of not more than 14-inch 
of water when cells are in a fairly clean condi- 
tion. The cells and frames shall be arranged 
3 cells high by 3 cells wide and conform to 
general specification for filters in Section 
(M235). 


Air Heaters, Number and Size. 


(M249) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) complete air heater unit, each 
unit consisting of four (4) stacks, each stack 
composed of 14 sections of 50-inch, cast iron, 
regular Vento sections or equal, staggered, on 
5-inch centers, at 13.5-square feet per section, 


445 


making a total of 756-square feet. The fric- 
tion loss in inches of water thru heater shall 
not exceed 14-inch when passing 8,200-cubic 
feet of air per minute at 70-degrees Fahrenheit. 
The Contractor shall furnish and install all 
valves, traps, piping and fittings as shown on 
plans. The thermostatic traps shall each be 
capable of passing 350-pounds of condensate 
per hour when coils are supplied with steam at 
2-pounds gauge. 


Fan and Motor Rating. 


(M250) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) Ventilating Fan direct con- 
nected to motor. The fan shall have a capacity 
of delivering not less than 9,000-cubic feet of 
air per minute at 130-degrees Fahrenheit, 
against a total static pressure of 2-inches of 
water, at full load speed of motor, or approxi- 
mately 690-revolutions per minute. The motor 
shall be not less than 10-horse power rated 
on a 40-degree rise basis and shall be designed 
to operate on 3-phase, 60-cycle, 440-volt cur- 
rent. The fan shall be full housed, up blast 
discharge, single inlet, multiblade, and over- 
hung pulley type, direct connected to motor 
with flexible coupling, to rotate clockwise from 
drive side. 


Thermostatic Valves and Dampers. 


(M251) The Contractor ‘shall furnish and 
install four (4) thermostatic control valves 
operated by compressed air. Three (8) of the 
valves shall be positive acting, closing the 
valves in steam lines to the individual stacks, 
when the final temperate beyond heaters rises 


449 


above 120-degrees, 125-degrees, and 130-de- 
grees Fahrenheit. One thermostatic unit shall 
be compound graduated acting, operating: by- 
pass damper under heater, and closing the 
valve gradually when switch-board room tem- 
perature rises above 68-degrees Fahrenheit. 
The Contractor shall furnish and install a ther- 
mostat placed in the housing preceding fresh 
cold air damper, with compressed air operating 
device attached to main by-pass damper for. 
recirculating air from inside of building and 
also closing the incoming fresh cold air damper, 
when the temperature of incoming air falls be- 
low plus 33-degrees Fahrenheit. The incoming 
fresh air damper shall remain open at tempera- 
ture above 33-degrees Fahrenheit. Provision 
shall also be made for reversing the direction of 
air flow (except air to tunnel) by arangement 
of dampers and reversing box as shown on 
plans. The three (3) reversing dampers shall 
operate by compressed air device and be con- 
trolled by one lever on the switchboard as well 
as by levers for hand operation. Regulating 
dampers shall be placed in each main branch 
leading to rooms at elevation +8.0, elevation 
+21.0, elevation +40.0 and branch to tunnel at 
elevation +8.0 and set securely in position 
when the system is put in operation. 


HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM AT 
SOUTH SIDE OF BUILDING. 


Description. 


(M252) The heating and ventilating sys- 
tem at the south side of building shall be ar- 
ranged as shown on plans with damper con- 


450 


trols, so that the air may be either drawn into 
the building for heating or the air exhausted 
from. the building as conditions. may. require; 
except the. battery room which is connected to 
the pressure side only. In the case where air 
is drawn into the system the suction side shall 
be connected with ducts from room at Eleva- 
tion +21.0 drawing air from this duct as well 
as outside or from fan room. .All branches to 
different rooms shall be supplied with regulat- 
ing dampers as specified hereinafter. 


Air Filters, Number and Capacity. 


(M253) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) filter unit consisting of six (6) 
air filters, cells and frames, with a capacity for 
cleaning 4,560 cubic feet of free air per min- 
ute, with a friction loss of not more than 
\4-inch of water when cells are in a fairly clean 
condition. The cells and frames shall be ar- 
ranged 8 cells high by 2 cells wide, and shall 
conform to the general specifications of filters 
as specified in Section (M2385). 


Air Heaters, Number and Size. 


(M254) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) complete air heater unit, each 
unit consisting of five (5) stacks, each stack 
composed of 7 sections of 40-inch, cast iron, 
regular Vento sections or equal, staggered, 
on 5-inch centers at 10.75 square feet per sec- 
tion, making a total of 376.25 square feet. The 
friction loss in inches of water shall not exceed 
5/16-inch when passing 4,560 cubic feet of air 
at 70-degrees Fahrenheit. The Contractor 
shall furnish and install all valves, traps, piping 


451 


and fittings as shown on plans. The thermo- 
static traps shall each be capable of passing at 
least 160-pounds of condensate per hour when 
coils are supplied with steam at 2-pounds 
gauge. 


Fan and Motor Rating. 


(M255) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) Ventilating Fan direct con- 
nected to motor. The fan shall have a capacity 
of delivering not less than 5,000-cubic feet of 
air per minute at 180-degrees Fahrenheit, 
against a total static pressure of 2-inches of 
water, at full load speed of motor, or approxi- 
mately 685-revolutions per minute. The motor 
shall be not less than 714-horse power, rated 
on a 40-degree rise basis and designed to ope- 
rate on 3-phase, 60-cycle, 440-volt current. The 
fan shall be full housed, up blast discharge, 
single inlet, multiblade and overhung pulley 
type, direct connected to motor with flexible 
coupling to rotate counter clockwise from 
drive side. 


Thermostatic Valves and Dampers. 


(M256) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install four (4) thermostatic control valves 
operated by compressed air. Three (3) of the 
units shall be positive acting, closing the valves 
in steam lines to the individual stacks, when 
the final temperature beyond heaters rises 
above 120-degrees, 125-degrees and 130-de- 
grees Fahrenheit. One unit shall be compound 
graduated acting, operating by-pass damper 
under heater, and closing one valve to one 


452 


stack gradually when final room temperature 
rises above 68-degrees Fahrenheit. The Con- 
tractor shall furnish and install a thermostat 
placed in the duct preceding the fresh cold 
air dampers with compressed air operating de- 
vice attached to main by-pass damper for re- 
circulating air from inside of building and also 
closing the incoming fresh cold air damper, 
when the temperature of incoming air falls 
below plus 33-degrees Fahrenheit. The incom- 
ing fresh air damper shall remain open at 
temperatures above 33-degrees Fahrenheit. 
Provision shall also be made for reversing the 
direction of air flow (except air to battery 
room) by arrangement of dampers and revers- 
ing box as shown on plans. The three (3) 
reversing dampers shall operate by compressed 
air device, and be controlled by one lever on 
the switch board. Regulating dampers shall 
be placed in each main branch leading to rooms 
at elevation +8.0, elevation +21.0 and eleva- 
tion +40.0, and set securely in position when 
the system is put in operation. A damper shall 
be placed in the duct serving room at eleva- 
tion +21.0 so as to connect this duct to either 
the suction or the discharge side of the system. 
The normal position of this damper shall be 
such that the duct is connected to the suc- 
tion side, but it may be reversed if desired. 
Another damper shall be installed in this duct 
with an operating chain extending through the 
floor at elevation +40.0, to allow the shutting 
off of this duct completely from the system in 
case of emergency. 


4538 
SCREEN CHAMBER VENTILATING SYSTEM. 


Description. 


(M257) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) complete ventilating system in 
sereen chamber, at elevation —5.5 as shown on 
plans. The inlet side of fan shall be connected 
with duct to concrete duct in ceiling above the 
floor, and outlet side as shown with regulating 
dampers in each branch, securely set in posi- 
tion when the system is put in operation. No 
reversing dampers, levers, filters, or heaters are 
required. 


Fan and Motor Rating. 


(M258) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install one (1) Ventilating Fan, direct con- 
nected to motor with flexible coupling. The 
bearings and stuffing box shall be furnished 
and installed as shown on plans. The motor is 
located in separate room and connection thru 
stuffing box shall be air and gas tight. The 
motor shall be not less than 5 horse power, 
rated on a 40-degree temperature rise basis, 
and shall be designed to operate on 3-phase, 
60-cycle, 440-volt current. The fan shall have 
a capacity for delivering not less than 6,000- 
cubic feet of free air per minute, against a total 
static pressure of 114-inches of water, at the 
full load speed of motor, or approximately 860- 
revolutions per minute. The fan shall be full 
housed, up blast discharge, single inlet, multi- 
blade, and over hung pulley: type, direct con- 
nected to motor with extension shaft and flexi- 
ble coupling, to rotate clockwise from drive 
side. 


454 


The Contractor shall furnish all ducts, reg- 
isters, duct supports, anchor bolts and neces- 
sary foundations for mounting of fan and motor 
as specified for all systems and as shown on 
plans. 


MISCELLANEOUS IRON CASTINGS. 


Description. 


(M259) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all iron castings shown on the plans, 
herein specified or necessary to make the work 
complete in all respects and shall include all 
cast iron manhole frames and covers, either 
circular or rectangular. 


Cast Iron. 


(M260) All castings shall be of tough gray 
iron, free from blow holes, shrinkage strains 
and cold shuts. They shall be sound, smooth, 
clean and free from blisters and all defects. 
All castings shall be made by the cupola pro- 
cess, true to dimensions shown and shall be 
planed where marked or therewise necessary 
to secure perfectly flat and true surfaces. Man- 
hole covers shall be true to shape and shall seat 
at all points, all top surfaces shall be of non- 
slip material as_ specified under ‘Section 
(M118). 


OPERATION AND TESTS. 


Operation Tests. 


(M261) It is anticipated, but not guaran- 
teed, that construction on other contracts will 


455 


be sufficiently advanced to allow the operation 
of the plant upon the completion of this con- 
tract and the installation by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under other contracts of miscellaneous 
work. In any case, as soon as conditions will 
permit, the Sanitary District will place the 
equipment in operation to such extent as it may 
deem necessary, and will continue to operate 
the same for at least sixty (60) calendar days. 
During this operative period, the Contractor 
shall make such changes, betterments or re- 
placements in the equipment included in this 
contract to be furnished by him as may be 
required to make same comply with the speci- 
fications or to replace any defective material. 


During the above period the Contractor shall 
furnish sufficient superintendence to give the 
employes of the Sanitary District such instruc- 
tions in the care and operation of the various 
equipment as may be necessary and shall be 
responsible for the proper operation of such 
equipment and shall make no claim against the 
Sanitary District for any damages to the same 
arising from its operation. 


Acceptance Tests. 


(M262) The official acceptance tests of the 
blower and pumping units will be made by the 
Sanitary District in the presence of representa- 
tives of the Sanitary District. These tests will 
be made by others without expense to the Con- 
tractor. 


All equipment and piping furnished by the 
Contractor shall be tested, in so far as the 
Engineer may direct after erection in the plant. 


456 


All tests of electrical equipment shall be in 
accordance with the Standardization Rules of 
the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 
The efficiency shall be what is termed ‘‘Con- 
ventional Efficiency.”’ 


The temperature rise in electrical equip- 
ment shall not exceed the permissible rise given 
in Rules above referred to for the several 
classes of equipment and shall be determined 
in the manner recommended in said Rules. 


The Engineer shall determine whether the 
Contractor has fulfilled his guarantee on any or 
all of the equipment specified to be furnished 
by him in this contract and his decision shall 
be final and binding on both the parties hereto. 


Apparatus for Tests. 


(M268) The Contractor shall also furnish, 
install and afterwards remove, at his own ex- 
pense, any instruments, wiring or other devices 
not a part of the plant equipment which may 
be necessary for the tests at the plant site. 


The Contractor shall have all instruments or 
other necessary devices, whether a part of the 
station equipment or not, properly calibrated in 
the presence of the Engineer by a representa- 
tive of a testing laboratory or other party, ap- 
proved by the Engineer and shall furnish to the 
Engineer certified copies of any necessary cor- 
rection curves or factors. 


Results of Tests. 


(M264) Should any equipment furnished 
by the Contractor, when tested, fail to develop 


A457 


the required horse power or efficiency or meet 
all of the other performance guarantees, the 
Contractor shall, ‘at his own expense, forthwith. 
make all necessary changes, betterments or re- 
placements in any equipment so that said 
equipment when again tested will meet the 
performance guarantees. 


If said Contractor fails or refuses to make 
said changes, improvements or betterments, or 
if said improved equipment when tested shall 
again fail to meet said guarantees, the Sanitary 
District, notwithstanding its ownership of work 
and material which have entered into the 
manufacture of said equipment, shall have the 
option of rejecting said equipment or of ac- 
cepting the same at such reduced price as may 
be agreed upon by the parties hereto. 


In case said Sanitary District exercises its 
option and rejects said equipment then said 
Contractor hereby agrees to repay to the Sani- 
tary District all sums of money paid to him on 
progress certificates or otherwise on account 
of the lump sum price herein specified, and 
upon the receipt of said sums of money, said 
Sanitary District will execute and deliver to 
said Contractor a bill of sale of all its right, 
title and interest in and to said equipment; 
PROVIDED, however, that said equipment 
shall not be removed from the premises of the 
Sanitary District until said Sanitary District 
obtains from other sources other equipment to 
take the place of that rejected. Said Sanitary 
District hereby agrees to obtain said other 
equipment within a reasonable time, and said 
Contractor agrees that said Sanitary District 
may use the equipment furnished by him with- 


458 


out rental or other charge until said other new 
equipment is obtained. 


~ In the further event that the Sanitary Dis- 
trict exercises its option to accept said equip- 
ment at a reduced price and the parties hereto 
cannot agree upon the reduced price to be paid 
therefor, then the determination of said re- 
dticed price to be paid by said Sanitary Dis- 
trict to said Contractor shall be submitted to a 
Board of Arbitrators and determined in the 
manner hereinafter specified. 


Said Board of Arbitrators shall consist of 
three competent Engineers, one of whom shall 
be chosen by said Sanitary District, another by 
said Contractor and the third shall be selected 
by the two so chosen. If either of the parties 
hereto neglects: to name a person as its arbi- 
trator within ten days after being notified by 
the other party hereto so to do, or if the arbi- 
trators chosen by the parties hereto cannot 
within ten days after they are chosen agree 
upon the third arbitrator, then either party 
hereto may request any Judge of the Circuit 
Court of Cook County to name an arbitrator 
for the party so in default, or said third ar- 
bitrator, and said Judge is hereby given 
full power and authority to designate and 
name said arbitrators. The decision of said 
Board of Arbitrators shall be final and binding 
upon the parties hereto. Each party shall com- 
pensate the arbitrator selected by it or ap- 
pointed by the court on its behalf, and one- 
half of the compensation of the third arbi- 
trator shall be paid by each of the parties 
hereto. 


459 


Guarantee. 


(M265) All equipment furnished by the 
Contractor under these specifications shall be 
guaranteed free from mechanical or electrical 
defects in workmanship, design or materials, 
and the Contractor shall replace, without cost 
to the Sanitary District any part or parts of 
any equipment proving defective within one 
(1) year after the equipment has been placed 
in operation. A maintenance bond for this 
purpose is specified under Article 34. 


Payment. 


(M266) The lump sums specified under 
Items 25 to 38 inclusive shall cover the cost of 
furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, 
tools, plant and appurtenances necessary for 
the furnishing and installing of the equipment 
as specified under Mechanical Plant Installa- 
tion, or aS shown on the plans or necessary to 
make the plant complete in accordance with 
the most modern practice including the guar- 
antee of the equipment. 


Payment for all concrete, mortar, structural 
steel, cast steel and other material specified 
in Sections (M1) to (M265), inclusive, shall 
be covered by the lump sum prices specified 
to be paid for the work under Items 25 to 38, 
inclusive, unless otherwise specified in said 
Sections (M1) to (M265), inclusive. 


460 


ELECTRICAL WCRK 


Sections E-1 to E-100 inclusive, Item 39 
and Sheets E-1 to E-114 inclusive of the 
plans, apply in general to the Electrical 
Work, however the work specified under 
said sections and on said sheets shall in no 
way be used as a basis for limiting the 
work to be done under any item of this 


contract. 


ITEM 39. ELECTRICAL WORK 


Scope. 


(E1) The work to be done under this item 
includes the furnishing, delivering and install- 
ing of all bus bars, bus bar supports, cable 
supports, conduit hangers, fuse cabinets, com- 
pensators, safety switches, power transform- 
ers, lighting cabinets, lamps, lighting fixtures, 
oil circuit breakers, switchboards complete with 
instruments, motor field switches, battery 
charging sets, storage battery, current and po- 
tential transformers, all angle iron, pipe and 
concrete bus structures and frame work, and 
all conduit, wire, cable and appurtenances 
necessary to put all electrical equipment into 
operation. 


The Contractor shall furnish all labor and 
material to install complete, the following 
equipment which will be furnished and de- 
livered by the Sanitary District on the switch 
track at the North Side Sewage Treatment 
Works Site: 


461 


41,667 K. V. A. 12,000/6,600 volt power 
transformers. 3 


6—500 K. V. A. 6,600/440 volt power trans- 
formers. 


3-125 K. W. motor generator sets com- 
plete with rheostats and auto transform- 
ers. 


412,000 volt, 400 ampere oil circuit break- 
ers. 


50— 6,600 volt, 600 ampere oil circuit 
breakers. 


12— 6,600 volt, 1,600 ampere oil circuit 
breakers. 


3—Auto transformers for starting pump and 
blower motors. 


85—Gang operated disconnecting switches. 


12—-Pump and Blower motor field rheostats. 


Specifications and Plans. 


(E2) The specifications and plans are in- 
tended to cover the complete equipment. It 
is not the intent to give every detail in the 
plans and specifications. The Sanitary Dis- 
trict will not be responsible for the absence 
of any detail the Contractor may require, or 
for any special construction which may be 
found necessary as the work progresses. No 
additional compensation will be allowed for 
material or labor used in performing any work 
hereunder -unless the work can be clearly 
shown to be beyond the intent and scope of 
the plans and specifications, to the satisfaction 
of the Engineer. 


462. 


Materials and Workmanship. 


(E3) The contractor shall furnish all ap- 
paratus, fixtures, supplies, materials, equip- 
ment and labor necessary for the completion 
of the work in accordance with the terms and 
intent of the specifications and plans except 
as otherwise stated herein. All apparatus, 
fixtures, supplies, materials and equipment 
shall be the best of their respective kinds 
and shall be approved by the Engineer. 


Should it become necessary to substitute ap- 
paratus, fixtures, supplies, material or equip- 
ment other than those specified, the Contractor 
must first obtain the written consent of the 
Engineer before the _ substitution is made 
and the apparatus, fixtures, supplies, mate- 
rial or equipment used shall be equal in every 
respect to that called for in the Rueauiee ions 
or on the plans. 


All work shall be done in a neat and work- 
manlike manner as specified, and where the 
exact method is not specified herein or shown 
on the plans then the same shall be performed 
as the Engineer may direct. 


The Contractor must procure from the Engi- 
neer all necessary interpretations as to the 
character of the materials, equipment and 
workmanship called for under these specifi- 
cations. 


Supervision and Responsibility. 


(E4) The attention of the Contractor is 
specifically called to Article 24 which relates to 
subletting parts of the work hereunder. Due to 
the special type of construction and the impor- 


463 


tant bearing of the electrical work upon the 
satisfactory operation of the entire plant, in ad- 
dition to the requirements of said Article 24, 
no person or corporation will be approved as a 
sub-contractor for the work under this Item 39, 
unless evidence is presented that he or it has 
successfully carried out the installation of high 
tension power, switching and control apparatus 
of the character and magnitude of the work 
covered by this contract. 


The Contractor shall at all times have 
a competent foreman or other representative 
on the work who shall receive shipments of 
material and who shall see that the work is 
executed in accordance with the specifications 
and plans and to the satisfaction of the Engi- 
neer. 


The Contractor shall be responsible for all 
equipment and material delivered at the said 
building for installation under this contract. 
He shall furnish at all times the necessary 
watchmen to protect all material, equipment | 
and tools and all work performed under this 
contract until the entire work has been com- 
pleted and accepted by the Engineer. 


Transportation and Protection. 


(E5) The Contractor shall deliver at his 
own risk and expense all parts of the machin- 
ery or equipment and all materials on the 
site of the work. All material must be con- 
signed to the Contractor. 


All finished parts and bearings must be well 
protected in the shops and during transporta- 
tion to prevent injury and abrasion. Special 


464 


care shall be taken to crate rigidly all shafts 
or other parts liable to be sprung. The Con- 
tractor shall be responsible for the. trueness 
of all parts.until the erected work is finally 
accepted. All injured parts must: be. replaced 
when, in the opinion of the Engineer; refitting 
will not suffice. SN ; : 


| Installation. 


(E6) The Contractor shall provide all nec- 
essary labor, power, blocking, hoisting appa- 
ratus and other material to erect all equip- 
ment in the position called for on .the .plans 
and as directed by the Engineer, shall‘ line up 
and adjust the various parts one to another, 
complete all joints and do all other work nec- 
essary to completely install and prepare for 
operation all equipment as specified under this 
Item 39 and afterwards’ shall take’ down 
and remove from the premises any scaffold- 
ing, tackle, blocking or other apparatus which 
may have been used in the installation, but 
which is not a part of the equipment included 
under this contract. He shall assume all lia- 
bility for accidents to men or material prior 
to the acceptance of the work. : 


Foundations and Openings. 


(E7) The Contractor shall furnish all nec- 
essary plates, channels, angle irons, pipe 
framework, foundations, foundation ‘bolts, ex- 
pansion bolts and inserts for all equipment 
under this Item 39 and shall properly grout 
inv the) same, | i ) 


Whenever necessary to use grout it shall be 
composed of one (1) volume of Portland ce- 


465 


ment as specified in Section C21 and two (2) 
volumes of sand as specified in Section C26. 
The cement and sand shall be proportioned 
by volume. These ingredients shall be thor- 
oughly mixed in a tight box, and water then 
added, and the mixing continued until the 
grout has the proper consistency. No greater 
amount of grout shall be prepared than will 
be required for immediate use, and any grout 
that has been set shall not be retempered or 
used in any way in the work. 


Cutting, fitting and patching shall be done 
as directed by the Engineer. All work shall 
be neatly fitted. Excessive openings will not 
be permitted. 


Openings and slots have been indicated on 
the plans in the substructure and superstruc- 
ture of the building where said equipment is 
to be installed. Such openings and slots shall 
be carefully checked by the Contractor in 
order to determine whether they are properly 
placed or not. Any changes or additional 
openings or slots which may be necessary shall 
be made by the Contractor at his own expense. 


In all cases where an iron pipe conduit 
passes through the floor slab, nipples of the 
proper size conduit with sufficient threaded 
projection on either side to make proper con- 
nection, or sleeves of sufficient size to allow 
the conduit to pass through shall be installed. 


In any and all cases where necessary open- 
ings or slots have not been so indicated, the 
Contractor shall provide the same by in- 
serting pipes or boxes in the forms before 
the concrete is poured or while the _ brick- 


466 


work is being laid. The size and location of 
all such openings shall be determined by the 
Contractor, subject to the approval of the 
Engineer. The Contractor shall fill up all 
openings and slots not used and fill around all 
pipes, conduits, boxes, cabinets, and other 
places, to a tight fit with concrete or grout to 
the full thickness or depth of said openings or 
slots to the satisfaction of the Engineer with- 
out extra cost to the Sanitary District. 


Painting. 


(E8) Before leaving the shops the metal 
work included in the various parts of the 
equipment, where made of iron, steel, or cor- 
rosive material, except where the nature of 
the service makes it impracticable, shall be 
thoroughly cleansed of rust and loose scale 
and then painted by the manufacturer, with 
paint without filler, unless otherwise speci- 
fied, to protect the parts from rust during 
transportation. 


During construction the Contractor shall 
cover and protect the various parts of the elec- 
trical equipment from mortar droppings, wet 
concrete or other adhesive substances, as far 
as practicable. After the work has been 
erected in a satisfactory manner and tested, 
and when it will no longer be exposed to ad- 
hesive substances, or when directed by the 
Engineer, the work. shall be cleaned and 
painted by the Contractor as _ hereinafter 
specified. 


All switchboard framework, pipe and struc- 
tural steel framework, exposed metal conduit, 


467 


cabinets, : boxes,» regulators,' compensators, 
safety. switches, push! button: stations, starting 
contactor. cases, float switches and. oil circuit 
breakers where necessary and any other elec- 
trical equipment, unless otherwise specified or 
as designated by the Engineer, shall be thor- 
oughly cleaned after installation and painted 
by the Contractor, with three coats of paint 
composed of approved proportions of pure zinc 
white, white lead, and linseed oil and of such 
colors as the Engineer may direct. The paint- 
ing shall be additional to any priming or shop 
coat. Exposed metal surfaces which are pol- 
ished or made of tion-corrosive ENP shall be 
polished and manatee 


All Seabees ‘east iron, steel or. corrosive 
work on the motors and motor generators 
shall be painted-as follows: All work shall 
be thoroughly cleansed with benzine and 
brushes. A good coat of priming shall be ap- 
plied, followed by a thorough coat of good 
rough stuff or heavy machinery filler, rubhed 
to an even surface with pumice stone. Next 
the work shall be given one (1) coat of white 
lead and. linseed oil paint of color selected by 
the Engineer, and then one (1) coat of white 
lead and. linseed oil paint and varnish as se- 
lected, and rubbed with powdered pumice 
stone.. Then two (2) coats of Valspar varnish 
or, equal, shall . be applied. 


The outside of all transformer casings shall 
be given two (2) coats of asphaltum varnish or 
equal before leaving the shop, and two (2) 
coats of asphaltum varnish or equal after erec- 
tion in place. The outside of the casings shall 


468 


be thoroughly cleaned with brushes, to be free 
from scale or rust. i 


AN paint shall be properly stirred ature 
using ‘to secure thorough incorporation of the 
pigments and must be well brushed out in ap- 
plying to secure a first-class job. Painting and 
varnishing shall be performed only by skilled 
workmen. Care shall be taken to protect all 
work against dust, water or other harmful 
agencies. After the completion of the paint- 
ing and varnishing work, all paint and varnish 
spots caused by the Contractor shall be re- 
moved from the floor, walls, glass, and other 
places. 


Paint, oil, varnish and other materials used 
in painting shall be of the best quality, and 
the color of all. paint, as well as the brand of 
all material shall be satisfactory to the Engi- 
neer. All material used in painting or varnish- 
ing shall be delivered at the work in the orig- 
inal unbroken containers, bearing the manu- 
facturer’s stamp thereon. 


Zinc white shall be strictly pure, highest 
grade French Zinc White. 


All white lead shall be pure hydrated 
carbonate of lead free from all adulterants 
and finely ground in at least eight (8) per cent 
by weight of pure linseed oil. It shall not 
contain more than 0.75 per cent of moisture. 


All linseed oil shall be pure raw linseed oil 
conforming to Standard Specifications of the 
Purity of Raw Linseed Oil from North Ameri- 
ean Seed. Serial designation D1-15 of the 
American Society for Testing Materials. 


469 


N. E. L. A. and A. I. E. E. Rules. 


(E9) All materials and equipment used 
and work performed under these specifications 
shall withstand, to the satisfaction of the Engi- 
neer, any and all tests recommended or pre- 
scribed for such materials or equipment by the 
Standardization Rules of the American Insti- 
tute of Electrical Engineers or the National 
Electric Light Association. 


Delivery of Equipment. 


(E10) In order to allow the Sanitary Dis- 
trict a reasonable amount of time to make de- 
livery of any or all equipment or apparatus 
which the District agrees to furnish at the 
North Side Sewage Treatment Works site, the 
Contractor agrees to notify the Engineer in 
writing, a sufficient time before the equipment 
or apparatus is desired, in order to assure the 
orderly progress of the work. 


12,000 AND 6,600 VOLT BUS BAR, SWITCH 
AND TRANSFORMER STRUCTURES. 


General. 


(E11) The Contractor shall furnish all the 
material and labor and construct the compart- 
ments for the 12,000 and 6,600 volt bus bars, 
oil circuit breakers, disconnecting switches, 
current and potential transformers, and other 
equipment, in accordance with the plans and 
specifications. The compartments shall be 
built of concrete and shall be furnished with 
doors built in accordance with the detailed 
plans. 


470 


Concrete Slabs. 


(E12) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all pre-cast concrete slabs as shown on 
the plans. The concrete shall be as specified 
the plans. The concrete as to material and 
workmanship, shall be as specified in Sections 
C20 to C109, inclusive, so far as the same may 
apply, except that the coarse aggregate shall 
be graded between one-half (14) and one- 
quarter (14) inches in size. 


A one-half (44) inch groove shall be pro- 
vided on the sides of the slabs where joints 
are to be made, as shown on the plans, to 
assure accuracy in setting and a sufficient 
binding surface for joints. The top and front 
of the slabs shall have a trowel finish free from 
any rough spots. When setting slabs in place, 
the Contractor shall finish off all joints with a 
trowel to give it an appearance of one con- 
tinuous surface. 


The Contractor shall use extreme care while 
handling slabs, as the Engineer shall have the 
right to reject any cracked, chipped or broken 
slabs. 


Concrete Bus Structures. 


(E18) The reinforced concrete bus struc- 
tures shall be built as shown on the plans of 
concrete as specified as to material and work- 
manship, in Sections C20 to C109, inclusive, 
so far as the same may apply. 


The aggregate shall be No. 1 coarse aggre- 
gate as specified in Sections C34 to C40. 


A471 


Before placing concrete, the forms shall be 
built to a height of the first row of pre-cast 
slabs to be set. After the concrete is poured, 
the slabs shall be laid and leveled, then the 
forms built to the next row of slabs and so on 
until the entire structure is completed. In 
no case shall the Contractor pour the entire 
structure as a whole. Slabs must be laid the 
same day the concrete is poured to assure a 
perfect bond. 


All forms shall be lined with an approved 
grade of oiled paper, so as to eliminate all 
form. marks showing on the finished face of 
the. concrete: oe ee 


Setting Bolts. 

(E14) The Contractor shall furnish and 
place all proper size hook bolts, angle irons, 
bus supports and bushings, necessary to mount 
all the electrical apparatus. The Contractor 
shall determine the size and location of all 
bolts, to correspond to the bolt holes in the 
electrical apparatus which is furnished. All 
bolts shall have a threaded end extending out 
from the finished surface not less than one 
and one-half (114) inches unless otherwise 
specified or shown on plans. All bolts in- 
correctly set shall be cut out of the concrete and 
replaced by. new bolts without additional cost 
to the Sanitary District. Bushings and fibre 
sleeves shall be furnished and installed ac- 
cording to the plans and shall be grouted in 
securely and in a neat and workmanlike man- 
ner. Ground bus openings 114x1/4 inches shall 
be provided as shown on the plans. 


472 


Reinforcement. 


(E15) The reinforcement shall be the No. 
107 of the American Steel and Wire Co. or 
equal, triangle mesh, placed in the center of 
all walls. 


Smoothing Surfaces. 


_° (E16) After the forms have been removed 
from the structure, the concrete shall be per- 
mitted to dry thoroughly. After concrete is 
thoroughly dry, the surface shall be rubbed 
down with a carborundum or similar stone 
until all marks are removed. Any holes, 
honeycomb or stone pockets shall be filled 
with fresh mortar composed of one (1) part 
Portland cement to two (2) parts fine aggre- 
gate so as to produce an even unbroken sur- 
face in the same manner as specified in Sec- 
tion C100 hereof. 


The final finish shall then be applied, forty- 
eight (48) hours after the surface has been 
rubbed down by brushing the surface with a 
mixture of one (1) part Portland cement to 
one (1) part fine sand. This sand shall pass 
through a screen having sixteen (16) meshes 
per lineal inch. The mortar for brush coat- 
ing should be mixed to the consistency of thick 
pea soup and should be kept constantly 
stirred to prevent the sand from settling to the 
bottom. The final finish shall be applied with 
a fine bristle whitewash brush. 


Cleaning Structure. 


(E17) After completion of the concrete 
and painting work, all paint spots and mortar 
spots shall be removed with suitable tools 


473 


without injury to the finish surface. All de- 
fective joints shall be neatly painted with 
mortar. 


Compartment Doors. 


(E18) The doors for the circuit breaker 
compartments shall be constructed in con- 
formity with the drawings, of first quality, 
kiln dried, clear white pine, free from any 
defects, and must be finished one (1) inch 
thick, backed with one-half (14) inch asbestos 
lumber, and glazed with ribbed wire glass. 
The woodwork of the doors shall be given 
three (3) coats of paint consisting of pure 
white lead and linseed oil. 


The doors are to be hung from a channel 
iron or angle iron as shown on the plans with 
standard type door hangers, which will per- 
mit the door to swing freely. The doors shall 
be equipped with handles so that the doors 
can be easily removed. 


The doors for the bus compartments shall be 
made of 34,x34,x/4 inch angle iron frame, the 
corners of which shall be cut, bent and welded. 
The screen shall be one (1) inch diamond 
mesh, woven wire fabric welded to the frame 
as shown on the plans. The hinges, door 
stops and latch shall be made of 1x4 inch 
strap iron fastened to the door frame with 4 
inch bolts, as shown on the plans. 


The doors, latches, hinges and locks for the 
disconnecting switch compartments shall be 
constructed the same as specified for the bus 
compartment doors except that 14 inch asbes- 
tos lumber shall be used in place of the 
woven wire fabric. 


474 


Copper Bus Bars, Connections and Bushings. 


(E19) All copper bus bar connections shall 
be tinned and securely bolted together with 
one-half (14) inch brass bolts. 


All bus bars shall be bent to a radius of 
one (1) inch. Particular care shall be taken 
not to crack any bus bar while bending, so as 
to reduce its cross-sectional area. Any cracked 
bus bars will be rejected by the Engineer. 


Wherever electrical connections are shown 
passing through the eight (8) inch partition 
walls of the concrete bus compartments, the 
Contractor shall furnish and install through 
connected bushings as shown on the plans. 
These bushings shall be made of a standard 
corrugated porcelain bushing of such length 
as will provide ample projection and clear- 
ance from both sides of the wall and shall be 
fastened to the wall by means of two plates 
and four through bolts as approved by the 
Engineer. A solid copper stud of proper car- 
rying capacity and of lengths shown on the 
plans shall be securely fastened into the porce- 
lain bushing. The bushings shall be furnished 
either with both ends of the copper stud 
threaded or with one end threaded and a bus 
bar clamp on the other end, such as may be 
required. All threaded ends of studs shall be 
furnished complete with copper contact nuts. 


Wherever copper bus bars are shown passing 
through the floor slab or walls the Contractor 
shall furnish and install approved porcelain 
bushings which shall be securely grouted in 
with a proper mixed grout and in a neat and 
workmanlike manner. 


475 


In making copper bus bar connections to 
through connected bushings, oil circuit break- 
ers, rear connected disconnecting switches, 
and other equipment, the Contractor shall 
furnish and install an approved type of con- 
nector. -In no case shall the Contractor drill 
holes, in the copper bus bars, of such size as 
to fit the studs of the through connected 
bushings, oil circuit breaker, disconnecting 
switch, and other equipment. 


The Contractor shall properly caulk all pot- 
heads, designated by the Engineer, with plaster 
of Paris to prevent compound from running 
out. 


Disconnecting Switches. 


(E20) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and install the 
complete gang operated disconnecting switch 
mechanisms and disconnecting switches in the 
12,000, 6,600, 440 and 110 volt bus compart- 
ments, also on the 5,000 K. V. A. Transformer 
Bank. The complete gang operated discon- 
necting switch mechanisms and disconnecting 
switches will be furnished and delivered by 
the Sanitary District under another contract. 


12,000 Volt Bus and Connections. 


(E21) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all bus bars, bus bar supports, fittings, 
eurrent and potential transformers and con- 
nections, for the construction of the 12,000 volt 
bus' bars and connections between 12,000 volt 
bus bars, disconnecting switches, oil circuit 
breakers, current and potential transformers. 


476 


The 12,000 volt bus bars shall consist of one 
(1) 2 by: 44 inch flat copper bus bar sup- 
ported on an approved type of bus bar sup- 
ports, mounted in concrete compartments as 
shown on the plans. The connection between 
the bus bars and disconnecting switches, oil 
circuit breakers and current transformers shall 
be one (1) 2 by 44-inch flat copper bar and be- 
tween the bus bars, disconnecting switches, 
limiting resistors and potential transformers 
shall be one (1) 1 by 14-inch flat copper bars. 


12,000 Volt Overload Relays. 


(E22). Each of the two (2) incoming and 
outgoing line oil circuit breakers shall be 
equipped with two (2) Westinghouse Electric 
and Manufacturing Company’s Type CO in- 
duction, single pole, circuit-closing, inverse- 
time-limit, shunt trip, overload relays for auto- 
matic operation. These relays to have ad- 
justable definite minimum time setting on short 
circults or excessive overloads and to be sup- 
plied with clear glass covers and an auxiliary 
contact for closing a bell alarm relay circuit. 
' The 1667 K. V. A. transformer bank oil cir- 
cuit breakers shall be equipped with two (2) 
Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing 
Company’s Type CO induction, single-pole, 
circuit-closing, inverse-time-limit, shunt trip, 
overload relays with 4 to 12-ampere coils. 
These relays are to have adjustable definite 
minimum time setting and to be supplied with 
elear glass covers and an auxiliary contact for 
closing a bell alarm relay circuit. 


477 


12,000 Volt Current and Potential Transformers 


(E23) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall two (2) twelve thousand (12,000) volt, 
approved type, potential transformers for 
operating meters and relays. The potential 
transformers shall have a ratio of 12,000 to 
100 volts and a capacity of 200 volt amperes 
and shall be supplied with current limiting 
resistors of proper capacity and of an approved 
make. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
the 12,000 volt bus compartments nine (9), 
four hundred (400) ampere, two (2) three 
hundred (300) ampere and two (2) one hun- 
dred and fifty (150) ampere, current trans- 
formers of an approved make. 


The primary leads on all current transform- 
ers shall be brought out on the same center 
line and not staggered. The secondary cur- 
rent of all current transformers shall be five 
(5) amperes. The current transformers are to 
be used in connection with the 12,000 volt re- 
lays, meters and instruments. 


The Contractor shall also furnish and install 
one (1) set of current balance coils of the | 
proper ratio for use in the secondary circuits 
of current transformers in connection with 
relay protection of the one (1) 12,000 to 6,600- 
volt power transformer bank. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install all 
secondary wiring from the current and 
potential transformers to the relays, trip coils, 
and metering instruments complete with termi- 
nal lugs on the ends of leads, to make con- 


478 


nections to the equipment. It will be unneces- 
sary for the Contractor to make the secondary 
connections to the current and potential trans- 
formers as the Sanitary District will make these 
connections after the Station Tests have been 
completed. 


All the above current and potential trans- 
formers shall be installed in the compartments 
as indicated on the plans. The relays shall be 
mounted on the relay switchboard panels 
which are located in Elev. +21. 


12,000 Volt Oil Circuit Breakers. 


(E24) The Contractor shall install the four 
(4) three pole, single throw, 15,000 volt, 400 
ampere, solenoid operated, Condit Electric 
Mfg. Co. Type D-17-A automatic, oil circuit 
breakers and all relays and furnish and install 
all wiring necessary for the operation of same. 
The oil circuit breakers will be furnished and 
delivered by the Sanitary District under an- 
other contract. 


12,000 Volt Incoming Lines and Feeders to 
Transformers. 


(E25) The Contractor shall furnish all ma- 
terial and labor, except as hereinafter speci- 
fied, required for the installation of the 12,000 
volt incoming lines and the feeds from the 
12,000 volt oil circuit breakers to the high ten- 
sion bus bars above the 1667 K. V. A. trans- 
formers and for the connections between said 
bus bars and the transformer terminals. 


The Sanitary District will build under an- 
other contract all the underground duct lines 


479 


outside of the buildings and will furnish and 
pull into the building up to the potheads in 
the 12,000 volt bus compartments, the 12,000 
volt incoming and outgoing line cables, but the 
Contractor shall make up the potheads, and 
connect the cables to the disconnecting switches 
in the compartments. The Contractor shall 
furnish and install a pothead and 314 inch con- 
duit from the 12,000 volt bus compartments to 
the under side of elevation +21.0 only. 


The feeders from the 12,000 volt oil cir- 
cuit breakers to the high tension bus above 
the 1667 K. V. A. transformers shall consist 
of No. 0000, three conductor, lead covered, 
varnished cambric cable. 


These feeders shall be installed in three 
and one-half (814) inch galvanized iron con- 
duit which shall extend from the 12,000 volt 
bus compartment to the under side of elevation 
ra, 0 and from another point under elevation 
+21.0 up into the H. T. Transformer Bank 
room as shown on the plans. A suitable pot- 
head shall be provided on the conduit in the 
12,000 volt bus compartment and in the H. T. 
Transformer Bank Room. 


1667 K. V. A. Transformer Connections. 


(E26) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material required and install the 12,- 
000 and 6,600 volt bus bars above the 166% 
K. V. A. transformers and all connections from 
same to the transformer terminals. 


The 12,000 volt bus and connections above 
the 1667 K.V.A, transformers shall be one (1) 
2x4 inch flat copper bus bar per phase 


480 


supported on approved bus supports. These 
bus supports shall be mounted on 3x3x14, inch 
angle irons as shown on the plans. 


The 6,600 volt bus and connections above the 
1667 K. V. A. transformers shall be one (1) 
—4xl4 inch flat copper bus bar per phase 
supports on approved bus supports. 


The bus supports shall be mounted on 3x3x1l4, 
inch angle irons as shown on the plans. 


All angle iron or channel iron framework 
which is required for the support of the bus 
bars and connections above the 1667 K. V. A. 
transformers, shall be of the sizes specified in 
the plans and shall be fabricated in the field 
to suit construction conditions and type of ap- 
paratus furnished. 


The 1667 K. V. A. Transformers shall be 
connected delta-delta with one (1) 1667 K. 
V. A. Transformer to be used as a spare. There 
shall be mounted above the 1667 K. V. A. 
transformers, three (3) banks of four (4) 
each, 600 ampere, 13,200 volts, single pole, 
double throw selector disconnecting switches 
which will be furnished by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract. The spare trans- 
former shall be connected so that it may be 
used on any phase of the transformer bus by 
throwing the proper selector disconnecting 
switches in the proper position. The selector 
bus used to accomplish this feature shall be 
two (2)—2xl4 inch flat copper bus bars for 
the primary connections and two (2)—4xl4 
inch flat copper bus bars for the secondary 
connections. These buses shall be supported 
on approved bus supports, which shall be 


481 


mounted on 8x3x1!4-inch angle irons as shown 
on the plans. - 


In addition to the furnishing and installing 
of the above mentioned material, the Con- 
tractor shall erect in place and install the 
1667 K. V. A. transformers with the exception 
of the oil connections, which will be installed 
under Item 32. The 1667 K. V. A. transform- 
ers will be furnished by the Sanitary District 
under another contract. 


6,600 Volt Feeders from Transfornee! 


(E27) The Contractor shall furnish all labor 
and material necessary and install the feeder 
from the 1667 K. V. A. transformers to 
the 6,600 volt bus bars in the 6,600 volt 
distribution bus compartments. These feeders 
shall consist of three (8) 750,000 circular mil, 
8,500 volt, single conductor, varnished cambric, 
lead covered cable from the transformer bank 
to the oil circuit breaker controlling the feeder. 
Each cable shall be installed in a three (38) 
inch brass conduit provided at.the transformer 
bank end with a suitable pothead approved 
by the Engineer. 


The brass conduit shall extend from the 
transformer buses, down the west wall of the 
transformer room to a point immediately under 
elevation +21., floor slab where it shall termi- 
nate. From this point the 750,000 C. M. feeder 
cables shall be run exposed, being supported 
on an approved type of cable hangers. The 
cables shall terminate at the current trans- 
formers under the 6,600 volt distribution com- 
partments in an approved type of single con- 


482 


ductor pothead. From. the current transform- 
ers to the disconnecting switches in the 6,600 
volt bus compartment, the Contractor shall 
furnish and install one ny 4 by \% inch flat 
copper bus bar. 


6,600 Volt Bus Compartments. 


(E28) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all bus bars, bus bar supports, current 
and potential transformers, fuses, fittings and 
connections necessary for the construction of 
the 6,600 volt distribution, auto-transformer, 
starting and running bus compartments. 


In addition, the Contractor: shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and install the 
125 K. W. M. G. set and Circulating Water 
Pump Motor auto transformers in the 6,600 
volt starting and running bus compart- 
ments and all the gang operated disconnecting 
switches in all 6,600 volt bus compartments. 
The auto transformers and gang operated dis- 
connecting switches will be furnished and de- 
livered by the Sanitary District under another 
contract. 


6,600 Volt Overload and Undervoltage Relays. 


(E29) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall on each Incoming Line, Group Bus Feeder, 
Pump, Blower, Motor Generator Set, Water 
Circulating Pump, Motor Feeders and the Auto 
Transformer Feeder, oil circuit breakers, two 
(2) Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing 
Company, Type CO induction single pole, cir- 
cuit-closing, inverse-time-limit, shunt trip, over 
load relays for automatic operation. These 


483 


overload relays shall have adjustable definite 
minimum time setting on short circuits or ex- 
cessive overloads, and shall be supplied with 
clear glass covers, an auxiliary contact for 
closing a bell alarm relay circuit and target in- 
dicator. — 


The Contractor shall furnish and install on 
each 1,500 and 300 K. V. A. Transformer bank 
feeder oil circuit breakers, two (2) Westing- 
house Electric and Manufacturing Company, 
Type CO, induction, single pole, circuit-clos- 
ing, inverse-time-limit, shunt trip over load 
relays with 4 to 12 ampere coils. These relays 
shall have adjustable definite minimum time 
setting and shall be supplied with clear glass 
covers, an auxiliary contact for closing a bell 
alarm relay circuit and target indicator. 


The relays for the 1667 K. V. A. Trans- 
former bank oil circuit breakers are specified in 
Section E22. 


On each pump, blower, motor generator set 
and water circulating pump motor, oil circuit 
breakers, the Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall one (1) Westinghouse Electric and Manu- 
facturing Company, Type C. V., induction, 
single pole, circuit-closing, shunt trip, inverse- 
time-limit, undervoltage relay for automatic 
operation. These undervoltage relays shall be 
supplied with clear glass covers, an auxiliary 
contact for closing a bell alarm relay circuit 
and target indicator. 


6,600 Volt Current and Potential Transformers. 


(E30) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall in the 6,600 volt Distribution Bus Com- 


A484 


partments four (4) Two Hundred (200) volt 
ampere, 6,600 to 100 volt approved type po- 
tential transformers for operating meters and 
relays. The potential transformers shall be 
supplied with current limiting resistors of 
proper capacity of an approved make. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
the 6,600 volt Running Bus Compartments fifty- 
eight (58) fifty (50) volt ampere, 6,600 volt, 
approved type, potential transformers for oper- 
ating meters and relays. The potential trans- 
formers shall have a ratio of 6,600 to 100 volts 
and a capacity of 50 volt amperes and shall 
be supplied complete with fuses of proper 
capacity. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
the 6,600 volt distribution, starting and run- 
ning bus compartments, the following current 
transformers, which shall be used in connection 
with the 6,600 volt relays, meters and instru- 
ments. 


Eight (8) Four Thousand (4,000) ampere. 
Four (4) Two Thousand (2,000) ampere. 
Eight (8) Twelve Hundred (1,200) ampere. 
Four (4) One Thousand (1,000) ampere. 
Three (3) Eight Hundred (800) ampere. 
Twenty (20) Four Hundred (400) ampere. 
Twelve (12) Three Hundred (300) ampere. 


Thirteen (13) Two Hundred and Fifty (250) 
ampere. 


485 


Twelve (12) One Hundred and Fifty (150) 
ampere. 


Twelve (12) Fifty (50) ampere. 
Fourteen (14) Forty (40) ampere. 


The primary leads on all current transform- 
ers shall be brought out on the same center 
line and not staggered. The secondary cur- 
rent of all current transformers shall be five 
(5) amperes. 


The Contractor shall also furnish and install 
four (4) sets of current balance coils of 
the proper ratio for use in the secondary 
circuits of the current transformers in connec- 
tion with relay protection of the two (2) 1,500 
K. V. A. and two (2) 800 K. V. A. Trans- 
former banks. 


All secondary wiring from the current and 
potential transformers to the relays, trip coils 
and metering instruments complete, shall be 
furnished and installed by the Contractor. The 
secondary leads shall be furnished complete 
with terminal lugs on each end of the con- 
ductors. It will be unnecessary for the Con- 
tractor to make the secondary connections to 
the current and potential transformers as the 
Sanitary District will make these after’ the 
Station Tests have been completed. 


All current and potential transformers shall 
be installed in the locations as indicated on the 
plans. The relays shall be mounted on the 
relay switchboard panels which are located on 
Elev. +21. 


486 


The current transformers which are located 
in the basement under Elev. +21., shall be of 
outdoor type or furnished with special moist- 
ureproof impregnation, as specified on the 
plans. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install all 
angle iron or strap iron mountings which are 
required to support the current transformers in 
the basement. 


6,600 Volt Oil Circuit Breakers. 


(E31) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and install, in the 
6,600 volt Distribution Bus Compartments, the 
twelve (12) Condit Electric Mfg. Company, 
Type F-11, 1,600 ampere, 6,600 volt, solenoid 
operated, automatic oil circuit breakers and 
relays. 


The Contractor shall also furnish all labor 
and material necessary and install, in the 6,600 
volt Starting, Running and Auto Transformer 
bus compartments, the fifty-two (52) Condit 
Electric Mfg. Company, Type D-12,600 am- 
pere, 6,600 volt, solenoid operated, automatic 
oil circuit breakers and relays. 


All the above mentioned 6,600 volt oil cir- 
cuit breakers and relays will be furnished and 
delivered by the Sanitary District except as 
hereinafter specified. 


- In addition to the installation of the oil cir- 
cuit breakers, the Contractor shall furnish, de- 
liver and install, seven (7) Condit Electric 
Mfg. Co., Type D-12, 6,600 volt, four (4) pole, 
single throw, oil circuit breakers which shall 


487 


have a continuous current carrying capacity of 
600 amperes and a capacity of 60,000 amperes 
for one second on short circuit. These oil cir- 
cuit breakers shall be equal in every respect to 
the D-12 breakers furnished by the Sanitary 
District under another contract. 


The Contractor shall also furnish all labor 
and material required and install the wiring 
necessary for the operation of the same. 


Distribution Bus and Connections. 


(E32) The 6,600 volt distribution bus bars 
shall consist of two (2) 4 by 14 inch flat copper 
bus bars per phase. The connections between 
the bus bars, disconnecting switches, oil circuit 
breakers and current transformers in each 
compartment shall be as follows, except as 
otherwise specified: 


Incoming feeders, two (2) 4 by 1 inch flat 
copper bus bars per phase. 


Group Bus and 5,000 K. V. A. Transformer 
Bank feeders, one (1) 4 by 14 inch flat cop- 
per bus bars per phase. 


The connections between the bus bars, dis- 
connecting switches, limiting resistors, and po- 
tential transformers shall be one (1) 1 by 4 
inch flat copper bus bars per phase. 


All the above mentioned bus bars shall be 
supported on approved bus supports in con- 
crete compartments, as shown on the plans. 


6,600 Volt Incoming Feeders. 


(E33) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material required and install the 


488 


6,600 volt incoming feeders, which shall con- 
sist of two (2) 4 by 4 inch flat copper bus 
bars supported on an approved type bus sup- 
port. Under this item the Contractor shall 
furnish and install all copper bars and bus 
supports for the 6,600 volt feeders, from the 
north wall of the electrical gallery on Elev. 
+8.0, to the bottom disconnecting switches in 
the 6,600 volt distribution bus compartments 
as shown on the plans. 


6,600 Volt Group Bus Feeders. 


(£34) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all bus bars, bus supports, asbestos lum- 
ber barriers, angle iron framework and other 
equipment necessary for the installation of the 
group bus feeders from the 6,600 volt distribu- 
tion bus to the 6,600 volt running bus compart- 
ments as shown on the plans. 


Each group bus feeder shall consist of one 
(1) 4 by ¥Y% inch flat copper bar per phase, 
supported on an approved type bus support. 
A one (1) inch alberene stone or equal bar- 
rier shall be installed between each phase. of 
the group bus feeder. The barriers shall be 
supported by means of two (2) 2 by 2 by 4 
inch angle irons which shall be securely fast- 
ened to the underside of Elev. +21., floor slab 
with 3% inch expansion bolts. 


6,600 Volt Feeders to Transformers. 


(E35) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all material and labor required for the 
installation of the feeders from the 6,600 volt 


489 


oil circuit breakers to the high tension bus bars 
above the 500 and 100 K. V. A. transformers 
and for the connections between said bus bars 
and the transformer terminal. 


Each feeder from the 6,600 volt oil circuit 
breakers to the high tension bus bars above the 
500 K. V. A. transformers shall consist of one 
(1) No. 0000, three conductor, lead covered, 
varnish cambric cable, installed in a 314 inch 
galvanized iron conduit only where shown on 
the plans and terminating at both ends in an 
approved type pothead. 


Each feeder from the 6,600 volt oil circuit 
breaker to the high tension bus bars above the 
100 K. V. A. transformers shall consist of one 
(1) No. 6 three conductor, lead covered, var- 
nish cambric cables, installed in a galvanized 
iron conduit terminating at both ends in an 
approved type pothead. 


Each feeder from the 6,600 volt oil circuit 
breaker to the pump and blower motor auto 
transformers shall consist of one (1) No. 00, 
three conductor, varnish cambric, lead covered 
cable, installed in a galvanized iron conduit 
terminating at each end at an approved type 
of pothead. 


Kach feeder from the 6,600 volt oil circuit 
breaker to the balance coil on the pump and 
blower motor auto transformer, shall consist of 
one (1) No. 00, three conductor, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered cable installed in a gal- 
vanized iron conduit terminating at each end 
at an approved type of pothead. 


490. 


6,600 Volt Starting and Running Bus and 
Connections. 


(E36) The 6,600 volt starting and running 
bus bars shall consist of one (1) 4 by \% inch 
flat copper bus bar per phase. 


The connections, per phase, between the bus 
bars, disconnecting switches, oil circuit breakers 
and current transformers shall be as follows, 
unless otherwise specified: 


2160 H. P. Blower Motors, two (2) 2 by 4 
inch flat copper bus bar. 


1650 H. P. Blower Motor, 1,000 and 700 H. 
P. Pump Motors, Circulating Water Pump 
Motors, 192 H. P. Motor Generator Set motor 
and 1500 and 3800 K. V. A. Transformer banks, 
one (1) 2 by 1 inch flat copper bus bar. 


Pump and Blower Motor Auto Transformers 
two (2) 2 by \% inch flat copper bus bars. 


The connections between the bus bars and 
potential transformers shall be three (3) num- 
ber 10 wires with 8500 volt insulation, run in 
suitable size iron conduit, as shown on the 
plans. 


The connections between the auto transform- 
ers and the starting or running oil circuit 
breakers, for the 125 K. W. M. G. set motors 
and the Circulating Water Pump Motors, shall 
be number 6 single conductor, wire with 8,500 
volt insulation. These connections shall be in- 
stalled in a suitable size iron conduit terminat- 
ing at an approved fitting, as shown on the 
plans. 


491 


All copper bar connections between each 
of the 6,600 volt starting and running bus com- 
partments shall be of the same size, as speci- 
fied in the preceding paragraphs of this Sec- 
tion E36. All copper bar connections shall be 
supported on approved: bus supports in con- 
crete compartments or under the floor slab, as 
shown on the plans. 


6,600 Volt Feeders to Motors. 


(E37) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material required and install the 
feeders from the current transformers, located 
under the 6,600 volt starting bus compartments 
to the pump and blower motors. 


Each feeder from the current transformers to 
the 700 and 1,000 horse-power pump motors 
and 1,650 horse-power blower motors shall 
consist of one (1) No. 0, three conductor, lead 
covered, varnish cambric cable. 


Each feeder from the current transformers to 
the 2160 horse-power blower motors shall con- 
sist of one (1) No. 00, three conductor, varnish 
cambric lead covered cable. 


Each feeder to the 125 K. W. motor gen- 
erator sets and Circulating Water Pump Motors 
shall consist of one (1) No. 6, three conductor, 
varnish cambric, lead covered cable. 


The feeder cables for the pump and blower 
motors shall be run exposed and supported on 
an approved type of cable racks, as shown 
on the plans. 


The motor generator set and circulating 
water pump motor feeders shall be installed 


492 


in a galvanized iron conduit which shall 
terminate at each end at an approved type of 
pothead. 


6,600 Volt Auto Transformer Bus and 
Connections. 


(E38) <All the connections between the 
6,600 volt oil circuit breakers, disconnecting 
switches and through connected bushings in 
the 6,600 volt auto transformer compartments 
shall consist of two (2) 2x14 inch flat copper 
bus bars per phase supported on approved bus 
supports. 


Where the connections from the 6,600 volt 
auto transformer compartments to the pump 
and blower motor auto transformer are shown 
passing through the 17-inch brick wall, the 
Contractor shall furnish and install through 
connected bushings of the type specified in Sec- 
tion E19. 


500 K. V. A. Transformer Connections. 


(E39) The Contractor shall furnish all labor 
and material required and install the 6,600 
and 440 volt bus bars above the 500 K. V. A. 
Transformers and all connections from same 
to the transformers. 


The 6,600 volt bus and connections above the 
500 K. V. A. transformers shall be one (1) 2 
by 14 inch flat copper bus bar per phase, sup- 
ported on approved bus supports. These bus 
supports shall be mounted on 3 by 3 by 14 inch 
angle irons, as shown on the plans. 


493 


The 440 volt bus above the 500 K. V. A. 
transformers shall be three (3) 4 by 1% inch 
flat copper bus bars per phase, supported on 
approved bus supports. The bus supports shall 
be mounted on 3 by 3 by | inch angle irons, 
as shown on the plans. The connections be- 
tween the 440 volt bus bars above the trans- 
formers and the secondary terminals on the 
transformers shall be one (1) 4 by | inch flat 
copper bar. 


All angle iron and channel iron framework 
which is required for the support of the bus 
bars and connections above the 500 K. V. A. 
transformers shall be of the sizes specified on 
the plans and shall be fabricated in the field 
to suit construction conditions and type of 
apparatus furnished. 


In addition to furnishing and installing the 
above mentioned material the Contractor shall 
also erect in place the 500 K. V. A. Trans- 
formers which will be furnished and delivered 
by the Sanitary District. 


440 Volt Feeders From Transformers. 


(E40) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and _ install 
the feeders from the 440 volt bus bars 
above the 500 K. V. A. transformers to the 
440 volt bus bars in the 440 volt bus compart- 
ments. These feeders shall consist of three 
(8) 4 by % inch flat copper bus bars per 
phase, supported on approved bus supports 
and located, as shown on the plans. 


494 


440 Volt Steel Bus Structure. 


(#41) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect all structural steel framework for sup- 
porting the 440 volt, oil circuit breakers, dis- 
connecting switches, current and _ potential 
transformers, and buses as shown on the plans. 
This structure is to be composed of the various 
sections and weight of sections as shown on the 
plans. One-half (14) inch rivets and bolts are 
to be used throughout unless otherwise speci- 
fied. 


All dimensions shown on the detailed plans 
of the structure shall be checked by the Con- 
tractor as the dimensions shown on the plans 
may not correspond to the dimensions required 
for the equipment or apparatus furnished by 
the Contractor. Any dimensions found to be 
incorrect for said equipment or apparatus shall 
be changed accordingly, and the structure and 
equipment or apparatus properly built and 
installed by the Contractor, without additional 
expense to the Sanitary District. 


The vertical supports shall be securely 
fastened in the floor, as shown on the plans. 
The upper end of the verticals shall be sup- 
ported by means of angle iron braces which 
shall extend from the verticals to the east wall 
of the 440 volt bus room. The angle iron 
braces shall be securely fastened to the wall as 
shown on the plans. All conduits extending 
6’-0” or more above the floor shall be securely 
fastened to the angle iron frame work. 


Each oil circuit breaker shall be enclosed in 
a one (1) inch asbestos lumber barrier com- 
partment. The asbestos lumber barriers shall 


495 


be drilled and cut in field so that drilling for 
fastening will be in the proper place and bar- 
riers can be cut to accommodate conditions of 
the angle iron frame work. Where connections 
to oil circuit breakers pass through the top 
barrier, an approved type of bushing shall be 
used. After installing connections through the 
bushings, the bushings shall then be filled with 
oakum compound and the connection taped 
over the bushing. The bushing holes through 
the top asbestos lumber slab shall be drilled 
in the field and shall be cut accurately and in 
a neat and workmanlike manner. The Engineer 
shall have the right to reject any broken bar- 
riers. Doors for the compartments shall be 
equal to those specified in Section E18 and 
shall be hung on a 144 by 114 by 3-16 inch 
angle iron which shall be securely fastened to 
the angle iron verticals. 


The asbestos lumber barriers shall be fas- 
tened to the angle iron frame with 14 inch 
brass R.H. bolts. A metal washer shall be in- 
serted between the head of the bolt and the 
asbestos lumber. 


440 Volt Buses and Connections. 


(E41A) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install the 440 volt buses, oil circuit breakers, 
fuses, current and potential transformers, and 
other equipment used on 440 volt circuits and 
all connections of said equipment and buses. 
In addition the Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material required and install the gang 
operated disconnecting switches which will be 
furnished and delivered by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract. All of these 


496 


buses and the equipment: mentioned ‘are to be 
mounted on an angle iron framework located 
on Elev. +40. 


The oil circuit breakers, current and poten- 
tial transformers, overload relays shall be as 
hereinafter specified. : 


Each phase of the 440 volt bus shall consist 
of three 4 by 4 inch flat copper bus bars, sup- 
ported on approved bus supports. All connec- 
tions between the bus bars and disconnecting 
switches, instrument transformers and oil cir- 
cuit breakers shall consist of the following sizes 
for the various circuits: : 


Connections for the 1500 K. V. A. trans- 
former banks, three 4 by 14 inch flat copper 
bus bars per phase. 


_. Connections for the Sludge Pumping Station, 
Service Building, Grit Chamber and Pipe Gal- 
lery Feeders, One (1) 2 by 4 inch flat copper 
bus bar per phase. 


Connections for the pump and blower house 
feeders, two (2) 2 by inch flat copper bus 
bars per phase. 


440 Volt Overload Relays. 


(E42) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall on all 440 volt feeder oil circuit breakers, 
except the 1500 K. V. A. transformer bank 
feeder oil circuit breakers, two (2) Westing- 
house Electric and Manufacturing Company, 
Type CO, induction, single pole, circuit-closing, 
shunt trip, inverse-time-limit, over load relays 
for automatic operation. These overload relays 
shall have adjustable definite minimum time 


497 


setting on short circuits or excessive overloads 
and shall be supplied with clear glass covers, 
an auxiliary contact for closing a bell alarm cir- 
cuit and target indicator. 


-° The relays for the 1500 K. V. A. trans- 
former bank oil circuit breakers are specified 
in Section E29. 


440 Volt Current and Potential Transformers. 


(E43) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall in the 440 volt bus compartments, six- 
teen (16) fifty (50) volt ampere, 440 to 100 
volt approved type potential transformers 
for operating meters and relays. The potential 
transformers shall be supplied complete with 
fuses of proper capacity. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
the 440 volt bus compartments, the following 
current transformers, which shall be used in 
connection with the 440 volt relays, meters and 
instruments. 


Six (6) Four Thousand (4,000) ampere. 
Four (4) Two Thousand (2,000) ampere. 
Four (4) Fifteen Hundred (1,500) ampere. 
Twelve (12) Six Hundred (600) ampere. 
Twelve (12) Five Hundred (500) ampere. 
The primary leads on all current transform- 
ers Shall be brought out in the same center line 
and not staggered. The secondary current on 


all current transformers shall be five (5) 
amperes. 


498 


_ All secondary wiring from the current and 
potential transformers to the relays, trip coils 
and metering instruments complete, shall be 
furnished and installed by the Contractor. The 
secondary leads shall be furnished complete 
with terminal lugs on each end of the con- 
ductor. It will be unnecessary for the Con- 
tractor to make the secondary connections to 
the current or potential transformers as the 
Sanitary District will make these connections 
after the Station Tests have been completed. 

All the current and potential transformers 
shall be installed in the locations indicated on 
the plans. The relays shall be mounted on the 
relay switchboard panels, which are located on 
Elev. +21. 


440 Volt Oil Circuit Breakers. 


(E44) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall ten (10) approved type, electrically oper- 
ated, oil circuit breakers, in the 440 volt bus 
compartments, for the control of the eight out- 
going feeders and the low tension side of the 
two (2) 1500 K. V. A. Transformer Banks. 
The oil circuit breakers shall be furnished com- 
plete with all bolts and fittings for UHRA EE 
as shown on the plans. 


Type. 


(E45) The oil circuit breakers shall be of 
the three-pole, double-break, single-throw, sole- 
noid operated, automatic, gravity opening, 
separate tank per pole type of construction, 
designed for operation on 440 volt, 60 cycle 
circuits. They shall be of a design that will 
permit mounting in compartments as shown on 


499 


the plans with the solenoids and operating 
mechanism: mounted on the steel structure. 


Capacity. 


(E46) The outgoing feeder oil circuit 
breakers shall have.a continuous current carry- 
ing capacity of not less than 400 and 800 
amperes, respectively .as noted on the plans, 
and an ultimate instantaneous rupturing capa- 
city of not less than 3500 amperes at 440 
volts.. The 1500 K. V. A. transformer bank 
switches shall have a continuous current car- 
rying capacity of not less than 2500 amperes 
and an ultimate instantaneous rupturing capac- 
ity of not less than 35,000 amperes at 440 
volts. 


Contacts. 


(E47) The main contacts must be designed 
to carry the rated current continuously and to 
extinguish the arc on opening or closing of the 
switch without damage to any part of the 
switch under ‘any and all conditions which may 
arise. The contacts and all connections which 
may be subjected to high potentials must be 
entirely submerged in oil. 


Operating Mechanism. 


(E48) The operating mechanism must be 
of a rugged construction, with a minimum num- 
ber of parts. -All moving parts shall be care- 
fully designed and fitted to insure accuracy 
and. reliability of operation. The operating 
solenoids shall be wound for direct current at 
a potential of 125 volts and must operate satis- 


500 


factorily within twenty (20) per cent above or 
thirty (30) per cent below this voltage. 


All poles of the switch shall be mechanically 
connected and operated by one solenoid. 


Leads. 


(H49) The leads of the switch shall be 
brought out at the top of the switch through 
porcelain or other insulating bushings and shall 
consist of copper or brass rods of proper sizes 
terminated at the upper end with copper or 
brass unions for making connections. Porce- 
lain or other insulating sleeves shall be pro- 
vided for covering the terminals. The leads 
must be insulated in a manner to prevent 
syphoning of oil from the tanks and must be 
securely connected to the contacts of the switch 
below the oil level. | 


Oil Tanks. 


(E50) The oil tanks shall be constructed 
of heavy sheet metal lined with a suitable in- 
sulating material. All seams shall be double 
lapped and riveted or welded to insure against 
leakage. Any leaky tanks must be replaced 
on demand without cost to the Sanitary Dis- 
trict. The tanks shall be supported from the 
switch frame and shall be readily removable 
for inspection and repairs. Each tank shall be 
provided with an oil gauge to show ‘the level 
of the oil in the tank and marked to show the 
proper level at which the oil should be main- 
tained. 


501 


Oil. 


(E51) Sufficient oil shall be furnished by 
the Contractor to fill the ten (10) 440 volt 
and two (2) 110 volt oil circuit breakers. 
This oil shall have an ignition or flash point of 
not less than one hundred and eighty-five 
(185) degrees Centigrade, must be free from 
moisture and have an insulating value sufficient 
to withstand a potential of forty thousand (40,- 
000) volts when tested between one (1) inch 
disks two-tenths (2-10) inch apart. The oil 
shall be fluid at a temperature above minus 
ten (—10) degrees Centigrade. 


Protective Relays. 


(E52) Each oil circuit breaker shall be 
equipped with one control relay panel having 
mounted thereon a single pole, circuit closing, 
control relay for closing the circuit through the 
closing solenoid of the oil circuit breaker and 
a trip free relay with release coil to prevent 
holding the oil circuit breaker closed on ex- 
cessive overload or short circuit. 


Each oil circuit breaker shall be equipped 
with auxiliary switches for closing circuits to 
lights for indicating open or closed position of 
the oil circuit breaker. 


110 Volt Bus Compartments. 


(E53) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the structural steel framework for sup- 
porting the 110 volt oil circuit breakers, dis- 
connecting switches, current transformers, bus 
bars, bus bar supports, fittings, and other 
equipment. 


502 


The structural steel shall be composed of 
the various sections and weights of sections as 
shown on the plans. One-half (14) inch rivets 
or bolts shall be used throughout unless other- 
wise specified. 


The vertical supports shall be securely fas- 
tened in the floor as shown on the plans. The 
upper ends of the verticals shall be supported 
by means of angle iron braces which shall ex- 
tend from the verticals to the north wall of 
the 300 K. V. A. Transformer Bank Room. The 
angle iron braces shall be securely fastened to 
the wall as shown on the plans. 


All dimensions shown on the detailed plans 
shall be checked by the Contractor as the 
dimensions shown on the plans may not corre- 
spond to the dimensions required for the equip- 
ment or apparatus furnished by the Contrac- 
tor. Any dimensions found to be incorrect 
for said equipment or apparatus shall be 
changed accordingly and the structures and 
equipment or apparatus properly built and in- 
stalled by the Contractor without additional 
expense to the Sanitary District. 


110 Volt Buses and Connections. 


(E54) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the 110 volt bus bars, oil circuit breakers, 
current transformers and other equipment used 
on the 110 volt circuits and for all connections 
to said equipment and buses. In addition the 
Contractor shall furnish all labor and material 
required and install the gang operated discon- 
necting switches which will be furnished and 
delivered by the Sanitary District under an- 


503 


other contract. All of the bus bars and the 
equipment mentioned are to be mounted on an 
angle iron frame work located on Elev. +40. 
The oil circuit breakers, current transformers, 
overload relays, etce., shall be as hereinafter 
specified. 


Each phase of the 110 volt bus shall consist 
of two (2) 4 by 1% inch flat copper bus bars 
supported on approved bus supports. 


All connections between the 110 volt bus 
bars, disconnecting switches, current trans- 
formers and oil circuit breakers shall be two 
(2) 4 by 14 inch flat copper bus bars per phase. 


The feeders from the 140 volt bus bars 
above the 100 K. V. A. transformers to the 110 
volt oil circuit breakers and the feeders from 
the 110 volt oil circuit breakers to the lighting 
switchboard panels, which are located directly 
west of the 110 volt bus compartments, shall be 
two (2) 4 by % inch flat copper bus bars per 
phase supported on approved bus supports. 


All 110 volt feeder bus bars shall be located 
and supported as shown on the plans. — 


The Contractor. shall furnish all material 
and labor necessary to tape all 110 volt bus 
bars as specified in Section E94. 


110 Volt Overload Relays. 


(E55) The 110 volt overload relays for the 
300 K. V. A. Transformers Bank oil circuit 
breakers are specified in Section E29. 


504 


110 Volt Current Transformers. 


(E56) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall in the 110 volt bus compartments the fol- 
lowing current transformers which shall be 
used in connection with the 110 volt meters 
and relays: 


Six (6) Three Thousand (3000) ampere. 


The primary leads of all current transformers 
shall be brought out on the same center line 
and not staggered. The secondary current of 
all current transformers shall be five (5) am- 
peres. 


For secondary wiring and location of current 
transformers and locations of relays, see Sec- 
tion E43. 


110 Volt Oil Circuit Breakers. 


(E57) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall two (2) approved type electrically operat- 
ed oil circuit breakers in the 110 volt bus com- 
partments for the control of the low tension 
side of the 300 K. V. A. transformer banks. 
The oil circuit breakers shall be furnished com- 
plete with all bolts and fittings for mounting, 
as shown on the plans. 


Type. 


(E58) The oil circuit breakers shall be of 
the three pole, double break, single throw, 
solenoid operated, automatic, gravity opening, 
separate tank per pole type of construction, de- 
signed for operation on 110 volt, 60 cycle cir- 
cuits. 


505 


They shall be of a design that will permit 
mounting in compartments as shown on the 
plans, with the solenoids and operating me- 
chanism mounted on the floor of the bus com- 
partment. 


Capacity. 


(E59) The oil circuit breakers shall have a 
continuous current carrying capacity of not less 
than 2000 amperes and an ultimate instan- 
taneous rupturing capacity of not less than 60,- 
000 amperes at 110 volts. 


For Contacts, operating mechanism, leads, 
oil tanks, oil, protective relays. 


See Sections E47 to E52, inclusive. 


100 K. V. A. Transformer Connections. 


(E60) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and install the 
6600 and 110 volt bus bars above the 100 
K. V. A. transformers and all connections 
from same to the transformers. 


The 6600 volt bus bars and connections 
above the 100 K. V. A. transformers shall be 
one (1) 2 by 14 inch flat copper bus bar per 
phase supported on approved bus supports. 
These bus supports shall be mounted on 2 by 
2 by 14 inch angle irons, as shown on the plans. 

The 110 volt bus bars and connections above 
the 100 K. V. A. transformers shall be two (2) 
4 by 1% inch flat copper bus bars per phase 
supported on approved bus supports. The bus 
supports shall be mounted on 2 by 2 by 4 
inch angle irons, as shown on the plans. All 
angle iron and channel iron framework which 


506 


is required for the support of the bus bars and 
connections above the 100 K. V. A. transformer 
shall be of the sizes specified on the plans and 
shall be fabricated in the field to suit con- 
struction conditions and type of apparatus fur- 
nished. 


100 K. V. A. Transformers. 


(E61) The Contractor shall furnish and 
erect in place six (6) one hundred (100) 
K. V. A. sixty (60) cycle, single phase, oil insu- 
lated, self cooled, indoor type transformers, 
as hereinafter specified. These transformers 
will be used to step down from 6600 volts to 
110 volts. The high tension winding shall be de- 
signed for a nominal rated voltage of 6600 
volts and shall have full capacity taps at 6,270, 
6,113, and 5,940 volts. The low tension wind- 
ings shall be designed for a rated voltage of 
110 volts. The transformers are to be con- 
nected delta on both primary and secondary 
windings. Each transformer shall be pro- 
vided with an oil gauge, drain cock and suit- 
able provision for connecting to a filter press. 
Suitable means shall be provided for eliminat- 
ing moisture in the air inside of the transformer 
case. The make of transformer to be furnished 
shall be approved by the Engineer. 


Pump & Blower Motor Auto Transformers. 


(E62) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material necessary and erect in place 
the auto transformers and balance coils used 
for starting the pump and blower motors. 


507 


These auto transformers and balance coils will 
be furnished and. delivered by the Sanitary 
District under another contract. | 


Auto Transformers and Balance Coil 
Connections. 


(E63) The Contractor shall furnish all 
labor and material required and install the bus 
bars and connections above the auto transform- 
ers and the connections from the auto trans- 
formers to the balance coils, tap and “Y’’, oil 
circuit breakers. 


The six (6) bus bars and connections above 
each auto transformer shall consist of one (1) 
2 by 14 inch flat copper bus bar per phase 
supported on approved bus supports, which 
shall be mounted on angle irons as shown on 
the plans. 


The connections from the terminals on the 
auto transformer to the balance coils, tap and 
“Y” oil circuit breakers shall consist of three 
(3) number 00, single conductor, varnished 
cambric, lead covered cable, installed in gal- 
vanized iron conduit which shall terminate at 
an approved type of pothead as shown on the 
plans. 


All angle or channel iron framework which 
is required for the support of the bus bars and 
connections above the auto transformers shall 
be of the sizes specified on the plans and shall 
be fabricated in the field, to suit construction 
conditions and type of apparatus furnished. 


508 
SWITCHBOARD. 


General. 


(E64) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the control bench and meter, relay, field 
switch, battery charging set and lighting panels 
complete with meters and control equipment 
and relays, as hereinafter specified. The con- 
trol bench and meter panels shall control and 
contain the metering equipment for the follow- 
ing apparatus and circuits: 


Three (3) 1650 and Four (4) 2160 horse- 
power synchronous motors for driving the 
blowers. 


Three (3) 700 and two (2) 1000 horsepower 
synchronous motors for driving the centrifugal 
pumps. 


One (4) 5000 K. V. A. 12000/6600 volt 
Transformer Bank. 


Two (2) 1500 K. V. A. 6600/440 volt 
Transformer Bank. 


Two (2) 6600 volt Incoming Lines. 

Three (3) 6600 volt Group Bus Feeders, 
Two (2) 12000 volt Incoming Lines. 

Hight (8) 440 Volt Feeders. 

Four (4) Circulating Water Pump Motors. 
Three (3) 125 K.W. Motor Generator Sets. 
One (1) 300 K. V. A. Transformer Bank. 
One (1) storage battery. 


One (1) station auxiliaries. 


509 


The relay panels shall contain all relays for 
the circuits as specified in the preceding para- 
graph. 


The field switch panels shall contain all the 
field and generator switches for the following 
motors and generators: 


Three (3) 1650 and four (4) 2160 horse- 
power synchronous motors for driving the 
blowers. 


Three (3) 700 and two (2) 1000 horse- 
power synchronous motors for driving the cen- 
trifugal pumps. 


Three (3) 125 K. W. Motor Generator set 
Motors. 


Three (83) 125 K.W. Motor Generator set 
Generators. 


Switchboard. 


(E65) ‘To insure uniformity of appearance 
and safety and simplicity in construction and 
operation, it is required, that the company 
which manufactures the Unit Interlock Control 
equipment shall also furnish the. complete 
switchboard. 


A complete set of plans, showing all meter- 
ing control equipment as well as the design of 
the switchboard shall be submitted to the En- 
gineer for approval before manufacture. 


The main switchboard, which shall consist 
of a control bench and meter panels, shall be 
of the circular design. The curvature of the 
arc shall be designed on a radius of forty-six 


510 


(46) feet from a fixed point to the front face of 
the control bench, as shown on the plans. 


The front panel of the control bench shall 
be twenty-four (24) inches wide. The height 
of the control bench shall not exceed thirty- 
four (84) inches in the front and forty-four 
(44) inches in the rear. The angle of the 
slope of the top panel, of the bench, shall be 
determined by the Contractor, and the panel 
shall overhang the front face of the front and 
rear panels not less than 1144 inches. The 
angle iron uprights, supporting the bench, shall 
be twenty-nine (29) inches from face to face of 
angles, as shown on the plans. 


The meter panels shall be located forty-two 
(42) inches behind the rear edge of the top 
panel of the control bench and shall consist of 
forty-eight (48) inch, panels, mounted forty- 
two (42) inches above the finished floor. The 
width of the meter panels shall be determined 
by the Contractor. 


Panels. 


(E66) The top, end and front panels on the 
control bench as well as all meter, field switch, 
relays and lighting panels shall be genuine 
black Monson slate, or equal rubbed to a 
smooth finish and of a _ thickness. deter- 
mined by the Engineer. The panels shall 
have a 14 inch bevel on all front edges and shall 
be of the sizes specified or as determined 
by the Contractor. The top panels on 
the seven (7) blower and five (5) pump 
motor control benches shall be split in the 
center, as shown on the plans, to accommodate 
the motor control equipment which shall be 


511 


hereinafter described. In addition to the 
forty-eight (48) inch meter panel, the Con- 
tractor shall furnish and install for each 6600 
volt Incoming Line, Pump and Blower motor 
and 5000 K. V. A. transformer bank H. T., 
an eighteen (18) inch genuine Monson slate or 
equal panel which shall be located twenty- 
four (24) inches above the finished floor. 


The motor field switch panels shall be six- 
teen (16) by forty-two (42) inches. 


The generator panels for the motor genera- 
tor sets shall be thirty-six (36) by seventy-two 
(72) inches. 


The relay panels shall be twenty (20) by 
forty-eight (48) inches. 


The lighting panels shall consist of four (4) 
panels forty-eight (48) inches high and twen- 
ty-four (24) inches wide. | 


The battery charging set panels shall con- 
sist of four (4) panels forty-five (45) inches 
high and twenty (20) inches wide. 


All holes in panels shall be drilled straight 
and clean by counter boring from both sides. 
Any sections showing chipping or cracking 
around the holes may be rejected. All holes 
shall be perpendicular to the face of the 
panel and shall be of proper size for the bolt, 
stud or wire passing through same. 


Each section shall be secured to the frame 
by means of one-half (14) inch finished hex- 
agonal head bolts. A finished beveled metal 
washer shall be inserted between the face of 
the panel and the head of the bolt and a rub- 
ber washer shall be placed between the nut 


512 


and the back of the panel. Ali bolts and wash- 
ers shall have a dead black finish. 


Frame. 


(E67) The frame work for supporting the 
control bench, pump and blower motor, field 
switch and motor generator set motor field 
switch panels, shall be 114x214, inch angle 
irons and the frame work for supporting the 
meter, relay, lighting, battery charging set and 
motor generator set generator panels shall 
be 2x3x!4, inch angle irons. The vertical sup- 
ports for the bench and all panels shall be in- 
stalled in the holes which have been provided 
in the floor slabs. After installing the vertical 
supports the Contractor shall grout around 
these members in a neat and workmanlike 
manner, making a rigid and permanent in- 
stallation. The top of the vertical members 
for the field switch, relay, lighting, battery 
charging set and D. C. panels, shall be sup- 
ported to the walls as shown on the plans. 
One-half (14) inch hexagonal head bolts shall 
be used for fastening the switchboard and 
panel frame work together. 


On the rear of each control bench the Con- 
tractor shall furnish and install a 14 inch mesh, 
basket weave, grill door, of correct size, the 
design of same being subject to the approval of 
the Engineer. The doors shall be furnished 
complete with hinges and latches. 


Equipment on Panels. 


(E68) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall on the switchboards all equipment as 
listed below. All equipment shall be the best 


513 


of its respective ‘kinds and subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. 


The Contractor shall deliver and after 
calibration, install as hereinafter specified, 
without additional expense to the Sanitary 
District, all of the meters to be furnished under 
this Item 89 as listed below, to the Engineer 
at the Sanitary District’s Terminal Station at 
31st and Western Ave. The Sanitary District 
will at its own expense, test and calibrate all 
of these meters and return them to the Con- 
tractor at the North Side Sewage Treatment 
Works Site. 


Two (2) 6600 Volt Incoming Line Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON THE CONTROL BENCH 


Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three (3) way ammeter switches. 


Two (2) push buttons for resetting lockout 
relays. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANELS 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 60 
cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-2000 amperes, for 
use with 2000 to 5 ampere current transform- 
ers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 


514 


0-25000 for use with 2000 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


One (1) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, rear connected, A.C. Watthour meter, 
calibrated for use with 2000 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


One (1) General Electric Co., P.S. 3, type, 
printometer to operate in conjunction with the 
Watthour meters and D.C. operating bus. 


One (1) printometer clock. 


One (1) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
or equal type R. A. Kilovolt ampere hour 
meter. : 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, three (8) phase, three (3) wire, 
power factor meter, scale 60-100-60. 


Three (8) current test links. 
Three (3) potential test links. 


Two (2) 6600 Volt Group Bus Feeder Panels. 
EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 


Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three (3) way ammeter switches. 


Two (2) push buttons for resetting lockout 
relays. ) 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


515 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeters, scale 0-1200 amperes, 
for use with 1200 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. : 


‘ Six (6) current test links. 


One (1) 6600 Volt Group Bus Feeder Panel. 
- EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 


Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three way ammeter switches. 


Two (2) push buttons for resetting lockout 
relays.., 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle A. C. ammeters, scale 0-1000 amperes, 
for use with 1000 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


Six (6) current test links. 
One (1) 5000 K. V. A. Transformer Bank, 
High Tension Side Panel. 
EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) oil circuit breaker control switch. 


One (1) red signal lamp, flush type. 


516 


One (1) green signal lamp, flush type. 
Waites (1) three (3) way ammeter switch. 
One (1) voltmeter switch. 

One (1) white signal light, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1): push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


One (1) push button for disconnecting tem- 
perature alarm bell. 


One (1) push button for resetting tempera- 
ture alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANELS 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-400 amperes, 
for use with 400 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
6000—0—6000 for use with 400 to 5 ampere 
current transformers and 12000 to 100 volt 
potential transformers. 


Two (2) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, rear connected, A. C. watthour meters, 
calibrated for use with 400 to 5 current trans- 
formers and 12000 to 100 volt potential trans- 
formers. These watthour meters shall be 
furnished with a ratchet device for indicating 
in one direction only, one incoming and one 
outgoing. 


517 


Two (2) General Electric Co., P.S.-3 type, 
printometer to operate in conjunction with the 
watthour meters and D.C. control bus. 


One (1) printometer clock. 


One (1) round protruding type, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, A.C. voltmeter, scale 0-15000 volts, for 
use with 12000 to 100 volt potential trans- 
formers. 


Three (8) current test links. 
Three (3) potential test links. 


One (1) 110 volt D.C. six (6) inch alarm bell 
for use with the temperature alarm relay. 


One (1) 5000 K. V. A. Transformer Bank— 


Low Tension Side Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON BENCH 
Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) voltmeter switches. 


One (1) double throw switch for 6600 volt 
bus selection for synchronizing. 


One (1) synchronizing switch. 


Two (2) push buttons for resetting lockout 
relays. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


518 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, synchroscope. 


Two (2) white synchronizing lamps. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 100 volt, 
60 cycle, A.C. voltmeters, scale 0-7500 volts for 
use with 6600 to 100 volt potential trans- 
formers. 


Nine (9) potential test links. 


Two (2) 1500 K. V. A. Transformer Bank 
Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 


Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
One (1) three way ammeter switch. 


Two (2) voltmeter switches. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-3000 for use with 250 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


519 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-250 amperes 
for use with 250 to 5 current transformers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 100 volt, 
60 cycle, A. C. voltmeter, scale 0-7500 volts, for 
use with 6600 to 100 volt potential transform- 
ers. 


Three (3) current test links. 


Three (3) potential test links. 


One (1) 12000 Volt Incoming and Outgoing 
Line Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 


Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three (3) way ammeter switches. 


Two (2) push buttons for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A. C. ammeter, scale 0-300 amperes, 
for use with 300 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-150 amperes 


520 


for use with 150 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
6000-0-6000, for use with 300 to 5 ampere 
current transformers and 12000 to 100 volt 
potential transformers. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-3000 for use with 150 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 12000 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


Six (6) current test links. 


Six (6) potential test links. 


Three (3) 125 K. W. Motor Generator Set 


Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Five (5) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Five (5) green signal lamps, flush type. 
One (1) three (3) way ammeter switch. 
One (1) motor field rheostat control switch. 
One (1) motor field switch control. 


One (1) generator positive circuit breaker 
control switch. 


One (1) generator negative and equalizer 
circuit breaker control switch. 


One (1) generator field rheostat control 
switch. 


521 


Two (2) ' white signal lamps, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relays. 


One (1) push button for resetting circuit 
breaker bell alarm relays. 
EQUIPMENT ON METER PANELS. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, three (8) phase, three (3) wire, 
power factor meter, scale 60-100-60. 


One (1) round protruding type, D.C. Volt- 
meter, scale 0-150. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter scale 0-40 for use with 
40 to 5 ampere current transformers. 


One (1) round protruding type, D.C. am- 
meter, scale 0-25 amperes. 


One (1) 25 ampere shunt. 
Three (8) current test links. 
Three (8) potential test links. 


Two (2) Circulating Water Pump Motor 
Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH. 
Four (4) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Four (4) red signal lamps, flush type. 
Four (4) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three (3) way ammeter switches. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


522 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeters, scale 0-40 amperes, 
for use with 40 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


Six (6) current test links. 


Three (3) 440 Volt Feeder Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Two (2) three (83) way ammeter switches. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeters, scale 0-500 amperes, 
for use with 500 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-500, for use with 500 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 440 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


523 


Six (6) current test links. 


Six (6) potential test links. 


One (1) 440 Volt Feeder Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
Two (2) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Two (2) red signal lamps, flush type. 

Two (2) green signal lamps, flush type. 


Two (2) three (8) way ammeter switches. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeters, scale 0-1500, for use 
with 1500 to 5 ampere current transformers. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeters, scale 
0-1200, for use with 1500 to 5 ampere cur- 
rent transformers, and 440 to 100 volt poten- 
tial transformers. 


Six (6) current test links. 


Six (6) potential test links. 


Twelve (12) Pump and Blower Motor Panels. 


The Contractor shall furnish and _ install 
thirteen (18) “Unit Interlock Controls,” 
twelve (12) of which shall be installed on the 
control bench and one to be used as a spare. 


524 


The spare unit shall be delivered to the Engi- 
neer in a suitable crate or case. 


Each one of the twelve (12) Unit Interlock 
Controls shall control its respective pump and 
blower motor and shall consist of a master 
switch, auto transformer selector key, emer- 
gency release key, oil circuit breaker control 
keys, and standard forty-eight (48) volt, di- 
rect current, automatic relays, selector switches, 
and other equipment, which shall be mounted 
in a portable steel case with a slate or equal 
panel. 


The case in which the relays and switches 
are to be mounted shall be _ constructed 
of an approved grade of sheet steel and 
shall be permanently bolted to a genuine 
Monson slate or equal panel of a _ thick- 
ness to be determined by the Engineer on 
which shall be mounted a master switch, 
auto transformer selector, emergency release 
and oil circuit breaker control keys and all 
indicating lights. The case and slate panel 
shall be mounted: in an approved location 
in the top of the control bench and _ shall 
be of ample size to support all the equipment 
which is to be mounted thereon. The entire 
case and panel shall be designed so that it 
can be easily inserted or removed from the 
top of the control bench. A disconnecting jack 
shall be mounted on the case, as hereinafter 
specified, so that the permanent control wir- 
ing will not be disturbed in any way when 
removing or inserting a unit in the control 
bench. 


In each Unit Interlock Control case there 
shall be mounted the following Westinghouse 


525 


Electric and Mfg. Company, or equal, equip- 
ment: 


Kight (8) Type, FTIMB—48 volt relays. 
Two (2) Type, FT4M—48 volt relays. 
Two (2) Type, FT2M—48 volt relays. 
Four (4) Type, FT1M—48 volt relays. 
Two (2) Type, F18M—48 volt relays. 
One (1) Type, SRIM—48 volt relay. 
One (1) Type, SRIB—48 volt relay. 
One (1) Type, WT—48 volt relay. 

One (1) Type, F6M—48 volt relay. 
One (1) Type, FT2M1B—48 volt relay. 
One (1) Type, SS25, selector switch. 
Seven (7) Type, IK, Control keys. 

One (1) Type MK, key. 

One (1) Type SK, key. 

Five (5) Type TLR, indicating lamps. 
Five (5) Type TLG, indicating lamps. 
Three (3) Type SLR, indicating lamps. 
Three (3) Type SLG, indicating lamps. 
Two (2) Type TLW, indicating lamps. 
One (1) Type TJ24, disconnecting jack. 
One (1) Type RK, key. 

Mounted on the panel shall be the red and 


green indicating lamps, to indicate the opera- 
tion of the five (5) auto transformer oil cir- 


526 


cuit breakers; red and green indicating lamps, 
to indicate the operation of the motor starting, 
field and running circuit breakers, and white, 
indicating lamps to indicate which of the two 
(2) auto transformers has been selected for 
starting the motor. All indicating lamps shall 
be provided with jewel lenses. 


The oil circuit breaker control keys, which 
are to be mounted on the slate panel, shall be 
of the adding machine type, mechanically in- 
terlocked. Normally all the keys shall be 
locked in the up position, except the first key 
which shall be unlocked. When the first key 
is pressed, in the down position, it shall re- 
main in the down position and mechanically - 
unlock the following key which can then be 
pressed down and unlock the next key and 
so on through the sequence of starting. After 
being pressed, all keys shall remain in the 
down position. The mechanical operating 
mechanism, of the keys, shall be designed so 
that no key: can be operated until the pre- 
ceding key has been pressed down. A reset 
button shall be provided on the _ panel, 
which shall reset all oil circuit breaker con- 
trol keys, in the up position, at any time dur- 
ing the sequence of starting. The reset but- 
ton shall not remain in the down position. 


The master switch shall be controlled by 
means of a master key which shall be mounted 
on an instrument switch handle. There shall 
be one master key to operate all master 
switches. The Contractor shall furnish one 
spare master key with instrument switch 
handle. 


527 


The emergency release key or button shall 
be rugged in construction so that it can be 
easily operated in case of an emergency. 


The key for selecting the auto transformer 
shall be a double throw switch. 


The selector switch, which shall be mounted 
in the case, shall be self-operating with phos- 
phor bronze contacts and wipers. The switch 
shall be electrically and mechanically oper- 
ated and designed so that all over and under 
travel of the contact arms will be eliminated. 
The selector shall operate only one step at a 
time for each impulse received from the oil 
circuit breaker control key through the oper- 
ating relay. All interlocking of the oil. cir- 
cuit breakers shall be accomplished on the 
selector switch, the auxiliary switches on the 
oil circuit breakers shall not be used for this 
purpose, unless otherwise specified. 


All automatic relays, mounted in the case, 
shall consist of forty-eight (48) volt, direct 
current, coils with double platinum contacts 
on the levers and armatures. 


The relays required for the closing and trip- 
ping of the oil circuit breakers, shall be 
mounted in groups, in glass front, dust proof 
cases; the number of relays in each group be- 
ing as directed by the Engineer. These re- 
lays shall consist of forty-eight (48) volt, di- 
rect current, coils and shall be designed so 
that they will automatically close the 125 volt, 
direct current circuit required for operating 
the oil and carbon circuit breakers. These 
relays shall be mounted on the relay switch- 
board panels located on Elev. +21. 


528 


All external wiring from each control panel 
shall be laced into a cable and connected to 
one-half of a disconnecting jack, the remaining 
half of the jack shall be permanently fas- 
tened in an approved location under the con- 
trol bench. 


The method of operation shall be as follows: 


The push button control keys shall energize 
the selector switch which in turn shall energize 
the proper relays and control keys and oper- 
ate the oil circuit breakers. The Unit Inter- 
lock Control shall be designed so that any in- 
correct sequence of starting a pump or blower 
motor and any incorrect connection of starting 
apparatus will be eliminated. 


All wiring from the control bench to the re- 
lay switchboard panels shall be lead covered, 
telephone cable. 


In addition to the Unit Interlock Control 
the following equipment shall be provided in 
the remaining part of the control bench and 
on the meter panels: 


Four (4) 2160 H. P. Blower Motor Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON THE CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) three (8) way ammeter switch. 
One (1) motor field rheostat control switch. 
One (1) white signal lamp, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for echine oil cir- 
‘cuit breaker bell alarm relay. 


529 


EQUIPMENT ON THE METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-400 amperes, 
for use with 400 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


One (1) round protruding type D.C. am- 
meter, scale 0-200 amperes. 


One (1) 200 ampere shunt. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, three phase, three wire, power factor 
meter, scale 60-100-60. 


One (1) Leeds and Northrop Cat. No. 8556 
Temperature Recording meter. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-5000, for use with 400 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


One (1) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, rear connected A.C. watthour meter, 
calibrated for use with 400 to 5 ampere cur- 
rent transformers and 6600 to 100 volt poten- 
tial transformers. 


Three (8) current test links. 


Three (3) potential test links. 


Three (3) 1650 H. P. Blower Motor Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) three (3) way ammeter switch. 


One (1) motor field rheostat control switch 


530 


One (1) white signal lamp, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil cir- 
cuit breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-300 amperes, 
for use with 300 to 5 ampere current trans- 
formers. 


One (1) round protruding type D.C. am- 
meter, scale 0-150 amperes. 


One (1) 150 ampere shunt. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, three phase, three wire, power factor 
meter, scale 60-100-60. 


One (1) Leeds and Northrop Cat. No. 8556 
Temperature Recording meter. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, 100 volt, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-4000, for use with 300 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. ‘ 


One (1) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 walt: 60 
cycle, A.C. watthour meter, calibrated for use 
with 300 to 5 ampere current transformers and 
6600 to 100 volt potential transformers. 


Three (3) current test links. 


Three (8) potential test links. 


531 
Two (2) 1000 H.:P: Pump Motor Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) three (3) way ammeter switch. 
One (1) motor field rheostat control switch. 
One (1) white signal lamp, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. | : 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


One (1) green signal lamp, flush type. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANELS 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle A.C. ammeter, scale 0-250 amperes, 
for use with 250 to 5 current transformers. 


One (1) round protruding type, D.C. am- 
meter, scale 0-250 amperes. 


One (1) 250 ampere shunt. 


‘One (1) Leeds and Northrop Cat. No. 8556 
Temperature Recording Meter. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-3000, for use with 250 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


One (1) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, A.C. watthour meter, calibrated for use 
with 250 to 5 current transformers, and 6600 
to 100 volt potential transformers. 


Dd2 


One (1) round protruding type 5 ampere, 60 
cycle, 3 phase, 3 wire, power factor meter, 
scale 60-100-60. 


Three (3) current test links. 


Three (3) potential test links. 


(Three (3) 700 H. P. Pump Motor Panels. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) three (3) way ammeter switch. 
One (1) motor field rheostat control switch. 
One (1) white signal lamp, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil cir- 
cuit breaker bell alarm relay. | 


One (1) green signal lamp, flush type. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60, cycle, A.C. ammeter, scale 0-150 amperes, 
for use with 150 to 5 ampere current trans- 


formers. 


One (1) round protruding type D.C. am- 
meter, scale 0-200 amperes. 


One (1) 200 ampere shunt. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
60 cycle, three phase, three wire, power factor 
meter, scale 60-100-60. 


533 


One (1) Leeds and Northrop Cat. No. 8556 
Temperature Recording Meter. 


One (1) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, indicating wattmeter, scale 
0-2000, for use with 150 to 5 ampere current 
transformers and 6600 to 100 volt potential 
transformers. 


One (1) polyphase, 5 ampere, 100 volt, 60 
cycle, A.C. watthour meter, calibrated for use 
with 150 to 5 ampere current transformers 
and 6600 to 100 volt potential transformers. 


Three (8) current test links. 


Three (8) potential test links. 


One (1) Battery Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
One (1) end cell switch control switch. 


Two (2) carbon circuit breaker control 
switches. 


_ One (1) voltmeter switch. 
One (1) ten (10) point, drum control switch, 
One (1) green signal lamp, flush type. 


One (1) red signal lamp, flush type. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) 2 pole, 200 ampere, 250 volt, elec- 
trically operated, carbon circuit breaker, with 
overload protection and bell alarm contact. 


534 
One (1) round protruding type D. C. volt- 
meter, scale 0-10. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. volt- 
meter scale 0-100. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. am- 
meter, scale 0-200. | 


One (1) ten (10) point end cell indicator. 


One (1) Battery Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 
Two (2) field rheostat control switches. 
One (1) voltmeter switch. 

Two (2) motor starter control switches. 


Three (8) carbon circuit breaker control 
switches. 


Six (6) green signal lamps, flush type. 
Six (6) red signal lamps, flush type. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. am- 
meter, scale 300-0-300. 


One (1) 300 ampere, shunt. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. ampere 
hour meter, scale 0-600. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. volt- 
meter, scale 0-250. 


One (1) single pole, single throw, 30 am- 
pere, 250 volt knife switch. 


535 


One (1) 300 K. V. A. Transformer Bank Panel. 
EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH 


Four (4) oil circuit breaker control switches. 
Four (4) red indicating lamps, flush type. 
Four (4) green indicating lamps, flush type. 


One (1) push button for resetting lockout 
relay. 


One (1) push button for resetting oil circuit 
breaker bell alarm relay. 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
100 volt, 60 cycle, 3 phase, indicating watt- 
meters, scale 0-400 calibrated for use with 50 
to 5 ampere current transformers and 6600 to 
100 volt potential transformers. 


Two (2) round protruding type, A. C. volt- 
meters, scale 0-7500 for use with 6600 to 100 
volt potential transformers. 


Two (2) round protruding type, 5 ampere, 
A. C. ammeters, scale 0-50, for use with 50 to 
5 ampere current transformers. 


Six (6) current test links. 
Six (6) potential test links. 


One (1) Station Service Panel. 


EQUIPMENT ON CONTROL BENCH. 


Eleven (11) 30 ampere, 250 volt, single pole, 
push button switches for lighting service, flush 
type. 


536 


EQUIPMENT ON METER PANEL. 


OMNeTULPOVLOrvoll. UG, six (6) inch alarm 
bell for use with oil circuit breaker alarm relay. 


One (1) Battery Charging Set Panel. 


One (1) two pole, 25 ampere, 250 volt, hand 
operated, carbon circuit with overload protec- 
tion. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. volt- 
meter, scale 0-10. 


One (1) round protruding type D. C. am- 
meter, scale 0-200. 


One (1) 200 ampere shunt. 
One (1) hand operated field rheostat. 


Two (2) copper studs for portable connec- 
tions. 


Two (2) Battery Charging Set Panels. 


One (1) two pole, 250 volt, 300 ampere, 
electrically operated, carbon circuit breaker, 
with overload and reverse power protection 
and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) Battery Charging Set Panel. 


One (1) single pole, 250 volt, 300 ampere, 
electrically operated, carbon circuit breaker, 
with overload protection and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) Lighting Panel. 


Three (8) 200 ampere, 250 volt, single 
throw, three pole, knife switches with 200 am- 
pere fuses. 


37 


One (1) 400 ampere, 250 volt, single 
throw, three pole knife switch with 250 am- 
pere fuses. 


One (1) Lighting Panel. 


Six (6) 30 ampere, 250 volt, single throw, 
two pole, knife switches with 30 ampere fuses. 


Four (4) 100 ampere, 250 volt, single throw, 
three pole, knife switches with 100 ampere 
fuses. 


Thirteen (13) 30 ampere, 250 volt, rear con- 
nected, fuse mountings. 


One (1) Lighting Panel. 


One (1) 200 ampere, two pole, electrically 
operated, carbon circuit breaker, with overload 
protection and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) Lighting Panel. 


One (1) 200 ampere, two pole, solenoid op- 
erated throw over switch. The normal posi- 
tion of this switch shall be with the two A. C. 
contacts in the closed position. 


The design of the switch shall be subject to 
the approval of the Engineer. 


One (1) D. C. Control Bus Panel. 


One (1) 200 ampere, 250 volt, two pole, 
electrically operated carbon circuit breaker 
with overload protection and bell alarm contact. 


538 


Relay Switchboard Panels. 
One (1) 6600 volt Incoming Line Panel. 


Kight (8) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Co. Type “CO” overload relays. 


Twenty (20) current test links. 


One (1) 6600 volt Group Bus Feeder Panel. 


Eight (8) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Co. Type ‘‘CO” overload relays. 


Twenty (20) current test links. 


One (1) 6600 volt Group Bus Feeder and 
5000 K. V. A. 12000/6600 volt Transformer 
Bank Panel. 


Six (6) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type GO overload relays. 

Fifteen (15) current test links. 

One (1) auxiliary relay. 


Three (8) balance coils for use on differen- 
tial protection on transformer bank. 


One (1) Auto Transformer Panel. 


Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & ig Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 


Two (2) group of forty-eight (48) volt au- 
tomatic relays. 


Ten (10) current test links. 
Two (2) 440 volt Feeder Panels. 


539 


Eight (8) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 


Type ‘‘CO” overload relays. 
Twenty (20) current test links. 


Two (2) Circulating Water Pump Motor 


Panels. 
Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 


Two (2) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Type “CV” under voltage relays. 


Four (4) potential test links. 
Ten (10) current test links. 


One (1) 125 K. W. Motor Generator 


Panel. 


Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 


Type “CO” overload relays. 


Two (2) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 
Type “CV” under voltage relays. 


Ten (10) current test links. 
Four (4) potential test links. 


One (1) 125 K. W. Motor Generator 
Panel. 


Two (2) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 


Type “CO” overload relays. 


One (1) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. 


Type “‘CV”’ under voltage relays. 
Five (5) current test links. 
Two (2) potential test links. 


One (1) circuit breaker bell alarm relay. 


One (1) Temperature bell alarm relay. 


Co. 


Co. 


Set 


Co. 


Co. 


Set 


Co. 


Co. 


540 


One (1) 1500 K. V. A. 6600/440 volt Trans- 


former Bank Panel. 


Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 

Two (2) auxiliary relays. 

Six (6) Balance coils, for use on differential 
protection on transformer bank. 


Ten (10) current test links. 


One (1) 300 K. V. A. Transformer Bank 
Panel. 


Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 

Two (2) auxiliary relays. 

Six (6) balance coils for use on differential 
protection on transformer bank. 


Ten (10) current test links. 


“One (1) 12000 volt Incoming Line Panel. 


Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 


Five (5) Blower and Pump Motor Panels. 
Four (4) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 


Two (2) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CV” under voltage relays. 


Two (2) groups of forty-eight (48) volt, au- 
tomatic type relays. 


Ten (10) current test links. 
Four (4) potential test links. 


541 


Two (2) Blower and Pump Motors, ee 


Two (2) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CO” overload relays. 


One (1) Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
Type “CV” under voltage relays. 


~.One (1) group of forty-eight (48) volt, au- 
tomatic type relays. 


Five (5) current test links. 


Two (2) potential test links. 


Field Switch Panels. 

The Contractor shall furnish and install the 
following equipment on each panel. 

Four. (4) 2160 H. P. Blower Motors, Panels. 


One (1) 250 volt, 150 ampere, 2 pole, car- 
bon circuit breaker with overload release and 
bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 150 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 
Three (3) 1650 H. P. Blower Motor$/ Pamels. 


One (1) 250 volt, 100 ampere, 2 pole, elec- 
trically operated circuit breaker with overload 
release and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 100 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 
Two (2) 1000 H. P. Pump Motors/ ?A™¢!>. 


One (1) 250 volt, 200 ampere, 2 pole, elec- 
trically operated carbon circuit breaker, with 
overload release and bell alarm contact. 


542 


One (1) 250 volt, 200 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 


Three (3) 700 H. P. Pump Motors, /’ 


One (1) 250 volt, 150 ampere, 2 pole, elec- 
trically operated carbon circuit breaker with 
overload release and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 150 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 


Motor Generator Panels. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install the 
following equipment on each of the panels. 


Three (3) Motor Panels. 


One (1) 250 volt, 250 ampere, 2 pole, elec- 
trically operated carbon circuit breaker with 
overload release and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 25 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 


Three (3) Generator Panels. 


One (1) 250 volt, 1500 ampere, 2 pole, elec- 
trically operated carbon circuit breakers with 
overload release and reverse power protection 
and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 1500 ampere, single pole 
carbon circuit breaker with overload and re- 
verse power protection and bell alarm contact. 


One (1) 250 volt, 1500 ampere, single throw, 
double pole, knife switch. 


One (1) 250 volt, 1500 ampere, single throw, 
single pole, knife switch. 


543 


Switchboard Wiring. 


(E69) All instrument and control wiring: 
on the switchboard panels, except the Unit In- 
terlock Control wiring, shall consist of No. 12 
B. & S. gauge, solid conductor, rubber cov- 
ered, double braid, flame proof covered wire. 
All wires shall be separated according to 
manufacturing standard spacing and shall be 
securely cleated to the panel by fibre cleats 
or run in fibre supports. Wires shall be kept 
in single layers so far as possible and shall 
bend at right angles when a change in direc- 
tion is made. The ends of all wires shall be 
fitted with a stamped or cast copper terminal 
of proper size sweated on to the wire. After 
sweating on terminals, the original insulation 
of the wire shall butt the shank of the termi- 
nal so that no taping will be necessary. All 
instrument or control wiring on the panel to 
be connected to instrument transformers, re- 
lays or oil circuit breakers remote from the 
panel, shall be carried to a suitable terminal 
board located near the bottom of the panel. 
All terminals shall be properly marked or 
numbered. All wiring to voltmeters or to the 
potential coils of wattmeters, watthour meters, 
power factor indicators and all other equip- 
ment shall be properly fused. 


Name Plates. 


(E70) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall fibre name plates for all switehes on the 
switchboard, on each oil circuit breaker com- 
partment, potential transformer compartment, 
each transformer of all transformer banks, 
starting compensator, rheostat, synchronous 


544 


motor and motor generator exciter set and on 
other miscellaneous electrical equipment as the 
Engineer may direct. The details of the word- 
ing or numbering of all name plates will be 
furnished by the Engineer. In addition, each 
oil circuit breaker, rheostat motor, voltmeter 
and ammeter control switches shall be marked 
with wording and directional arrows as: close 
trip, start run, raise lower, phase 1-2-3. 


The phase lettering A, B or C shall be sten- 
ciled on the door or wall of each phase of each 
bus, disconnect and oil circuit breaker com- 
partment. 


Exciter Bus Bars and Connections. 


(E71) On the rear of the motor generator 
and motor field switch panels the Contractor 
shall furnish and install the 125 volt, positive, 
negative and equalizer exciter bus bars, which 
shall consist of two (2) 4 by \% inch flat cop- 
per bus bars, supported on approved bus sup- 
ports. 


The individual bars of each bus shall be 
separated from each other by spacers made of 
the same size bar as the bus and properly 
clamped in place. | 


All connections from the exciter bus bars to 
switches, unless otherwise specified or shown 
on the plans, shall consist of copper bar of 
capacity equal to that of the switch to which 
connected. The cross section of the connect- 
ing bars shall be equivalent to one thousand 
(1,000) circular mils per ampere. Suitable 
clamps shall be used in making connection to 
bus bars. 


545 


All joints in bus bars shall be draw filed and 
tinned by Contractor to insure perfect con- 
tact and shall be secured by suitable clamps. 


The exciter bus connections between the 
motor generator panels and motor field switch 
panels shall consist of two (2) 2,000,000 C.M. 
single conductor, varnish cambric, lead cov- 
ered cables, run exposed and supported on 
approved cable supports. 


Instrument and Control Buses. 


(E72) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install on the switchboards and panels the 
following instrument and control buses: 


““A” phase, 6600 volt Distribution Bus No. 
1 potential, panels 18 to 25, inclusive. 


“C”’ phase, 6600 volt Distribution Bus No. 
1 potential, panels 18 to 25, inclusive. 


“A” phase, 6600 volt Distribution Bus No. 
2 potential, panels 18 to 25, inclusive. 


“C”? phase, 6600 volt Distribution Bus No. 
potential, panels 18 to 25, inclusive. 


“A”? phase, 12000 volt bus potential, Panels 
26 to 27, inclusive. 


*“C”’ phase, 12000 volt bus potential, Panels 
26 to 27, inclusive. 


bo 


Positive and Negative D.C. control bus, 
alarm relay bus, alarm relay release bus and 
ground bus, Panels 13 to 32, inclusive, and 
all relay and field switch panels. 


Two (2) eight (8) volt telephone talking 
bus, Panel 35. 


Two (2) fifteen (15) voit telephone ring- 
ing bus, Panel 35. 


546 


All the instrument and control buses, except 
the positive and negative D. C. control buses, 
shall consist of No. 12 B. & S. gauge, rub- 
ber covered, flame proof braid wire supported 
on the ends by means of approved supports. 
The Contractor shall provide intermediate 
supports wherever the Engineer may consider 
them necessary. The D.C. control bus shall 
consist of No. 8 B. & S. gauge, rubber cov- 
ered, flame proof braid wire supported, as 
specified above. Attention of the Contractor 
is calied to the fact that the rear of the meter 
panels of the main switchboard is exposed to 
view and all bus work, wiring and conduit 
work shall be done in an especially neat and 
careful manner. Any work which is not ap- 
proved by the Engineer as satisfactory shall be 
replaced immediately. 


On the rear of all the relay switchboard 
panels the Contractor shall furnish and install 
a positive and negative D. C. bus, which shall 
consist of No. 8 B. & S. gauge, rubber covered, 
flame proof braid wire and a relay bus which 
shall consist of a No. 12 B. & S. gauge, rubber 
covered, flame proof braid cable. These buses 
shall be supported at the ends and at interme- 
diate points by means of approved supports. 


The instrument and control buses on the 
control bench shall be located on the rear face 
of the front panel. 


Switchboard Trench Wiring. 


(E73) All wiring in the trench, below the 
control bench and relay panels, shall be in- 
stalled in flex steel or equal flexible conduit of 


547 


the proper size. Connections between the iron 
conduit and flexible conduit shall be made by 
means of approved couplings. In no case shall 
the Contractor install exposed wiring in the 
trench, except on the rear faces of the front 
and top panels of the control bench. 


440 Volt Outgoing Feeders. 


(E74) The Contractor shall furnish and 
install all conduit and fittings for the 440 
volt, feeder cables. All 440 volt feeder 
cables will be installed by the Sanitary 
District, except the two (2) feeders for the 
pump and blower house, which shall be fur- 
nished and installed by the Contractor. Each 
pump and blower house feeder shall be a three 
conductor, 750,000 C.M. varnish cambric, 
asbestos braid cable run exposed from the 
440 volt bus compartment to a 440 volt feeder 
distribution cabinet, the location of which is 
shown on the plans. The cables shall be sup- 
ported by means of approved cable supports. 


440 Volt Feeder and Motor Distribution 
Cabinets. 


(E75) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete one (1) Feeder Distribution 
Cabinet and four (4) Motor Distribution Cabi- 
nets. 


The feeder distribution cabinet shall be 
constructed of Number ten (10) gauge sheet 
steel riveted to the angle iron frame, as shown 
on the plans. On the front and rear of the 
cabinet there shall be provided sheet steel 
doors, which shall be equipped with spring 


548 


hinges, vault handle and standard cylinder 
lock. Inside of the cabinet there shall be 
mounted two genuine Monson slate or equal 
panels of a thickness determined by the En- 
gineer. The panels shall be fastened to the 
angle iron frame by means of standard one- 
half (1%) inch switchboard bolts and shall be 
furnished complete with fuse clips, bus bars, 
fuses, knife switches and other equipment. 


Motor distribution cabinets Nos. 1, 2 
and 4 shall be of the flush mounting type and 
shall be of No. 10 gauge sheet steel, reinforced 
and welded together, as shown on the plans. 
On the front of the cabinet there shall be pro- 
vided sheet metal doors which shall be 
equipped with spring hinges, vault handle and 
standard cylinder lock. Inside of the cabi- 
nets shall be mounted genuine Monson slate or 
equal panels of a thickness determined by the 
Engineer, which shall be securely bolted to 
the cabinet by means of standard one-half 
(144) inch bolts and shall be furnished com- 
plete with fuses, fuse clips, bus bars and oth- 
er equipment. 


On the front of the bus bars in the cabi- 
net the Contractor shall furnish and install a 
one inch black slate or equal panel. This panel 
shall be used for protection purposes only and, 
shall be designed so that it will cover all live 
parts, except the fuses and fuse clips. 


Motor distribution cabinet No. 3. shall 
be of the floor mounted type and constructed 
as shown on the plans. The cabinet shall be 
constructed of No. ten (10) gauge sheet steel 
securely riveted to the angle iron frame by 
means of 5-16 inch rivets. On the front and 


549 


rear of the cabinet there shall be provided 
sheet steel doors equipped with vault handles, 
spring hinges and a standard cylinder lock. 
Inside of the cabinet there shall be mounted 
two (2) genuine Monson slate or equal panels 
of a thickness determined by the Engineer. 
The panels shall be fastened to the angle iron 
frame by means of standard one-half (44) 
inch switchboard bolts and shall be furnished 
complete with fuse clips, fuses, bus bars, and 
other equipment. 


440 Volt Distribution Cabinet Feeders. 


(E76) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all conduit, conduit fittings, pull boxes, 
hangers and any other material which may 
be required to complete the installation of the 
feeder cables from the feeder distribution cabi- 
net to the motor distribution cabinet. 


The feeder cables shall be run exposed as | 
shown on the plans and supported on approved 
type cable hangers. Each feeder cable to dis- 
tribution cabinets Nos. 3 and 4 shall be fire- 
proofed as specified in Section E-94. 


Auxiliary Motors. 


(E77) The 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle, mo- 
‘tor driven units listed below, including motors, 
float switches, push buttons and contactors, ex- 
cept as hereinafter specified, shall be furnished, 
delivered and erected under Items 25 to 38, in- 
clusive, of this contract. Under this Item 39 
the Contractor shall furnish, deliver and install 
all starting switches, cabinets, contactor panels, 
push buttons, rheostats, relays, conduit, con- 
duit fittings, wire, cable, pull boxes, cutout 


550 


boxes, fuses, and any other material or equip- 
ment required to complete the installation. In 
addition, the Contractor shall connect up ready 
for operation all motors furnished under any 
item of this contract but not listed below. The 
Contractor shall fill all motor bearings with 
an approved grade of oil and provide suitable 
conduit fittings on all motor frames. All 
equipment and material furnished by the Con- 
tractor shall be subject to the approval of the 
Engineer. 
’ No. of Fuse Size Size of 

Description of Apparatus Units in Cabinet ee 


Amp. 


Sewage Ejector Motors...... 2 40 20 


Heating. Fan? Motor..........; 1 20 10 
Heating Fan Motor............ ve 30 15 
Heating: Kan Motor:.......:.:. ni 15 71%, 
par Valve Motors. ius... 5 10 5 
Air Line Valve Motors......14 10 5 


42” and 48” Valve Motors.. 5 20 10 
Heating Vacuum Return 


HUT D)) MLOLOE Grae: 1 6 2 
Air Heater Vacuum Re- 

furor ump Moto. 7... 2 6 2 
Vacuum Return Pump 

IED COTS hn ecce eRn 2 6 11% 
Oil Circulating Pump 

Motoren aii: 6. ei.) 2 6 11% 
Vacuum Pump Motors........ 2 40 20 
1,000 Lb. Elevator Motor.. 1 10 5 


12,000 Lb. Elevator Motor 1 80 50 


551 


2,500 Lb. Elevator Motor.. 1 40 25 


Screen Wotorss ce. 4 25 11 
Ventilating Fan Motor ...... 1 10 5 
Transformer Oil Purifier 
MOLODi or ee } 10 5 
Transformer Oil Pump 
Motors (koe eon ee 2 5 1 
15 ton Stop Log Crane 
IM OUOL ee eee rien 1 30 15 
35 ton Crane Motors 
FL OLSEO ahi eines aly 30 
roOlleyaiowtrea ce 1) aL 10 
BYid@e: vue ee 1) 20 
Monorail: sMotor) ad 1 30 15 


440 Volt Cabinet No. 1. 


(E78) The connections from motor distri- 
bution cabinet No. 1 to the motors shall be as 
follows: 


(A) One (1) 35 Ton Crane. 


The leads from the cabinet to the crane 
runway feeder shall be one, three conductor, 
No. 1, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered cable. In addition the Contractor shall 
furnish and install the crane runway feeder 
which shall consist of three, No. 0000, bare, 
hard drawn, circular, copper trolley wire sup- 
ported and anchored on an approved make of 
support. The details and method of support 
and anchorage shall be subject to the approval 
of the Engineer. ; 


552 


(B) One (1) 2,500 Pound Passenger Elevator. 


The leads from the cabinet to the contactor 
panel in the elevator pent house shall be one 
three conductor, No. 6, B. & S. gauge, varnish 
cambric, lead covered, cable. The elevator 
complete and the connections from the eleva- 
tor contactor panel to the elevator will be 
furnished and installed by the Sanitary District 
under another contract. 


(C) Four (4) Screen Motors. 


The leads from the cabinet to the contactors 
and motor shall be one, three conductor, No. 
8, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead cov- 
ered, cable. The contactor for the automatic 
control of each screen motor shall _ be 
furnished and _ installed under this’ item 
and shall consist of a three (38) pole, dou- 
ble throw, magnetically operated reversing 
switch with overload and undervoltage pro- 
tection. It shall be of rugged design and of 
proper size and capacity to carry the maximum 
current continuously to which it may be sub- 
jected while in operation. The contactor shall 
be constructed so that all parts can be easily 
inspected and parts subject to wear can be 
easily renewed. The complete contactor shall 
be located in an enclosed case and all parts 
completely immersed in oil to assure proper 
functioning in a damp and gas filled room. 


Under this item there shall be furnished and 
installed complete with each screen motor a 
travelling nut limit switch which shall auto- 
matically stop the motor. This switch shall be 
connected to the motor shaft by means of a 
chain sprocket or gears. It shall be self con- 


553 


tained and the internal elements must be easily 
adjusted and fitted with latches to retain the 
contacts securely in the open or closed position 
The internal switches shall be tripped and re- 
set by the traveling nut on the threaded shaft 
which is to be directly driven by the sprocket 
chain or gears. Reversing of the motors shall 
be controlied manually from the push button 
stations through the reversing contactors. 


There shall be furnished and installed under 
this item, two (2) push button stations with 
each screen motor. One station shall be pro- 
vided with three buttons marked “up,” “‘down’”’ 
and “‘stop,’’ the other station shall be provided 
with four buttons marked “up,” “down,” 
“stop” and “safe.’”’ The three button station 
shall be located at elevation minus 5.5 as 
shown on the plans, and shall be mounted in 
a vapor proof case of an approved design. The 
four button station shall be located at elevation 
plus 8.0 as shown on the plans and shall be 
mounted in an approved vaporproof case with 
a glass cover so that the button may be 
operated during an emergency. This case shall 
be provided with a lock and key so that the 
cover can be kept locked at all times. The 
four push button station shall be designed so 
that when the “safe’’ button is pressed the 
motor cannot be operated until the said “safe” 
button is reset. All connections between the 
contactors, limit switches and push button sta- 
tions shall be number ten, B. & S. gauge, var- 
nish cambric, lead covered, cables. 


(D) One (1) Heating Fan Motor. 


The connections from the distribution cabinet 
to the safety switch and heating fan motor, 


554 


located at Elevation plus 8.0, shall be three 
(3), number ten, °B. & S. gauge, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered, cables. There shall be 
mounted at the motor, in the location shown on 
the plans, a thirty ampere, safety switch of 
an approved make. 


(E) One (1) Ventilating Fan Motor. 


The connections from the distribution cabinet 
to the safety switch and motor located at 
Elevation minus 4.0, shall be three, number ten, 
B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, 
cables. There shall be mounted at the motor, 
in the location shown on the plans, a thirty 
ampere, safety switch of an approved make. 


(F) One (1) Vacuum Return Pump. 


The connections from the distribution cabi- 
net to the float switch and motor, located on 
Elevation plus 8.0 shall be three, number ten, 
B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, 
cables. The float switch for this motor will 
be furnished under Item 32, but same shall be 
installed and connected up under this Item 39. 


(G) One (1) 15 Ton Monorail. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
Monorail trolley, located under the floor of 
Elevation plus 57.0 in the high tension trans- 
former room, shall be one, three conductor, 
number eight, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, 
lead covered, cable. In addition to the trolley 
feeder the Contractor shall furnish and install, 
under this item, the monorail trolley which 
shall consist of three number 0000, B. & S. 


555 
gauge, bare, hard drawn, circular, copper trol- 
ley wire supported and anchored by means of 
approved supports. The details, method of an- 


chorage and support shall be subject to the ap- 
proval of the Engineer. 


440 Volt Cabinet No. 2. 


(E79) The connections from Motor Dis- 
tribution cabinet number two to the motors 
shall be as follows: 


(A) Two (2) Sewage Ejectors. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
safety switch, float switch and motor shall be 
one, three conductor, number eight, B. & S. 
gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, cable. 
The float switches for these motors will be fur- 
nished under Item 32 but same shall be in- 
stalled and connected up under this Item 39. 
The safety switch which shall be furnished, de- 
livered and installed under this Item 39 shall 
be thirty ampere capacity and of an approved 
make. 


(B) One (1) Heating Fan. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
safety switch and motor, shall be three, num- 
ber ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered, cables. There shall be mounted at 
the motor, in the location shown on the plans, 
one, thirty ampere, safety switch of an ap- 
proved make. 


(C) Two (2) Transformer Oil Pumps. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 


556 


safety switch and motor shall be three, number 
ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead cov- 
ered, cables. There shall be mounted at each 
motor, in the location shown on the plans, one 
thirty ampere, safety switch of an approved 
make. 


(D) One (1) Transformer Oil Purifier. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
safety switch and purifier motor, shall be 
three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered, cables. There shall be 
mounted in the location shown on the plans, 
one thirty ampere, safety switch of an ap- 
proved make. 


(E) One (1) Vacuum Return Pump. 


The connections from the cabinet to the float 
switch and motor shall be three, number ten, 
B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, 
cables. The float switch for this motor will 
be furnished under Item 32, but same shall 
be installed and connected up under this 
Item 39. 


(F) One (1) 12,000 Ib. Freight Elevator. 


The connections from the cabinet to the con- 
tactor panel in the elevator pent house, shall 
be one, three conductor, number one, B. & S. 
gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, cable. 
The elevator complete and the connections 
from the elevator contactor panel to the eleva- 
tor will be furnished and installed by the Sani- 
tary District under another contract. 


557 


(G) Five (5) 24 inch Valve Motors. 


The connections from the cabinet to the push 
buttons, contactors and motors shall be three, 
number ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, 
lead covered, cables. The push buttons and 
contactors for these motors will be furnished 
under Item 34, but same shall be installed and 
connected up under this Item 39. 


440 Volt Cabinet No. 3. 


(E80) The connections from motor dis- 
tribution cabinet number three to the motors 
shall be as follows: 


(A) Fourteen (14) Air Line Valve Motors. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
contactors, push buttons and motors shall be 
three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered cables. The contactors and 
push buttons for these motors will be furnished 
by the Sanitary District under another contract 
but same shall be installed and connected up 
under this Item 39. 


(B) Two (2) Lubricating Oil Circulating 
Pumps. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
float switch and motors, shall be three, num- 
ber ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered, cables. The float switches for these 
motors will be furnished by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract, but same shall 
be installed and connected up under this Item 
oo: 


558 


(C) Two (2) Vacuum Return Pumps. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
float switch and motor, shall be three, num- 
ber ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered, cables. The float switches for these 
motors will be furnished under Item 382, but 
same shall be installed and connected up under 
this Item 39. 


(D) One (1) Heating Vacuum Return Pump. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
float switch and motor shall be three, number 
ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered, cables. The float switch for this motor 
will be furnished under Item 32, but same 
shall be installed and connected up under this 
Item 39. 


(E) One (1) 1,000 lb. Freight Elevator. 


The connections from the cabinet to the con- 
tactor panel in the elevator pent house, shall 
be three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish 
cambric, lead covered cables. The elevator 
complete and all connections from the eleva- 
tor contactor panel to the elevator will be 
furnished and installed by the Sanitary District 
under another contract. 


440 Volt Cabinet No. 4. 
(E81) The connections from motor dis- 


tribution cabinet number four to the motors 
shall be as follows: 


509 


(A) One (1) 15 Ton Crane. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
crane runway feeder shall be one, three con- 
ductor, number eight, B. & S. gauge, varnish 
cambric cable. In addition to this feeder the 
Contractor shall furnish and install, under this 
Item 39, the crane runway feeder which shall 
consist of three, number 0000 bare, hard drawn, 
circular, copper trolley wire supported and 
anchored on approved supports. The detail 
method of anchorage and supports shall be 
subject to the approval of the Engineer. 


(B) Two (2) Heating Fans. 


The connections from the cabinet to the 
safety switch and motors shall be one, three 
conductor, number eight, B. & S. gauge, var- 
nish cambric, lead covered cables. There shall 
be mounted at each motor, in the locations 
shown on the plans, one, thirty ampere safety 
switch, of an approved make. 


(C) Five (5) 42 and 48 inch Valve Motors. 


The connections from the cabinets to the 
push buttons, contactors and motors shall be 
three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered cables. The push buttons 
and contactors for these motors will be fur- 
nished under Item 34, but same shall be in- 
stalled and connected up under this Item 39. In 
addition to the above equipment, the Con- 
tractor shall furnish and install, under this 
Item 389, one, thirty ampere, two pole float 
switch of an approved make.. This float switch 
shall be mounted in the location as shown on 
the plans. 


560 


(D) Two (2) Vacuum Pumps. 


The connections from the cabinet to the con- 
tactors and motors shall be one, three con- 
ductor, number six, B. & S. gauge, varnish 
cambric, lead covered cable. The connections 
from the contactors to the push button stations 
shall be three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, 
varnish cambric, lead covered wires. The Con- 
tractor shall furnish and install, under this Item 
39, two (2) automatic starting panels, with main 
‘starting and running contactors, compensator, 
overload relays and undervoltage protection. 
These panels shall provide for starting the 
motor at reduced voltage and applying full 
voltage automatically, the overload relays shall 
be of the inverse-time-limit, adjustable type and 
the main contactor shall disconnect all three 
lines from the motor. There shall be mounted, 
in the locations shown on the plans, or as di- 
rected by the Engineer, a push button station 
consisting of two buttons marked “start’’ and 
“stop.” 


Two (2) 20 K. W. Battery Charging Sets. 


(E82) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete the two motor generator sets of 
the two unit, four bearing type, for charging 
the storage battery. The motor generator set 
shall be furnished complete with field rheostat, 
motor starter and all control equipment and 
material required to put the set in operation. 


The motor generator set shall consist of 
a twenty (20) kilowatt, 40 degree rise, self 
excited, shunt wound, D. C. generator, capable 
of delivering 160 volts and a 40 degree rise, 
three phase, sixty cycle, 440 volt, squirrel cage 


561 


induction motor of a size sufficient to drive the 
generator at its maximum overload capacity. 
The motor and generator shall be mounted ona 
common cast iron bed and shall be coupled to- 
gether by means of a flange coupling. All leads 
from the motor and generator shall be brought 
out of the respective machine to a terminal 
board mounted on the frame of the motor and 
generator. <A suitable cover or case shall be 
provided over the terminal boards on each 
machine. The speed of the unit shall not 
exceed 1750 R. P. M. AI bearings shall be 
equipped with oil rings and sight gauges. The 
inspection covers on the bearings shall be 
hinged or fastened to the bearing frame by 
means of a light chain. 


These sets are to be used to charge the 500 
ampere hour storage battery and for energizing 
the D. C. operating bus and shall be provided 
with suitable carbon circuit breakers with 
low voltage and reverse current protection to 
prevent the discharge of the battery through 
the generator in case of failure of the driving 
motors. 


The generator field rheostat shall be of 
sufficient capacity to give a range of generator 
voltage from 100 volts under no load to 160 
volts under full load and shall be of the remote 
control type. 


With each motor, on the motor generator 
sets, the Contractor shall furnish and install 
an automatic starting compensator capable of 
starting the motor. The compensator shall be 
completely enclosed in a suitable steel case 
and shall be designed for wall or pipe frame 
mounting. The compensator shall be equipped 


. 562 


with overload and undervoltage protection and 
shall be controlled by means of push buttons. 


The connections from motor distribution 
cabinet number one to the compensator and 
motor generator set motor, shall be one, three 
conductor, number one, B. & S. gauge, varnish 
cambric, lead covered cable. The connections 
trom the compensator to the push button sta- 
tions shall be three, number ten, B. & S. gauge, 
varnish cambric, lead covered, cables. The con- 
nections from the generator on the motor gen- 
erator set to the battery shall be number 0000, 
B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered 
cable. 


One (1) 34 K. W. M. G. Set. 


(E83) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall one 34, kilowatt, motor generator set con- 
sisting of a 440 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle, squirrel 
cage induction motor of suitable size, direct 
connected to a 34, K. W., 2 to 6 volt, shunt 
wound, self excited, D. C. generator with neces- 
sary safety switch and hand operated rheostat. 
This motor generator shall be used for charging 
one to three cells of the storage battery and 
shall be furnished with a suitable hand oper- 
ated carbon circuit breaker with reverse cur- 
rent protection to prevent the discharge of the 
battery through the generator in case of failure 
of the driving motor. 


The connections from motor distribution 
cabinet number one to the safety switch and 
motor shall be three, number ten, B. & S. 
gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered wires. 
The leads from the generator to a terminal 
board, located as shown on the plans, shall be 


563 


two, number 00, B. & S. gauge, varnish cam- 
bric, lead covered cables. The Contractor shall 
furnish and deliver two, single conductor, num- 
ber 00, B. & S. gauge, rubber insulated, extra 
flexible, super-service, cable as manufactured 
by the Rome Wire Company or equal, to be 
used as a portable cable for charging individual 
cells which shall be of sufficient length to ex- 
tend from the terminal board to any cell of the 
storage battery in the Battery Room. Each 
cable shall be furnished complete with a lug 
on one end and a standard battery clip on the 
other end. All. control leads shall be number 
ten, B. & S. gauge, varnish cambric, lead 
covered wires. 


One (1) 500 Ampere Hour Storage Battery. 


(H84) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall a storage battery complete, consisting of 
sixty cells, each cell to have a rated capacity 
of not less than 500 ampere hours at the 
one hour rate. The plates shall be of the 
Manchester Box type, assembled in a lead 
lined wooden tank. The battery shall be 
Electric Storage Battery Company, type F-27, 
or equal. 


The cells shall be mounted on oil insulators 
and earthenware insulator pedestals. Under 
each pedestal the Contractor shall furnish and 
place one tile of a size approved by the En- 
gineer. 


The battery shall be furnished complete with 
electrolyte, standard glass covers for battery 
tanks and a lead numbering plate on each 
cell. Numbers shall run from one to sixty 
consecutively. 


564 


Battery Bus Work. 


(E85) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the battery bus work which shall consist 
of one 2x14 inch flat copper bar located as 
shown on the plans and mounted on approved 
bus supports. All copper bars shall have a 
conductivity of not less than 90 per cent. 
Wherever connections are made between cop- 
per bars and lead cell terminals, the bar shall 
be thoroughly cleaned and tinned before 
clamping or bolting in place. A tinned copper 
washer of not less than 114 inches in diameter 
and 14 inch thick shall be inserted under the 
nut of the clamping bolt to insure perfect con- 
tact. A grease filled, alloy cap shall be screwed 
over all copper bolt heads and nuts. The cop- 
per bus connections from the storage battery 
to the end cell switch and from the various 
taps on the battery shall be mounted on the 
wall and supported by means of approved bus 
supports as shown on the plans. All iron frame- 
work and copper bus work and connections 
shall be given two coats of acid resisting paint, 
of an approved brand and color after com- 
pletion of the installation. Wherever the cop- 
per bus passes through the brick wall to the 
end cell switch, the Contractor shall furnish 
and install approved type rectangular wall 
bushings. After installing the bar through the 
bushings, it shall be wrapped with oakum at 
this point to fill the opening in the. bushing. 
The opening shall then be filled and faced 
with plaster of Paris filler. 


The Contractor shall furnish and install in 
the Battery Charging Set room, two (2) fuse 
cabinets constructed of number 10 sheet steel 


565 


and of the sizes specified on the plans. In one 
cabinet shall be mounted two (2) 750 ampere 
fuse mountings and fuses and in the other cab- 
inet shall be mounted eight (8) 60 ampere fuse 
mountings and fuses. The cabinets shall be 
provided with suitable hinged covers and 
handles. | 


End Cell Switch. 


(E86) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete, an eleven point end cell or 
regulating switch capable of carrying 500 
amperes continuously without injurious heating 
or sparking. The switch shall be designed for 
controlling ten end cells on the storage bat- 
tery and when so connected the brush may be 
moved from point to point throughout the 
length of the switch under any load within 
the above specified capacity of the switch. 


There shall be mounted on the end cell 
switch a motor with suitable gears for driving 
the traveling brush. This motor shall also 
drive a magnetically operated remote control 
mechanism designed for automatically stop- 
ping the brush when in contact with only one 
switch point. The control apparatus shall be 
designed for normal operation from 125 volt 
D. C. but shall be capable of operating the 
switch at any voltage between 150 and 80 volts 
without readjustment. The switch shall be 
equipped with a hand wheel which may be 
used to operate the switch by hand, if so 
desired. 


An electrical indicating switch of the flush 
mounting switchboard annunciator type, show- 
ing the number of cells in the circuit, shall be 


566 


furnished and installed on the switchboard 
meter panels. 


Copper bus connectors shall be brought out 
at the rear of the switch from the switch con- 
tact points and also for switch terminals. These 
connections shall be of the same cross-sectional 
area as the battery bus bars. 


Three (3) 125 K. W. Motor Generator Sets. 


(E87) The Contractor, under this Item 39, 
shall furnish all labor and material required 
to erect and connect up the 125 K. W. M. G. 
Sets. These motor generator sets will be fur- 
nished and delivered by the Sanitary District 
under another contract. 


The generator leads shall be three, single 
conductor, 1,500,000 C. M., B. & S. gauge var- 
nish cambric, lead covered, cables run exposed 
as shown on the plans. 


Flow Meters. 


(E88) Under this Item 39 the Contractor 
shall furnish all labor and material required 
and install the electrical connections to the flow 
meters and to erect the flow meter panels and 
regulators. The flow meters and flow meter 
panels will be furnished and delivered under 
Item 36 of this contract. The regulators will 
be furnished by the Sanitary District under 
‘another contract. In addition the Contractor 
shall furnish and install four (4) 24 by 48 
inch switchboard panels complete, on which 
shall be mounted the knife switches to be 
used for the _ selective switching of the 
regulators. The panels and frame-work shall 


567 


be the same as specified for switchboard 
panels in Sections 66 and 67. On each panel 
shall be mounted three (3) 100 ampere single 
throw, double pole, rear connected, knife 
switches with fuses of sizes specified on the 
plans and one (1) 100 ampere, double throw, 
double pole, rear connected, knife switches. In 
addition to the knife switches and fuses the 
Contractor shall furnish and install on any one 
of the flow meter panels, one (1) round pro- 
truding type A. C. voltmeter, scale 0-200 and 
one (1) voltmeter switch. 


The Contractor under this Item 39, shall 
furnish and install the steel framework neces- 
sary for mounting the flow meter regulators. 
All steel work shall be of the sizes and cross- 
sectional area, as specified on the plans. 


All connections for the flow meters shall be 
number ten, B. & 8S. gauge, varnish cambric, 
lead covered, cables unless otherwise specified. 
The loop bus required for feeding all meters 
shall be two, number four, B. & S. gauge, var- 
nish cambric, lead covered, cables. 


Sash and Thermostat motors. 


(E88A) The Contractor under this Item 39 
shall furnish all labor and material required and 
install the wiring from the lighting cabinets 
to the six (6) sash motors and two (2) thermo- 
stat motors, contactors and push button stations 
and shall erect and connect them up ready 
for operation. The sash motors contactors 
and push buttons will be furnished under Item 
1 The thermostat motors and controllers 
will be furnished under Item 35. 


568 


Station Lighting. 


(E89) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all conduit, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, 
switches, receptacles, wire, cable, fixtures, cabi- 
nets, lamps and whatever other material may 
be required to complete the lighting for the 
station as Shown on the plans. The Contractor 
shall also furnish an additional complete set 
of lamps for the station, which shall be de- 
livered to the Engineer in suitable packages. 


There shall be installed, in the locations 
shown on the plans, the following lighting cabi- 
nets: 


No. of circuits Size of Main Fuses 
BO AML 2h A Ra La ..200 Amperes 
SP OL ele cp LE at SED CE ASI I A 200 Amperes 
FENN Ae Gp PORE AU > Gc) ep aN Eg 200 Amperes 
nhs CAS oy aire, oa te Oe a 200 Amperes 
22 ial sayy a, criti Maia HR aR an 400 Amperes 
pee nCinanermmmant ey 2a eect tT 100 Amperes 


All lighting cabinets furnished and installed 
shall be of the three phase to two wire, steel, 
flush, sectional type, with protected bus bars 
and connections and provided with side wir- 
ing pockets. The mains will be brought in 
at the bottom of the cabinet and the circuits 
taken out at the top and bottom as shown on 
the plans. Circuits shall be provided with 
fused switches of the tumbler type and shall 
be properly named and numbered with name 
plates approved by the Engineer. The cabi- 


569 


nets shall be provided with a cover, equipped 
with spring hinges and vault handle. 


All switches installed in the station shall be 
of the tumbler type, fitted with brass or gal- 
vanized sheet metal covers as specified on the 
plans. All plug receptacles shall be of the 
medium screw base type, fitted with brass or 
galvanized steel covers as specified on the 
plans. The lighting work shall be of first class 
workmanship and completely equipped as 
specified, ready for operation. 


Conduit. 


(E90) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all conduit, conduit fittings, pull boxes, 
nipples and other equipment required to com- 
plete the installation. Conduits shall be of the 
sizes shown on the plans or larger if necessary 
to accommodate the wires or cables to be in- 
stalled therein. 


All conduit installed shall be “X Duct” or 
equal and all conduit fittings shall be ‘‘Condu- 
let,” or ‘“‘Unilet’” or equal, thoroughly gal- 
vanized. 


The ends of all conduit shall be thoroughly 
reamed before installing, so that all burrs 
and rough edges are removed. Where conduits 
terminate a lock nut and bushing shall be in- 
stalled. Wherever conduits are installed for 
future use, a sufficient amount of threaded end 
shall be provided so that the conduit can be 
readily extended. A cap shall be provided on 
the ends of all conduits not in use. 


Wherever fibre conduits terminate in the 
motor pits or pass through floor or walls or 


570 


terminate above or under floor slabs they shall 
be packed with waste and sealed with tar to 
eliminate the possibility of any moisture en- 
tering the pipe. 


Fibre conduit shall be “‘Bermico”’ or equal. 


In no case shall the Contractor install con- 
duit with more than three (3) bends without 
providing a pull box or fitting. 


No smaller than 34, inch conduit shall be 
used unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 


The Contractor shall install, in the east 
wall of the building as shown on the plans, 
twenty-six (26) four (4) inch galvanized iron 
pipe nipples. The nipples shall be flush with 
the inside wall surface and shall extend thru 
the wall and 6 inches beyond the outer sur- 
face. The outer ends shall be threaded and 
covered with standard pipe caps. 


Inter-Phone System. 


(E91) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall a complete Inter-Phone system as herein- 
after specified. The system shall have a total 
of twenty-four stations, located as shown on the 
plans, and shall be Western Electric Company, 
System Number One or equal. 


All instruments furnished and installed shall 
be wired for full metallic selective ringing, se- 
lective talking service, thereby permitting any 
station to ring and talk to any other station 
in the system without disturbing the other sta- 
tions. The system shall be free from inductive 
disturbances and cross talk. 


‘ 571 


The Interphones shall be equipped with bells 
wound with black enamel wire to at least 
ten ohms resistance, thereby permitting effi- 
cient ringing over the entire length of line, ir- 
respective of the position of the battery in the 
system. 


The transmitters and receivers shall be of 
the high resistance type to permit uniform 
transmission throughout the system. The sum 
of their resistances in series shall be not less 
than one hundred and ten ohms. 


Each Interphone shall be equipped with a 
retardation coil of high impedance, and of at 
least one hundred ohms resistance to maintain 
a uniform battery supply to the transmission 
circuit. 


The following type of Interphones shall be 
furnished and installed. 
No. Kind Location 
1 Desk Switchboard Room—Elev. -—-40.0. 
1 Wall Receiving Room—Elev. +21.0. 
2 Wall Pump Room—Elev. —4.0. 
2 Wall Blower Room—Hlev. +25.0. 


Desk Chief Engineer’s Office—Elev. 
25.0, 


= 


1 Wall Circulating Water Pump Room— 
Blévi SO: 


1. Wall Screen Chamber—Eley. —5.5: 


The wall phone located in the screen cham- 
ber shall be mounted in a sheet steel, weather- 


572 


proof case, with hinged cover, which case shall 
be furnished and installed by the Contractor 
under this Item 39. The remaining fifteen Inter- 
phones shall consist of ten wall phones and five 
desk phones and shall be delivered to the Engi- 
neer in suitable cases so that they can be 
stored for future use. 


The cable used for the stations, ringing and 
talking shall consist of the following sizes: 
One pair No. 22, B. & S. gauge, tinned copper 
wire for each station and one pair of No. 18, 
B. & S. gauge tinned copper wires for talking, 
also four or five spare pairs of No. 18 gauge 
wires. A three conductor, number ten, B. & S. 
gauge, varnish cambric, lead covered, cable 
shall be installed for the ringing circuits. 


The conductor insulation shall consist of a 
single wrapping of silk and a single wrapping 
- of cotton, the whole cable being impregnated 
with beeswax compound. All wires, except 
the spares, shall be twisted in pairs to prevent 
inductive disturbances and cross talk. Each 
pair shall be designated by means of different 
colored insulation. Approved type of cable 
terminals shall be furnished and installed on 
all junctions of the cable. No “T” tapping of 
the telephone circuits will be permitted. 


A cable terminal board shall be furnished 
and installed with each station, which shall 
be entirely impregnated with paraffine to re- 
sist any moisture which may settle on the 
terminals. 


The ringing and talking circuits shall be 
taken from the buses on the rear of the bench- 
board panel No. 35. These buses shall be 


573 


energized from the 500 ampere hour storage 
battery. 


Ground Connections. 


(E92) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall complete, the ground bus, ground plate, 
pipes, coke and connections as indicated on the 
plans and connect thereto all power trans- 
former cases, motor frames, starting compensa- 
tors, switchboard frames, distribution cabinets, 
steel oil circuit breaker bus compartment 
frames, oil circuit breakers, disconnecting 
switches, current and potential transformers, 
all pipe framework, lead sheath on cables, 
metal conduit, and other electrical equipment. 
All ground connections or leads located in the 
floor slabs or walls or passing through walls or 
floors shall be run in fibre conduit of the 
proper size. Wherever copper bus bar is used 
for ground leads it shall be one (1) % by 1 
inch and wherever cable is used it shall be 
number 000 B. & S. gauge, bare, stranded cop- 
per wire. | 


A ground plate of copper 14 inch thick and 
3 feet square shall be installed and buried in 
coke as shown on the plans and connected to 
the ground bus by 14 by 2 inch flat copper 
bus bar, installed in the proper size fibre con- 
duit. Around the ground plate the Contractor 
shall furnish and install eight 114, inch gal- 
vanized iron pipes, which shall be connected 
together and to the ground plate by means of 
a 2 by 14 inch flat copper bus bar. The cop- 
per ground plate and all bus bar connections, 
installed in the ground shall be coated on all 
sides and ends with at least 1/16 inch layer 
of tin. 


574 


Wire and Cable. 


(E93) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall all wire and cable required to complete 
the installation. No wire smaller than number 
ten B. & S. gauge shall be used, except for 
switchboard wiring, telephone wiring and light- 
ing circuits and fixtures. All wires larger than 
number six B. & S. gauge shall be stranded, 
unless otherwise specified. 


All wire and cable furnished and installed by 
the Contractor shall conform in all respects 
to the latest standardization rules of the A. I. 
KE. E., unless otherwise specified, and must meet 
with the approval of the Engineer. 


- Rubber covered, double braid wire, for 600 
volts working pressure, shall be insulated with 
the standard thickness of 30 per cent pure 
Para Rubber compound. 


Lead covered, varnished cambric, cable and 
terminal insulation shall be as specified in the 
following table? 


Insula- 


Insula- tion for 
Working Size No. tion over Belt Term. 
Pressure of of each Insula- Lead Connec- 
Volts Cond. Cond. Cond. tion Sheath tions 
12000 All 3 C732 6/32” ie” 127326 
12000 v Ie ee Ac. 1B” 2 ig20 
6600 ‘2 i 9/32” Ie’ 9/32” 
6600 ai 3 5/32” 4/327 ye’ 9/32” 
600 14 to 8 1 3/64” 8/64” 
600 14 to 8 3 3/64” 1/64” 4/64” 
600 6 to 2 1 Lii16% a/16" 
600 6 to 0000 3 abe on 1/64” 5/64” 
600 225,000 to 500,000 
C.M. 1 SWAG S/3276 
600 550,000 to 1,000,000 
C.M. a 7/64” 7/64” 
600 Over 1,000,000 C.M. 1 ER Ae AVS 2 
600 Over 225,000 C.M. 38 POY UBS Se gL AR IK Whyte 
600 14 to 4 1 1/16” 
600 10 to 8 3 UGA 
600 2 to 00 1 5/64” 
600 6 to 8 3 SU Ra pie 
600 225,000 to 350,000 
C.M. 1 3/32" 
600 2 to 000 3 7/64’ 
600 400,000 to 1,000,000 1 7/64” 
600 Over 1,000,000 1 ei, 
600 Over 0000 3 1%” 


575 


All varnish cambric insulation shall be black 
varnish cambric tape. 


Insulation. 


(E94) Wherever there is a sufficient amount 
of ground clearance the Contractor will be per- 
mitted to reduce the insulation thickness speci- 
fied in the above table to a thickness approved 
by the Engineer. 


Where insulation is installed by hand, the 
copper shall be taped over with a varnished 
cambric tape, half lapped, using a thin layer of 
No. 1 Minerallac Compound or equal, between 
the layers of varnished cambric tape. The 
varnished cambric tape shall be so applied as 
to be firm, smooth and free from voids, air 
pockets or wrinkles. All hand wrapped insula- 
tion shall then be covered with one tape, 
half lapped, of asbestos material. The finished 
surface shall then be coated, with one applica- 
tion of a solution of sodium silicate and two (2) 
layers of an approved insulating flame proof 
paint, which shall present a smooth glossy sur- 
face. 


On all 440 and 110 volt buses and connec- 
tions the Contractor shall tape the copper bus 
bars with two tapes, half lapped, of oiled linen 
or muslin tape; then apply varnished cambric 
tape, half lapped, to form a three thirty- 
seconds (8/32) inch wall, using a thin layer 
of No. 1 Minerallac Compound, or equal, be- 
tween the layers of varnished cambric tape. 
The varnished cambric tape is then to be cov- 
ered with one tape half lapped, of an asbestos 
material. The taping shall be done so as to be 
firm, smooth, and free from wrinkles, voids or 


576 


air pockets. The finished surface shall then 
be coated with one application of a solution of 
sodium silicate and two (2) layers of an ap- 
proved insulating flame proof paint which shall 
present a smooth glossy surface. 


All 6,600 and 12,000 volt connections from 
the oil circuit breakers to the 8 inch partition 
wall shall be taped with varnished cambric 
tape half lapped to form an insulation thickness 
as specified in the ie el table for terminal 
connections. 


All 12,000 and 6,600 volt lead covered 
cables when run exposed shall be fireproofed. 
The fireproofing shall consist of an asbestos 
felted material with a backing of asbestos 
cloth; the tape to be 2 inches wide and 14 inch 
thick for cables 214 inches O. D. and under 
and 8 inches wide and 3/16 inches thick for 
larger cables. The tape shall be immersed in a 
refractory cement solution which is chemically 
neutral, and then wound spirally on the cable 
with butted joints. A second layer shall then 
be wound over the first layer with joints mid- 
way between joints of first layer. A layer of 
an asbestos composition paste shall then be 
applied by hand over the entire surface of the 
taping. 


All 440 and 110 volt lead covered cables 
where run exposed shall be covered with one 
tape half lapped of asbestos listing, taped, 
coated and painted as previously described in 
this section. 


All insulation at terminal lugs or connectors 
shall be built up to the required thickness and 
to form a smooth surface with gradual slope 
between various diameter conductors. 


o77 


The varnished cambric tape used for in- 
sulating shall be made up of cotton cambric, 
woven closely and uniformly. The cambric 
shall have a uniform application of black 
varnish which when applied shall present a 
smooth surface which will show no signs of 
cracking or pulling while drawing the tape 
around the conductor. The dielectric strength 
of the tape shall not be less than one thousand 
(1,000) volts per mil thickness. No tape shall 
be used which has a greater width than one 
and one-half (114) inches. 


All asbestos tape used on connections shall 
contain and be made up of not less than ninety 
(90) per cent long fibre asbestos and shall be 
selvaged. This tape shall be not less than fifteen 
thousandths (.015) of an inch thick, and the 
width shall not be less than one and one-half 
(114) inches, except where narrower tape is 
necessary to make a smooth surface around 
connectors, lugs, and other parts. 


When installing lead covered cable the Con- 
tractor shall use all possible care not to cut or 
score the lead sheath. Under no circumstances 
shall any exposed lead covered cable be bent to 
a radius of less than twelve (12) times the 
diameter of the cable. 


Each length of cable furnished by the Con- 
tractor shall be able to withstand a voltage 
test for a period of five minutes of double the 
working voltage and full load at standard fre- 
quency, without .puncturing, overheating, or 
otherwise damaging the insulation or sheath. 


578 
Station Accessories. 


(E95) The Contractor shall furnish and in- 
stall the following station accessories: 


One (1) % inch thick rubber mat, 36 inches 
wide to be placed in front of the control 
bench of the main switchboard. This mat 
shall be of sufficient length so as to extend 
continuously from Panel No. 1 to Panel No. 
46 inclusive, and shall be provided with a 
non-curling attachment at each end. 


Two (2) portable mats, 24 by 36 by % 
inches, with rope handles at each end. These 
mats shall be of the highest grade rubber and 
fabric construction, with corrugated surface 
and shall meet with the EM of the Engi- 
neer. 


Two (2) disconnecting switch sticks. One for 
the 12,000 and 6,600 volt bus rooms and one 
for the 440 volt bus room. These sticks shall 
be of suitable length and design to operate 
the disconnecting switches which have been 
furnished. 


Three (3) wooden tongs for removing poten- 
tial transformer fuses. One for the high ten- 
sion transformer bank room and two for the 
12,000 and 6,600 volt bus room. 


The Contractor shall install hooks in the 12,- 
000 and 6,600 volt and 440 volt bus rooms, suit- 
able for hanging the above specified, rubber 
mats, switch hooks and fuse tongs. The location 
of these hooks will be designated by the Engi- 
neer. 


Six (6) plugs with Hae for nhs with 
portable voltmeters. 


579 


Tank lifters for raising and lowering the 
tanks of the 12,000, 6,600, 440 and 110 volt oil 
circuit breakers. These tank lifters shall be 
made by the manufacturer of the oil circuit 
breakers to be installed and shall be designed 
so that the tanks can be easily removed for ex- 
amination. 


Four (4) soundproof telephone booths in 
the locations designated by the Engineer. 


One (1) Western Union Clock on the switch- 
board balcony, in a location approved by the 
Engineer. 


OPERATIONS AND TESTS. 


Shop Tests. 


(E96) These shop tests refer only to the 
apparatus and equipment furnished by the 
Contractor under Division P. Each battery 
charging set shall be erected complete in the 
shop and one unit shall be tested in the shop 
for efficiency, heating, input-output, insulation 
and operating characteristics. 


One of each size of transformer shall be 
tested in the shop, to determine the efficiency, 
regulation, ratio, heating, dielectric strength of 
insulation and insulation resistance. 


- Each Unit Interlock Control shall be erected 
complete in the shop and tested as the Engineer 
may direct. 


The test of the motor generator sets and 
transformers shall be in accordance with the 
latest issue of the Standardization Rules of the 
American Institute of Electrical Engineers. 


580 


The efficiency shall be what is termed “Con- 
ventional Efficiency.” 


The temperature rise of the motors shall be 
determined by thermometer and resistance 
methods of the stator, and by the resistance 
method for the rotor, all temperature measure- 
ments and corrections being made in accord- 
ance with the above mentioned American In- 
stitute of Electrical Engineers’ rules. 


The oil circuit breakers shall be guaranteed 
to withstand the latest two (2) OCO duty cycle 
rating as recommended by the latest Standard- 
ization Rules of the A. I. E. E. and the N. E. 
L. A. and shall be guaranteed to withstand the 
high potential test recommended in the latest 
Standardization Rules of the A. I. E. E. 


Carbon copies of the actual shop tests of 
the battery charging sets and transformers, 
together with complete computations, curves 
and summary sheets shall be supplied to the 
Engineer on the completion of these tests. The 
Engineer may at his option witness the shop 
tests, 


Operation Tests. 


(E97) It is anticipated, but not guaranteed, 
that after the equipment included under this 
contract has been installed, the construction 
on other contracts will be sufficiently advanced 
to allow the operation of the station. 


In any case as soon as conditions will per- 
mit, the Sanitary District will place the equip- 
ment in operation to such an extent as it may 
deem necessary and it will continue to operate 
the same for at least sixty (60) calendar days. 
During this operative period, the Contractor 


581 


shall make such changes, betterments or re- 
placements in the equipment and work in- 
cluded in this contract as may be required to 
make same comply with the specifications and 
to replace any defective material. 


During the above period the Contractor shall 
be responsible for the functioning of the equip- 
ment, included in this contract and shall make 
no claim against the Sanitary District for any 
damages, to the said equipment, due to failure 
of its operation. 


Results of Tests. 


(E98) Should any equipment when tested 
fail to develop the guaranteed efficiency, or 
meet ail of the other performance guarantees, 
due to any weakness of construction or design, 
the Contractor shall, at his own expense, forth- 
with make all necessary changes, betterments 
or replacements in any equipment so that said 
equipment, when again tested, will meet the 
performance guarantees. 


If said Contractor fails or refuses to make 
said changes, improvements or betterments, 
or if said improved equipment when tested 
shall again fail to meet said guarantees, the 
Sanitary District, notwithstanding its owner- 
ship of work and material which have entered 
into the manufacture and installation of said 
equipment, shall have the option of rejecting 
said equipment or of accepting the same at 
such reduced price as may be agreed upon by 
the parties hereto. 


In case said Sanitary District exercises its 
option and rejects said equipment, then said 
Contractor hereby agrees to repay to the Sani- 


582 


tary District all sums of money paid to him on 
progress certificates or otherwise on account of 
the lump sum price herein specified, and upon 
the receipt of said sums of money, said Sani- 
tary District will execute and deliver to said 
Contractor a bill of sale of all its right, title 
and interest in and to said equipment; PRO- 
VIDED, however, that said equipment shall not 
be removed from the premises of the Sanitary 
District until said Sanitary District obtains from 
other sources other equipment to take the place 
of that rejected. Said Sanitary District hereby 
agrees to obtain said other equipment within a 
reasonable time, and said Contractor agrees 
that said Sanitary District may use the equip- 
ment furnished by him without rental or other 
charge until said other equipment is obtained. 


In the further event that the Sanitary Dis- 
trict exercises its option to accept said equip- 
ment at a reduced price and the parties here- 
to cannot agree upon the reduced price to be 
paid therefore, then the determination of said 
reduced price to be paid by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict to said Contractor, shall be submitted to 
a Board of Arbitrators and determined in the 
manner hereinafter specified. 


Said Board of Arbitrators shall consist of 
three competent Engineers, one of whom shall 
be chosen by said Sanitary District, another by 
said Contractor and the third shall be selected 
by the two so chosen. If either of the parties 
hereto neglects to name a person as its arbi- 
trator within ten days after being notified by 
the other party hereto so to do, or if the 
arbitrators chosen by the parties hereto cannot 
within ten days after they are chosen agree 


583 


upon the third arbitrator, then either party 
hereto may request any Judge of the Circuit 
Court of Cook County to name an arbitrator 
for the party so in default, or said third arbi- 
trator and said Judge is hereby given full 
power and authority to designate and name 
said arbitrators. The dicision of said Board of 
Arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the 
parties hereto. Each party shall compensate 
the arbitrator selected by it or appointed by 
the court on its behalf, and one-half of the 
compensation of the third arbitrator shall be 
paid by each of the parties hereto. 


Guarantee. 


(E99) Al! equipment furnished under these 
specifications under this item shall be guaran- 
teed free from mechanical or electrical defects 
in workmanship, design or materials, and the 
Contractor shall replace, without cost to the 
Sanitary District any part or parts of the equip- 
ment proving defective within one (1) year 
after the equipment has been placed in opera- 
tion. A maintenance bond for this purpose is 
specified under Article 34. 


Payment. 


(E100) The lump sum price specified un- 
der this Item 39 shall cover the cost of the 
guarantee specified in Section (E99) and of 
furnishing all labor, equipment, material, tools, 
plant and appurtenances necessary for the 
furnishing and installing of the equipment and 
work as described under this Item 39 and as 
Shown on the plans. No payment shall be 
made under any other item of this contract for 
any work specified under this Item 39. 


584 
GENERAL CONDITIONS. 


Sanitary District Law. 


Article 1. The said Contractor hereby agrees 
to carry on all the work provided for in this 
contract in strict conformity with the require- 
ments of the law under which The Sanitary 
District. of Chicago is organized, entitled ‘“‘An 
Act to create Sanitary Districts and to remove 
obstructions from the Desplaines and [llinois 
Rivers,” approved May 29th, 1889, in force 
July 1st, 1889, and all acts amendatory thereof 
and supplementary thereto. 


Village Ordinances. 


Art. 2. The said Contractor agrees to carry 
on all work provided for in this contract in 
strict conformity with the ordinances and rules 
passed by the Village of Niles Center or other 
municipalities covering the construction of said 
work, and to conform to all other regulations 
or ordinances of the Village of Niles Center 
or other municipalities and to obtain all 
permits and certificates required by said village 
or other municipalities without additional ex- 
pense to the Sanitary District. 


Omissions on Plans. 


Art. 8. The plans furnished form a part of 
these specifications, and any work shown there- 
on shall be executed the same as if mentioned 
herein. The work is to be made complete, and 
to the satisfaction of the Engineer, notwith- 
standing any minor omissions in the specifica- 
tions or plans. 


585 


Approximate Quantities. 


Art. 4. It is expressly understood and 
agreed by the parties hereto that the quantities 
of the various classes of work to be done and 
material to be furnished under this contract, 
which have been estimated as stated in the 
“Requirements for Bidding and Instructions to 
Bidders,” attached hereto, are only approxi- 
mate and are to be used solely for the pur- 
pose of comparing on a uniform basis, the pro- 
posals offered for the work under this contract 
and the Contractor further agrees that the 
Sanitary District will not be held responsible if 
any of said quantities shall be found incorrect; 
and said Contractor will not make any claim for 
damages or for loss of profits or for an exten- 
sion of time because of a difference between the 
quantities of the various classes of work as 
estimated and the work actually done. If any 
error, omission, or misstatement shall be discov- 
ered in the said estimated quantities, the same 
shall not invalidate this contract or release the 
Contractor from the execution and completion 
of the whole or any part of the work herein 
specified, within the time herein specified, to 
the satisfaction of the Engineer and in accord- 
ance with the specifications and the plans 
herein mentioned and for the prices herein 
agreed upon and fixed therefor, or excuse him 
from any of the obligations or liabilities here- 
under, or entitle him to any damages or com- 
pensation otherwise than may be provided for 
in this contract, except for such extra work as 
may be required, for the performance of which 
written orders must be given and received as 
herein specified. 


586 


Examination of Site. 


Art. 5. All bidders for the work under this 
contract are required before submitting pro- 
posals to examine the site of the work and ad- 
jacent premises, and the various means of ap- 
proach to the site, and to make all necessary 
investigations in order to inform themselves 
thoroughly as to the character and magnitude 
of all work involved in the complete execution 
of this contract; also as to the facilities of de- 
livering, handling and installing the construc- 
tion plant and other equipment and the con- 
ditions and the difficulties that will be en- 
countered in the performance of the work 
specified herein. No plea of ignorance of con- 
ditions that exist or that may hereafter exist, or 
of difficulties that will be encountered in the 
execution of the work hereunder, as a result of 
failure to make necessary examinations and 
investigations, will be accepted as a sufficient 
excuse for any failure or omission on the part 
of the Contractor to fulfill in every detail all 
the requirements of this contract, or will be ac- 
cepted as a basis for any claim whatsoever for 
extra compensation or for an extension of time. 


Interference. 


Art. 6. The Contractor shall so conduct the 
work that there shall be no interference with 
work which may be in progress by the 
Sanitary District or under contracts with 
other contractors. In case of dispute between 
the Contractor and other contractors em- 
ployed by the Sanitary District, the decision 
of the Chief Engineer shall be final and bind- 
ing on both parties hereto. 


587 


The Contractor shall at his own expense re- 
pair any damage to machinery, equipment, 
masonry, buildings or other property of the 
Sanitary District or work under construction by 
other contractors occasioned by the Contractor 
in the execution of this contract. The disposal 
of tools, material, machinery and other supplies 
and appurtenances during storage and erection 
on the property of the Sanitary District or 
other owners shall be subject to the approval 
of the Engineer. The Contractor shall assume 
all responsibility for the security and safety of 
everything he may have on the property of the 
Sanitary District or other owners. 


The Contractor will be permitted to establish 
and maintain at his own expense during the life 
of this contract, an office upon property of the 
Sanitary District. This office shall, however, be 
located and constructed as approved by the 
Engineer, 


Changes in Plans. 


Art. 7. The Sanitary District reserves the 
right to make any changes in the specifications 
and plans which may be deemed necessary 
either before or after beginning any work un- 
der this contract, without invalidating this con- 
tract; provided that if alterations are made, the 
general character of the work as a whole is not 
changed thereby. 


If such alterations increase the quantity of 
work to be done, where unit prices are speci- 
fied, such increase shall be paid for according 
to the quantity of work actually done at the > 
unit price specified under this contract for each 


588 


class of work performed. If such alterations 
diminish the quantity of work to be done, where 
unit prices are specified, they shall not con- 
stitute a claim for damages or for loss of profit 
on the work that may be dispensed with, and 
the said Sanitary District shall not be required 
to pay for work or material omitted. 


If such alterations increase the amount of 
work to be done, where lump sum prices are 
specified, such increase shall be paid for as an 
extra as provided in Articles 8 and 9. If such 
alterations or omissions diminish the amount of 
work to be done, where lump sum prices are 
specified, such alterations or omissions shall not 
constitute a claim for damages or for loss of 
profits on the work that may be dispensed with, 
and the Sanitary District shall not be required 
to pay for work or material omitted. The Con- 
tractor shall allow a credit for all such work or 
material omitted, the amount of the credit to 
be fixed by the Chief Engineer on the basis of 
the estimated cost of the labor and materials 
omitted. 


If such alterations, in the opinion of the Engi- 
neer, involve additional expense not covered by 
the unit prices herein specified, the Contractor 
shall be paid for such additional expense as 
determined by the Engineer, under the extra 
work clause of this contract. 


Extra Work. 


Art. 8. The Contractor shall perform only 
such extra work as the Engineer may order in 
writing; provided, however, that no extra 
work, the total price or cost of which is in 


589 


excess of five hundred dollars ($500.00), shall 
be performed by the Contractor unless the En- 
gineer is authorized to issue a written order 
therefor by the Board of Trustees of said Sani- 
tary District. Whenever work is required to be 
done which is not now contemplated or covered 
by the prices herein specified, the Engineer 
shall fix such prices for the work as he shall 
consider just and equitable, and the Contractor 
shall abide by such prices, provided he enters 
upon such work with a full knowledge of the 
prices so fixed by the Engineer, but if the Con- 
tractor declines to perform said work at the 
prices fixed by said Engineer, then the Sanitary 
District may contract with any person or per- 
sons for its performance the same as if this con- 
tract had never existed; and if extra work, or 
work not provided for in this contract is or- 
dered performed by the Engineer and is so per- 
formed by the Contractor before prices have 
been fixed for such work, then the Engineer 
shall estimate the same at such prices as he 
shall consider just and reasonable, and his deci- 
sion shall be final and binding upon both 
parties to this contract, and the said Contractor 
shall accept such prices in full satisfaction of 
all demands against the Sanitary District for 
said extra work; provided, that if extra work 
is of such a nature being so distinct from other 
work being done by the said Contractor, that | 
in the opinion of the Engineer the actual cost 
of the same can be determined, then the said 
Contractor shall receive and the Sanitary Dis- 
trict shall pay in full satisfaction for the same. 
the actual cost of the work as determined by 
the Engineer with fifteen (15) per cent added 
for superintendence, use of tools and profit, 


590 


provided that said fifteen (15) per cent shall 
not be added to any unit or lump sum price 
fixed by the Engineer for extra work performed 
by the Contractor. 


A statement of all claims for extra labor or 
material furnished by the Contractor or claims 
for damages, or for additional compensation 
from any cause, whatsoever, must be reported 
to the Engineer in writing at the time such 
labor or material is furnished, -such damages 
occur or such claims for additional compensa- 
tion arise, and such statement must also be 
presented to the Engineer and the Committee 
on Engineering of the Board of Trustees of said 
Sanitary District in writing within ten (10) 
‘days after the end of each month. Whenever 
so required, the Contractor shall deliver to the 
Engineer each day a signed statement of the 
extra labor and material furnished during that 
day. The written orders of the Engineer to the 
Contractor to perform any extra work therein 
mentioned and the written notices and state- 
ments of the work performed hereinabove and 
hereinafter required from said Contractor are 
conditions precedent to any recovery on the 
part of said Contractor for any extra work per- 
formed. 


Estimating Extra Work. 


Art. 9. In estimating the cost of extra work, 
the cost of material and equipment shall be the 
actual price paid for same delivered at the site 
of the work. The cost of labor shall be taken 
as the amount paid for same, as shown by the 
pay rolls of the Contractor, with cost of in- 
demnity insurance added when such can be 


591. 


shown to have been paid. No charge for the 
cost of administration will be allowed except as 
covered by said allowance of fifteen (15) per 
cent for superintendence, use of tools and 
profit. The Contractor shall, when requested 
by the Chief Engineer, certify, by his affidavit, 
the correctness of the amounts paid for ma- 
terial, equipment and labor. 


It is further agreed that in all cases of ques- 
tion or dispute arising or growing out of this 
contract in any way regarding the cost or value 
of extras, variations, allowances, deductions or 
the amount of damages in any manner growing 
out of the violation of any of the provisions of 
this contract, the decision of the Engineer shall 
be final and binding on both parties hereto. 


- Supervision, Materials, Workmanship and 
Inspection. 


Art. 10. All work provided for under this 
contract shall be done under the direction and 
supervision of the Engineer and his properly 
authorized agents. 


All inspection of any and all material fur- 
nished for use in work to be performed under 
this contract shall be made at the site of the 
work after delivery of the material, except 
where otherwise herein provided. 


All equipment and materials of whatsover 
kind to be used in the work shall be subject to 
the inspection and approval of the Engineer 
and shall be subject to constant inspection be- 
fore acceptance. Any imperfect work that 
may be discovered before its final acceptance 
shall be corrected immediately, and any unsat- 


592 


isfactory materials used in the work or de- 
livered at the site shall be rejected and re- 
moved on the requirement of the Engineer. 
The inspection of any work shall not relieve the 
Contractor of any of his obligations to perform 
proper and satisfactory work, as herein speci- 
fied, and all equipment and materials and 
work, which, during the progress and before its 
final acceptance, may become damaged from 
any cause, or do not for any reason satisfy the 
requirements of these specifications, shall be 
removed and replaced by good and satisfactory 
equipment, materials and work without extra 
charge therefor. The Engineer and his assist- 
ants shali have at all times free access to every 
part of the work and at all places where equip- 
ment or material to be used in the work is 
manufactured or stored, and shall be allowed 
to examine any equipment or material fur- 
nished for use in the work under this contract. 


Progress Certificates. 

Art. 11. It is further expressly agreed 
that the granting of any progress certificate, 
or the payment of any moneys hereunder, 
shall not be construed as acceptance of the 
work covered thereby and _ shall in no 
way lessen the liability of the Contractor to 
replace defective equipment, material and work 
though the same may not have been detected at 
the time such certificate was given or acted 
upon. All progress certificates, being made 
merely upon approximate estimates, shall be 
subject to the correction of the final certificate. 


Cost of Work. 
Art. 12. All books and avaeiits kept by the 
Contractor in connection with this contract 


593 


shall be open to the inspection of the Chief 
Engineer of the Sanitary District or his prop- 
erly accredited representative. 


The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer 
reasonable facilities for obtaining such infor- 
mation as he may desire respecting the prog- 
ress and execution of the work and the charac- 
ter of the materials, including all information 
necessary to determine the cost of the work, 
such as the number of men employed, their 
pay, the time during which they have worked 
on the various classes of construction, the cost 
of repairs to machinery, and other information 
required by the Engineer. The Contractor 
shall, on request, furnish the Engineer with 
copies of expense bills for transportation 
charges of all machinery, material and supplies 
shipped to or from the work under this con- 
tract. 


Plant. 


Art. 18. The Contractor shall furnish all 
material and supplies, plant, staging and false- 
work, machinery, tools and implements, teams, 
cars and tracks; in fact, all material and appli- 
ances of every sort or kind that may be neces- 
sary for the full and complete carrying out of 
this contract, and shall furnish and maintain, 
subject to the approval of the Engineer, all 
necessary barricades, and other protections, 
lights and signs, necessary for the proper pro- 
tection of the public. He shall also furnish 
watchmen not only to protect the public, but 
to protect all materials, tools, machinery and 
equipment and all work performed by the Con- 
tractor until said work has been completed and 


594 


accepted by the Chief Engineer. The cost of 
all the above shall be covered by the amounts 
paid at the lump sums or unit prices herein 
specified, and no’ extra charge shall be made 
therefor. 


Night, Sunday and Holiday Work. 


Art. 14. Whenever the Contractor shall be 
permitted or directed to perform work at night, 
or Sundays or a holiday, or to vary the period 
of hours during which work is carried on each 
day, he shall give written notice to the Engi- 
neer so that proper inspection may be provided. 
Such work shall be done under the regulation 
to be furnished in writing by the Engineer, and 
no extra compensation shall be allowed there- 
for. 


Cleaning Work and Site. 


Art. 15. The Contractor shall keep the site 
of the work and adjacent premises as free from 
material, debris and rubbish as is practicable 
and shall remove same from any portions of the 
site, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such ma- 
terial, debris or rubbish constitutes a nuisance 
or is objectionable in any way to the public. 
The Contractor further agrees to remove all 
machinery, materials, implements, barricades, 
staging, falsework, debris and rubbish con- 
nected with or caused by said work immedi- 
ately upon the completion of the same and to 
clean all structures and work constructed un- 
der this contract to the satisfaction of the En- 
gineer and to leave the premises in perfect 
condition in so far as affected by the work 
under this contract. 


| 595 
Precautions. 


Art. 16. The Contractor shall take whatever 
precaution that may be necessary to render any 
portion of the work secure in every respect, or 
to decrease the liability of accidents from any 
cause, or to avoid contingencies which are 
liable to delay the completion of the work. 
The Contractor shall furnish and install, sub- 
ject to the approval of the Engineer, all neces- 
sary facilities to provide safe means of access 
to all points where work is being performed 
hereunder and make all necessary provisions to 
insure the safety of workmen and of engineers 
and inspectors during the performance of said 
work. The Contractor will be required to 
conduct his work so as not to obstruct or render 
dangerous public highways, bridges, railroads 
and navigable channels. 


Superintendence. ; 


Art. 17. The Contractor shall at all times 
have a competent foreman, superintendent or 
other representative on the work who shall 
have full authority to act for the Contractor 
and to receive and execute orders from the 
Engineer, who shall receive shipments of ma- 
terial to the Contractor, and who shall see that 
the work hereunder is properly co-ordinated 
with the work of other contractors and that 
the work under this contract is executed in 
accordance with the specifications and plans 
and the orders of the Engineer thereunder. 
The. Contractor shall furnish the necessary 
watchmen to protect all material, tools, and 
equipment and all work performed by the 


596 


Contractor until said work has been completed 
and accepted by the Engineer. 


Workmen. 


Art. 18. The Contractor shall employ com- 
petent foremen and laborers, and shall dis- 
charge, at the request of the Engineer, any in- 
competent or unfaithful men in his employ. 
None but men expert in their respective 
branches of work shall be employed where spe- 
cial skill is required. 


Sanitation. 


Art. 19. In accordance with the rules and. 
regulations for the guidance of Sanitary In- 
spector, etc., adopted by the Board of Trustees 
on July 31, 1913, page 997 of the Proceedings 
for 1913, the Contractor shall introduce and en- 
force among his employees such regulations in 
regard to cleanliness and the disposal of gar- 
bage and wastes, as shall conduce to their 
health, and tend to prevent the inception and 
spread of contagious and infectious disease 
among them, and shall take such means as the 
Engineer may direct to effectually prevent the 
creation of a nuisance on any part of the prop- 
erty of said Sanitary District or adjacent 
streets, or property. Necessary sanitary con- 
veniences for the use of the laborers on the 
work, properly secluded from public observa- 
tion, shall be constructed and maintained by 
the Contractor in such manner and at such 
points as shall be approved, and their use shall 
be strictly enforced. 


597 


Patents. 


Art. 20. It is further agreed that the Con- 
tractor shall indemnify, keep and save harmless 
said Sanitary District from all liabilities, judg- 
ments, costs, damages and expenses which may 
in any wise come against said Sanitary District, 
by reason of the use of any patented material, 
machinery, devises, equipment or processes fur- 
nished by the Contractor and used in the 
performance of the work under this con- 
tract, or by reason of the use of patented 
designs furnished by the Contractor and 
accepted by the Sanitary District except- 
ing only the siphon spillways located in the 
southwest corner of the building. In the 
event any claim, suit or action at law or in 
equity of any kind, whatsoever, is made or 
brought against said Sanitary District involving 
any such patents, then the Sanitary District 
shall have the right to retain from the money 
due and to become due said Contractor a suffi- 
cient amount of money to protect itself against 
loss in the same manner and upon the same 
conditions as hereinafter specified in the next 
following article of this contract. 


Damages. 


Art. 21. Said Contractor covenants and 
agrees to pay all damages for injury to real or 
personal property, or for any injury sustained 
by any person growing out of any act or deed 
of said Contractor, or of his employees, that is 
in the nature of a legal liability, and he hereby 
agrees to indemnify and save the Sanitary Dis- 
trict harmless against all suits and actions of 
every name and description brought against 


598 


said Sanitary District for, or on account of any 
such injuries to real or personal property, or 
injuries received or sustained by any person or 
persons, caused by said Contractor, his servants, 
agents or employees, in the execution of said 
work; or by or in consequence of any negli- 
gence in guarding the same; or by or on ac- 
count of any omission or act of said Contractor, 
his agents or employees; and the said Con- 
tractor further agrees that so much of the 
money due him under and by virtue of this con- 
tract, as shall be considered necessary by the 
Board of Trustees of said Sanitary District, may 
be retained by the Sanitary District to protect 
itself agains{ loss until such suit or claim for 
damages shall have been settled, and evidence 
to that effect shall have been furnished to the 
satisfaction of the said Board of Trustees. 


Employers’ Liability Act. 


Art. 22. The Contractor further agrees to 
insure to his employees or their beneficiaries 
and to the employees or the beneficiaries of any 
subcontractor employed by him on said work 
the necessary first aid, medical, surgical and 
hospital services, and the compensation pro- 
vided for in the Workmen’s Compensation Acts 
of the General Assembly of the State of Illinois 
as amended and now in force. 


Said Contractor hereby further agrees to in- 
demnify, keep and save harmless said Sanitary 
District from all claims, judgments, awards and 
costs which may in any wise come against said 
Sanitary District by reason of any accidental 
injuries or death suffered by any of his em- 
ployees or the employees of any subcontractor 


599 


employed by him in and about the performance 
of the work under this contract. 


Such insurance shall be placed by said Con- 
tractor in a company or association authorized 
under the laws of the State of Illinois to insure 
the liability above specified or in lieu of such 
insurance said Contractor or subcontractor 
hereby agrees to guarantee his liability to pay 
the compensation provided for in said Acts as 
amended and now in force. 


Responsibility of Contractor. 


Art. 23. The Contractor shall be responsible 
for the entire work until completed and ac- 
cepted by the Sanitary District. The Con- 
tractor shall give his personal attention to the 
fulfillment of this contract and to the execution 
of the work. He shall keep the same under his 
control, and shall not sublet any part of it, ex- 
cept as hereinafter specified. The Sanitary 
District will not recognize any parties engaged 
on the work covered by this contract other than 
the Contractor and his employees. 


The Contractor shall not assign by power of 
attorney or otherwise any portion of the 
moneys that may become due through the per- 
formance of the work under this contract or 
any part thereof. 


Subletting Work. 


Art. 24. The Contractor shall not sublet any 
part of the work herein mentioned to any per- 
son or corporation that is not, in the opinion of 
the Engineer, competent, experienced and 
financially able to properly carry out and ex- 


600 


ecute the same, and in the event that said Con- 
tractor desires to sublet any part of the work 
he shall, prior to such subletting, submit to the 
Engineer a statement showing the character of 
the work and the party or parties to whom it is 
proposed to sublet the same, and his or their 
experience, financial ability and other qualifica- 
tions for properly carrying out and completing 
the same and the decision of the Engineer as to 
said qualifications, financial ability, experience 
and competency shall be final and binding upon 
both parties hereto. It is further understood 
and agreed that such subletting, or the ap- 
proval thereof by the Sanitary District or by 
the said Engineer, shall not directly or indi- 
rectly release or modify the responsibility of 
the Contractor for the satisfactory and entire 
completion of said work and each and every 
part and portion thereof, and that said Sani- 
tary District shall not be liable to any subcon- 
tractor for any lien on the structures to be built 
hereunder or claim on the moneys due the Con- 
tractor or any other lien, claim or damages 
whatsoever. In case any party or parties, to 
whom any work under this contract shall have 
been sublet, shall disregard the directions of 
the Engineer or his duly authorized representa- 
tives, or shall furnish any unsatisfactory work, 
or shall fail or refuse in any way to conform to 
any of the conditions of this contract, then in 
that case, upon the written order of the Engi- 
neer, the Contractor shall require said party or 
parties in default to discontinue work under 
this contract. Any defective work done by any 
such subcontractor shall be replaced by work 
which is satisfactory to the Engineer. 


601 


Liens. 


Art. 25. If at any time during the progress 
of said work the said Contractor shall fail or - 
neglect to pay for any labor performed, mate- 
rial furnished, or tools, machinery, appliances, 
fuel, provisions or supplies of any sort or kind 
used or consumed in, upon, or on account of 
said work for ten (10) days after payment for 
same shall have become due, then the said 
Sanitary District shall have the power to pay 
for such labor or for materials, tools, machin- 
ery, appliances, fuel, provisions, or supplies, 
and the amount so paid shall be retained out 
of the money due or to become due to said Con- 
tractor. The said Sanitary District may refuse 
to make payment hereinafter mentioned to the 
extent of such indebtedness until satisfactory 
evidence in writing has been furnished that 
said indebtedness has been discharged. In any — 
such case, said Sanitary District is hereby au- 
thorized and empowered by said Contractor to 
ascertain by the Engineer the amount due or 
owing from said Contractor to any laborer or 
laborers, or to any person or persons, or cor- 
poration, for labor, equipment, material, tools, 
machinery, appliances, fuel, provisions or sup- 
plies of any sort or kind consumed upon, in or 
on account of the work covered by this contract 
in such manner and upon such proofs as the 
said Engineer may deem sufficient. 


Co-operation. 


Art. 26. It is understood and agreed that 
all work shall be executed in such manner and 
in such order or procedure as will permit of the 
commencement and carrying on of work of the 


602 


Sanitary District and of other contractors with 
the least interference possible under a reason- 
able procedure whenever it is necessary or de- 
sirable to prosecute said work, either simul- 
taneously with the work under this contract or 
otherwise. To this end the Contractor shall co- 
operate with and assist the Sanitary District 
and other contractors in every reasonable way 
and shall interfere as little as possible with 
their work. The Contractor shall so arrange 
his work, plant and equipment that work of 
the Sanitary District and of other contractors 
for the Sanitary District shall not be made in- 
accessible at any time and can be performed 
without unnecessary or unreasonable expense 
on account of the work, plant or equipment of 
the Contractor, hereunder. The Contractor 
shall move, free of charge, his plant and equip- 
ment or any part of same whenever the Engi- 
neer shall consider it reasonable and necessary 
for the work of the Sanitary District or other 
contractors. The Contractor when requested 
by the Engineer shall also furnish the Sanitary 
District and other contractors with material 
and with the use of plant and equipment of the 
Contractor at reasonable rates therefor, when- 
ever, in the opinion of the Engineer, such use 
of such plant and equipment will not unreason- 
ably delay or interfere with the work under 
this contract. 


The Contractor shall not be entitled to any 
damages or to any anticipated profits on work 
dispensed with or to any extra compensation 
from the Sanitary District on account of any 
work performed by the Sanitary District, or 
other contractors, that is contemplated in these 


603 


specifications or on the plans or that is neces- 
sary for carying on or completing or that in any 
way affects the work under this contract, pro- 
vided that such work of the Sanitary District 
and other contractors, in the opinion of the 
Engineer, is performed in a proper and ex- 
peditious, or a necessary manner. The Engi- 
neer shall decide all questions between the 
Contractor and the Sanitary District or other 
contractors, and the order of carrying on the 
work shall always be subject to the Engineer’s 
direction and approval. His decision upon all 
questions relating to this contract shall be final 
and binding upon both parties hereto. 


In case the Contractor, by his own acts or 
the acts of any person or persons in his em- 
ploy, shall unnecessarily delay, in the opinion 
of the Engineer, the work of the Sanitary Dis- 
trict or other contractors by not properly co- 
operating with them, or affording them suffi- 
cient opportunity or facilities to perform work, 
as hereinbefore specified, the Contractor shall, 
in that case, pay all costs and expenses in- 
curred by such parties, due to any such de- 
lays, and hereby authorizes the Sanitary Dis- 
trict to deduct the amount of such costs and 
expenses from any moneys due or to become 
due under this contract. The Engineer shall 
decide the extent of such delay or delays and 
amount of such costs and expenses, and his de- 
cision shall be final and binding upon both 
parties to this contract. Nothing contained 
in this paragraph shall, however, relieve said 
Contractor from any liability or damages re- 
sulting to the Sanitary District on account 
of such delay or delays. 


604 


Time. 


Art. 27. The Contractor agrees to begin the 
work covered by this contract within thirty 
(30) days from the date of the approval by 
the Board of Trustees of said Sanitary District 
of the bond of said Contractor, and to prose- 
cute the same with all due diligence and to en- 
tirely complete the work on or before January 
1, 1928. 


It is understood and agreed that TIME is the 
essence of this contract, and that a failure on 
the part of said Contractor to complete the 
work herein specified within the time specified 
will result in great loss and damage to said 
Sanitary District, and that on account of the 
peculiar nature of such loss or damage it is 
difficult, if not impossible, to accurately ascer- 
tain and definitely determine the amount 
thereof. 


Liquidated Damages. 


Art. 28. It is therefore covenanted and 
agreed that in case the said Contractor shall 
fail or neglect to complete the work herein 
specified on or before the date hereinbefore 
fixed for completion, the said Contractor shall 
and will pay the said Sanitary District the sum 
of THREE HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS 
($350.00) for each and every day the Con- 
tractor shall be in default in the time of com- 
pletion of this contract. 


Said sum of THREE HUNDRED FIFTY DOL- 
LARS ($850.00) per day is hereby agreed upon, 
fixed and determined by the parties hereto as 
liquidated damages which said Sanitary Dis- 


605 


trict will suffer by reason of such defaults and 
not by way of a penalty. In case the said Con- 
tractor does not complete the work covered 
by this contract on or before the time specified 
herein for the completion of the said work, the 
Engineer shall decide the number of days the 
said Contractor is in default, and the decision 
of said Engineer shall be final and binding 
upon both parties hereto. 


It is further agreed that if said Sanitary Dis- 
trict shall accept any work or make any pay- 
ments under this contract after any such de- 
fault, such acceptance, payment or payments 
shall not in any respect constitute a waiver 
or modification of any of the provisions hereof, 
and particularly the provisions in regard to 
TIME and LIQUIDATED DAMAGES for de- 
lays. 


Extensions or Additions. 


Art. 29. In the event that any material alter- 
ations or additions are made as herein speci- 
fied, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will 
require additional time for the execution of 
any work under this contract, then in that case 
the time of the completion of the work shall 
be extended by such a period of time as may 
be fixed by said Engineer, and his decision 
shall be final and binding upon both parties 
hereto, provided that in such case the Contrac- 
tor, within four (4) days after being notified 
in writing of such alterations or additions, 
shall request in writing an extension of time, 
but no extension of time shall be given for any 
minor alterations or additions, and the provi- 
sions of this article shall not otherwise alter, 


606 


change or invalidate the provisions of this con- 
tract with reference to LIQUIDATED DAM- 
AGES, and the said Contractor shall not be en- 
titled to any damages or compensation from 
the said Sanitary District on account of such 
additional time required for the execution of 
the work. 


Notice to Suspend Work. 


Art. 30. The Contractor shall delay or sus- 
pend the progress of the work, or any part 
thereof, whenever he shall be so required by 
written order of the Engineer, and for such pe- 
riods of time as the Engineer may order, pro- 
vided that in the event of such delay or delays 
or of such suspension or suspensions of the 
progress of the work or any part thereof, the 
time for the completion of the work so sus- 
pended or of work delayed by such suspen- 
sions, shall be extended for a period equivalent 
to the time lost by reason of such suspension or 
suspensions, but such order of the Engineer 
shall not otherwise modify or invalidate in any 
way any of the provisions of this contract, and 
said Contractor shall not be entitled to any 
damages or compensation except as mentioned 
in Article 31, from the Sanitary District on ac- 
count of such delay or delays, suspension or 
suspensions. 


Unavoidable Delay. 


Art. 31. Should the Contractor be obstruct- 
ed or delayed in the commencement, prosecu- 
tion or completion of any part of said work by 
any act or delay of the Sanitary District, or 
by any act or delay on the part of railroads in 


607 


furnishing cars or transporting any equipment, 
material or appurtenances for said work, or 
by riot, insurrection, war, pestilence, acts of 
public authorities, fire, lightning, earthquake, 
cyclone, floods, or through any default or de- 
lay of other parties under contract with said 
Sanitary District, or due to strikes, or to other 
causes, which causes of delay mentioned in this 
article (Art. 31), in the opinion of the Chief 
Engineer are entirely beyond the control of the 
Contractor, then the time herein fixed for the 
completion of the work so delayed shall be ex- 
tended for a period equivalent to the time lost 
be reason of any cause aforesaid, but no such 
allowance shall be made unless the Contractor 
notifies the Engineer before the fifth of each 
succeeding month of all delays occurring in 
the preceding month. 


It is further expressly agreed that said Con- 
tractor shall not be entitled to any damages 
or compensation from the said Sanitary Dis- 
trict on account of any delays resulting from 
any of the causes above specified in this ar- 
ticle (Art. 31), except compensation for wages 
for extra time for any necessary watchmen and 
for extra premiums of his bond, actually paid 
by said Contractor, on account of said addi- 
tional time so required to complete all work 
hereunder, due only to delays caused by the 
Sanitary District or by other parties under con- 
tract with said Sanitary District. The Chief 
Kingineer shall decide the number of days that 
said Contractor has been so delayed and his 
decision shall be final and binding upon both 
parties hereto. 


608 


Forfeiture of Contract. 


Art. 32. It is further agreed by and between 
the parties hereto that if said Contractor fails 
financially, or abandons this contract, or fails, 
refuses or neglects to fully complete said work 
within the time specified, or as extended under 
the terms of this contract, or if in the opinion 
of the Chief Engineer said work has been or is 
being delayed by said Contractor so that said 
work cannot be completed within the time 
specified, or as so extended, or if from any 
other cause, whatsoever, said Contractor is un- 
able to carry out the terms and conditions of 
this contract and complete said work, or if said 
Contractor shall sublet, in whole or in part, the 
work under this contract without the consent 
of the Sanitary District first had and obtained, 
then said Sanitary District may declare his 
contract forfeited either as to a portion of the 
same or the whole thereof. 


Upon the happening of any of the conditions 
hereinbefore in this section specified, the said 
Sanitary District shall have a lien upon all the 
materials, supplies, machinery, implements and 
tools of the Contractor for the purpose herein- 
after specified; and the said Sanitary District 
may thereupon immediately take possession of 
all said materials, supplies, machinery, imple- 
ments and tools, for the uses and purposes 
hereinafter set forth; thereupon the said Sani- 
tary District shall have the power to, and may 
at the cost of said Contractor, complete the 
said work by letting a new contract, and in 
completing the said work by contract, the said 
Sanitary District may use such materials, sup- 
plies, machinery, implements, tools and plant 


609 


as may be the property of said Contractor, and 
make the necessary repairs and replacements 


thereto. _ 


The cost of fully completing all the work 
provided for under any new contract shall in- 
clude the sum or sums of money paid by the 
Sanitary District to other contractors and all 
cost of repairs and replacements upon machin- 
ery, implements, tools and plant of the Con- 
tractor hereunder and also all sums of money 
paid for first aid, medical, surgical and hospi- 
tal services and compensation for accidental 
injuries or death suffered by the employes of 
any new contractor in the course of their em- 
ployment in completing said work under the 
Workmen’s Compensation Acts of the General 
Assembly of the State of Illinois, now in force. 


The cost and expense of fully completing 
said work as aforesaid, shall be charged to the 
Contractor and the amount of such cost or ex- 
pense so charged shall be deducted from and 
paid by the Sanitary District out of any moneys 
that may be due or may at any time thereafter 
become due to the said Contractor under and 
by virtue of this contract, as far as the same 
may suffice therefor. 


Should the amount remaining unpaid of the 
original contract price be insufficient to reim- 
burse the Sanitary District for fhe cost and 
expense of fully completing said work, then 
the Sanitary District may sell all materials, 
supplies, machinery, implements and tools ob- 
tained from the Contractor then on hand, at 
public sale on giving said Contractor twenty 
(20) days notice of the time and place of such 


610 


sale, and the net proceeds derived from the 
sale of said property at such sale shall be 
credited to said Contractor, and should the 
amount received from said sale be then insuffi- 
cient to pay such deficiency, the Contractor 
and his bondsmen shall be liable to pay the 
amount of said deficiency; and at any such 
sale of said property as provided hereunder, 
the Sanitary District may bid and become a 
purchaser of said property. It is further un- 
derstood and agreed that the terms and pro- 
visions of this Article 32 shall apply to and be 
binding upon any and all subcontractors of 
the original Contractor hereunder. 


Contractor’s Bond. 


Art. 33. The Contractor shall furnish a bond 
in the sum of fifty (50) per cent of the amount 
of this contract for the performance of the 
work under this contract, with good and suffi- 
cient sureties, the same to be satisfactory to 
the Board of Trustees of the Sanitary District, 
conditioned upon the faithful performance of 
all the terms and conditions of this contract; 
and should the sureties on said bond at any 
time fail financially, or be, in the opinion of 
the said Board of .Trustees, insufficient security 
for the penalty of said bond, then in that case 
the said Board of Trustees may, on giving ten 
(10) days notice thereof in writing, require 
said Contractor to furnish a new and addi- 
tional bond in place of the bond so having be- 
come insufficient, with such securities thereon 
as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Trus- 
tees of said Sanitary District. 


611 


Maintenance Bond. 


Art. 384. Architectural. The Contractor 
shall furnish a maintenance bond, as specified 
in section A69 with a good and sufficient surety 
thereon, the same to be satisfactory to the 
Board of Trustees of the Sanitary District for 
the faithful fulfillment of the requirements of 
said section. The Contractor shall also furnish 
a bond in the sum of five (5) per cent of the 
total amount of the sums paid under Items 12 
to 24, inclusive, hereof, with a good and suffi- 
cient surety thereon, the same to be satisfactory 
to the Board of Trustees of the Sanitary District, 
for the faithful fulfillment of the requirements 
of this contract that he will for a period of 
one year from the date of the approval by the 
Board of Trustees of the final certificate as 
specified in Article 88 hereof make good at 
his own expense any defects which may de- 
velop in the work herein specified for said 
items during said period of one year. The exe- 
cution of the said maintenance bonds shall be 
a condition precedent to the final payment 
specified in Article 38. 


Mechanical. The Contractor shall furnish a 
bond in the sum of five (5) per cent of the total 
amount of the sums paid under Items 25 to 88, in- 


clusive, hereof, with a good and sufficient safety S$! 


thereon, the same to be satisfactory to the Board 
of Trustees of the Sanitary District for the faith- 
ful fulfillment of the requirements of this con- 
tract that he will for one year subsequent to com- 
pletion of the operating tests and the acceptance 
of the equipment included under said items make 
good, at his own expense any excessive wear to 


612 


any parts, any defects in or damages to any 
equipment included in this contract which may 
arise from the faulty materials, design, con- 
struction or installation or from the inability 
of any of the equipment to successfully perform 
all the work put upon it within the limits of 
these specifications. The execution of said 
bond shall be a condition precedent to the final 
payment specified in Article 38. 


Electrical. The Contractor shall furnish a 
bond in the amount of five (5) per cent 
of the sum paid under Item 39 hereof, 
with a good and sufficient surety thereon, 
the same to be satisfactory to the Board 
of Trustees of the Sanitary District for 
the faithful fulfillment of the requirements of 
this contract that he will for one year subse- 
quent to the completion of the operating tests 
and acceptance of the switchboard, conduits 
and wiring and miscellaneous appurtenances 
and the furnishing and erection of miscellane- 
ous equipment, make good at his own expense 
any excessive wear to any parts, any defects in 
or damages to any parts and defects in or dam- 
ages to any equipment, appurtenances, wiring, 
or other material furnished or work done under 
this contract which may arise from faulty ma- 
terials, design, construction, installation or 
from the inability of any of the equipment, 
appurtenances, wiring or other material fur- 
nished or work done to successfully perform 
all the work put upon it within the limits of 
these specifications. The execution of said 
bond shall be a condition precedent to the final 
payment specified in Article 38. 


613 


Progress. 


Art. 35. The Contractor hereby agrees that 
the progress of the work under this contract 
shall be such that, on the respective dates 
shown in the following tabulation, the total 
amount of work completed (expressed in per- 
centage, in value, of the whole of said work) 
will be not less than that shown in said tabu- 
lation: 


TABULATION SHOWING TOTAL 
AMOUNT OF WORK TO BE COMPLETED 
ON DATES SHOWN: 


Per cent 

Date Completed 
July eee LOS Geen AAR ARS Fae ore 30 
January.) L927 4 eRe eee 60 
June ck; DOR Pie ee eee poe 85 
september 1) 1927 teen ae 95 


The entire work is to be completed upon 
January 1, 1928. 


The value of the whole of said work shall 
be based on the approximate quantities of work 
set forth in the proposal of the Contractor 
hereto attached, at the unit and lump sum 
prices herein specified. 


If the rate of progress be such that the total 
amount of work accomplished by the Contrac- 
tor on any date mentioned in the foregoing 
tabulation is less than the amount therein 
specified to be completed on such date, then 
the Sanitary District may withhold the month- 
ly payment herein specified, until such time as 
the total amount of work performed by the 
Contractor shall equal the requirements of the 
work to be performed as hereinabove specified. 


614 


Prices. 


Art. 36. The said Contractor further agrees 
to accept the following prices as full compen- 
sation for furnishing all the labor, tools, mate- 
rials and appurtenances necessary to complete 
the work specified, and for doing all the work 
contemplated and specified in this contract, 
also for all loss or damage arising out of the 
nature of the work aforesaid or from the ac- 
tion of the elements or from any unforeseen 
obstruction or difficulties which may be en- 
countered in the prosecution of the same; and 
for all risks of every description connected 
with the work; and for well and faithfully 
completing the work, and the whole thereof, 
in full compliance with the plans and speci- 
fications, and the requirements of the Engineer 
under them, to-wit: 


SUBSTRUCTURE. 
(1) For the earthwork, complete, as speci- 


RPT Cy ALTES ESE STAI TI ed, Os setacs casccadeecadeosieastinns 


SOHC E HERE HEHEHE HHT HEHEHE EERE EHSS ESHEETS HSHHHEHEEHHTOTHHSHSHHHHSSFH TH HSHTTFEH TOD 


(2) For the additional earth excavation, 


complete, as specified, the sum Of ...............-.-000 


SOOPER HHS HEHEHE HHH HHEEHHSHSHESHESEHRSHHHOHTHEHHSE HSH HHHSHSHHHHSHHHHSHHHHHH SHH HTS HTHORH EE 


cubic yard. 


(3) For the cinder fill, complete, in place, as 


specified, the SUM Of .....lo vis ecssescwesce terse) ogee 
See OU SAR AE ok Dollars and \.:.i)cc.cécccccseleenc sedan 
BS ME a aioe ery Ey segs ) per cubic yard. ~ 


(4) For the concrete, complete, in place, as 


specified, the Sum Of ..........ccleccoucceseecervessessenmaam 


SHH HEHEHE HSEHSHESHEHSCEHHHEHSEHE HEHEHE SHSEHESHEHESHHHESHSEHEHSSHSHOSHEHESESHSTESHESESEHOSEEE 


enact nen tuer eae ee ) per cubic yard. 
(5) For the granolithic surface, complete, 
as"Specified, the'sum ‘Of ii 4 a ee Cents 
Cee eee, au U ee ar ase BE ) per square foot. 
(6) For the reinforcing steel, complete, in 


place, as specified, the sum Of <........c.ecsscessdeceeum 


per pound. 


616 


(7) For the siphon linings, complete, in 
place, as specified, the lump sum of .................. 


SOSH HEHEHE EHHEHHHEEHSHEHHEHESHSHHSHEHIHHSHTTHEHHSTHSHTSHTHSHHOSHHSHSHOEHHEHSHSBETHHSESHSEHBESE 


(8) For the sidewalk lights, complete, in 


place, as specified, the sum Of ...............ccecseeeseeee 


SCOPES EERE SHH HSH SEHSHHHEHHESEHEHEHESH SOS EHESHSHSHSSSHOSSOHFSHHHHFTHOHSHOHO SOS HHOTHBFR9OR 


square foot. 


(9) For the channel gates, complete, in 


PCG ASS DECINOG LNG SUNT OL coiiisceccconcccscocsess ohne 

UCR NLR, PEs AU Da PIOUEP AAT ice serdar veces 

APRA SES ASE Oe AR Ue ) each 
SUPERSTRUCTURE. 


(10) For the structural steel for superstruc- 
ture; complete, in place, as specified, the sum 


617 


Cine eto aceete ) per pound. 


(11) For the cast steel for superstructure, 
complete, in place, as specified, the sum of 


CRPPH ROHR eRe OEE HERE HEE EHH EHTS EEE HS EEE HEHEHE HEHEHE HEH HE EEE ESE ESHEETS OHHH ETH EHO ES 


De, Vel eh Cents (Si... 62 nee Der peas 


ARCHITECTURAL WORK. 


(12) For the masonry, complete, in place, 


as Specified, the lump) SUM/OE \\...:00),. iiss eu 
DIN leon ta Maas Dollars: and \....4<3).0 eee 
COR aT ue Maat oe ees tenet ye 


(13) For the cut stone and terra cotta work, 
complete, in place, as specified, the lump sum 


SHSHSHHHE HHH HHOSHEHHHSSHHEHSHHEHHSHHEHSHHEESHEHEHHESHEHHESESEHHOSHEHOTHEEHEOERESHEHE EEE OEHEED 


(cei fal NV frat ish lait ny 


618 


(14) For the marble work, tile floors and 
mastic floors, complete, in place, as specified, 


Pea OeSUTC OL rte ues te eileen a reas Ae 


COSTES HOH HEHEHE EHH ERE STH HE HSHSHOHHESHH HHT HSHEHSHEHHETHESHOHHSHTHHHTHHHHHSHTHSTHTETEHCSRSESOEEES 


ee EY, ‘ 


(15) For the metal windows, louvres and 
doors, complete, in place, as specified, the 


TDP SUITE LOR yess beech lege sncee FHS ret eee tper ers tay ere He 


SOSH HEHEHE SE SERHESEHHESHSEHSHHHSSHESHHHOSHEH EHF HSHHHTSHSSHHOHHHHHSHHSSHHHHHETHHRHHGHHHHBO AHS 


(16) For the iron work, complete, in place, 


Meee CCICC Ue UTM OISUMD OL) -oseccesadisbeactesenceusye 
De een, Dptlaravandyencsi. tence. (Cents 
Eo OY Ry eet RR AAA LO ye 


(17) For the sheet metal. work, complete, in 


place, as specified, the lump sum of .................. 


SOPH TREE HEE HEE EHRE SESH HSHEHESEHSEESHEHSEHESHHEHSSHESHSSSHSEHSSESSHESSHSTFTSHHHEEHEOH EOD 


619 


(18) For the gypsum roof tile and roof 
waterproofing, complete, in place, as specified, 


the lump SUM OF oe 


COSC HHHHSHEHEHHSSHEHTHSSHEHSEHESSHHHSHSHESEHSEESHSEHESHESHOHHSSHSHSHSHSHHSHESEHETHEHSHOSEHOETE 


(19) For the carpenter work, millwork, 


hardware and lockers, complete, in place, as 


specified, the lump Sum Of J... ee 
ROAR GOE G Ageae caf Dollars) and |. iisecesej ene 
STS RET NUMAN IPL GA Lo COR yl ) 


hardware and lockers, complete, in place, as 


specified, the lump Sumi Of5..siiescltossseesceeeee ee 


SSSSH HTS HF HHHHHTHSHEHHHHRHESHHSSETSHSHHSSHSEHHEHHOSSHHHSSHHOSSHSHEHSHESSSHHOSSHHSESOSHSECHESHSEFE 


ERE RAY Titer Sara pF ORES 2 ye 


620 


(21) For the painting, complete, in place, 


ee spacined. the lump sum of sce 
Bere ati ie, POLARS ATO oe ctcchs dics ccuviedece MC OTIS 
CaN cdf Aer OURS COU PN a ) 


(22) For the metal lath, plastering and sus- 
pended ceilings, complete, in place, as speci- 


Bree ORIN TVESUTI DU Vey cce ccs ee ec dl cceisccdasich coccssasis 


CRSA HSELEHHEETESSEHSHESEHSEHSHEHHHEHSHHHHSTSHHHSHSHHHHHHSHTHHHSSHHSH ST SSFSHETESHEHHO ROH SETHE 


fe EB SRA RR VGG vipacd ie Oe ye 
(23) For the passenger elevator cab and 
elevator doors, complete, in place, as specified, 


RP RPREITEC) COLT Larimer Va ee eer eh ee io avd eaks 


SOSH HH SESHEHOSHHOSHEHHHEHSEEESTHHHHSHHEHHHTHHESSHTHHSHHHHTHSSHHHTHEHHHERHHSHHHHOHHH EHH OS 


(24) For the sanitary plumbing and pipe 
work, complete, in place, as specified, the lump 


621 


SERRE HEHEHE EEE HEHEHE TEETH EEE SHEHEEESEHHEEHEHEEHE HEHEHE SSHEHEEESHOHEHSEHESHOHSEHEEEEHEOEHS 


The work herein above specified under Items 
(12) to (24) inclusive, includes substantially all 
the work to be performed under Architectural 
Work, however if it is found necessary to per- 
form other work of a minor character to make 
said Architectural Work complete then said 
Contractor shall perform such other work .as 
is incident to any of the appropriate items 
above stated without any extra charge there- 
for. 


MECHANICAL PLANT INSTALLATION 


(25). For the erection of all blower units 
furnished and delivered by the Sanitary Dis- 
trict under another contract together with all 
miscellaneous accompanying appurtenances, 
complete, as specified, ready to run, for the 


LOMD: SUM Of ees lice loons addy eae eee ee 


(26). For the erection of the main pumping 
units and circulating water pumping units 
to be furnished and delivered by the Sanitary 


622 


District under other contracts, complete, in 
place, with all miscellaneous accompanying ap- 
purtenances, ready to run, for the lump sum 


PME ane ee RAM iaccs liddvecddecdaleotasecsiecetyedevegcs 
2 iach os RE OR gee Rep cd Meee A Dollars 
BE eee Ct cag) ees den aivehlus' dias Obes Gaba dae uurte Cents 
Ooi a ae TS BA ENR Oe ) 


(27). For erection of all air conditioning 
equipment furnished and delivered by the 
Sanitary District under another contract, com- 
plete, in place, as specified, with all miscellane- 
ous accompanying appurtenances, for the lump 


BUD eRe een te Hea a cis ciel (Sascaseaseaaeabes chenseees 
eae rey A RUG Voki edie Vals sccacdedsentevdes Dollars 
ee ae Ss Suave fe ohacsdeqesedes Cents 
(EAS Sail ene eas GS) eh ) 


(28). For furnishing and installing all low 
pressure air mains and branches and _ all 
blower intake piping, complete, as specified 
or shown on the plans, for the lump sum 


623 


(29). For furnishing and installing one (1) 
fifteen and one (1) thirty-five-ton traveling 
crane, and one (1) fifteen-ton electric monorail 
hoist and one (1) one thousand-pound air 
motor hoist, complete, as specified, ready for 


operation, for the lump sum ‘of! 02a eee 


WRAL Went ra rR DINE OUP. Sea Um Nb ye By, Dollars 
ATECL il Neu cee ewes UN a ae a Cents 
Ca te To VL es ha ieee aaa ) 


(30). For furnishing and installing sewage 
screens with all apparatus and appurtenances 
as specified or shown on the plans, complete, 
as specified, ready for operation, for the lump 


SUM OT. cis ees eiccs dae lgeieaddscs penn kes tev anty eat stan an 
Lclda's vbusteatde elise ids oe ROLLIN lees Wy aoa eRe ere Dollars 
QTC abril Wer, eke soled oto ua id agile h ek ae ee Cents 
ES INE Ghee UPR cea EOE MUR ROR RnR AIC ) 


(31). For furnishing and installing all 
necessary floor grating and non slip floor 
plates, complete, as specified, except floor grat- 
ing and floor plates in the screen chamber, 
which will be paid for under the lump sum 
specified for sewage screens, for the lump 


(Se). VRor eo furnishing’ vand.\installing, 
vacuum priming pumps, sewage ejectors, air 
coolers for blower motors, transformer oil 
pumps, tanks and purifier return line vacuum 
heating pumps, storage water heater and mis- 
cellaneous auxiliary equipment, complete, as 
specified or shown on the plans, ready for 


goeravon,, tor the lump, SUM “Of. bse 
Pee ee ret ewasvadealiee Dollars 
Safe gis fa Re Uh Cr ae ne Ade Fe BR Cents 


(33). For furnishing and installing all 
air intake doors and frames, water tight doors 
and frames for air conditioning compartments, 
air relief doors and air tunnel doors and 
frames, complete with all appurtenances, as 
specified or shown on the plans, for the lump 


625 


(34). For furnishing and installing all 
general piping, exclusive of low pressure air 
mains and blower intake piping, complete 
with all appurtenances, pipe covering and 
painting, including the furnishing and install- 
ing of all motor operated gate valves, stop 
gates, sluice gates and all apparatus pertain- 
ing thereto; complete, as specified or shown on 


the: plans, ‘for the lump sum of............;00eee 


SCOSHOSTSHOSHCSESHAHEHHSHHEEHTESESHSHEEHEEEEHEHTESOHEFEHSEHHEHEEHEESH STH HH EHHH TE HEHEHH HEHE HED 


(35). For furnishing and installing the 
heating and ventilating systems, complete, 
with all equipment, and appurtenances, pipe 
covering, insulation and painting; as speci- 
fied or shown on the plans, for the lump sum 


DET ek acinkesdacitn ale rr 
Ee Ve ON ai SUR 2 10S Ue Sak ae Dollars 
ATUL Urn ora e ACerS Uik. atts | ecu ad ae eae ne ee Cents 
AIR pe ue OO AI lh ent ee Oa ) 


(36). For the furnishing and _ installing 
of all instruments and meters, complete with 
all apparatus and appurtenances, as specified 
or shown on the plans, for the lump sum of 


SORE RE HEE HEE E HHH EHEEHTE HOHE HEE OSES HEEHE HEHEHE HEHEHE EHEHEHHEEHEHEHEHHEHTEHHEE HEHEHE 


(37). For furnishing and installing mis- 
cellaneous piping apparatus and appurte- 
nances, including pipe covering and painting; 
and miscellaneous iron castings, complete, 
as specified or shown on the plans, not here- 


tofore classified, for the lump sum olf................ 
ee CNET WLU Sy leetuekeastbocess nas Dollars 
Te Bar iach A SEO IG ok gp MAR a ne €ents 


(38). For furnishing of all labor and 
materials for the painting of all equipment 
apparatus and appurtenances, complete, as 


specified, for the lump sum Of.....................c00cee 


SORTS EHEHESEH HEHEHE SHETHHHEHHESHEHHEES HEHEHE EEHEEHOSHEHHSHEHHEHHHEHEE HEHEHE HEHESEE 


627 


The work herein above specified under Items 
(25) to (38) inclusive includes substantially all 
the work to be performed under Mechanical 
Plant Installation, however, if it is found neces- 
sary to perform cther work of a minor char- 
acter to make said Mechanical Plant Installa- 
tion complete, then said Contractor shall per- 
form such other work as is incident to any of 
the appropriate items above stated without any 
extra charge therefor. 


ELECTRICAL WORK. 
(39) For the electrical work complete as 


specified, the lump) SUMV OL sites cs.scsess coves eben 


Cem meee EHO EMRE RHEE HERE EEE EEE EEE HEHEHE EEE EE EEEHEEESHEESESHEHS EHH HEHEHE HEHE HHH 


The foregoing prices shall cover the cost of 
all machinery, plant and tools and all work and 
materials of whatsoever kind that shall be fur- 
nished or needed to complete the entire work 
in all details ready for the purposes for which 
it is intended. Said prices shall also cover all 
royalties for patents, and patented material 
appliances and processes used in the work de- 
scribed in the specifications and the cost of all 
bonds and guarantees herein specified to be 
furnished by the Contractor. Before final pay- 
ment is made, the Contractor shall furnish a 


628: 


satisfactory guarantee against all claims on 
account of work performed, tools and plant 
employed, and material and labor furnished 
hereunder, and against all claims for patents, 
patented materials, appliances and processes 
used in or on account of the work under this 
contract. 


GUARANTEES. 


The Contractor hereby guarantees the effi- 
ciencies of the equipment hereinafter specified 
and agrees to furnish the make of equipment 
as hereinafter listed. 


Battery Charging Sets. 


The total efficiencies of the Battery Charg- 
ing Sets at rated voltage and frequency will 
not be less than the following: 


20 K. W. Battery 14 Load 34, Load. Full Load 


LLP ESOSS RR CU TET O08 IRE SS CN eevee Gr Oe RR OL TNO 


The weight of the complete Battery Charg- 
ing Sets will be as follows: 


Complete 20 K. W. Battery Charging 


oa RCD Se ABEND RRE DE ALLE ge 0 UT a CO pounds 


The 20 K. W. and 3/, K. W. Battery Charg- 
ing Sets to be furnished herewith will be man- 


AE Ge RW hions cove ateatecdeons uh Id te Ona cr ey 


SHER ESOS EHTS HEEEH HEE EE HEHE SHS SEES HESES HOSTESS SHHTHHE HEHEHE SSS FS SHS SEH HEHEHE ETEOD 


629 


CHORE SHHEHE EHH SHEE EE HEH EH HOTEH SEES HE EEHE HEHEHE ESEEHEHHEESTHEOE HEHEHE EHEHOHHTHEEHE HERE OD 


100 K. V. A. Transformers. 


The efficiencies of the 100 K. V. AY Trans- 
formers will be not less than that specified in 
the following table: 


Per Cent Per Cent Efficiency at 
of load 100% PF. 90% PE. 80% Pale 


LOO Gi moian wagieuearyecee. be esecuaage east tae ean 
TEU ORI ama d se csiie 2s i epatieny es sat to Mt ih an 
DO Pe bescoeheads (4) {enenautaae ey a ann 


The regulation will be as specified in the 
following table: 


Per Cent Per Cent Regulation at 
of load 100% P.F.. 90% PPO» 80% irae 


FO Oe ei cal ONG dies neat 

tly wel lee ud Sp swulnuloelce ole wit havo cete ana an eel aa 

BO ees sso caicte Oue ok ocean ee ta eaten ee 

Following are the dimensions in inches and 
approximate net weight in pounds of each 
transformer : 


Hee ver i alee icieccetamtiy tee eee teas inches 


Projected. Hoorr areas iiniaeie even: inches 


630 


MTT RE RAVEREC INU tener a cagts i s28 5 dn vl ds bene veyed eende pounds 


The current transformers to be furnished 
herewith will be: 


Voltage Make Type Style Cat. No. 
POR ior ies mmr t aN harry Ey Fa 


ee eeoreeeseeaven 


py MOUTIEEM) (00 Re TI aap a a nn 


eet eeeewoesesearen 


OM eye iii) ami ntaylt 
NOT ENT a I a Se ae 
BOO sem Se le: | CaN Gi Coneean een eee 
Se i iedieettce:) vevesecnsseiaen 
SC I Ly sscsdyyen)) aseadbuagsvesge 
HUD SO Sh eae ee 
PM iil scosseadedagece 
WO ok P(e ae ee RED 
Loh UA CIEL Ba T A100 Re OnLy mela OpOOg ER 
IIE lc A TORRE ONC SIS aS I ie Mee Ee 


The potential transformers to be furnished 
herewith will be: 


Voltage Make Type Style Cat. No. 


MRCS MRR Ee ER bs haz ental duis tiie de ravir Mae denestewnees 


631 


BATE E YD Maa cee Sah 15 50 RS HER oN aE 


eevee eeeeeee i jé§.s#eeeeeevereeese 


GOOG srs ake pete mee ees ee 


eeeeeseeseereseee 


GOOO ii a Mele ea ts is v lisse ats bya iets skeen 
GOOG Leen Mena i sot as Loh chases 
AAO meee eats cot ys cate la | 
BAO re Res We RE Cts CURE) 
AAD Ware AO UR NN eas eve ih er 
The overload relays for the automatic oper- 


ation of the oil circuit breakers will be (insert 
make, type, style, catalogue number). 


CHSSHSHHOSHHHOSHEHHETHOHOSHHOHETEHHEHSHOSHHOHSOHHESHOHESHSHHEHHHOHEHHHSHHHOHSHSHSHOOHHSHSSSHEHEEHHFH ES 
SOSSHHHSSHESESHHSHSHHHEESESESHEHSSEHOHEEHEHHSELETSOHHSHCSOHHEHSHLESHSSSHOHSOHOHSHOSEHEHESESHEEE 
SOHHESSHSSHEHSSHSEHSEHSHEESSOEETESOEHSHHEHSSSHOEHTESESSSESSHSHEHHOOHEHEHOHESHEOHAGESEHSSELEEEESE 


SHHSSSSEHHSHHSHHHSSHESHHOOHSHOHSHHHHSSHHHSHSESHEHEHHSHHHEHHHTHEHOHOHSSEHHESHOHSHHOHETESHSHSEHESELES 


The undervoltage relays for the automatic 
operation of the oil circuit breakers will be (in- 
sert make, type, style, catalogue number). 


SOHSHHTSHHSHOHHEHHHHSSHEHHSESHHSHSSHSSHHOEHSHHSHSHHSEHSEOEHOHSHOHSHHSSHOSHOHHHHSSHOHTESHOHROSSESESE 
SPSS HSSHHHSESHEESHEEHTEHHHHEHEHESHSSOHSHEHSHHHHHHSHSHHSHHSHHSHOSHOSEHEEHHOHHHOOHHEHESEOHESSEEEE 
SHHSHHHESEHSEHHEHSHTEHHSHHESHEHEHEHSEHHESHHOSHSHHOSHESHHHESEHEHSSESOHSHSSEHHSHHOSHOHOOSSHESELESELES 


SHOSHSHHHSHSHHHSHHEHHESHHEHHEHSHTHSHSHSHEHFOHSSTESSHHSHHSHEESHHSHEHHHESSHOHOHSEHEHSSOHEHSHOSHHESEESESE 


632 
The 12,000, 6600, 440 and 110 volt bus bar 


supports, bushings, and other parts, will be 
(insert make, type, style, catalogue number). 


The motor distribution cabinets to be fur- 


nished herewith will be manufactured by ........ 


POSSESS THSHSHOSHHHSHHSSHSSHOHSSHSSHHHSHHSSSSSHHHSTSHTHOHHHHSHSTSHEHFFSHSHHSOFSHSSSHSESEDO®D 


The lighting cabinets to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


The lighting fixtures to be furnished here- 


with will be manufactured eh aer reer eo reeeeeetr es rere: 


SPSS SHHH SEH HESS HSEHSHHHSHE SSH SHHH OHSS H HHH SHH HFHSHHHSHTHTHHSHSHSTHSSSHOHSHSHSHHHFHSORHOOOS 


633 


The Main Switchboard, Relay Switchboard, 
Field Switch Switchboard, Battery Charging 
Switchboard, Motor Generator Switchboard 
and Lighting Switchboard will be manufac- 


PUTO CTV tes ae Mae chains Suess donsodeuee renal antes nan 


PSSST SSEHEHSHSSHEHEHHHHHSHEEHSEHSTEHHESSHEHSEHHEEEHEHSSHEHOHHESHETSEHOHSHSHHEHSTSSHESSEESEEHEEEE 
SHSSHSESSSSHSHHEHSHESHESHESHSHSESHOSEHSHESHEHSHHTESHESHESESHESESHEHGESHSHESEHEHSHESEHSHESHESHEEHHHEET 


SOSA T TH SSSSHSSSSHOSEHHSHHSSSHHESSESSESESEHSHSEHHSHEHHESEHEHSHSHESHSHEHSSEHSCHOSHHEHCSSHOEETESSOEEE 


SHPHSHSSHHEHHSSSHSHHSHSSSEHHTHHHHSSHSHHHSHEHHHTHSHHHHHHHHSHSHHSHHTOHSHEHHOSESSHEHEHSOTESESOLESSE 


The Unit Interlock Control will be manufac- 


ELITE DY iy cs kes eekeiias bite od oes vce s'cced donee coh isiieutiezsean tea 


SHSSTTHSHSHHSHHSHSSEHHSHSHEHHSHSHHSHOHHTESESHHSHOHSSHSHEHEEHETHHSHOHEESHESHEHSSOHESESSEHSSCHSEHESES 


The Switchboard instruments and meters 
will be (insert make, type, style, catalogue 
number). 


SSSHSHHHHSHSEHHESEHHTEHHHSHESHHHEHEHSEHSHHOSHSHHEHEESTHESHOEHTOHSHHHEHEHSOSETOSHETEEHE EEE EHEESEEE 
POSSHSHOSSSSHOHSSSEHSHHHSHEHEHHHOSHEEHHHSETEHSSHEHHEEESHHOSHEHEHHSEHEOHEESEHESESEOSESEESHEEESES 


SHTHHSHHSHHHEHSHEHSHEHHTHEHSHHOHTFOSHHHHEHTSHOHHHHHHSHESHHSEHEHSHSHHELOSHSHESHEHHSHTSEESELESELEOEOEE 


634 


SORES ESE EEE HEHEHE ETE ESE SH HEHHEEHEHHHHEHEEHESHEHESEHTEHHEHTOSHOSOSSSHOOOHOSESHHGEL ES 
SHS SESE HEH ESE HTHHESHEHHETHEEHHHEHSHHEEHHEHTSHSSEHEHHHHHH HT HHHHEHSTISHTHTORSOEHESHSHEOE 
SSCS EE ETH SHEET SOHESHEHEHESHEHHOHHSTSHOSHESHHHEHTHESHTHSHSHTHHSHHHHHHHHROSHTSOTHEECHOSEEEE 


SSSR SHO OSHHESSEHHESHESHEEHHEHSSHSHGHSH HHS TE HSHSSHSHHSHSHHSSHHHSHSSTHHHHOHSHSTHHSHOHSHSETHTSTSSHSHHHES 


The Storage Battery to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


SSSSHHSSHSHSHHSHSSEHSHEHESSSEHTHTSESHOHSEHHHSHSSHOHEHHSOHSSSHHSSHSTHSHOTSHHHSSHSSHSSSSESSSHHSOSHRSEEEO 
SHS SSEHSESESSHEEHESHESEHHESSESHE SHEESH HEHSHESHSHHSHEHSHEHHSHSHHSHESSHHOHHFSHSHSHHSOSSHHTSHSHCHE 
SOSH HEHSHSHHHSHHHESETHHSSHSHHHSHSHEHSSHHHSSHSHHEHHSSHSHSHESHSFHTHHHHHHHHSFGOHSSSSSHRSTOROSRETSS 


SHS CHE OS STHHESSEHHSHEHSHETHSHESHESSEHTHSSHHHTSHHEHSHESHEHTESHSHHTHHOSHHSHOFTHESHHSSSFTHISVHTHORHRRLESE 


The Safety Switches to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number.) 


SHSHE SSE SHEESH SESE HHHEHE SHEESH SHEHTHSHSESESESSETESHHESESHSTHOSHTHTESHFHOTHSBSFSOTFESHRLEEEO 
SOSH SSHSHSHESES ET HESHEHHHHEHSHSSSTHSSSEHSSESHSFSHHHFSHSSHSHHHSHSSHHFSHSSFSSHFSSTESHSSHHLFHSHHHDES 
SHH SHEE EHS ESESHEHEHSHHEHSHHHEHSHHSSEHFHSHSHSHSHSHHSHHHOTHHHSHESHHSHHLHHHSHTHOHHTSHHFSSTOEHOHGHTOE 


SPHHSHOH HEHEHE HEH SHSSHHSHHHSHSHHHTEHSSHESHTHHTCHEHSOHSHSHTOHSSTHHHGFHHHHFFHSHSHHHHHSOHBSHSHSOOSD 


The End Cell switch to be furnished here- 
with will be (insert make, type, style, cata- 
logue number). 


PECTS ESET EE SEEESHHESHEE SHS HOSE ET EHEESHES HEHE STOO SOTHO SSS SSSA SH ROSS OTSSETSHESED 


635 


een er ee eee eee eee eee eee eGESeeeeeeeeeeeeeee SSHOSSEHSESSSHESHOHESSEHOESETESEFOEES 


eevee eneene SPSS EOHSHHEHESHESHSHEHSHHSEEHHSHSHHHHSHESHSHHSHHOSCHHOHSSSHHEHSHOHOSHHSOSHEEHTEESCHEEO 


The transformers to be furnished herewith 


will be manufactured by ............ vidastessxdcl conan 
ELD een e Noe aca aka Os we vsvehe vos pedeee tel eeaee 


Oil Circuit Breakers. 


The voltage rating and current carrying 
characteristics of the oil circuit breakers will 
be as follows:— 

Rupturing 


capacity in 
RMS. amps. at 


Continuous One second 6,590, 440 and 
current capacity 110 volts two 
Type or carrying in R.M.S. (2) OCO Duty 
Voltage Style capacity amperes Cycle 


SOCKS SH SHEESH RHHEHEESHSHEHSHOHHEHHEHTHHESHTH ESET OHHH EHSSETSHEEEHESEHEEHSHEHHEEEEEHEEEEEE 
SPOS HT ES SHEHHESHEEHSHEHSSHHEHHEHHHHHHESHEOSHE HH EHESHOEEHSEE SHS EHEHEEHOEHHEHHHHEHEHHEETEHHHEEEEES 


SHSSSOEHHSOSESSESSHSSEESHHHEHEEHESEHESHEHHEHHEESHEHESHESHESEOEHEEHHESHEEETOHEHESHEEEEEEEEE 


The electrically operated oil circuit breakers 
to be furnished herewith will be manufactured 


PSHE ESHER EH EEEHHEHHEHE HEHEHE HSHESESSEHHOHHHRHEHRHHHEHEHHE HEHEHE HEHEHE EHHE HORE EEE 


636 


SPSS SHSSHSHOHHOSESHTSHESESHEHESH STH HSESH SESH EHEESEHEETHESEEHEEETEEEES HES ESE ESOS EEO EEED 


SOS SS SHH SEHHTHE SHH SF ST HSHSEH ESTES THEHEEHESESETTHESEHHTEH HE EHHHH ESTHET ET ESET OEE HE OE OH EED 


SOPHO HH EE EHHT EHH SST SHS SHSHSHOHEHSEHHTHHHHE SEES HESESHES HEHEHE HESESTSEHHSEHHTSOH HEHE HEHE HES 


Progress Estimates. 


Art. 37. The said Sanitary District agrees to 
pay said Contractor the sums herein specified 
in monthly installments as the work progresses 
upon certificates signed by the Engineer, but 
said certificates, however, shall in no way les- 
sen the total and final responsibility of the Con- 
tractor. It is agreed that the amount to be 
paid from time to time shall in no case exceed 
EIGHTY-SEVEN AND ONE-HALF (8714) 
PER CENT of the value of the work properly 
performed under this contract, and that the 
remaining TWELVE AND ONE-HALF (1214) 
PER CENT shall be reserved by the said Sani- 
tary District as part security for the faithful 
performance hereof and shall not become due 
said Contractor until the expiration of thirty 
(30) days after the completion of said work 
and delivery of the final certificate of said 
Engineer, and after payment by said Con- 
tractor of all claims for labor and material fur- 
nished in the performance of work under this 
contract. 


For extra work performed under Articles 8 
and 9, the full one hundred (100) per cent 
shall be paid. 


637 


To facilitate the proper estimate of work 
performed each month, the Contractor shall 
furnish the Engineer with a balanced statement 
in detail showing the division of cost for each 
of the sub-items comprising each item for 
which lump sum prices are herein specified. 


Final Payment. 


Art. 38. The said Contractor further agrees 
that he shall not be entitled to demand or re- 
ceive final payment for any portion of the 
aforesaid work or materials, except in the man- 
ner set forth in this agreement, nor until all the 
stipulations, provisions and conditions herein- 
before mentioned are complied with, and the 
said Engineer shall have given his certificate to 
that effect; whereupon said Sanitary District 
will, at the expiration of thirty (380) days after 
such completion and delivery of such certifi- 
cates, pay, and it hereby binds itself to pay, the 
said Contractor in cash, the whole amount of 
money accruing to said Contractor under this 
contract, except such sum or sums of money as 
may have been already paid and as may be 
lawfully retained under any of the provisions 
of this contract herein set forth. 


If at any time it shall appear that the Sani- 
tary District has made any illegal or excess 
payments to said Contractor which may have 
been included in a progress estimate or in the 
final estimate of the Engineer, then said Con- 
tractor hereby agrees to repay on demand to 
the Sanitary District the amount or amounts so 
paid. 


638 


This agreement shall be binding upon the 
successors, heirs, legal representatives, admini- 
strators and executors of said Contractor. 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, on the day and 
year first above mentioned, The Sanitary Dis- 
trict of Chicago has caused these presents to be 
executed in duplicate by the Chairman of the 
Committee on Finance of its Board of Trus- 
tees, and to be duly attested, and its corporate 


seal to be hereunto affixed, and the part........ of 


RIP OCONGATIALE NB lifts pike tardies etislae (Vedeuaeeessedsss 


POS SSEHEHSHSS HE SSSEEHSH SHOES HSH SES OTSEHHSHSHSHHHEHHHEHHHSHHEHEHSHEH HT OSHTHHHHEHHE ESHER ESOT OED 
SHSSSSHOSHSHHSHSHSSHHSESTSAFHHOHSHSHSHSHTHTHHSHHOHSHERHSHHHEHSSSHT HES HHE HH EHEHHHHHHT ESO HHHH OH HBHOE 
SCSTSHOSHTSSSHHSHHHHHEHSSHHSHSHHSSHHESHSSHHTHTHSSHHSHHSSHHFHHH SHES HEHEHE HTHEHTHHET HH SEE HHOOOD 
SOSSSSHSHHTOT EH EHHHHSSES HOS HHHOSHSHHSHHHHHSSETHHHOHSH STF HEHEHE EST OTHH HEHEHE T EHH HEHHH OOD 


POSSESS HSETT SE SHOSHESHSSHSSHHESSSSFSHSSSEHSHSSSSHHSHSSHSSHSTSSTHSTHEHTHSHSTHETHTHHTOH FTTH HOBED 


Chairman of Its Committee on Finance. 
Attest: 


SOSH SEHSHHTHSHHHHOSSHHSHSHESEHS SS HSTFSHHSSHOHHSSHSHTSHTOS HF ESS ESS OS 


Attest: CTA ERM ERI a A Ws 1: 


. 
ei ~ + 
7 A " 
' 


COCO eee HHSC OTOH HEE SHOE OEE EOE HE LOCH EOE EHH EOE EE EEEL ES ESS Ee 


Secretary. 


5 


Approved Merkel ORS 


PROSTHESES HEHESEESHSOSEHHSHSHSHSEHSEHHESHESHSOHSSHHSHLESHEHHESHHSHHHEESEHES 


Assistant Chief Engineer. 


Fy a 


CHOCO Seo Reo SHOE ESEHE SELES OESOO SHOE EES OO EES EEOEHEOEHEEEE EHS 


Chief Engineer. 


Approved as to form: 


SOVOSSSHEHOSHSSSHEHHEHSHEHOHTSHSSHEHSESHSHHTSHSHOHESHTHFHCSSHHOHSEHSSEEHEHCHEHEHESEES 


Assistant Attorney. 


SSHSSCHSSHHSHSHSSHHEHSHHEHSSEHSHSEHHOHHHSHSHSHHOHSHSHHESSHHSEHESHSOHGSSHSESEBOD 


Attorney. 


640 
CONTRACTOR’S BOND. 


Know All Men By These Presents, That We 


ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee ee ee 
PERCH HHO TEE H OEHHA HS HEE ES HEHEHE HE EEEE SHES ET ESE HEE EHH SEH EHH SHEE EEE HEEEEE EES 
POPC m eH O ERSTE HEHE SOHO SESE HE EH EEED ETT EHSEH OSES ESO SHS ESSE OS EO HOSE EEO H HETERO EEE 
POPC COSC HHH HEHEHE EHH EH EEE E ET ES HEE OH ESET ET OS OTHE DESH O GSH H ODE SS SE SSOE ROOTES 
CHOPPERS ETH OETESETOH ESET EE EE ESHEETS SOTHO H OSE SEO TOE EHH SEHH OSH OEE REDE DOS ETEED 
CHC EHS TEES EE OE EO OEE EE EEE EET EEEEHEE ESE EHH SOT OE SESH EH EE SESH H SEES ESELEO ODES 


POSS SET SSSSOSTESHSTEH HEHE HEHE HEE EHHEE HHH EHH HEHEHE HTS SETH HHETHOHHHE HEHEHE HET HHOHEEOED 


are held and firmly bound unto The Sanitary 


District of Chicago in the penal sum of.............. 
1 a kill ag A ea PIG AVS MATION eA ise ctetcisetichesdeen. 
S475 SURE SEAR OSCE OBER OE eR Ona Cpe el ee) 


lawful money of the United States, for the pay- 
ment of which sum of money well and truly to 
be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, execu- 
tors and administrators, successors and as- 
signs, jointly and severally, firmly by these 
presents. 


641 
Sealed with our hands and seals and dated 
this)... ae GEVVOL ie a ta eee , A. D. 1926: 


THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLI- 
GATION IS SUCH, That whereas the above 


DOUG GT se eek ee ae dae ee 


SHORES HCE HEHE TET EHO EHEEEH EE EEE HEHEHE HEHEHE HEE HHH EE HEHEHE HH HSH HEHEHE HEHEHE HED 


CPCS EE SHEE HEEHEHEEHEHHE HEHEHE THESES HH OHEHESHHEEHEEHEHEEH HEHEHE HEHEHE EEE EEHEEEHE 


hae entered into a certain contract with The 
Sanitary District of Chicago, bearing date the 


1925, for doing all the work and furnishing all 
the materials, tools, labor, appliances and ap- 
purtenances necessary for the CONSTRUC- 
TION OF THE NORTH SIDE SEWAGE 
TREATMENT WORKS—DIVISION P—PUMP 
AND BLOWER HOUSE, IN THE VILLAGE 
OF NILES CENTER, COUNTY OF COOK, 
STATE OF ILLINOIS, as specified in the fore- 
going contract, 


Now, 1f saids...c.oek laura eae ene 
shall in all respects well and truly keep and 
perform the'said contraction. news... part in 
accordance with the terms thereof, and specifi- 


cations therein contained, and the plans accom- 
panying the same, and in the time and manner 


642 


therein prescribed, and further shall protect, 
indemnify, keep and save harmless The Sani- 
tary District of Chicago against all liabilities, 
judgments, costs, damages, expenses, and at- 
torney’s fees, which may in any wise come 
against said The Sanitary District of Chicago in 
consequence of the awarding of such contract, 
or which may in any wise result from the care- 


Peeene ss) OF ME lLEGh Of SAIC elise tyih, ies ocala cueteradde 


BONE gale Iyah ecagee © agents, employees, or workmen, 
in any respect, whatsoever, or which may result 
on account of infringement of any patent by 
reason of the materials, machinery, processes, 
devices or apparatus used or furnished in the 
performance of said contract, and moreover 
shall pay to said The Sanitary District of Chi- 
cago any sum or sums of money determined by 
the Engineer to be due said The Sanitary Dis- 
trict of Chicago by reason of any failure or 
neglect in the performance of said contract, 
and shall pay all valid claims and demands 
whatsoever, including all valid claims and de- 
mands for first aid, medical, surgical and hos- 
pital services and for compensation for acciden- 
tal injuries or deaths, under the provisions of 
the Workmen’s Compensation Acts of the Gen- 
eral Assembly of the State of Illinois, as 
amended and now in force, which may accrue 
to each and every person who shall be em- 


ployed. by PALUCE PISS ARS Liste fede eae corkage ecad Maes 


Pete oeeeeseseeensssen peeseesnere POPES SHSHH SSS OEEEHEHEHEOSHEH HEE HEHEHEHEEE OE HEHEOEROD 


643 


CORPSE RHEE HEHEHE HEHEHE EHH HEHE HEHEHE HE EHEH HEE EEHHEHT HEHEHE HHHEE HEHEHE TEHHEHEHEHH EEE OE 


OMe subcontractor or subcontractors in or 


about the performance of said contract, or 
which shall accrue to the beneficiaries of any 
such person or persons and shall repay any il- 
legal or excess payments, then is this obligation 
to be null and void, otherwise to remain in full 
force and effect. 


AND IT IS HEREBY EXPRESSLY UNDER- 
STOOD AND AGREED, and made a condition 
hereof, that any judgment rendered against 
said The Sanitary District of Chicago, as afore- 
said, in any suits for damages for injury to real 
or personal property, or for any injury sus- 
tained by any person growing out of any act 


OF AOIne OF BAL: iiss cdivdec ceesben ca daeenyyaneels Eee 


SOSH ESTOS HHH HEHEHE HEHEHE HEETTEHEHHETSESSOHEH HEE HTETHES HEH OES OESEESEEHEEEEEOHREOHEEE 


CHES OTE RH SETHE T EE HTHES HSE ESHEETS THES EE SHHHHEHEE HEHEHE EHH HEHEEEHEEHE HE EHEEHE ESTES OSES ESE EEE 


Pe) ee Cin RE Us Coe ee agents, employees or work- 


men in the premises, and also that any judg- 
ment of any court or award of any Board of 
Arbitrators or of the State Industrial Board of 
the State of Illinois rendered against the said 
The Sanitary District of Chicago in any suit or 
claim arising under said Workmen’s Compen- 
sation Acts of the General Assembly of the 
State of Illinois, as amended and now in force, 
relating to compensation for accidental injuries 
or death suffered by his employees or the em- 
ployees of any subcontractor or subcontractors 


644 


in the course of their employment, when notice 
of the pendency of such suit, hearing or arbi- 


POCAUION SAB VG OCT SAIG. ook si eb ov ciecbes ony 


bed ll geen ae and shall be conclusive against each 


and all parties to this obligation, as to amount, 
liability and all other things pertaining thereto. 


SCHHOH HR HEESHESEHHEHE HEE SHS HEHEHE HEH EHHSHHTES HEH HEHEHE HEHEHE BOE 


POOH ee OHHH HH HERES HOEHHHE SHH SEH H THESES OHH HEHEHE EE HHEO HOHE REEDS 


SPE SHH EHH SHH HEHE THEFTS HSE HES E EE HHHHHEHHHHOH ST HOSES AHHH HHH H HD 


Attorney. 


VG 


rae 
iy 


ie 
ps 


ih 


wi 


0112 069024914 


